DICTIONARY AND GLOSSARY

THE

K~R~AN.

ONARY AND GLOSSARY

WITH

COPIOUS GRAMMATICAL REFERENCES AND .EXPLANATIONS O F THE TEXT.

BY'

C"

To save t h e ttrrr6iei. &%Go&

tile e ~ s i e s tpntIi.--bnn~ raorenu.

l @ u Y I E CHER4GS ALT Y
Yar Juvg Dahndur
Beught

S%rrARq$
i s J#JC/w t 6 a :urtr

LONDON:

HENRY
S. KING&. CO.,
65,

COXZNHILL,

AND

22, P A T E R N O S T E R

1873.

R O WI .

PRINTERS, RERTFOR1).

PREFACE.
HAT a competent knowledge of the Ror-&nis indispensable as an introduction t o

the study of bmabio literature vill be admitted by a31 who hare advanced beyond
the rudiments of the language. From the purity of its style and elegance of its
diction it has come to be considered as the standard of h a b i o even by those who
have no belief in its pretensions to a divine origin, vhile so great is its authority
among the followers of Mol;ammad, that it mould be difticult to name a work by
ariy Mussulman writer which does not abound in allusions t o its precepts or in
quotations from its pages.
It is not to be expected that all the transcendant excellencies and miraculous
beauties discovered in the Koor-an by it's commentators and others should immediately
unveil themselves to our cold and unsympathi~inggaze ; beauties there are, many
and great ; ideas highly poetical are clothed in rich and appropriate language, which
not unfrequently rises to a sublimity far bepnond the reach of any translation ; but
it is unfortunateb the case that many of those graces which pesent theaselves to
the admiration of the finished scholar are b r t so many stumbling-blocks in the may
of the beginner; the mar~ellousconciseness vhich adds so greatly to the force and
energy of its expressions cannot fail to perplek him, while the frequent use of the
ellipse leaves in his mind a feeling of fagt1eness not alto get?^ out of character in a
wollk of its oracular apd soi-disant prophetic nature.
.
I t has been the privilege of the For-&n rather to impose its o m laws upon
grammar than to accept them from other sources; and as it was written origina1I-y
without vowel points, it is no; sarprising that a good d e d of difficulty has been
experienced in framing rules to meet the various readings that have thence crept in.
The following pages have been compiled in the hope that they may prove of*
service to the beginner in mastering some of the diflioulties to which I have referred; they mill be found to contain much, which to the more advanced stuclent
may appear trivial or unnecessary, but which mill not be without value if it lighten
the 1.abours of those for whose use the book is principally designed ; it has no claim
to originality, it merely presents to the reader in a succinct form that which th0
writes has culled for his benefit from the -works of others.
The edition of the Tor-dn -which I have chosen for my text is that by Fluegel,
printed at Leipzig in 1834; the Concordance by the same author has been my
sheet-anchor throughout. Each word mill be found under its verbal rpot; where
none exists it must be looked for in its alphabetical place; so dso in the case of

v%.

.
*

(I

I'EPEFAGE*

~ ~ o r dwhich
.r
hawosoenled likely to puzzle tho bcginnor ; many of theso haile been
separately amangod in their alphabetical ortlcs, but ?v-ithdravn s little mithiG: tho
,,SL '
mnrginai line; thus for csanip1,lo tho word 5-,5 lnny be look~dfor citker u n d ~
txndcr its root 26. TIXIvowel of the aorist has been given where it is h o m n ;,'lhikrc
generally added the or&i.ilml meming, and whmc such meaning is not t o bb ~ ~ u ~ ~ d ~ ~
the qor-dn the mords nm printed in Italics. I must here claim indulgenca.for the;
fii~ilt-if halt it be-of haying given the English of tho illfinitire inslend' -of &I$,
thka person siugulnr of the preterite, or grammatical root of the verb; it seems
more oonvenieut and less round%bo~~t
to say that
means to strike, nlthougli no
one nrould be likely to comlncnce the study of the For-Bn mithont being f~tllyamre
that tho word sl~ooldin strictness bc rendere4 " He struck " ; while up011 this point
I may observe that although there is no true infinitive in Arabic, the nbstmct noun
or noun of action frequently supplies its place ; the letters n.a. merely refer to the
forms of the different nouns of action, not necessarily to theis meaning ; this also
applies to the participles, written part. act. and pass.; these names h a w been retained for conreniencc? sake, an4 mark the for?~t o ~ l of
y the verbal tlcljectives, which,
being constantly employed as substnnti-ires, are generally ao rendered.
It i; hardly no&esstlry that I sl~ouldoffer any abology to my readers for the
frequent references I ha~renlade t o DQSaoy's G m m a i r e Ambe; the study of t'he
ianpuagtgc is now so univcrsab as ~111lostto t*enc'Lers trauslation superfluous ;
the letters D. 8. Gr. etc. refer to the second pdition.
I have not, as a rule, thought it necessary t o notice the various readings of
disputed passages, nor the numerous inte~protationsof thee.same passage mhich
abound in the Coillmontwios; those who may wish to extend their researches in
this direction mill find an ample field in the woslrs of the tmo great authorities
El BeidAmle and Bz-Znmakhsl1~ree; the Co~nmentasyof the former, as being the
more gmmrnatical, is the one I have generally oonsulted. Free use has been
maae of the Dictionaries of Preytag and Johnson, pl.iucipa1l-y the former; to them,
as well as to Sale's well-known translation, my aolmomledgrnents are especially due.
From the many careful revisions the work has unclergone, both previously, and
'
also in passing thotzgb the press, I have good grounds for hoping that but fern
typographical errors have escaped detection ; entire freedom from such is hardly to
bo expected, but the short table of errata will, I feel coddent, compise the greater
part; for 811 other shoxtcornings I must seek the indulgence of my readers, trusting
that my humble efforts may have plrorided for them in the w r d s of my title c L A
clue of elucidation to the intricate passages of the I$or-hu.?,
w

42

.
.

~RAJIEETCSXLODGE,
NORW-ICIE,

3v*rE P;clbr.l~niy, 1873.

5, PENRICE.

DICTIONARY

KOR-1,~.

THE

7 A prefixed particle mawering io the Lalin num I

To r cmain in a place.

\%? EEte~nnlly,ever, for

o r a a , Whether? I ~ i t ?When thefirstof1

ewr,
P
two consecutive propositions begin8 with i,) ;+
Abmhnm ; n. noun of the second deolenand the second with
both may frequently
d o n , of Hebrew origin, D.9. Gr.T. I , p. 404.
E% L P N < L I S
be taken in a dubitatire senae ; as F;J&l i
and
1 pers sing. aor. iv. and ii. forms
IMP
LIL.LP
,J 2vm5,"Whetherthonwarnthern,
oShq,r.
a. rind i. To flee (with
properly, m
OF whether thou warn them not ;" f is often <
';
' I S
found preked rto other parkcles, as, LL;1
a
,.
camels.
? W,LL.+
diJa 4\ 9
-d c .i>l
TO
be or
Art thou
1 Camels ; a generic llonn like slreep. D plur.
16 v. 73, " Do they then deny the beneficence
,
&<l;f (2nd deeleneion) Flocks (of birda).
of God l" When this particle is follomd by
'Z
Iblees, Elntan, see
another 1 one of them in generally omitted;
/ b Z
from
.,q
as &?
for ~7 \ ; BO likewise when f d o w e d s 3 for
s/A father ; vhm in comexion with 3
case &e dif of union 1s L." for
by mega, in
PE
3
complement, nom. *\, gen.
1, a,.
suppressed, sa %y for
eto. D. 9.Gr. Y . 1,
-3
wl I!for &f
m y ~ a t h e r ;D.S. Gr.
pp. 73 and 99.
B f
9
; Goal
parents, and in canuTG sop. i. and o. T!moas, &I ILCC. b\ T h t ,:.T p. 91
#&
9 ,=
nexion \$\, oblique ;
$
,
as a i f l and
which
the
earth
produces
as
food.
-*.. ,
' ,
Hia two parents ;Flus. 5TT Pathem, ancmtore,
pl;k. of &t fo~>? q. T.
far ;F~Tlike JGTathe findl being changed
&l;f
(2nd declension) pl. of d \ (Prn8.1)
,
into halrrza after 1 quiescent; 13, 3, Qr. T. 1,
Qobleta.
pp, 91 and 113.
+yT for J, ~ e &7
e for
u>tBT a plur. of
q.v.
flees.
/ Z aor. 8. and i.
To dislike, disdain, refme, to
5Ig~
n.n. ~ i i if.. of
q.~.
be averse from (with
and also with g ~ ) as
,
\
17 r. 101, " But the
+T anor. i. .ando. To 6s mild (an animal) ; nor. i. I
31 up#

i?,

2
9

A>!

Irr

JL),
*

Spa 41
$l

0.-

3~
3.
;I g g

*'

37,

GO!
g~3

$77

'

3.

0*

S$

2;

G$

LT,

g;

$g

2.&

>?

L*?\

6\

t 2)

sLZ

+- /Z

nor. i. 3'0 b ~ j ~ * ? frooted.

~ l ? / J;\ (generic noun)
wic]cetl hare rpjcct~il(tile truth) or olllr (re"
ceho it) with Isrg~*tstittldc."
i; .,5 T~xnarisks.
,5
G
.r
\
;
nor.
o.
and
a.
T
o
pmnotrnce
guilty,
and
!:\
8ors a.
~ L S ! f, o f
3 , ~ ~ ~
;i
s
.
:
,
r, P
-'. 5,.
&
, ! see ,+.
To E ~ R .
n. o, A sin, guilt, iniquity.
.
i
""1
1
Puni:-hmcut ofniekcdn.ness.
part. act. One
cef."z viii. f. of ,,':-'1.'
2
7 ,s
-;$
i
mllo sins, nn evil-doer.
A ~ ~ i c l i eperson.
d
3;! 1 PEPS, j i n ~ .r.@?r.
r. T, or
t1.i-.
"-2.
nitll
-- jL1:b n.a. $1.f. Aceusatio~lof crime*
41,
rfir, i, T~ rirrrith,r),m:p to (ni;li
., I
a ~ r O.. 20 ~ L O * Z .c\Gi Bitter, sdt (water).
$1; to brill: tto (iyilil of tjlil lg and nee. j "i
,,,,
~ - j i if*
@ of k-q * ~ *
of PCP".) ; t.13 pnsi, e i m c to I,n.i, enme j G-7:

>+

r-c

r-

vL

"

':g

41

.d

"

* &

I)

/ /

* - .
nyon i ~ i ,
ti
~j
: tct do, conlitlit (fin act, /
.*,,,;
!
witit nee. o r rritll 3;. I : : 1 I .

S r ,

L=q.v.

a
jp138, yiii, f.

I
plur. of
sepulchre.
?
i
..'
~i aor. o. and i. To pry wages, serve for hire.
-. i+ i port. act. Oz;c n iio conked to, 3.3
S . 'E
:, -t
.s-\ n.n. d rcrrnrd; P l u ~ .Wages,
~ ~ \ dowers.
,*&..I
l i r.78, " Y c r i i ~t l l ~isr ~coming
,
,
t
s .
f b~H.l To hire.
G ; part.
~ ~pass,
~ , ..#S
upon them n pur~ial~l~~ent."
, *nitlr
active eigaifieation, Tliat nLicil ia 'dqt T o J a~ tto.~ta.
A cause, the sake, as'
r;\'
'%
c.
II
1
?
o n that account."
A
' come to pass ; nt 1 9 r. 61 it has n f u t ore
?
,a Ti
Y
,'
fixed term, bredeterrnincd period. -11.i s proi
t I
, u
.
., .
w
*
To appoint a fixed term (mith ace. and J),
miec ill come to pnss."- 21 I\'. T o cnus C /
to eonle, i~rillg.produce, give (r?itb douWc i
part, pnss, \vitl1 act, signiEcntion,'as
@
q z
neeua.1..
P
b
..
!
n.
r,.
l'iio
bestsniilg
of
gifts.
:
:
++. 3 r, 139, fi According to the
P
..
9
1 p111r. G9?+ p r t . :let.
One nlio gins. i
nllich fixesthe appointedterm of all things,,,
"5
PRE.:',
kzi;l, or with the oillirsion of the sceonll /
F,, il,is %drerbial use of the nccusativo see
."
Bnmza, ~ $ D.
1 8. Or. T. 1, p. 97; Ex.
I).8. Gr. T.2, p. 67, et seq.
r
* $
c .$G
5
5
,
4.L91 1?zj\ &.;d
! ;d pllrase ~-;llichis cxnctly
plor. of
fr.
q.r.
L S
rendered in eolloquinl Etiglisii by " Tlloae nB o
.
S
from & q.v.
<barebeon gircn the 3cripture;" D. S. Gr. -r,?l plur. of L+,
C.
s - 5
,q-\
'Xnges, Plur. of;<?.
T. 2,p. 123.
-'
~ ~ + ?plur.
z i of
Tdes.
,5
L"L3 I iv. f. of SG. q.v.
5
3
/
t~cexath.
l\-*zi
plnl-. of
see w.
".*s
.
*
l'*2
.L
?b? sec ,2\.
AS-\ One, any aae; Fern. AS^, see + J ,
*
,pi
\
21 aor. o. nnd i. To relntc; t o excite, rsisc (dust,
plur, of
and 2%see
s 2
I
I*
with nee. nnll +I. >\A tnee, footstep; Plur.
.,.z
9,.".
,
Jbi Tri~ecs, monulnents of zathiuity. S ,C\
. 5
s
A relie.--27' IY. To choose, prefer (with ace. , b - l plur. of A,+
q.v.
s P"f
oud &).
~ J A A\ pit, from '
Aq.p.
I)-

LC$,

c 5

/ r

/ z

/ r &.'L

b&f

L i

*\

C & #

&d

Clr

zg::

I'

d',,,

l"

+&,-=$

.-~3

e,

&YI

. - 0

0c

I.

dA

&;g,

.a

&
-

<:.'5;

"

'c.

/ ir

5-

M,

4
'

at.%

am. o. To take, reccive (with MC, and nlso

with u)
; to accept, t z k e away, punish, Set
*
(with am. of pers. and +, &, or &); to
compact (with
of pers. or with
acc.1; to seize upon, aeize (with acc, or with w
thing) ; to take in hand and arrange, is
3 $ Li*/bs.
.l b1 *d#i3 .Li 9 V. 50, "We had
ordered onr afaire beforehand."
n.s.

&

of

~ ' L z

Fern.
, 9

e+,

'

i + T Imt, thc Inst, the end, llntter end ;

isby

-L4

Y1 \ The last, thc latest poateri$;

rc-5r?
The next (life) as opp~,wdto L j d I
XI.
pr%
aor
TOdo a thing after zinother,*donaything last, defer, leme undone, put off (with
rFr
dL4
zoo. and
as
1
bpT
11
v. II, " And verily if we pnt off their p~zniahmcnt;" to give a respite to any one (with
sg5,
nco. and j\).-ij~
V. To remdn behind,
C
come after a n o t h c r . - p t j X. To stay be9
Y s L P
h i d , delay, wish todelay. ,g bpnrt, act..
Onq.who t x ~ ~ i behind.
es
0-c. 7z
-,PI
3 pera. aing. pret. iv. f. of d - q.v.
t i ~f.. of & q . ~ .
F.

.+.

21,

-rtccr

3;

The act of Salring, punishment. i&.l noun

of unity, A punishment.
part. act. One
who takes, &-\ * br gi aor.
111"
To puniah (with ace. of pers, and + of iLe
w i m e l . - ~ j f m & ~ D.S. Qr. T.1,p. 230,
PIII. To tnke, t a k e to one'a-self; with 12;
*/,g
it means to beget, as Id, I,!
2 T. 110,
rt. ,E q.?.
, %&-i (2nd declension) plur. of
D b*X
"God hat11 begot tea issue; " to Gceive, make,
azrl am. oond. 1pers, sing. -nit& affixed, from
*
PCP&
C
m&e for one'tj-self, oa aj;.r+ d-l
'G
us,*
29 v. 40, " Like the qider (who) m&eth
for2&\ ; mllm in con~lesionwith a complement
r,P x&,a-s
r TE
I
A brother;
for herself a house ;" at 38 v. 03 pb &I
porn. +\,gen=& I , ncc, k?
bn
Dud, wt&T, ob1,liqoe &f,
nnd in oanatmoia for ~b &i i i,the alif of union being mp/Zr
'
-pressed after the interrogative particle 7, D.fi.
and , I ; Plm. ~ i and
i ! 21g1;
t i
P 6,
the latter generally means compnnions or
Br. T. 1, p. 71 ; to hold os reckon, ns i.&,
s r.5
*,: 5
P
friends. u
l for b p - l A eiater ; Phr.
\ L\iS 9 k . y &*,
9 V. 100, EBConb
rC / r E
o+\;
Dud 9, , l oblique u+l,:
a,
siders what be expends QS a means of bringing
D.S.Gr,T.l,p.353.s
him nigh nnto God;'Yo act, bebarn (with
j
. 6tukindness), as at 18 v. 85 (with csj of person). 3 aor. a. i. and o. To fall ox, o p p r c ~ ~!
2
s *s
pendoas, gievam.
o k \ n,s. Act of taking to one'e-self. h
..',
,
,
t$
, a
?b\ 21 for b~r L bs 2\ pers. plnr. vi. f.o f b q.v
~
part. act. One who talres.
&
I:\; Pi. f. ofi;& q.v.
;+? No verbal root, the verb not being osed inP /the
*%
t%
4.v.
$7
Cause t o come ; Imyerat. ii. f. of
Z
m
a
s
t
.
for
p\
l
first form ; Latter,

/*

4&~

':#-

/,lr,p

&%

,,,b

/ /

<h->

qz

d c r ?

#
*
,
,

s,

x,'

/ b 0 * 4

-$ ..Cr ./b

#PI

C.9

L,

8 b

0 :

0,

r3

. .
(2nd declension) Aaotbcr, oMer, the last ; G! see &J\.
Fern. &-kfDm 9. Gr. T. 1, p. SSl; Plor. Ib21 BeedJ.
,
r r P
5 p h d of
q.~.
p
; F e m . p i for+\, the more usual , , ~mparztiva
.. , plur. of
An adopted son, rt. d; q.v.
form, D. S. 8r. T. I, pp. 359 and 407.; 5wi>7
y e
I?
iv, f. of $5 q.v.
$1 61
j
,
3 y. 147, " h your rear. J+I , ~ 5 7
g

$0"

0 ( . $

FA

HC'Z

He0

S F * .

&;

*
/

<L

/ 4

d$ aor. i. To liecome thick

being converted into

Payment; the find
halnza after \ quiescent; D.S.Gr. T.1,p. 113.11. To cause to come, to pay baolr,
\)rYF
restore (with ace. and ujj) ; aor. ~9as
s p " Then let him restore (it)."

/C,

.&/

3 F,

public crier, a Nuez2in.- G>T IV. To make

known to, proclnirn to (with ace, of pers.);
/ cis,
. b To cause EL prociamato assure. - d ~ Y.
tion to be made, czuae to be declared. ,
GZ
c:J hdb X. To aslr permission (with ul or
with acc. of pers. and J of thing) ; a t 9

3\31

'F,

ljl Behold,

vv. 44 and 45 it means to ask leave to be

if, when, then, at that time.
excused, to ask a dispensation ; see D. S. Gr.
IjjThen, in that case ; These words are reT.2, p. 467, where this ellipse
is explained.
garded by the Arab grammarisns ns indeclinable
-2s
; D. S. Gr.
nouns ; They enter into composition with other d$\ aor. a. TO be h ~ ~ t . for $
.
s/
T . 1, p. 111; n.a. injury, ill-treatment,
words, as
and A*&,: Then, at that time,
9.9
on tllat dy when ; 80 also 1:~ after the inoffence, annoyance, any thing noxious, such 3s
'I
*,
illness Or 60llLltion. - d>T IV. TOinjure, Ten,
terrogative parbicle & ,Is it then? etc.
.$,
/P
amOY) Offend,aflict; aorn 1533 ; ~ J J 4~ L
For the various effects produced by these p6V* 201 '' Then punish them both ; " . P ? ? P ~ T ~ ,
tides upon the tenses of verbs the regdeder is
rI
do them both some injury" ; Commentators
referred to D. S. Gr. T.1, p, 171, ef srg., and
t
differ as to what this injury should be; Pass.
also p. 522 :
and \;) zra constantly em-

and4

6G2

'6

j-/

.5

.:

.-* : 3

Q~,I 29 v. 9, for ,-$,\

for 6 9 11, see 3 v.134;
I
see also D. 8. Gr. T. 1, p. 95, $ 187.
I
seeT;&
1
,.15 *
vJ\
aor. i. To tie (a h o t ) tight, and
b.
4 aor. n.
' ,- 43
To want. qj! n.a. mani, a necessity, as
~ tdo\
,
plur, of
A chin, see ,,,+
-.
0 L <$
s5)l
24 T. 31, " Who have no nccd
&a\ 1pera. plur. pret. iv, f. of >\S q.r. See also
(of women)."
(2nd ileclension) plur.
:,,"
6
of 6)*2h Necessities,
necessary uses.
plur. of
rt. JG q.v.
B
s 4%
83
$5
plur, of . - q.v.
\
To give ear ;and u+1 aor. a. To suffer, grant +kJ\
/b%
! 1 iv. f, of
q.v.
permission, permit (with J of pers, and L+ of LCJ
-- 4 G
uijJ! viii.f. of
for +J q.v.
thing, also with of the ierb) ; to hesrlieh to
G5
.
A side, rt. &
; q.v.
(with J). f i f e . When the Imperative of this 2\?,1 p l ~ r of
ployed
in the If;or$n to commence a sentence
,c 9 L 3
witliout any antecedent; the words GK InJS'i\
"Remember what occurred," being then understood.
/

3:

&g

2;;.

a;,

34

F,

/.

F,

/-

3 /3

(nlilh). 4 3 for

,$\

Fern. An ear ;
n. a. Permission.
s<S /s
,,\A\ A declaration. - uo\?* 11.
1 .I
To cry aloud, make a proclamation (with
a Y39
or with u of thing). u+ part. act. A

(2nd declension),
aor. a. To Be taxmy.
Adam; D. 8. Gr. T. 1, p. 404.
I
&3\ More vile, etc. fr. ;1
; q.r.
*
3
~ 5 0 2 1More grievous, fr. G ~ dq . ~ .
0~

s 43

':
wd\
s

a
J\

dJT2

e;

F,

G,,L

LT

5
ub
G;
C

-/

(2,

verb is preceded by Jit is written u 3 U1 as at

2 v. 270 ; see D. 8. Gr. T. I, p. 232, izotg.
L

&-7
,
/

6%

P u t him off1 See

a

0 0

iv. f. of 3-3 q.v.

0 / /

q-,

Angel Gabriel. $7 plur. of

Tracts or
L53fiv. f. of 13 q.v.
L
-.P
s
regions of the earth ; d\$jTL,. \<\;I ,+1~,
n.n. iv. f. of; i .v.
c 9 99%
1,
41 v. 53, "We will shorn them our signs in
p - m j . 4 Clotbe them ; Imperat. of
q.r.
the regions of the eartll" ; to wit, The conaor, o. To eat, devour, consume (with ace. or
quests of the true believers.
with
++,or 2.1;to make use of, enjoy, as
.c P
&$ aor. i. To lie, cause to tell lies, or put on 3
a t 4 v . 3 ; ~li~erat.,U,fem. g. ;A?;ii.a.Thc
?;bz
false appearance, as at 7 v. 114 ; to turn sside
act of eating, a devou~ing; ZLcl la n greedy,
(with
io frustrate, render silly.
A
S?%
devo~zringmanner. 35 1 Food, as fruit, o~
fPo2
P r r Q -.a/
falsehood, lying invention, lying, false ; as
whatever is eaten; aii\ k!++
,1 6 v. 142,
f
,&JJ
Qf 37 8.84, "DO ye
"And corn, the food from which (is) various
choosk a falsehood (viz:) gods, etc. ?"
in kind ;" For the construction of this and
s ,is here put for Gfl. & bi A great liar.-similar sentences see D. S. Gr. T.2, pp. 79
ck9
part. act. viii. f. which has a passive
and 270. &T part. act. One who eats. QGf
8
signification, That which is overthrown or
Greedy, a great enter.
J$L part. paas.
.k9 S
Eaten.
turned upside down ;
i The cit,ies
which were overthrown, viz. Sodom and GotsL;Si plur. of A bud, 5rt. ;jq.fwy.
D
9 AS
morrah.
g$iand wU;ilp!ud.of rt. qq.v.
b,
aor. i. and o. To set (the sun). J.j\ part. act. LS
31 The definite article, Tho; when not a t the beTliat which sets.
ginning of a sentence, i t is always written wit11
s/ 5
6
6
j
6
G
;T plur. of 9 , rt. q.v.
a J; thus
the4 then loses dl sound and
plur. of A mouth, see ;G for
*
Becomes
mate.
D. 8. Gr. T. 1,&p. 64.
P-<",
< $<
s
&yl 1pere. sing, aor. of p j a q . ~ .
&or. 0. and i. To be shaken. $! ace. of
5 '
SLCE
/5*
Consanguinity, relationship. Freitag givea
:A+\
plur. of
rt. ~ l \qj . ~ .
5 '
LZ
ss the root of this word.
(2nd declension) plur. of J\iiI plur, of
from 7 interrogative and f not ; Ie it not ?
A saying, discourse, see j\i for .J
;
Are
there not ? etc,
' <'
A definite time, for
rt. uJ
q.~.JTfor
rt. JT for JJ q.v.
G?11. (no 1st form) To fix a certain time.
plur. of
, rt. 57 for q.v.
De Sscy, qnoting El Beidbee, says in his f 5 for i That not ; as, that (I do) not, etc. It
Grammar, T. 1, p. 103, note, that the word
governs the aorist in the suE?junctive mood.
c /us
&\
which occurs at 77 F. f 1 is for djO
for $
Unless, except, if not ; It commonIy
i$t. 24 see \ii
,
gorerns the nccusatice. For the srrlea of
syntax connected with 51 see D. S. Crr. T. 2,
p. 403, et seq.
&$! see ,
u
s. --$2
5 /$F
U I A fern, form of d$y q . ~ .
plnr. of L3i
Food, rt.
q.v.
'-5 /bZ
P rS
I plur, of
see
I. pers. ~ i n gaor. of GUI for S$ q . ~ .
.
c
,

$1

G);
.... q d ~

A,

2;;

/,

K G

~2

\w?

I",

&e$
0

sf

g:T

3, 3

jr;

23.

&

$9,

fl

J3

s;;

37

33,
3

(r / C ?

uv\

JT

ily

fl

CX

4, 3.

a.
d\ iv. f. of q . ~ .
u \ d \ plur. of aA nicl-\name.
C 0LB

&or.i. TOdiminish, defraud (with acc, of pers.

L9
P\XJ :" 5
and
of thing), as >? ;;$.rs
OuJ 52 v. 21, " A ~ i dwe vill not defraud them
of any of their worlcs."
&\viii. f. of 3 q.v.

>

/ /

.&,E

2
7 iv. f. of 2;q.v.

1 Am I not? Is it nut? etc. from f interrogative

' and not ; used also in co~ljunctionwith o t l m
C,/d
LNB
$C/d
par ticles, as +
1, .
+3
i1 , bJ2\ , etc.

&/S

;L

jL!\n.a. ir. f. of &!q.v.

,
'

h c-

L+l q.v.
d 1 (2nd declension) cornparat, adjective fr . 3 .v.
c

,La

n.s, iv. f. of ;
;
!q . ~ .
s

LS

//

CI,

o+

~8 W I

/LCL

/,

(JI Letters found at 'the commencement of the

I Join me ; Imperat. ir. f. of

second and several other chapters of the Forhn. .

Concerning the meaning of these and other
,*
"4s
d+.!(He,
\ tlle man) who, (him) ~ h o m(the
,
thing)
lettemts found at the commencement of various
G 3
'iir8
a3
which ; Fern. cs,.+~ i ; Dual u1 ;\JI ; Plur. d;,&I ;
chapters, differer~cesof opinion hare almays
-*
fern. plur. &%~7 and j
UJ i ; De Sacy instead
existed among cornmentatora ; but it is held
by many of the ablest of the Mussulmsn
of the last form gives ;ki and G%i
; see his
Doctors that the true meaning has never been
Gralnmar, T. I, p. 446 ; According to the
communicated to any mortal, Mohamm'ad
rule given at 5 232, p. 113 of the same volume,
done excepted. See Sale's Forin, introducbin o u n seem to be ale most correct n a y of
tory remarks, aeetion iii. Note. These and
spelling it ; see also his olfservations on thew
similar letters are to be pronounced at full
pronouns, or, as be calls them, conjunctive
1
length, aZ$ Itrim, meem, etc,
adjectives, vol. 1, p. 443, et seq., and rolf 2, p.
313, et seg. The mteeedent is frequently 3 F a o r . a. TO suffer (pain). >lf painful.
omitted; see an instance at 28 v. 14,
Letters at the commencement of the thirteenth
j
1 Letters placed at the commencement of the
chapter, see
loth, lltll, 12th, 14th, and 15th chapters ; 4 1 Letters at the commencement of the seventh
see (J 1
I
chapter, see JT.
a GZ
s/S
sI
Q \ p ~ u r , o f & J ,r t . 3 q . v .
PJ I To adore. dl;D u d oblique
; Plur. $2~
'P af nor. a. To be accustomed ( t o a place), to join
A Deity, God. 97 God, T'he God, The only
together. 3 7 A thousand; considered by
God; A word which embraces all tLe names
3i
some as the root ; Dual . 127,oblique
by which the &fussulmans designate the Deity.
1;
5
9 4%
-a/
Plur. LL\JI and s]l.
- dJ 11. TO knite,
and dJJ ,! By Gqd ! 9~
To God, belonging to God, as pY?
2 v. 151, "Verily
join together, reconcile (with
;sor.
9
$598 d
..~ Gz.S P yfern, part. pass. Reconciled, na +'rJ
GZPL~,
we are God's." f l l A form of invocation,
,\
0 God ! The p being added to compensate
9 v. GO, "And those whose hearts are rethe omission of the particle ; it is said to
conciled :" For the construction of this seiite~ice
915.4
stand forJg ,C I \ I," o GO^ I instruct us
seeD.S.Gr.T.2,p.277.-s&ln.a,iv.f.
1
A compact, uniting together.
+..S

AT

'

a+

p.

h&

hhC

2~

/-

2) dihi;,

&c

73

,.++
C ? C PV

K K

(.#

it has occopied.

; iv. f. of

37 iv. f. af 2q.v.

q.v, and

p.

-/c,-

as,;gl

we both nnmeA of Momt

Sinai.
o r

3 aor. o.

1'
0 ; a conjunction
used in the
of two alternative propositions, the f i ~ of
t

To be wanting in duty, to fail (with aoo.

of pers. and thing), as
3' 3 9.114,
"They will not fail to corrupt you."
plnr. of
for
Benefits. -JT
IT.fi,r 5i=
C
~/z f(possibly
i derived from an obsolete root l
C511) To swear, vow nbatinence from (with
r 9 : ~
aa d$3 pwa. plnr. aor, at 2 v. 226.~PP
&i
VIII. To'swew, as &$ u\ . . . &\b 24
v. 22, " Let not (the wealthy) swear tiat they.
wiliilirotgive." Note. The ellipse of thenegative
is uaua1afiw an oath ; the onth itself implying
s negation, unless there appew gome precise
indication to the contray; P. 8. Gr. T.2,
p, 474.
/
. J,I~
plur. of
A species, q.v.
JJ~
To,towards, aa far a5 (but not inchding) ; For ' '
the difference between $and J
! see
m
b W r r u ~
4" 89,
in, an,or at, as+@\
yon together on the day
"Verily he will
of resmeation ;" with, or in addition to, as,
?' I\ 1 j ~&$.I 64 v. 2, " DO not
rlevour their eubetance in addition to yous
own;" in thia and similar instnncea there
appeFs t o be an ellipse of the word t
cr+B P z
fI
$ uddiag it," or of mine sirnilorword ; J
!
Until. As a general role Ji indicates the
t a m or Tidt beyond which an adfan doea not

$G

;P! 27,

hi,

b~

A.

and

r* d~

&;

0.:

T
i

'extend.

$ g ~(2nd.declension) Elias. &Gl

57 v. 130
IlyAseen; this word i~ suppoaed by some to
be the plnr. of
and to mean Elim and his
followera, but it is probable that the termination a only added for the salre of the rhyme,
and t h ~Both
t worh designate the same person ;

whioh iii preceded by 7; both may frequently

be rendered " whether ;" see 1.
am. o. To sed, illtend, proposa.
I oblique
plnr. part. nct. Thoae who seek, or are intends -6
i n g (to $sit).
?Amother, Plur.
o~igi.la.,p&&;ale,
s capital, place of abode,
foundation, as
Ff 3 T. 5, '(The founds,.tion (or fundamental p~rt)of the Book."
A'bte. The contents of the Vorhn are cla~lsed
by Mo$nmrnad under two heads; the first,
.. b 4 +which is cnlled
1
or the fundamental
0

-.4

~ 4 ~ 1 ;

uw
..-

part, contains Bose passage8 whose meaning

is plain and ol.6ions; the o&r portiona m e
'metnphorical; t h e m o r d s,
uwr
at 18 v. 39
~ n 43d v. 3 mean "'The original of the Book,"
and refer to the table on which God'e decrees
are recorded; it is d s o a name sometimes
-c&T
given t o the opening chapter :
?! The
51 r c - 4
metropolis, Mecos :
1 7 v. 149 foru;jzT
Son of my mother, D.S.Gr."T. 2, p. 91, note;
.dLrn@
in some manuscripts tho words
\ I! at
r

;/&

yla

:*/w

20 v. 95 are written in one word *,,

D.5.
s
r"i,
HUT.
A people,
ar. T. 1, p. 99,
nation, race, a party (especially of the aame
reli&n), - it h e d and deiinite term, a certain
43 W. 21 and 22,
time, R religion, $1
ti
In the practice of e religion; " an Imhm,.
P.d
Before; ~ L 75
T
or model of religion.
v.'5," (For that which is) before him," $.em
" for the fnture." z? TG\ sing. and p h . ; the
Plnr. of vhich is 2
-7 A leader in religion, a

21

r\

&

,;?I

A serious matter, a strange thing.

mill,
moclel, example, rule, pntteiaii, or hook for
S 13.
S
f l 1 part. act. One who commands. G
;T Prone.
One mho can
gtlidance or instrnction.
05
- I To take counsel together,
deneithw reacl nap write, illiterate, an epithet of
b /sG
Mobstminad, ignorant, Pagan, one who is
liberate d ~ o u (with
t
+) ; Imperat.Jfi,\, and
,
A0
ignorant of the Scriptmes. El As for; OCCBwith2 ,
5
S
b
3
siounlly put for in ;yf Or that wllich, or what.
gpe. dy) A man, rt. bd q.v.
S
\:.\ & Either, or wl-ethe~~,
in which seilse it re- w
\Yesterday, (no verbal root).
before each of the alterna- s-'6P
quires to be
$I-\
plor. of
An intestine.
tive propositions of n sentellce ; D. S.Gr. T . 1,
n.a. Hope.
aoaor. o. To Hope.
p. 573 ; instalices however occur mllere instead
3
L\is. f. of G q.v.
L5
of L): bcing repeated, is s~tbstituted,thus,
'.
'6'
* (rS c g 9 r c F
sc9
a
a , \ A
1
a+ cZ-+tLb
17 v. ~ 3 I3aor. a. To be secure, trust (wit11 acc. of pers.
J' '
and L+ of thing), put trust in (with acc. of
24, " Whether one, of them attain old nge with
psrs. a i d UG), to be secure from (with ace.),
thee or both of them :" mhen standing for L*,\
Q
P /(;,
aa
$11 I IC. ud Uj 7 v. 97, " POP(no one) is
If (the
boing espletioc), no repetition is
3 ~3
'YS/
!i0
n.a.
secure from the stratagem of God." A,-,\
necessary, thus JAA %
,
r ~ g jL%
! 2 v. 36,
&
Security; at2 v.119 it means a place of security.
cr
And if n, cfirection shallporne to you from me."
z9T past. act, One or that which is secure,
s- '
9
S
s b \ plor. of
A maid-sers&t, seeT; \ for $f.
safe, secure. us1 Faithful, trustworthy,
.$,s
,S
5,/ 0z
n j L l A deposit, rt. w3\ q.v.
a
secure.
Security. aj\n\ A pledge, cove5.. (,d
-5 ,S
s':9
&id\ plur. of
Desires, rt. U
;
. q.v.
n e n t , faith, a trust. ujn L" part. pass. Secured.
CZ
S (.I
s 021
aor. i. To cZetemi?zc,to be enrvd. u l A
u*b A place of security.-;I
IV. To rnalre
curve, anything which shows ups and downs.
sure or secure (with acc. of pers.) ; to have .
2
.
5
5 '
CIL
an\ A maid-servant, rt. \ ~forf
q.v.
faith in, believe (with o).u&\ for z l * r l
jG! viii, f. o f j L c1.v.
D. S. Gr. T. 1, p. 95, (185 and is7 *.a. A
'/<
viii, f, of
q.v.
believing, faith, hea~tfeltbelief, see ;GI.
' 0NSC
s 49
3'0 be $~aisRed, and &f To be a12gry. L?
fly pzrt.
,. . act. One who believed.A~tger,tho term of existence, a space, term,
Pass. &,l
VIII. To be entrusted wit11 the
terminus.
custody of mything.
Z
S
,
xor. o. To command, O T ~ ~ Senjoin
,
(with u\ or d*,aj / .~bl -2 Anything wished for, rt. L5d
q.~.
J or with ace. of pera, and t+ of thing);
aor. o. To mcw ZiBe a cat, to become a maidc

/0

;tL

fP'-

0&

&/

0,~:-

(r

4 ' 6

// Y

Z0

@,

b.C

/F

,
/

&T

.,4

127

Z/

3
7

/--

zJ

I
1

@,l
4

9Z:E

': 9

9k0 I(

~ 9 2 ,

servalzt. &T for

D. S. Gr. T.1, p. 358,
A maid-servant ; Plur.
.c PZZ
r. 3
it is written , ~ b , D. S. Gr. T. 1, p. 232. w\ That, in order that, lest, that not; when followed
s c*
/\ 11.21,. A command, decTee, matter, thing,
by a verb in the aorist, such verb is generally
S 95
bE
.business ; Plur.
; G ~,+p
\ Of my own
put in the subjunctive ; wl~enput; before a
~ ~ 3 j fG
" Ye order me," 39 v. 64,is fordJi" G;
r. Y
IrnperattY ;mhen preceded by the conjunction

~~~.

you call upon them fhcy niIt not h e i p a r )

pnyer, and if thcy llenrd they vot11d not I
nnswcr you." !
; gives n future signifiention 1
@ $ .
t o verbs in tlie preterite, u~llessrrbero ub
is I
interposed, D. S. Gr. T. 1, p. 181, et siq.; 1
i t has sonletimes a negfttiue ~nenning, as 1
G 4
3
6 3 L.
1
11V. 53, "'My 1
2x5 is&J\ ,
i
;"I iji3!
LJ
rer;vsTdis not (due) eseept &am him 1~3110c~eaifed 1
LSZ
5
c, *
me." &/\ nndI : , fopI!.,
and '\, .5

noun
pronoun it governs it in the accusative, and is then written
tile teshdeed
QS
,\. This conjunction is fYeqllontlyused after
J Gor gome
an ellipse of
,P 5 ,
k,
the word "saying," thus, &,., wJ JL d\&>

verb,

C "

'UJ&-y=

'"4

2.4

l 91 20 V. 9, '' And (renlernber) when thy

Lord called unto Moses
"
(saying) go unto the midied people;" when
used in the sense of lest, for fear that, or ill
order that (it may) not, it is generally necessary as a rule that the prccoding proposition
f3il l

b*,
//

+J

the idea of prollibition, hindrance, or obstacle,

9 9
'L z0,5
99
,
a s % , , r , a;?\p+&
,;J & ~ + d b 1 8 v . 5 5 ,
"Verily we put veils over their hearts that they
should not understand it (the Il;orbn)." The
above rule however is by no" means withont
exceptions, several of which occur in the J$ordn ;
.
9
J
thus at 7 s. 171 $
9
u \ must be rendered
"lest ye should say," where there is an entire
ellipse of tlie negative ; a simila~ellipse is corn/...g
mon in case of an oath, see
rt. $7.
1
c S'
&'/,I! and
That. us As though. 37 That
/C/ C

M,

G C/

'b,

34
not, for B u1 .
(,

/CIS

733

(,

GZ

like ,I is used with almost e ~ ~ e rkind

y of
prefix and n%s. ; when without an aEred pro-

zf

has an dfir~unti~e
meming, and ma^? ~ ' r n " e a l 1 ~
be rendered reriIy, or indeed; it is sometimes
writtcn without the teshdeed, gad must not 1
then he collfo~~nded
with the conjunction if, 1
\ called by tlio i u h s 6 .- 1 i>=+-,
or putieie

/I'

~ G F "

of re~t~iction,
B ~ n yfsecp.entlybe rendered ouly ;
the is occasionally a simple expletive, and
2be word baa then the force of, ! \ :
bat it no
longer governs thr: accusnti~e. De Sncy ghcs
tlre rules for all tllcse particles in his x ~ a d
admirable manner, m.ndto his ~rrttn&nrI refer
the reader for tho fullest inforrwlztion, ou the
s~~ljject.
'Lf; p e r ~ o n dpronotm.

is used with every kind of prefix and affix, ~

r.3
f%
/S
and may be rendered that, since, because ; s-+s L i \ plur. of jI for
$,
I Hours, r t. 2 \ q.r.
when followed by the affixed pronouns as
?
~3
ra
,
rt. C S / (1.Y.
lib\r, 3CC. p1ur. of
eto. it loses its influence over the following
c 3
,
- S1 plur. of 5 0 rt. yw?
&L
/ q.~.
L/
noun:; D, 8. Gr.T. 1, p. 567.
(ea11ective noun) crentulres ; no verbd rook.
"\ If, differs from inasmuch as the former is
S
C=r,
., PL.E
(2nd declension) plnr. of
Finger-ends.
simply conditional, 8s if)!;(
you are vise ;
rt.
q.v.
.while the latter supposes what is not the ease,
~91

s!
,

'

"/

C5y~i,

l!

as if (;i)you were wise ; this is made clear by

the following example : ,-\

b+\
j

//LCD

.-

'Lfl'

P /cry

G?~-/ 9

76

G 9

96

c-O1,d

PQ

wb

rb,~~i'

L' \ I & $ , ~ S G35

J v. 15,

1C

&, iz

pluy. of
rt.
q,v,
iv. f. of v
iq.~.
rii. f. of
g.~.
/

(.

/ / CL,

If I

&j

/r

A L P - .

,.

B r

-7

27

aor. i. TO arrive (the Firno, with j); to lo

.- (lnd declension) pl~ur.of L2 or LeA
prophet, rt.
q-v.
Coiling hot. Glfir
Afitting t h e , con,t/
venicnt opportunity, ns ;6!
d
l Tllbn ; pcraonal pliononn moac. ; nur. ;
93 v, 53,
"Without laolcing t o hia eonvenicncc."
Dual GI
$
3
far d,
I I part. act. Doiiing hot (wate~); Fcm;
viii, f, of' &' q,lT.
&T. ~ % ~ p I u ~ % ~ f $ f D.S.ar.T.1,
ur~f
viii. f. o f 2 q.v.
*
p, 111, A fittil~gtjrnc, n part of tima; gLT
9 1~ i i i f.. of+ q.v.
&
l 20
Iv. J :if),TIN llol~rsof tho night,"
Fl vjii* f. of> r1.v.
...*
-+\! viiL f. OF q.v,
;%I Timo. L., T p l ~ ~ul.r ,2x1 A vcsscl.
4%
P
'r
&\3lorrr, in rvl~ntway, in ml1:tl wrly BoCwr, Whcrc,
lfi5L3 pr:rs. 111 t ~ t ~~ *. i i i f:* of L&8 q.v.
i
wltwiec, li0r1111~ ~ I l c r ;~ cD.
o 6. a r . ?I1. 1, pp.
&\ Z f ~ I , i c s d t ( i ~ ~ n n&i
) . l'lor. &G\hfclndc;
165 rind 205,
os
bbliqns d11n24i.
~ ~ i if.i *ole> r1.v.
.',
P
~ I I I P .OF j: An idol, rt. 3 q.v.
&i iTco$e, n Sfinlily or i t n o ~ d ~ o;l d-&3l 4&
\
.'i y
nor. n. 2))icjnailiar. vu !(eol laal.it~ciiotrn)
!I111r! 11copIcoi't,lic 1 innlt, i , c . r I ~tln~lCliristinn~,
\~~
M f i ~ l i h l dIlnrn:ul
,
I l o i n p l liti ill. SG!
C O ~ ~ I I I ~ D I ~ zho c:ellctl) +J 1 3al oc, 'l'l~a~r!
who hrwc chnrge
gc~~lcr,
~ ^ n;a
1'111
1.. &ij': ~coraom'yrr)?zt,.ur~tt:ni
otDflla ursclh al. God ; &I
Clidstims,
1,
'
it2fo &I.
A 11,hll; 1~11ir.& \ j \ eh? tllo licap~c of t ~ ~Gnal~ol
o
;W
, \ JAI ~ 1 1 s
,1 JY,
~ l ~ c l ~ ~; ~D.f 8i ,i u ~'Ii.~ I ~ 1).df)!-?.-&
i l l hnl~itnnfu (IS 'I lr!ll-[iro ; rvorlliy oi' (with
-0

b#

3
1

9;

Sf

37

'

/ 0

/
,

,C'-#

L j r 4

"-1-

>!

*r:t

'

-1.q

I.%

&I

I1
c.F

t.

3~

rL&r

b
:

'

....Qrnb

'' 4-

711~i:ttf/tstq mj;rrtt;ho~*,pcivx!ivi! { w i t11 :IC(!.

,:...,.

\ S

i i r ~(1

.-.,gcnil,i vr).
,I

Yb h,:,/n~;lirrr,lo nuli prr- ha\

~lllll', 0s Jh,
W ~ lllODnRl
W
I*+,
1.Y.
:*
w
mi$aion, l~clgp!vrbu. w;hT I I I P ~ ,IIC~. 0111:
19
I p l ~ nof
, &$A i\l~c.sirc,~ t =+
. q.v.
cT
tvlro is fbuiliar.
,I Or, citlicl; .rvllst;E~cr,n l l l r a ~ s; D. E. Cl1~.T, 1,
!
.
,I.%
L
,+*
u\jl p111r.of d-...;,
rf,,
-...;j,v
.
1). $71, lu111 T. 3,p. 28,
si7
*
W iv. E uf q,v.
a\, l sac ;
ifir 3, I
-,
*
3 1 iv. L 01. u 11.v.
fir
1 I . I . Y? f
$\; n.n. Tho
*, 4 k
mr. R. ~b t a m 21p the ,zm vt, tnclo c ! : ~ o P ~ ! .
nct of sck~rning. ~1~ 1 A ~inccrcpenitent,
&
,I lint,
now,
i 1rttt:ly : tho logiunl mot i~-'\
tmc wlio fit:rlur:nf41yrckrrr~n, orla who trims
A nORt1.
ombiooaly to (lod. & A plnor? ol'rcturn.-*Y
1 I. To ning lhr!prnisca of' God by sng-ing
$3* l l l l ~ .0s , rf,, qmIp*
4 ,, b r
r*
nU I ,Ly ; y!Jl fen,. i~npamtivc.
A a u l ~ I , rt. &G q.v.
III~I..
*,
\ ~ I I I T .of;,
rt,, t~,v.
&\u vii, f. of' r1.v.
jGiI plln. O S A Y Yrt., 2; q.v.
p l ~ r or
. &; A Lhtnr, rt. i
Gq . ~ .
pnnti. viii, f. ole&\ r1.v.
G&:$I
Hc?n
b

0-

--r

t.*

d*

+
0

,-'i

,'

#*

-3

'*

JcT

),
C

/+.f

9,

k\ irnpernliva ol' Ldq.v.

I

&I!

2;

"i"\
~ I I wof
, 2; AT]ido1,

cl J

( 13

d\
,LS

c s ~ . l iv. f. of G

311

,
~ Y3
V.

who sliows pity by frequently sighing, and

saying ah ! or alas !
j\T for
aor. i;i for i,; D. 8. Gr. T. 1, p. 104,
4s
dJ\aor. ii;'(a verb hmnzated and doubly im2b Ircnd, oppress by its grnvity.
5
CE
perfect;), To betake one's-self for rest or shelter,
+,1?, plur, o f $\; A vallcy, rt. &J, q.v.
, .i
hsvc recourse to (with
; .5J%
.+c. I. pem.
&g3lpms. iv. f. of ~ $ r1.v.
1
5 0c,S
s
sing. aor. with i l ~ eprefix & ; 5'5' (1 Then
I plur. ofjj?, rt.,jj r1.v.
fly 1 " 2 pors. plur. imperat. D. 8. Gr. T. 1,
see LL;.
S
9 "r
,
p 232 note.
Plur.
and o k 1 A sign,
,s,\ iv. f. of &.q.v.
miracle, a name given to the verses of t l ~ e
A, 3
.+,
j l compm'ative sntl iv. f. of s3 c1.v.
L.5 J
I$ortir~,each of w'liliclz is held to be a miracle,
,
,
,
A+\ iv. L of' &GJ r1.v.
&;id; A place of abode, ma~~llsion.--d;T IV.
j'i for JJ aor. o, i / ~ rrctzrna, to ~o ~ ~ f u r c .JT A
To care for, or receive as a guest, provide a
pcoplc, uncc, linnily . J",, Fcm,
First,
rcrugo or abode for (witlr ncc. sncl J1) ; Aor,
P-Jz <
cP
f'or~ncx; prior, i,lic first bcgirzning ; &$,U
I The
~
T
j* i
,as
ancients, tllo~cof former dnyfi.-- J31 11. TO
verily ; used only in nfimiog by
4\
:,
6ring 6mk, r;r/,laia.
c 1L.a. Iulcrprclation,
pronon,l of cornme Bead, Whoaoayor,
cxl~lanetion,dctcnninution (of a dispn tc).
ever, Who ? wllicL? Wlmt ?
Whichever.
'-. .i
l !L1llc~e; lrlur. of \ i
; D. 8.a r . 'l'. 1,
particlo
lo pronouns in
accus,

GT,

0/

J1)

6 %

LU

40.c

J\J

L;:
/

47

4/

.*tax

#.#

I*

~3

J:,

GT

$1

preiked

p. 439.
when "isolnted " or not n8iued ; it is employed
,
I
r ,Z.
&<$I, l Thosc ; plnr. of d\jor
That ;
in cascs tvhclac n verb govcrna two or more
gP
.:
TI. S. Gr. T.1, p. 440 ; yS-Jl,I Tlloso of your's.
prox~ounsin ihc accns. o m of wllicli cannot be
-E
<, - -?
OJ~lirjoc
; Fcm. u\JI\ ; a plural .~iIjc~tivc convcniclilly afixed ; D.S.Qr. T.2, p. 978 ;
nlsa wllcre it is clcsircil to place tlio pronoun
mnntir~gthe sing., nrdcss, :lccortling to aomc,
Plb*
c 9
bofore t l ~ cverb, as
d\i,!
i the opening
it ia to be considcrcd ns a p l l ~ r dof';; 130sscsacd
A.? 4 v i
cllsl)tcr; occasionrilly it is naccl in adtlibion to
ol; cndocd wiih, ss
ll l \J,\ Tllosc gifhcd
vacs:
-C
u .E
llic nflixo('l pronoun, as L
S
,;
LI L.-l&2 V. 38,
with (undcwlan(niling) hci~rt~ti
; J=. 1I \I,\Thofie
p
.':
" And I, (or as for mc), fear 1ac.l; " B. 8, G,r,
in .~utl~orily
;,
GCJ I,\ Wo~nenwill1 cllild.
T. 1, -p. 461.
~otc~
. l l \cat h o c n i l ol.
i~w11:~i:iilcnllcd
..
&$ n.8. of. 4\1fox* q.v.
\ d~
or idii' OC 1)r~cn1iLion,to prcvollt
p]woof
rt, ylf f o g
ciay~
$ l ~ e k n n l Sbeing tnltcn. ibr tho conj~~ncLion
and.
,.
e~4,1 'PVllcnP
T;J cornp, form o f wlj. fr. ulJ r p
$Xi! 11.n. iv. t of u ; ~q.v.
;WJ\ RCC
%
"*"i
\\ fbr \ nor. o. 3'0 Be tmjagz~il. w l A bimc, 511 for &j nor. i. 2% Qctfir~~z. n.a. Btrongtll.-<"f 11, r131. atx~cngtlirn(with aoc. and or
ad^. Xow, :kt Lllis presonh t i m ~ .
rno~ncrlt;
PwdP
J
a\ Ah !alas J' a, \ \ i\ comparsioilnto pcrson, or~,o
w); 303.~.42;
Z

\,b\

csill

vv
Z

/ Q

."&

\&\

,,A

4
7
9

cQ

I**

4-

--/

-I

&%

J;.

b%

,,
#

8%

8; " . 6

g?

CC

&;

idi\;f Their l~ands; oblique plur,

, rt.

of

qnv*
c%
atid
(nonn *of unity) A wood; Q l i l

LS*

&F

8
7

,/LZ -0

$
,,

y \ The inhabitants of o wood near Midinn,

to whom the prophet Sho'aib wns scnt.

S$J n.a. iv. f, of d,I q . ~ .

Y.?
?\ \ for 6 aor, i. Ib be olnma~ricd, c5&
a

L.

declension) plus. of

L.+

4.

i (211l.L
An ut~rnarpicdmnrr or

an i ~ ~ s c ~ a r aproposition,
bie
prcfixod to tho word
it governs, whicll wllcn a noun is pat; irk tllrc
genitive ;*it line divci*c,,sigx~iflcatiorf~~
nfi In,
by, at, will], lo, into, upon, i"or 02 1 y X*OUHNII of:
from, as
.' dp L. 82v. 0, "What lmtlr
acduccd thca from thy Lad? " It ia-used
with
, &&, and marly olllcr vcrbw ttr
render thoin trarisitivc, OJ join tl~cmto RII illdireot oomplemont, t l m ~
Ilc L~*o~ighl
r.
i t " ; litwtxlly, " ho canlo wit11 it." q~ i~
r
Bequently an expletive, wllcn put baroro tllc!
complement of a noptivo propuuilioo, RH
Y'&
&L+
dl 1 Lrr 9 v. OD, "God is not ncgligcllt " ;
9
it is aleo an cxplctivc in somc oUllor cuas,
v. 43, " Uud i e an 811
1545
, $3
eufficicr~twitncaa." Bur tho vurio i ~ uetigGa
s
uf
L+
ace D.5. ar. T. 1, p. 460, ct rcq.
&$ Babel (2nd dcclcnsion, D.8. Clr.'C. 1, p,404).

&I;!

/$>r

j;f

j~g'l"

.utld I

wlrirlk arc$ trot ooirjrrgrrlctl, thn

tltu fir& mttir:tJ int trjr $6 nttlqtreefiotl, sad tltnt

oi'lIio ~ccurirlia put in itr placu, ma 1). X. UP.
524
T. I, 1" 2G3!(IS,
and T, D, 11.231.
4 Rcvority,
6,
rt!~tgt'~n~t,
vnluttr, fbrao.
uriavon~.
L #"
y ~ pork.
4 ML. Nltcdy,
(Ibtlily) misEurbmc, -V111. To bo griavcd iwit.lr
'r

$b!

~LG

tfrt: tail,
! (I~tldcclensiojl)
F:fxTlatlnrsur,
nor. i,~nii
o. I b ctct, cut
11, To
* ',,.flp>
eizt off, wltft tho itlua of ropotilion ;
4 v. 11% " Ycrily tiicly shell auk a&"
& aor, a. 3b cut a& avarattr.--@ @.a.1I forn~,
.&

3,

L;S4 see \ ,
/

I1

f&

15

A life of comp1ete a~$)%l'ation

fr0T.n the world
,5)
and devotion to Rod.--&;
V. To devote one'sself wholly to God's service (with JI),
as at
.5.
'73 v. 8.
& nor. i. nllrl o. To disperse, disseminate
(with
S
nco. anL" 2).
S O T ~ O ~ V . Scat5
tcretl, spread allroad. --&+
part. pass. VII.
/
,

I&,

')t

C //b

Lw\
VIII, To bring for'&
ward a novelty.
j& To dunye, $$ For a changc.-jq 11. T O
substitute, change one thing for another (with
ace. or with double aco. a ~ "1~. d
~,a.
An exchange. J.\-. part. act. One who
a new creation.-

,by

J,,G

SUJM9

,-

&,b3

changes.- JJ?\IV. To substitute, give in

'a/y
.I?. Scattored t~l,rand.
exchange (wit11 double acc.) - J+; V. To
///!,
nor. i. and o. l'o let n . a t e ~ ~ ' Z o j l . - ~ ~ VII.
~ ; ? , ! exchange (with aco. and
X . To
,;
,?:
To ?)urstfort.1~(wnlex*), ~ e e ~ + ~ ! .
w i ~ hto exchange (with ace. and 4.); to put
&+ sol*. s. 2'0 ~crntcllthe ground like a hen
in the place of anotller (with oca: a n d 2 ) .
(wi 111 $1.
iln exchange.
5
5
,q Y3b slit ( J caswl's ems. J2 Pl~us.;\& ;-nil u+ aor. o. To be co~pule7zt. u+ A body..
5
:, Y 4,T
y,;l
Tlic sea, n 1nl.g~body o f watcr ; 9\<
plnr. of
22 v. 37, Camels sacrificed at
Mecca.
illrnt, 9'11~two l)o(lic~of watc~~,
viz,, mlt anrl
5aor. o. To begin, to be manifest, to appear (with
t k ,nume given among
~ I * c R ~ .i2q U i i ~ e ~ l ~tlie
QP,
/,- G ;
J or
; to e p e r the m i n e $ \+ 12
tho Ptkgot~Aukl~sl,o n camel wfiicli thoy turned
r
v. 35, "Then itmoccurredto them."
desert.
louwo t o f'c~il,nftcr slitting its cars.
" ."
far
P"P~- act*?see D*
T*1-9 P.
UYc+ :\or, a. !Po diminish, wil,Lllold what is cluo
Y /
( n i ~ l , n c c . o f t J l i n g n n d ~ 2 ~ f p ~ . ~ ~f l~kl$i;, tdP4ll/ll ~,r * ~ ~ ~ \ ! A d w e ~ l e r i n t h @ ~ o u n t r y ;
5 0 ,
e
1
\ \
" A t first thought," 11v. 29.A, d~fici~~lcy,
smdl, trifling.
do111de ~ac.).
&.
IVmTOmake to appear, show, manifest
$+
3'0 .sk~ugAlerb s h q ? ) by ctllting its thoc~t,
P
5 G P
(with + or with acc. and J). $fd for ~ J I .
to hill o~2c'a-sclJ wilh grid* ;f.~\;part, act.
who frcta llilnsclf to ilcatll (with act. of'
part. not. One who malces manifest.
c, %
/$ ,
pcru, %nil
or w\).
&; aor. a. 2b
11. To dissipate, squander.
c r 8, T o bc covcto~~a,
t~varicious,covct;ons
$;,$ Profusely. J&part.
t * / ~
act. A apendth~ift.
of (with +A).
&<Avnricc.
nor, a. To be pions, just, act justly towards (with
s
oroatc (with aoo. and 8 1 ~with
1
f$ j:up. a. To
accus. of pers.)
Plur. ,rbl Beneficent,
(.v.;r~ by<
+) ; +,J!
I' And tl~cy
l~cgnn(witti) you
liberal, just, kind; Dry land as opposed to sea.
((0 ~ a g ~ ~you),"
u l t 0 v. 13.--"TGf IV.TO create,
illat which is just and proper.
5 cJP
Is:.Piety, kindness,
malilie ancw ; A o ~ i ~if*,
f;
0
plur. of;$ part. act. Innocent, pious.
Jq nor, 0. 2'0 qnnkc At~slc.
J ; ; ilcdl; n m o of a z
O
.s '
' 3 4
a* To create. L$,$ Plur* ~ y - and
' J49
$
1
3
plaeo ncax8Mecca ; I[%& moon tvhenf @lZ ;P ~ U L
.b YP
Bound, froe, innocent; with ~ 9Clcar,
,
guiltA+
IIwLily.
s

u).-J~.si

I../.'

EL

460 &

,+lC

J\<$b

f
.
>
0

/ " #

//

24

0 b/

\G

zq

/f

$6

G9)

;GA

s.'\J

~5g7

.=fl

C.

I..

pJ

w,.

5;

/clY

//

F8,@

c\&
#'

&

(i

$6

tq aaor. a. Yb p~otlucofiojnetdi?tq n m . tq.- New,

nom-fitngl~de

&?J:Tho Crontor, as mnkor o f

ssJ&; 22

leas of; Ex.

[& .- Jk. / - 6 v. 78,
"Verily I ctm ii~~~ocemt
of that which ye assod

-s

.,<

,--/,
g , $-/@
k:t3g?
Liglltrling, tIinndcrl.~olt. dJ+\ ijrf
oiete (with God)." $I;same
! as d2 8
b
.
5
?a
11, 5.
Immunity. +) A creature. &4 part. act. ,
,
,
'
dJd
nor, 0, gb K,itl:t~lkjoz liki 18 rbnhtrhl,$~htil~l~l;~*~ir.
The Maker, Creator, ~ o d . - y ; 11. To absolve,
p 1
9
, &
\s
- I
1'11
~
3 ",/"I
+"
x'
acquit; Ex. CS$ G-+/ .1. 12 V. 53, " I do not
blcsfl (wjlJll
i f 3
2
i'lld~.
absolve myself,'' (also wit11 ncc. and &Y).
1iit!~~f*4**-d;*:
\*$
1.
&,Y.,
SC
d
~9p e J .J&"* li:lJ*i#+pilsi3*
,y part. pass. Absolved.- b.;\ IT. To cure,
.' . .
J,G Ncssl!rl ; :Jvl \ ~ 5 k i t * d k t r " ; t ~ t L
heal.-b,;
V. To free oi~c's-self, clear one'swxa ]llc!sscd," {Ir " ii11)~~l~ll
it,' [ ;rUl ;'' t i l l ' ~'I'I'self (with ;?); &Jl'* $ 13~228
v. 63, "We
i,cpilc> ],t!ilig~~~~~t~ f t j ~~ I H d* I t j ~ i ~ $ irk
l
t~jtfiiti~t:
are free (frorn them and turn) to thcc,"
fionxc ill i]lo p:rrltt: vvny !M ,
:
d t ( * ~ * F ~ wf11i;i
./
5 FJ
To
eat a?zddrinR in large yuantities*
1t;\j,
z$
c.?$ ltge (,f {,Iifj
1I* $* <jT*{ i,*
1%l*#?
{t,rikt!
plur. of
A tower, sign of the Zodiac.-- ,,,
y{) ttl?;,yta-;;?\
i 2;) ht*i.%tt t { y r - t h f b [ * f W t ! t#trtAY~
,$FC
rJ
$$,
F
EpV. To deck one's-aolf. E$ n.a. Tllc ?'J
yi,a,/t, t,Q i i ~$$!It
$It? ( 8 ~ ] t f t ~ l l j* edV -a j!ik!li * ib(kl*
*
ornamenting one's-self in an o~tontntiovs
(]ll(j l~]k{) ~!X(!S t t p t t l t t k p h i t i * 4;: tb* *;:I*
$#<
a/( c
I33 v.33,
manner; EX. 4:b@\ cp
;$ti w i d t * ~ i t ,
b~ 25 rj(:mojts/izclt*,t*r,t,t.i,t,*tl.
61
Deck not yourselves wit11 tho ostentation of'
*
1 Ot:
w#/P
*
(the tirnt" of) ignoranrk" cppnrt, act. tj 1:~ifisw*~a i f d i j ~ t ~r*isi
,
( r r s idr: s ~ l ~ l2. i!;
r, *
Decking one's-self out.
v
part,. tu!t. Ilisirtg.
To turn t o tAe lgt, as a deer, milich %a$+, ( + & 1\1)1*. 0 , 2 t
i /
f I
* ~ l t il i .
1%sr
thought unluchy ; ant1 TII
' j aor. a. To ocaac,
".a. '2 c*rttltilrlillg i t t t l l r d ; bi>~y!
CL~W;
leave offj quit.'
; \ $0 v, !ij "'i'$tc ~ j i t ~ i ~ ~ i t ; b4!iik!l
h i ~ i . 1~ %t * ~
rti~tiiglf4tl
aor. o. To Ire cold.
n.a. Cold, cool, ooolnoss.
is120 ~ l t ~ t d ~ "
$,,
H i . 52
art. act. That which cools,
I c t 111: c,P :IIk
2 2 /
f
'
8 "
refreshes.
cnlslcrti cc)lmf f:~lrnrrt:. >if pirt tu:i * A tltii,+*x*tt
23 To go forth, as out upon a plain (wit11
J,
utt2 r t i ~ t t l r r l - I o r ~ k i l ~
3;
." .or
; to be m-anif'est (with J)* jJk
nor, o. 'Po c!rjarkil, ~ ! x t t * l i t f , 1*111111*gg4+)itt~011:1~
;
, "
act. One who goes fort11; xj4\! 18 V. 45, In an
~ l r ~ l c fi)lttll
ll
1
tititi J, j\
~ I,
P
extended form, like a
11. To maltc
D t,
1l%[itl ~ : x i t ! ~ k 8 i * fixptitg~itlit*
~l~*
~k:xt*t~l~
manifest. (with J).
Icaoo, i~~crenec!nf H(.III~IPIN.
A I*~~I+~II~I,.
;?
;A pertition Or interstice) bar; the
ir\gr, ;
pcirt, net* ()111> wila stn.ll*lttgH
departed spirits, Hades ; No verbal root,
\>G9b 0 v * i ~ bkgtrtgitq~tiftg
j ~
G # P ~t iIi ~f + i r
r.
$
4
a* To i e le~rous*
(2nd dcalenfiion)
~~ilntls
;" ~i(f?p,.utly, ~ ~ p p ~ e f$~rt
~ j lkg fjj"
~ ~f,1iftip
* ~
&$
Geprous.
hatids ;"
i~ ltcro put fat
wiril:\k
bi;aor. O. To shin@,and dJ; To be smitten with
lase^ i t s
na bciilg unLcc:urleztt ta ks4G!;
a~t~nislllnent,
to
dakld*
lln.&.
of $
f,llo nlif i s addcc\ 8s fill nlif of' precigulirrrr{lr
~

,/

#/,

6,

G%

+ P

&.

&
,.-

,
/

';

\?,

#/

-3,

NbN

,4

~3

r,

- """

$
.

.>

Ltj

.w ,+'

52

8..

J),

A//'

i*)

+
i" #*r

$G

kl;

hd&\

\$$G

/ /

5;

is&+

.,,

"

( liJ )

+(A!

Jk!

%liJ\

the object of which ie to prevent

a,lt

the

being taken fbr the conjunction

2 a'2d; for the construction ,gee D, 8, Gr. T, 2,
P* "3.
w 1.33 5 v. 69, part, pass. fern,
2

#-

b'

'

(Iris two hands are)

out,"
i"? To'pit, to.be tall* &$Tall (as a Pallm-tree),
"

,F 4
'

/a/

mattel* for co11ternplati0n.--*q, 11. TOmake

to see, shew, make m a n i f e s t . - - - 1 IV* To see$
consider, causeAtosee (with acea or wit11
of
NGS

pers,) : For two different interpretations of

6

, ,Ls

Lz

,r! \ at 18 v. 25, and 19 V. 39 See kwj iv* f *

,

.5

oi'

ofed,
i9
part, act. One who sees, that
wllich rellders evident, or enables one to seep
perdition.
s L / C P
'GRK
(w*l sol*. i. TOsmile.--r*;.
V, same
visible, manifest.~-~*%.w+ part* act- X* f* A
.r"
Si4 9
5Y 9
s,, clever and far-seeing personTopeel of bark. J+
andJ,!
A bringer
j*p!
An onion, and when used in a collective or
of P o d tidings*
A man, men, illman
generic sense, Onions.
bcillor"s ; maso* and fern. sing. and
s q
, -,
TO
cut of a part.
A pw't a amai1
PLJ+ $7 v. 12, " ~ o o news
d
to
number (from 3 to 9 or to 5, or from 1 to 4~
Yo" ;" s f . is replaced by \ before the affixed
' 4
S
,.
pTonoun~ 8 . ar, To1, p. 118. $
or froin 4 to g), also seven ; ;;
y
j1.
2 ~429.
4
:
4
/a
IC
A few years ;"
is here put in the ~ c u s *
of good tidings.--+ 11, (used ivitb

JG. To 'oo'.$e~ce~--&f

IV, To deliser over to

,,

/ /A

A
.'/

JG

e,

lCI9

g;

as indicating tho c i r c u r n s t ~ of
~ ~ time,
~ _ see

accuse
of person a n d + of tile tiling, or with
"
TOannounce gooinewe ; sometimes used

'
a s k A portion of
S
4. /

D,8, G ~T.
+ 2 , 4 69.

goods, suln of money, m c r c h ~ n ~ i z e m

9

CC

"len

announce to the111 a painful puni~h.

.s*x

Part*
~ act.
~
One
d
who announces
joyful
. CZ news*-j;G
111. To go in unto (a wife).,
9;
1 IV* To receive pIcasurc from good no&,
(will1 + of thing).J
sj X. T~ rcjoiee
~

Z C

C C/b

e g ~ e c i a l lill
~ good news (with C-)),
part* act. ~ C I D .0110 who rejoices:

s.ar

5&+ c
68

.-- ?/

J+

1001~
atL% (with *) ; to understana,
S
IP! P1''r* ~ L p l l~
Simht,
/Gye-sig1lt, sense Qp
J'
"eil'g ;
1
f 16 v, 79, " Lilie th,
twinlr'i'g of an e y e ;" 1n
plilr, it generally
s
"cans "
J+
Seeing, a Seer, o,
.!5C d

.C

.
0
,
4

,c

/*.

56

za /

-/p/

('jasClessncss, insolence.
& aor, i, and 0, TO lay Ilold, t&kc 02 seize force, lnake an onslaugllt upon (with
s

J&n.". Force, vio~enee,Vengoaxlce* 2

Force, power, severity*

=
.
On'
who
seos
or
undorelands
*
.,c ,P~-/N
&
&or, 0, TO1x3 in v d n , peri~h* L
l'lnp*d\r!
An evideneo, evident n r g ~ _
That whicll iis ~ d n fal~lse,
,
fhlso'
rnent or demonstSration ; $2/.+
+r C 4
(S1,12 v* 108
Ci
6
tllc opposite t o &\, s
'
13y a ~ t 3 1 1 i f ~dcmonstration,fi
~t
/c;%
b Y J 4
&!\IV. To cause t o 'be in
bN

uG

nol'olderp
ti-

,J..E.

CPC

be slow,-b 11. TO retard ; & @

as
4v, 74, "And verily there is (a portion)
of you who tarry (or cause t o tarry) bel~ind*'
flotc+1n oases where the 2nd f o ~ mof a verlr
llas a neuter signiBcation, the Ellipse of
eomnplelnel~tlmay frequently be illf'eryed ; D *
Or. T. 1, p. 133v
;JY" %or, o, f i qlit; ;bi nor. a. TO )J@ insolan1

&qris

mako inoffcct~td.

g:
... part. act. Ono wllo

d e d in
~ vanities.
xor. o. Ilb enter i ~ $ ttAe
o ihzost parts of nqp
Y3
thbzg, t o lie hid.
n.3. flor. u&+ Belly,
interior part. ;kl part. act. Tllnt whicll is
bidden, illnorpart, inside, intcriop, ;$u; > ~ 1
inrlcr vosk; q~$ttnpAo~icrbl&,
h
iinthnnto Friend,
*
3 y. 114.; PIur. &% (2nd doolcnsion)IIlllpr

sg

,r

jr

Y'o be ill n* nzc~?*~iad

~ t f t f ~ .& Baal, a

':. -. Pi'

l~t~slrt~~ltl;
P ~ I XtJfi
I*~
2% P ~ I ? ~ Z?qio?l
C
8ulu!nb,

#a

..'-t,4

#'

On

linings, 5'5 v. 64.

norq,n. To send (~vitll nec. and J,
L+,
nld
"'.
Rt~
L2,also wil,ll u&) ; t o inclkc i t k f ~ ~ ~ i S crai~o
up, r:riso f ~ o mslocp or fro111 tlkc tlelrd (with
ncc. c~l'.pcrs.)
n.8. l!lm rcom'mclion.
fl ..,
wyi-qpn~l;.
~ S R ~S'c?tt,
.
raised fkow ill(? tlciul.-#

,-

FI

@..C,

'I

m4

nor, o. 3b h d c .
Violria t li:rtr.c?tl,

~t?t!fi,

., fl

,c

gL;i!

t!tt~i~"t~'~l"itli
4IoitId0

(%id dcelcnsiu~l)

nee*

rrr with t-lca, arxct

'VII* TO IJQ ~ ~ n tu.L+.4j

n*n*
! 'fhc
P

,+
arb#

l~ei~
I~oIR,,
~g
\
!Po aeuttl?r allroad, tun1 upsfilc ilown, tcur filrll,
To lio li~rofl] go n long way oil; ijerisll;
Y..
,,dr:'i.nc?P

6 t i i ~ 1 i

rrr

f+

dl'+

i"i~Ji
0
" 9 Q. 40, " Tl10 wtby H ( ! o ~ L L ) ~
P

,9

fhr t o t,lkr!tll.
rvllc!n I I A C ~118 nu itllv~~rl)
is i ~ l t l ~ c l i ~ i : ~Aflorwnnls,
lil~,
wibiri; tvIi[!~i 0111lilf~yctta3 II pvcposition i h i~ I ~ H C$11~ ti10
Acengnlivo
or in tho ge~litivc!if lrrnccllctl
r.
by
n~ ;r!dd Aftor, ~ c IS.
o H. Gr. 'l', I,
p, tl)H, and '1'. 2, p. 15%
A niliatnllec;
- r,p ,a
kwnS ; $\;! \+ 3 \ 11vB63, 1viIH
it
not (finid), Away witlr 'htl l " &.& i l i s l n ~ ~ t ,
t
s ', k ,
fur 015 pemqlc, a8 ~ c rWJ
!
Y' 3, " yok ~ r nrc:znote froxkl ihc irnagitration, or f r ~ t n
I x l ~ ~ i b i l iIII.
f y To oauac a ili~tn~bco
to
"#I>
intcrvoxle (vvifll
a8 at 34 v. 1S--+
~ ~ i l v prus.
l.
I Y . C. Far rctnovud.

&,

G,
r

t,

\;G

2)

>i

YIb i/i:r:otidt: ,fidII grui";n (a ca~ne0~ corrrm.

g i ~ i dh
, ftx[l-graw~~
cnxn~l.
h )iorkirin o f nngitiing, soma; ono nnotlicr;

$4

yr

1 I 11. 111, I ) ~ ~ i r l l l~ifitirig*ig~

LS;*;? VlL lib IN: fil a ~ i dI ) C O I I ~ K ~I~~rro~liing,
1

H x

L.iF

dl,

~ t ~ti#~ (~~1111
l i ~ i ~ f : , t t ~ t i l dfi uzr0%'qj)*
xr.8, A R ~ ? I * ~ L U K , II~!x~~u
01:
$ 2
j;! crkIlt!r.tivclilnun, O x c l i .

ZG!

8'

I s

+
.

"C

J L I I * ~&
~ ~ gcllwig:

fljjp4:tkrf ~ g ~ l r

not~n,i1orbs, pot-llcrlrrr.

tlmb wlriel~rc2 1 1 1 Ilo~nuitjing~

~ttairm~
trr A \ I ~ V ~ V L ' Rl~~rlxtnxiont~
,
cr~notttnl,tlir!
&
18 !fa 44, f i t l d 10 Y.
C

6;
19, "Pious -works or words, which are perrnanent."
A relic, that which is left ;
6 4 9 d
Ex. +U\ ~ ~ 11 V.
2 87,; " That wlrlch is left
you by God." N O S B . The letter CJ is occasionally substituted for the S, see D, S. Gr.
T. 1, p. 276, fiote;
12 T. 118,
C
f."5
Endued with prudence or virtue."
G ~ ;
(2nd declension) comp. form, More or most
lasting, enduring, permanent.- 15gr IV. To
leave remaining, leave dive, sufl'er to remain.
9~""
--\,+dl
see +.

z&

$4\>,'I

/ /

9Q

iZ.i (2nd declension) Beccs, a name of Mecca ; see

D. S. Gr. T. 1, p. 404.
S"
aor. o. 2'0 60 car& in the mornin*g.
A virgin,
ZL%
a young heifer ; Plur.)l(J I Virgins. $b In
S

Q,L.,,

the mornifig, early in the morning.-;LC1

n.a.
IV. f. The morning.
To be 1~m6.
(2nd declension), Plur.$;
Dumb,
,'e
$ aor. i. To weep, woop for (with ace. or with
L5
)
~ c e ~ i n g . - , & ' T IV. To caus'e to
weep.
& A particle which affirms that which follows it, but
contradicts or corrects that which went before ;
thus it may be translated But, not so but, on the
oontrai~y,or rather, nay rather, still more, bc.
accortling to tile context; for the differciice
between $ and
sec D. S. Gr. T. 1,p. 865.
Plur. 5%
2'0 'otq or remain in a phcc.

pii

;y

$8

A country:
A rcgion, country, tei*riho.itory. $5
territory.
A man of despcrutc charactel*; there is no
verbal root of this word in the Brst foxm.I V . TO be ovciicome with grid, to be
doaperate, struclc dumb wit11 dospair.
part, aot. Beised wit11 despair. && (2nd
doclenaion) Iblees, Tlle Devilg.

&rf'

J<

aor. a, To swallow up.

am. o. To arrive at, reach, attain one'a object,
obtain (with kc.), as at 18 v. 75.
part.
act. Arriving at, bringing to a conclusion,
attaining its end, excellent, consumxnate ; Ex.
5
&\j 2,&- 54 V. 5, " Consummate wisdom; "
LP,
(rlE
also, that which is pararno~znt over,
5
,.
s ,Ls
&J\J
,. i ; i c
68v. 39, " Ewe ye any oaths
7
which shall be binding upon us '? " k$ A
warning, preaching, that which is published,
sent, or brought to any one.
Affecting,
s
eloq~~elent.
A goal, perfection, highest

stl;
/

c.U r'

/by/

/ /

+&
/ C )

g*

11. To make to arrive, publish,

/bZ
bring (with double scc.) .-&Q l IV. To canse
to reach, bring, deliver a message (with donblo
acc.)
.or. o. To t ~ ~ , - ~ ? o vexperience
e,
(with acc, and
+ or $), see note to B j ;
am. a. To be2ome worn with age, to be woian out. $$
t
i
IV. To try by esperii~ent.-&J;
7111. To provc by trial or oxamination,
try either by prospeyity or ndversity (with
acc. and +),
see 89 vv. 14 and 16, wllei-e it
/ L 6'
is nscd in ioth senses, J-4 for
D, 8,
Gr. T. I, p. 111,pai1t act. One who proves,
Yes, surely, vcrily, nay but verily, 011 the contrary; this pnrticlc is used after a negutivs
propo~ition(interrogative or othe~wiwe),rind
aGrms the contrary of such proposition to 6c
tho truth; hence it differs from '2 which
i*
assents to the preceding proposition ; see D.8.
Qr. T. 1, p. 514.
3
uIiioollective noun, The tips of tlm fingers, see
D. 8. Gr. T . 1, p. 381; the verbal root is
'us
.,+ To stand fast.
L,
pitch.--$.;

r*

*"

00

,:;
/

'"9.

Gsi

nor. i. To boild, o o ~ l ~ t r n(wit11

c t nco, and +,

d~vclling, provido n tlrvclling for onc'~-self

(rvitll nee. of tlliilg anti J or pers.), ifitc.
J,
. ,;! for A Asan ; Plor.
,
is nnc of tllotrr! l;crLs wliich a13cnt ttic snme
rrlso L,j?I old iqnc &A,nud mllcn in conircxion
0,
t i ~ n cctJllanr! I L ~ II~mnzntr!rl;
I
ihr tfic rulca for
wit11 n co~rq~lcment
+;! and
D~llsl+,b\
f.11c w pprcssion (or ot11vrwisc5 of tllu Ilaru~xn
find &\, or in co~iucrionqiand
;
5
-/I
RCI: 1
'). 6 , fir. 7: 1 I), tj?, 1'11 4cy. ;nnll nlso t11~
My mas, D.8.Or. 'P. 1, p. 4EO: L~d i ~ t ~ i ~ ~ ~ i r t i l ~far~ tlu: j)cr~lint:~tionoI'i ~ ~ f lI ~c i~t ~
i ir ~ .
5' *b
!
.
r
tivo,
A little son, -1
A
d:n~g\llur, act?
S.
I'l~tr.
\ A d(1i1r1 gidc.
.
; 1 1 I , & ; ,u\ old irliic dud, My *
Jl! t\olq* 0. t r p~tis11,
~ ~ 1 0 IN ill v:~iu,t,$5 P ~ I U w110
!
is
G
tff0 III~IIR~I~C~'B,
BCO L+o
Node. 111 :111 ~ ~ I c s ( ! lust, ~ v i t * INI.
i
1)1:rtli1i o r ~
w o n l ~tlv: ~lrnliscd1, ahcn it daos nnf. Iwgiu n JG wrr. 1 1 .
i l l t d t : ~ + : t l t ~ ~J4
~ . I I ~ t ~ r~ ti .l i ~ i ~ l ,
sortict~w,i~ ~nnrliodwill1 st
T).S,Gt,l', I ,
Cbcnlght, il~teirticm, ccsnrlil itrrl.
1 I .
:& .Ih ceilctl roul'. si;!24 . *A buildr?r,
lnl~l~*.
*.
- G& :IOI*. i. i~r1113 ~ . 'f'u p t t 1~1 i v t~iglit~.
nn!l~ilc~el.& 11l i t ~ i l ~ l i ~ ~ g . ft~rdfi~
u,+A Ilf~t~n*,
nlrotlr:, fia~lilg. &J .". 11 11igl11,
*.
p~rf.,~ ~ I S S1!ni1Lr
.
'I).fi. I-,*P. I , 1W.
l i l . i t l t m l i ,..-.~11. '1't~ lt/lt[!i(:~l{!
l ! l ~l i g l f i , l d I ~ ~ I ~
!*
*
&
; nolo.a. Tn conliln~ld. uLk Fil:iil{ler,~fllil~~lny
;
Ily ~iiglil,
tlin root %S this word :3 snid to 1rc
9b bc & I W ~ i, , Yh yo ir!,!t{;/ f j > t j t j i o~t,~'.v,fri,-tt~/~v~,
1~!riuli,
L

gq!,

S lr

\<

Ls;

I.-.

2 ; ~5

1,

+G

'u -24.

,l

,X

;t2

fi

111n~l:l;

-1.

4,

24

"I.

!r

?+

4,

t.11~p e t m i k l,t:i~tgnst!d wit11 IL f ~ t ~~~i ~ri c~ j f i1( : a ~tLtlFmi, p;, iIc f ~ ; f i ~ ;nilti
l l c ~8,y,ttl.tftp,
~?p~,~vt~t!r,,
L
tian ; 11. (lr, 7'. 1, pmIGS.-~; 11~' ~ ' t l l ~ ~ c - nn &li . - ,, f Ilukwastl llix ktvl.c~ illlt~tls,"i . ~ .
~ I P ri
I !d\rbl:lli~lg
lir, loci~teany onc (rvillt ~ l o [ ~ l1 ~ l e lJtbnjpf!itn,
lLiH
llr~~flc[lct!
; rlq]lifl
iv~,pil, t I
~
u~!.
alps wit11 J of pcre. nntl momof plllcfi, fir
ctlltlrtir~l~ly
ilnrrl n* n prapoxiiiofl, b ],nl]j(blvlg
n
n~?s.
nl. p r ~ ned
, 21. f ~
A plnaoifhrdwel ling
I I ~ I ~ I Iin
I f , l l ~III-I!II~I. nwiltl i t g a11 i~if
t!r~lil,iuid
;*i.-?+ 1:. l ' u lwlio pussossion of, occupy n 1
noiacti*nc~a connanian; when prcccdcd lly s
$a

'P

I,

J?

21

'"
us

>

U .

preposition i t is declinccl, see D. 8.Gr. T. 1,

5
S\u0
p. 408. u& Manifest, evident.
An evident
.-

faculty of clearly explaining, explan ation.

B
9
~ $part.
9 act. That which is manifest, open,
.<a//
p e r s p i c u o u ~ . - - ~V.
~ To be or become manifest, clear (with J or l or with J and Gf );
to be distinct (with
; to be made known
5
(with J ); to perceive, as I uFl1 ++
34 v. 13, " The Genii perceived tllat ;" also,
to use disce~nment,or discrimination, yid, 4
.
v. 96, and 49 v. 6.-\L)\+1 X. TO b0 manis '6 9
5
P
fest. C f ~part.
~
act.
d
same as u-+,v
C

testimony or demonstration, evidence, proof.

G
/a'
,ld An exposition, explanation.-d
11. To
allow, llzizlre mmifmt, make known, declare,
explain, become tnanifest (with aec. and J or
b S
5 d / P
with J of pers. and @ I ).
part. act.
/S
manifest.-&
\ IT. To muhe mu?zijest, to
S
articlilato clistklctly, see 43 v. 52. u\d n.2.
An argument, clcar clomonr;tration, cloyuence,

,,

b 3

,b/

,-

in)

/WC/

//b

/
,

<

&J By ; preposition prefixed as a for111 of oath to

6
tllc word $7, as $I!L2 " By God."

To follow, follow up, inslre to follow (with

doublc zlcc.) ; to pursue, prosecute, continue ;
,,c,E,
t, 9 /
tf:lj 18 v. 83, " Then he .conEs.
w$\j'
An adr,
tinued his w a Ya*. " ~ & , G part. %ct. TI, f. SucCd +
* cessi~e.--~:;'l
VIII. To follow, follow up.
s /*3
n.a. A following after.
part. pass.
- ,4
3
One who i s puraued.
wb' 2 p a s s sing. aor. cond. of
g.v.
'd '::
V. f. ofV;q q.v.
it',& n.a. ii. f. of J
for
if;J c1.v
8
*
S
G
:
C
-4 n.a. ii. f. of -2 q.v,
Y'o c u t oJ; perish. +\p Loss.-WJ
n.a.
'
or &$ fern. One after another ; said to be
11. f. A loss, detriment.
4
derived fromy; qq.. soe D. S. Gr. T.1, p. 293.
JC;' sccizj.
5
t/
*
n.&, ii. f. of ~3 q.v.
c4.v.
$2 pers, sing. ao', cond, viii. f. of
,
.
"
5
;jj' no.; i. To Lrcah, clijstroy. JSC j Destruction.- LSib~
vi. f. of
q.v.5,*'
aor. o. (Ib trc@c, g \ q Merohandise, traffir
II. To brcalc it1 pioeos. f i + ~ $ nn.n.Uttcr dcsIQ.. P
bargain, mercha~~diring.
trnalion. f i part. pass. I)cstroycrl, broken up.
ss"g
%//
Gi ,'$
v. f. o f
q.v.
( p v A y Vh f, of (
,g-q.v.
GI
v. f* o f 'iE2
(1.V.
IS1.$ V. f* of i
+
q.v.
q
vi. f'. of
c1.v.
\$A
.' f. o f 'I.",
-SF

90,

'

i!'
z*

($+I

GC

,/

FbC

d.6

'V

84R

p+'

0 E'

C, i 8 " b

4 0

r&-

0,

r ,

8,

&>

%VwE;f

r*/(

d nor.
#

.#

/.4

/'

9g

a. To f6liow.
and b d A follower,
ona ~vlle,follows, or nttcncls mparz my one,
C as
$ 8 t f j . m81~1d talc of tlie king o f tho 1,Limya5
el 1 ~ .
xito%. t~ A hclpcr, p ~ o t o c t o r . - ~ ~ ~
r

r.* C

word, whioll is properly a r

(tAoug8 not in the Jlordn'

i8 then indeclinable, as L,& Domn, below;

When cmployed as a preposition i t is put in
8G-4

'.L

Q<

0.:

tho ncous. -4 Beneath; ns ,

5
9
1
c
j
*
20 v. 5, "That which is beneath tho earth ;"
If
prcccded by
it is put in the genitive, as
e
isu
: " From beneath it," see D. S. Gr.

&T

LS~"L&,& & or &)

L5
a 4
\+'3
J,vL!\ 29 v. I.,
think that they shall irt?lea alone in
acc. and

&

:
d
I

Endowed with-and hence, enjoying

things of this life,
&or. O. To lcuve, leave alone, nbar
9

<A

P@

$
p
#

11
IU

* d ,
2#

.a. ii. f, o f

.-"

'

fit32

&J&i

q.v.

n.n, ii, o f JG q.v.

#.
a&&
,i, c of &u q,r*

d
'I a'
NCO

pv . L o f SiL
s:, *;.

-/

f3C@

',

'd

$ r v #/@

d*

*$j

q.v.

#.#

../v*f. of 55 far 2;- q * n

33 v, f, of JG for Li;' r1.v.

e,

.+

Fd

C1.V.

UL

I+'roln

j2Y f ~ r j j pB,B O C ., ~ ~
dJ$ 2 ~ 0 ~ ~8 i ,n g110~.
~ viii* f.

-4'

4-

dpl

GI M

yl./r/

d r

.
'

J&*

k."..

+ I+'>'

Y. f* o f LIYJ. (I.V.

&22

3,
Jh

That it i a enough for +,l~cm

etc. 37 v. 70, "hlid wc :
words, or this blessing) upon him ;
4 /r
ellipse of r \ l \ ib or silrlilttr strrc
part, act. One wllo lowos, or ir!
J2d for
11. v. $0, m 1.1c)
r
eadel~l;t o tho k o ~ Wd\
d , "IVu will
our Gods," D.8. Or. T, 2, p. 7,83.
hb.#

c<

/,

FZ09

ct

i.8.
*#

LP
pJ\

dh&l

++'&
\w
ROO

Beo Jao l).&. Gr. T. 1,

kl
S

Q d

-4

Q.

.*/

4
Tlrc nzlwrbor ninr; r For olt,acrsrgitist
-:
c,
nnmorula,
sea+.
u+; Ninoby.
bo
a@@
C,

tj~tut,tfttlwl~etltarthis

.-

\Aj C(I

(1T

ward aught riot to

t.

&'2 pars, sing, aor. pass*ii. f. o f ir

dccivctl fzo~n$J, q.v.
5% Juuc rnz~chaarth, t o hold earth in the hand.
& r . P
~ibrth,dust.
plur. of +PJ said t o be so callad, bccau~cconvcd
P
lrighe~tpart of ilcavcn ; hotn @ 1
~2nddealension) plur.
tho finlno ngo.
'1Jdb6'
(a cnmn~I>,
of &J."
B I~rcast-bono.
P O V C;E ~ ~
ba
if
:+?* 13 110 y. 16, " k poor man intimately
~5
3 pcrs, fc:m. sing. aor, cond, o f s L
r. fi C I
&hi' 2 pcrs. plop. nor. not, iEi. L of
dJJ;.T, f. of g q.v,
HLDsTkiarn i ~ wo
3 ~ ~ E O ~ C'fa~twt~bf;~~
T;LCB
&Vkij2 RC:O d j ~
OF and
r # ~aflfiivc*
l h t~ijuyt h g~ ~ t ~l i ~dg sof this ~3fa~--L
$
7

42

fi

$"#@

.#i.

&

5j7

frf

dj
"

Gg't
L J

*(#

f i b #

JV. T o bcstow tho good things o f tbia lib (with

part, pms,
aec. of pcre. and &1,

sf

g@
~ @;G
*

4~ a.a. ii.f, af \g q ~ .
(I&

&;

825 n.a.

ii. f. of
4.v.
&LZ see jGl riii. f. of ub.
2 pers. sing. aor. cond. iv. f. of
/

*',LC

3pn.a. of

.
I

2 pers. sing. aor. iv. f. of wL$ quadriliteral verb, rt.

q.v.
/a
t& v. f* of q.v.
//

+v, f. of;& for;S q.v.

2 2 pers. sing. oond. of \zq.v.
/..
uwj. Ilb perish. &
d n.a. Deatnlction ;
05

BI

/ f

u?\G' n.8. vi. f. of

.-

c f

u+ q.v.

.v.

2
7 (2nd declension) comp.

form, Greatly fearing, most pious. ,$ Godfearing, devout. These words seem to owe
their derivation to the viii. f. of J
; q.v.
& for
2 pers. sing. aor. cond. of $\; q.v.
9
.G n.a. ii. f. of;c q.v.
9

b
.
.

my.

47 v. 9, '' May perdition seize tllem."

3 aor. i. To fear,

3.

c/

9.v.

ii. f. of ;\'

$,JU
n.8.

i$ q.v.

/ S b

4.;:

/I

69,

,++

B L,

Ld

3 To lay prostrate (with ace. of pers. and J ).

>iC n.a. vi. f. of 2.5q.v.
V* f. of ;qj q.v.

&:

v. f. of
q.v.
~2
3 pers, fern, sing. aor. energ. of> q.v.
&;fexn. of ijljj: q.y.
n.a. v. f. of B\i q.v.
J see \jS P /*
0
C
fib n.a. vi. f. o f 2 q.v.
aor. o. To fo1lo.w rehearse, read, declare, medit 9 / r
*
oJbn.8. vi. f. of A6 q , ~
tate (with aco, of thing and
of pers., also
15 perform the sacred rites at Mecca; also,
t i t h clcc. and &). Note. The \ called d~'?
.,. '
Two interpretations are given
to cleanse.
yb,~l ,or Alif of precaution, is sometimes found
of this word ; according to one it means fifth,
though proadded to the words $
; and
and according ko the other, the observance
perly only added to servile, to distinguish it
P
GiZ
of certain rites and cereinonies imposed upon
from; and, D. 8. Gr.T. 1, p. 109. o g W \
llle Pilgrims at Mecca, among which were
fern. plur. of J lf part. act. "Those who read."
cleansing the pcrsou, shaving, etc. Thus the
"
,
,
t, 9/
kjX; n.a. A reading.
pllraso & \,a! 22 v. 30 may mean, " Let
them pht tm end to thcir want of clennliness," C c LJi see
aor. i. To be entire, complete, perfect, fulfilled
or, " Lot them complete the rites" above
mentioned.
(with
of pem.).-~I IV. TO complete
&*
(with ace. and J! or t+ o f thing, also with
ko
C#
acc. and
or J o f pexs.) ; to perfect,
$ see d,..
c
accomplish, fulfil, perform. ?L&' n.a. Some&
;
thing oomplete,perfect ; EX
\ $
+
L k 6 vv.155, "We gave Moses the Book, a
Natzlre, mtacl.--JD l 1% To establish firmly.
ur P
perfect Law," etc. .ypart.. act. One who
This vorb i g not found in the primitive form,
u l ful l 9 r

4.21.w

LSif

&'

-4

6'

8,-

&3.
3

&

&,31,

0 ,

q~

3;

fbZ

c-0

&G plur. of JQ,flee JX.

&;G ~ i .f, of 44 q.v.
s PrL;
L;Ip
2 pws. plnr, nor. vii; f. of J; q.v.
/0

Q0,

0*

of p q.v.
$2 T. f. of U;: q.v,
p
j
'
v, f.

Tv, f* of &a

0 /

q.v.

.mmnbi%lnn7" u
';;
in '
h@fi pfi Pw. &G,
.. .
IY, S* El%3
T* T q TI\, ,*l*VL

+~e&,
?Q

fOrw

j.;" ,~ l ? e j Z . * . .
FQ,r,

##

;?b vimf, o f 3 q.v.

- ~2

0 #.-

x-.'

-I

00

&$,
:'9'

I;TY

i ~A:ijmp,

,8

q.1'.

n.n, ii. f. a t J> q.v

V.

f. of $q.v.

Jg

> - , -

&$ vs

</

see &J.
,
sec &g.
,

_p4
_.

,
/

/w

,.

I!.fili

n.n, ii.

n.;. Ti. E. of ;ii;(1:7j

An oven (a NOTO! o f f o r n i p ori,qi~); i i R/I 1 1
means a place wIicncc wntcrs ~ I I R fi)~tll.
I~

I+

\$

qwpf*gfr-

,=

JLZ

.,,

2.-

il ,s 'l'lv T ~ Y F T ~ ~ ~ ~ I F ,

& n.n. vi. f. of Gli

SF

"L

,,,
vi, f. of
q.v,
'

rn! #+.u'-

kn+

&L&$'

SG ;(. f. of \&-- q.Y.

/

1'.

r+

0,

" S ' I[.+.

~ ~ r 4I.v~
d:
?'a

fr

mP

T,

r, rtY *.y,ve
1

,j. A lirf ; I B TWITO~

~

dJl,~
vi. f. of d f l' 1 . ~ .
*,
vi. f. of &, r1.v.

s$

a$

rni~k,
J

m, i. To m l m r t l r m t ~linimb4l~
Imi'flt

&&

4'TO he firm,

stcndfnat, eonatfin t.
p:wt, $ 3,Lrvphm=h,h ; t d t o ~ , - - G11. ' I 1 t ~~nnlct!~ l o l J * f ~ t I ~
act. Remaining firu~lyfined, fins, ~te:allil~t,
L$ Y:, nt!/,at, t n r ~ ! ~ : l , * i ~ / l ~ twg
r:.
4 v+ 72, '' ~ I I
.
,
fi
I
A$ Bteadfast, f i n i n g . - 4 ' 11. Tu conlinn, 1 illjtli4~:+;
II,1 1 1.. t l f
I l;(lll.
fur
I

*.

# . I

aet fast; estahlidl (wit11 ace, ruid q). d

.".

-'**
n,n,A omfimnstion, eatnhlid~mcnt , - d l I tr, ;
\
To confirin ; to lcccp in tontla, 8 v. 311,
s 4
*

2.

3'A

~ c r l ~ ~ ittr
l ~1,otIy
l ~ ~I,~.ITH!~I.
y
i\?~[r:

I I ~ I I I I N~ I If.ltlt

wlti!r~;I,

Mnny

iil t ~~. i r l g I. r w t ! !h i r ihirtl 1Zttf?ifinl

it1 8

thr

; ivli~!rt! t l ~ t j j * t ~ t l ~tho
t~

W&Jflee

'

:Y

p am, 0 . To keep hacl, IQBC, r]c)*i4qA.+,, JICBLI~IICr!

tion. J+ part. paaa. Ollc m11o i~ IuH~.
* ' J b /

rty.yl11~~
f h a l t ~ uf'

I'!~ITI~ i l ~ li1vIic1~1
i~
j~

IMI~~=

t i t k ~ r l ol~litt,il~I,
~
t t l r d rot~lcltinuartiiniacrl. ; sce

l ~ ~ ~ , ~ ~ r , ' ! ' , ~ ~ ~ ~ . ; ~ ~ ~ ,

2 aor, o. TO$*~.rr\+Pouring
0

s &'-

&$

and

To be f?~iclc.--,&\ IV. To do sometAing great,

make a great slaughter (with 2); slay in
great numbers (with aec. of pers.).

'A

'.

'-

22 and

55

j,

///'

'

Earth,

'6

-4:

u\;u A serpent.

To cause to j o m .

s <
TOpegorate, penetrate, shine. ~..+\i
9
part. act. Shining; -j\"ll
86 v. 3,

ROF. O.

$2

aor. o. To tread. 3 There, in that direction.

,,p.
(C
r;j Then (after an interval).

sY2Thamood, name of an ancient tribe of Pagan

'!LCr

&c.-sg

CI

/G

for
and with the article cSi'i
I The
/a

D. S. Gr. T. 1,

Fern. 2QI; Third. ~ G ~ h rbye e

p. 415.
f
three, in threes, or three pairs ; Ex. ,y?I J,,\
'6" &Xb' 5 &b ,35 v. 1, " Having two and
LJ!
,/!
three and four pairs of wings;" At 4 v. 3 ullj
lnay be rendered " By threes ;" This word
is of the second declension, it answers to the
Latin Ternus; D. 8. Gr. T. 1, p. 426.

n.a. 11. f. Blame.

4! To 6e moist, as the cart&after rain. d2s;f

'
u
;aor. i. !i!b b~ame.--&,>

tion

0,

-8

&
Two-thirds,
'

99

forth abundantly.

Arabians, destroyed for their impiety. This

word in the $orfin is always of the 2nd desupposed to he Saturn, which is called
clension ; see D. 5. Gr. T. 1, p. 405.
aor. a. To find, catch, take, gain the mastery
To bear Jruit.
Fruit, wealth, possessions.
5
4
over (with BCCUS. of pers,),
A fruit ; n o n f o f unity or individuality ;
lp
To be heavy, grievous ; to be z grievous
see D. S. Gr. T.1, p. 300.---;~ IT. To bear
.-'a 65
inattor ( w i t l ~ d ) .uU:J \ generally interpreted
fruit,
'
e
Ic
to mean men and genii," as at 55 v. 31.,
%or.0. TOtake tRe eight H part.
A price.
s /Y3
s .g
A
One part ont of eight.
d u d of
l3aggaYe. J biI plur. of
d The eighth.
3
burden.
Heavy ; Plor.
(for fern. and +
;Id maso. Eight ;
J$
/<
'{/'* ,,'A weight.-L@j IV. To grow heavy, oppress,
s e e p s , see &o , t
5 , u9 \A! Eighty.
3-4
9
G*
i;
wcigh down. J6h Fern. a& part. paas.
aor. 2. and i. To be&, fold, double.
6
9
u,l 35 v. 19, "If a
Burclenod ;
for >jG The second ; also part. act. Turning,

" The

star of piercing brightness," by some

Gjfi?.

,9/

,!

>'

Mb

3)'

s$

Jq.

bZ

&'

,a, 2)z)

//

is;

C /

burdened (so~il) cry out;" the word

2
being understood.-&bl
for Ji1S VI. To bc
borne down Beavily, incline heavily downwmds (wit11
For the employment of
tlioso forms wlsicl~ltake teaclldeed on tho first
Radical, see D. 8.Qr. T. 1, p. 220.
C,

0/

/A

Jl);

6,

JJ To peris8.
.-,

<:):
d~
A crowd, a number of people.

&jj

nor.

.$

/ 0

0.

& and

To ttafie a third p a ~ tof anything.

aThree ( s e e p $ ).
$

8.-

L//

P9

/6'

u
,
\
: Thirty.

One third part ;Dual & and in conjunc- ,

!+'

,&C:j,&

22 v. 9, "One who turns his side,"

or "A turner of his side," i.c. Proud.
as

~ ifern:,
\ and
&!
Two.
'

maw. and,Ltl,
cases M J ~ and
COb

and

c.

iIi6 '&if!

c,

k,Fb

Yf i
in the oblique
J&s L$lmasc.
, C C

fern., and in the crbliaue cases

,-6 ,/G
JbL
$\ 5 and A+%G Uxd! Twelve ; These forms
C / '

J b
G'-,

*#/

which admit only the above inflexions are

considered as adverbial exp~+ession,g
; D. 8.
/c. -Gr. T. 1, p. 420. G ~ i dBy twos, in pairs,
two and two ; another form of thia rmrneyal
4

sG;

is affixed, but in the aecus. is retained witllout tnnwec1i.'Q~t3r

fin ~s]?lnl.tntionof tho
5
/ X P
5b
pDSHnge i ~ tA9 V. 24 B C ~+k~*,
~ t 19.
.
i\btc. Otlicr singllltrra ikfi~yeulvn bccn nstligncd

(but not found in the K o r h ) is

These
forms are equivalerlt to the Latin E n u s ; seo
9 /;
p\i2 and with %he alltiale & , a T A
name given either to the wliolc JiorBn, or to
those passages which are freq~~cntly
repcatcd ;
some interpret it to mean tlro first chnptcr,
/#b&
as a t 15 v. 87, ,!\A\
~9 1have given thee seven (verses) of tliosc wliicll
are to be frequently repcstoc'l;
terpret; it to mcan tllc sown J
r
9
/ c
u \ ~ efor &
,bwithout tho nunnution (Silkg.
*LI ,
czi,.), is one of tllosc irrcgnltvr plnrrile wliicll
L,
npo of the S C C O ~clccle~~~3icsn,
~ ~
littrity, that i n the narnirli~ti
they preserve tho tanweon, a8
,
it in
fic~uantivc,88 csJ:k.y;
occurs nt 39 v. 24, whro* it xn
" doubleor reJ?catorl portidns; '

fl

#.

+
,-,

GS v. 18,
A11d llioy (lid nut tunltc an csccptioxr " (Ly
g 'a\
4 2 ;,\h
a
nor. a. '/b rcfhnz. $17 A, rowui~d. &<,j
pjr.r9

*,

,+"

w<*.+ t

fl

'o mnl;c! an oserl~ticrn,t ~ s

1,

W e

f*

t,;

o f u:
ilnixnorrt.
,
k ~ +A; jrlnl:c ol'r~strtht~.
h rr:wal+d, rcr!trl~~~)r~nrro~--+j
II. To rc!p:ry
d.

'"i

(will!

\ 1V.

~~l~wrtnl

I't,

aitll, give a8 tt n : c o ~ i i ~ (with

~ : ~ ~ilotllrlrt
~ ' ! :rt3:.9.
EL
or, o. 73 84: afin*tlrl c
p ins rlfl.v/).--ybl IV. To
llltjllg~l~
~li*pik~c
1 4jlkl*[li,fjxt;itt!t l*lii#c! (gLi4

,,

i
.

'

flSISJt,
(Il(ftt4iR,
4dfC,)*
?"
'
gjy* i. zb lrhitt if2 rc
f\li+
Ijiklpi,,
*',
A l
dd&* th dwrhllitlg, :thofir;;
/j/trf;4!e

given by the gramlnarian

follows : Spcalring of llmso
which arc of tllc ~ccorltldealelrxiozi 11r; wy~,
i c If the accoxzdl
of .t;llottvolo~t6!
Alif quiescent happen to Lc n g i t i~
~app~cascdin the nom, and gongand tho turiwce~l

fklllt!

&+
;b'

&:kJ

a;

k
! 21 '' hrtkliij l i i g i ~ l , t t t t l f l? ~ o ~ i r ~ i i i ~ ~
1 1 4

s*

firfit, fil~*llit)2%

(fttf

3c

h q *

1 I T * i1

h~l"rv*@ldfit!~irta,
rr8 rr htlsi",tr,zif!!

1rjz3PG$:,

2A
,

Eklt~tr~ktt(1
ftflitr fi3t0

wotl~gk~l
~

1 ' ~iI ~lcll

I~ I hr:r

lir&f,ilitt*rvioawl,

rC*

;&

aor. a. To low, s~~pplioato

Got1 witli gronriitlg
(with
of pcrs.).
9 P I
w j b (2nd dcclc~msion)
aoliatll.
,
6 c
++q-TOczbt g.
A vvcil, aistcm.
i
&+&Jibt, An jilol, fulao deity.
f i i b Lkd, nzakc "fitfit. ";& Ijtrong, poworfill, '
gigantic, 1iuvi:lg abeoluto power, proud, ptjpP Sj... ".ar ,
vcrm. Jid\ ILe MigI~iy011~1~
a 1181110 ~f$ I J ~
Deity.

&

#rr

Tllo Allycl Ualtrit.1.

or, i. n t d o. 7b Ji~mz,n?a~te+
&
I

+
-

A ~rnwti,mtxlf~ibda;
jrsr ~ " ' 1
w**gi
@*d3t\ 20 v. lH4, "l'tta ftrrinor gonomkiljll~;
#'*

+-

"

I)@W. (4~.tl'r 2,
2b kcon*a~*d(?l.

ROQ

20x4
Co~uarJ&;the talll)lo,

0 0 0

+q-

+).
5

.
( 27 )

.--

G 9 9

..A

55%

6
a,'

c./

a,?k
A cistern, see 21fl,
, 0

&;Lrt.
,

+=-

0 0

rt. JJT ; see also

0 Nl,

C 5 i j . - L S ~ VIII.
b
TOchoose (with

.
.

aco. of pors.), as (.~$+l.a

6 v. 121, " That
,r.
4:s
they should dispute with you ;"
7 Y. 69, "Will f e dispute with me?"
part. act, fern. One who disputes.
S
C f P
To hasten. i\&$ A broken piece ; \ d a y In

TO strike on theforehead. b\,? plur,.

of ai,? A forehead.
for xGaor. a. and i. To collect or gather
tribute, or as tribute (with I\ of place). I
a,
/cb.'s
+\&\
Poet. licehce for \
plur. of
~ O P .a.

i'

-2.5

.a,

cS.i,+\+l
;C]+G

/b

L.

fragments. dJ+4 part. pass. Broken ;Jli

2, ied Uninterrup ted.
L.,

s ':

To keep mithozlt food, ampzatate. c ,Plnr.

acc. and
or ji,).
US? The trunk of a Palm-tree.
5
,, "
:
~o cut o~.--&!
VIII. TO tear up, root I&aor. o. To stand $rm. 2
~A
eburning coal
L
"
'
up (with ucc. and gj; &).
or firebrand.
t
. zlor.
~
i. and o. Il'o lie ruitll the 6reast on the '35 aor. O. To draw, drag (with aco, and
2
- .ti P P
yroz6?zd >kpart. act. One lying on his
To
wound,
gain,
acquire
for
one's-self.
P
c
3 ~
CJ
sl,P
breast.
plur.
of
'iT..
A
wound.
G2:?1;
(2nd
declen5
S
aor. i.and o. To K?tcel. +I+Fern.
<
;&
sion) plur. of &-\+Beasts of prey .-r,.,T\
s
,
part. act. Kneeling ; Thc Plur. is @+
for
VIII.
To
endeawur
to acqflrF; &,$i"
L#,
3 P P
P
dJ+, D. 8. Qr. T. 1, pp. 108 and 362.
91 4 1 b ~ j q - \45 v. 20, " Those who seek
u?To deny, reTusc, reject (with
t o do evil."

G9

&

0'

8 C C

s
4

/ / &

.
p ?aor.
~ a.

$0

"ogdt a Jire.

w?

tAT

Jl).

/ C /

/.'4

-wrjjL.-O

l,

0/1,(13

'/

fern. Hell,

.-

~5
5% tear 08
,-0

JLA
5

r /

comrn. gend. noun of

specics, A locust,
YP P
j~p aor. o. 3b cut uJ.
Dry (ground) bare
ip-aor. i. IPo Ba of great ~ 0 ~ 2UPt dignit?/.
h
i
i
$
S / 9
of herbage.
Majesty, glory.
Now. ~ i \ ?
plus. of
.a/ <
t~ To drink (mclter).-tfl
V . To sip.
8'+ A track or way 011 a hilliide.
hell-flre, any fiercely burning fire.

%++

/. pl&, &\i+I A scpnlclire

; no verbal

/ / /

/ r c

"'/ /

&K

"0s. 0.

s$

TOCa?*Ty 0 3 the wh0b of a??$lthi?Z~.

A water-worn banki- of earth.

root.
To ho C O D C T G ~ with p~stules, lo fence in. ? , aor. i. Zb conzmit a cri??zc,to drive one (into
5
6
5
f.
3
ain, with w l of following verb).
I\+ I?lur.;&& h wall. J
~ More
\ fitting
A sin ;
f No douh t ! An adverbid
expression,
or easior, cornpar. form (2nd declonaion),
2
D.8. Gr. T.1, p. %l.-&
IT. To be guilty
I). 8. ar. T.1, p. 403.
.5
of sin. ,+LlL n.8. Bin.
port, act, A
j& aor. i. and o. To t~vist
fim&. f& In a
Q z z
9 9,/
sizmer.
oontentious mannor ; 1I + dib
bj+
45
o riln, happen (with J, also with
v, 68," They only propounded this to thee in 4~50r. is TOflowI
o .
qJ)Gpmt. act, f e k Bunning,
Illc .llopo of s dispute." JI&A dispnte.-".'/
a veasel; The Ark, GO v. 11 ; ~ l u r . ~ l and
g,
J JGIII. TO d i q u t e (with L+ o f mcans and
2"'
with the mticle
l , for which by P ~ e t i c
5 or of' subject) ; to iiiapntc with (with

;g

Pr

0 / 0

rfl

Z.

8 #

y
s

/ / c d

p2

40

//

/,

*\$
8

J'
J\4
4

lice~lcci s substituted
I both in the no.-'
minative and genitive cases, see note on ,&+*,
#.--

3 . see also D. S: Gr. T. 2, p. 407.

LsF
for 4.r. D.S. Gr. T. 1, I). Illt The
0

"

5 / c r ,

#c,0

course of a ship, ss t~+* 11 P. 43, " During

her course ;" D. S. Or.T. 1, p. 118.
S, r
3~ ;or. a. To take apart of anytli?ty. .cy%p A part,
portion, individuality; At 43-17.14 tllc ~rrord
is by some tulccn to moan "Dnogl~tors."
~2
3
0 pass ovcr, and
To be inlpnticnl.
.r* 9 ,
k.iF Impatiently.
nor. o. To sulcluc, and 4~
nor, i. To satisfy, rcjJ
eornpense for good or ovil, give as a rcwmd (with
WCj1'IL fry IVf't"Oflf'tt*
doulile aoc. or with ace. or u o f thing for wllicll
rcward, ctc. ie given) ; to givo nn cqoivnlont., & utjr. i. (I;, ,c*rnztt (he d k i ~ H, E O ~ I F ~ O ,;AT11 ,[L,
floggir,gr Iilrrw wilb tr n~d. XT JtIijj+,
or lnak. satisfaction for (with or with iloablr:
C
aoo.). jL$ for
@rt. act. One who t n r ~ l t o ~
satisfaction fornnotllcr (with
gTj& (Ak~z~?w
P
'
(2rltt ilt:elarlsicl~l)
pcnsntian, sutiafaction, cquivqlt?nt, retribution,
pltlr, trf'
:\ jjltisa {if ~iffilig
rti*~ ~ ~ d l ? l i l l ~ l y .
reward.
Tuibuto, cspcoiully tlmt ciuctad
rvlfitt~~
~L
$+IItt~iigli: ~ t ~
fi*orn Jowa and ~hristian~.--~$&111. To ~ ~ ~(I* I
i !
t]
~ tt24tJ
r ~~ ~ i ~ t ~ ;
i is
ri*o xiik~!:f! ~nti!iiiibsf+~
rt?~ft;tkl
;
rcwi~x~d.
6
a
..+d fi,X
:I$ t # liy tlm t k t j r W ~ P B
p~ROS. O , [Ib Aandle.-p+~
V. To il~qt~irc b& \ i L JLk~l\ !Is
i t rt:vc!ltlrr 1ic.r (tlhu Hltnl ill ~11.her ~glcnrlou~*."
ourionsly into (by h a n d l i n ~otc.).
? i # "
To stick to the body (lilooil).
n.a, A
Lr+
~jlbltt~itr
i~i
gl(jry {~vitliJ j *
@ r /
bociy; \JUU?7 v, 146, " A. calf in n bodily
&ltip!lw
k
,"
shaps,"
nor. tt. 'Po br! rtifmcfary.
P Z
To ham a lapgo boilg.
A body, l'lor,
**
' , Y 9
pt~rt.
L \ ; fln& \ 63 V, "Tltcir Por~ona." & ROC. 0. 312 C N I I ~ Cfa~ ~/)cI ~Jj*~)t.
801. ~ ' I Iwl~ieli
R ~ is firnity Flrcd.
&'aor. a. T'O $uoc, put, impaao, mukc, appoint,
aor*n*Tu calloct, gntllor Eogcllkar, ~sacttjlrlr,
conatik~te,ordain, altrib~xtc(rvitli J cl' pcn.
r
urlilu ; fo 11nvu cnri~lcxiojl willr, innrry (tc.illi
au~dacc. o f thing or wit11 do~rfslaace, alan with

174

i$

/ / #

l'4

/ /

l r ,r

+-

sj\&
/

/I

C;,

2).

&b

&+

%G~

Cr

+rp

)4

-&

flc,

r*

fl

/(11

&,

6,"

e~
h
E*&t

c*49

dr,a)

i.

4 vV.Dl, (f t
d),IIH
l d ?!p+@$
aoc. and &,
or >);t o Ilold, rcgurd. ar
i~ fu~ljitl[lt:il Y U I I ~t~ takc two aislcrs to wif~,"
cstccm, as al; 20 v, 0 ; used wiMl
of fullowM
ing verb at 50
who places, ctc.

Y.

81. &L&

Gi

part, act, IIo

or "inkcrinarry ;" $0 gntlicr togoltlcr-ngc~inxL,

will1 see. nnd J ;--at, wiilr aoo, of pcm, mkd
i

J or Jl
of . time; it is also used with acc.

&

and
as at 6 v. 35, and with
of' peraons asse~tlbledas at 34 v. 25.
n.a.
An asse~nbly,~rrultitude,a gntheikg together,
9 & / p, 5
crowd ;
128v. 78, " Who have amassed
(wealth) more abunduntly ;" Literal&, " more
abundant in amassing (wealth) ;" & \ r$
.\ 3 v. 149, " The day of the tneeting of
9
P
"
.
L
'
9
0
P
tllc two hosts;" ajij,
QG
7.5 v. 17,
46
Up011 us devolves the collection (of its scattcrod acntcnces), and tlte proper method of
rending it." big part. act. One who gathers
st,/

/'C&

KG,

"D

/I,

#
./

?,

Rb"/

P 9

togother, elc. ~ z Au congregation, as ?J,

.I.-P I
l The day of the congregation, Friday.
9'
Collected, assembled, all, nn army ;
D
,x PC,.is used for @A+-&, see
At 36 v. 32
D.S. Gr. T.1,p. 540, nots: \:& adverbially,
9 06%
c 9 r c %
r c,w
1 All,
Altogcther, wholly. ~ r ;I Plur.
D / t r
The whole, e + n A place of meeting to9..
gethcr. t e part. pass. Assemble$./(,%
1 IT. To agrc-roe together, concert a plan
1,s
or ilcsign (wit11 l of following verb) ; to
agree upon (with act.).--e
l,
VIII. To be
gaUimed togothor (with J) ; conspire (with
G
9
part. act, Gathered together.
&).
nor. 0. ?'a collect, and & To be Aandaofize.
A ~amcl. J\- Orace, olegance ;
16 v. 6, "They are a credit to

$4
&
4

*r

.."/

e~
.r I,

&
&

,,

you." J,* Becoming, decorous, honour5

',/
9
aljlo, gmcious.
An aggregate, somethine; complete, ss a scntcncc ; hF\3
25 v. 38, '(ARono eornplctc and pcrfoct wholo."
8, ,
Ii)ll~,of & h onmcl.
aox, i,To 60 cowrdd ; &or*0. TOCO-vcr(with
(2

@
,

O/'p

5'

u)

GT collective noun,
+.-

acilii, darnons,

~'"4

a>

(r

i J O

c.0,

h y 11. To cause to turn aside, remove

?-:

srvay from (with double ace.).-++c V. To

turn away or withdraw one's-self from (with
,c
n c c , ) . - ~ - ~* ~a \'VIII, To turn saide from,
avoid.
aor. a. i. and o. To incline (with J). ck
5
.,c
comm. gerid. Plur. dT
l A hand, wing, arm,
/

//

gG \& &
'

rc

CCCl

r+ / 0

0 0

rC

spirits, as opposed to men.

Plur. ulqA garden, Pamdise.
A covering, cloak.
?*G
a;? Madness, frenzy ; used also in a collecs
tive sense, or as plur. of T
;
Genii ; see D. 8. .
9
.-.
Gr. T. 1, p. 382. s~~
of u& Anpthing covered, a fcetus. &
; A serpent,
"a pcf
genius, demon ; $\:
15 v. 27, for 2
19 ,!I
"The Father of Devils ;" or the part for the
5 9L.A
whole, Jinn or Genii. u,~+d part. pass. Mad,
possessed of the Devil,
--,LA+- aor. i. and o, To turn aside, cause to turn
ca
g e r
from or avoid (with acc. and I lest).
5 1 9
C
Plur. 9
- A aide ;
Q .4 V.
40, "The familiar ir(end ;" &
L;
&hyF
*
39 T. 57, " What I have neglected
S P P
(of my duty) towards God3'
A
stmnger, c o ~ j n gfrom afar, Olie suffering
e
y p
28 v. 10, " Worn.
from pollution ; +,q3
# p
&far off." +;iT A side, tract of country ;
17
8 " H e drew aside."\

e
0

0 0

t.5

'r

0 /

arm-pit ; &b &&Ti 15 Y. 88, "And

behave wit11 humility ;" Lite~aEl?/,"Lower
thy wing."
A crime.
$6 9
S P 9
&qPInr. d*7; An amny, troops, force^, & host,
cornpaniona ; no verbal root.
L&aor. i. 2'0 claelilzc; and &$.& a0r. a. To
dcuiato
the tr~tli). di+ n,al A m~erving from t1:lle right way.--dj;@;
part. act.
VI. f. Inclining t o evil (with J),

;G

vr*om

uL?-

a aor. i. To gather
# 0

r/

(fruit).

jk

( 30 )

for

55 54, u ~ 1 fruit
~ 0
Fruit;
of' the two gardens," D: S. Gr. T.1, p. 110.
5 '
&%
Fresh (dates) ready gat21ered.
n.a. A striving
a, To de diligent.
b
with might and main; The words
,:Lu A,?
at 5 v. 58 and elsewhere may bc hm~+latcd
c6
Their most binding oaths."
Power,
'
9
ability; P*
v*
"They
find nothing (to give) but tllc frnit of' ell~ir
+./
~ ~ L ~ o u ~ . ' ' - -1J
11
J. -TO
I I ~strive, contolld withl
fight-especially against tho crlolllios of I a l h
-Z
/c
-(with BCC. of' pcm, and \ &, &R ni; 51 v. 14,
also with & u, or J). 3&- n.u, A. cona
fo;hltll to fig]lL (ill
tending,
the Qly War). %\&Zppart, act. Onc who
4
strives, ono who goe8cfortli to figlit in tl~cj
F$
causo of Islhrn,
aor. a. To be manifest, ~nxblisl~
drroad, spcn
aloud (with u of tllillg
J of ifirs.
That wbic?~is mnnifcal;, lohd ~1,ctlliin
opkn and public spcaliing.
Opcnlly?
P
C
a H O P @ ~ ~~Yi s, i b l ~~ ,l l a nf~fill
i
-sqT c n.a. III. f. In public, opanly.
aor. a. To rush 0% a W O I Z ~ E C ~ mag with inte
0 ,
,
$0 $ 2 hifat
~
j
~a~'fi~l~mi~lia,
necessayy for a joumoy.-%
11, To Gd out
with pTovisiuns or other ncccaeado~(with u
o f pere. and cr, of thing).
aor. a. To be ignorant. && pnrt. act.
who is ignorant.
Vory igt~orant
8
foolish. &LjrIgnorance. && Hia~
ignorance,
of the PaganAraljs b
the timc o f Mo1;ammnd.
ye

st~criflceswere xnn~leLy fire to Molocll : Tliia

tvoril an account of its Torcig~r origin arid

0 0 /

w;&

/b%

bP/CIP

gG

(,

going

//

$4,

// 4

&
I

JG

*DB:!

.-b0

& nor, o. l'n

~lilit,deicvc, cut nni.

r;

4.

iYm
~,-L;G\ 1 ~T~
. PCkllPll
R I I R W ~ 1102101?,
~~?
to IICIL~BCIL
to (with n(:o. oft pew.
or iliilly9.
part. act. One who n:t~icrii,
nilmop,

It

jr

;&?P

*
A ,

37 v. 73, " A ~ I
verily wc T I itctt~rxial a graoiott~ itlixwar;"
~c
ILilr!ncgy, All ti veliily tlicy who g t i ~ ~tIl,c
mi ntlrrwor,

RR

nor. o. Y t turn m i L
Nenr, oao jr.llo i e
Itcar, it, rlcightoiir,
~inrt.ricf,. O ~ l awllo
turn# R H I I I o . - ~ ~I I~ 1. 1'0
IL 11g~j~Iglj0ilr~
t o dtvcll llcnr (will1 uc!c, c t l d 2144f 1Y.
To j j ~ o t o ~ td~~li~~r--li.nztl
,
I I I X J I ~ N ~ ~ I tt
~ I (s~c*-IZI
a>&

>q

#Y

" Ncitller

Valley of Uinnom, where h

"
+

i~
!kt! lirotttctt?tf trf' ally ;"
i
t Neitlrcr is it tlrotcctcrl nvrr 211111,''
or " i s any proleoliori (tlnown) over hirii :" for
tlru 1180 of ikssivo Vcrl~ai a &it itnpcmorinl
l f l n r l l l ~ radc! I),
8, Or. 9'. & ,h K% ; noo QI~~Y
,*
rgs
nt
.-Jjb~r
p~rk.a ~ t V. I . C Hoar lo onlt
**
X . To nrrk for protcotioxi.
cnoilicr.-Jkel
or. o, ilb go.-jj&
111, To ~lnrson or over,

v. 00,

tf

$2

( @*P)

#'a

u\r;An

s$

..
/
I
C

Pa/

fmminino gcxiiler is of the second dcclcnaiort ;

D.8. Ck. T. 1, p, 404.

XI

to cause to pass over (with u of pers, and

act. of thing).-jJ\~" VI. To pass by or over
(with ii).
aor. o. To search, explore.
P
&:- aor.'o. To hunger. 5t
e
IIunger.
dh aor. TOpenetrate inwardly, to be hollow.
The belly, the interior.
5&
aor. i. To come, come to, arrive at (with ace.
or with J, j
l
,
+
;,
or &) ; with L.+ it
means t o come with, i.e. to bring; ~ i k e ' ~ T
it may sometimes be rendered to do or commit 5
(om action), as at 18 v. 70 ; Pass. 5 s some//

0 /

0 4

4
;

times written su? for 5 2 , aa 4

4 I&39 v. 69, "And t<e prophets s h a l l g debraoght."
note. In the sljove form of constructioi~-the
verb is impersonal, like lienturn est in Latin;
--,
3
see D. S. Gr. T. 2, p. 129.--sG 1 IV. To make
to come; hence, to lead or drive (with ace. of
pers. and
aor. i. To cut o ~ at garment at the izeck.
s
C
9 9
Plur. L.+The bosom of a shirt or
vest,
6 for && aor. a. D.S. Gr. T. 1, p. 243, To have
@

J1).

L-'

Gsr A neck.

a long and 6eautij5iZ neck.

s
@

4&

//

h-

6
..a

47 v. 34, aor. with and $ prefixed, " And

aor. i. Yb love. +.s Grain, corn. +L=8
u l P
he shall make (th& worlm) of n3 avail."
noun of unity) One g a i n . ++ Love ;
B
.',
bcz LSLs2 V. 172, " O U ~of love for him," && aor. i. and d: 3'0 meaw welt (a gammt).
-A
-=.
plur. of Jcz.A way or track;
i.0. " for God."
+.+ 1 comparative adjective
8speeialZy, the paths of the Stars.
of tho 2nd dcclension, D. 8. Or. T. 1, pp. 324
and 403, More bclovcd, more pleasing, pre- & TO t a b a wild beast with a snare or haltsr.
&&n.a. Plur.
A rope, vein, compact,
fcmblo.
and with tllc affixed pronoun
99-i3
<
or covenant,
b j \?*\
, the 11smaabeing ehangcd into, with
gttlnrna in tllo middle of a word, D. S. Gr. a* aor, i. TOinspire. p n.a. A decree.
ya/
5
u~~Even to, up to, down to, as far as, until, in
T. 1, p. 118, plur. of L ~
GI3eloved.
,
Y,-&
/ G #
order that ; This parliicle is used in four difLove.---%
11. To render lovely
ferent ways.
(with ncc. of llling and
of pers.).].st. It is used aa a prepositioxz to indicate s
L..,* \ 1Y. To love, will, dcsirc, like (with
.certain term, and when thus employed governs
nco. or wit11,I of following verb).--++s2~,! X.
the genitive case, a s 2 i d ig $ 91 v. 5,
To love, prefcr (with aca. and
" Until the time of the rising of the dawn."
j.23am. O. IIb 11~ajl.obcaulyul, delight, malie joyful.
&
J&t plrir, of;&, or> A (Jcwish) Pricst
2ndly. As a conjunction or adverb, meaning
6I
or Doc tar,
cind even," or I ( up t a an c;xirema point
.* * r
inolusivc ;" thus it differs from j j , which
p aor. i. To rcstrsin, hindor, shut up.
signifies "Up to," or " As far as, but not in&&&aor, n. To bc vain, fruit,lcsa, to perish (will1
,.L @
4 9
err
7
P
W1
" I ate
cluding ;" Ex. \*!,
or ji).--&~-\
IV. To rcndor vain;
G

4 .

G L

+lzFf

31

F 0 /

SG

$I

Ej

8 %

,,j

t
4

*I/

/<LA

/ (

.-./(*

hJ
brr."

.'

<@

#$

4 7
Q'+

&A*

( 32 )

LS==-

qet 3')

,--

cover, sAut out. e\k7 A veil, curtain.

the fish, head and all ;" if we say
we --To
s ,'+'
++*F-f"
part, pass, Shut out (with
mean " as far us the head, and no further :"
s'+
is '
No instance of this use bf &=+occurs in the J + aor, o. To Ailzder (with &). J+T n.a. AnyKorhn.
thing forbidden, unlawful, a wall or dam,
9 9 9
3rdly. As a conjunction serving to connect
understanding; P l u ~ ~ A~ bosom,
? - guardian.
a proposition with that which precedes it; i t then
89 v. 4, "For one gifted with
ship ;=+,
means "until," and has grammatically no effect
PC
intelligence." >
:' 1 The country inhaiiled
on the succeeding proposition; thus at 6 v. 149,
/,",
Q ..
6.4
by the tribe of Thamood; The wordsG.&y
LQ
t j \ ; d=+S
=*' occur twice in the 25th chap. ; in the
" In like nianner did they who went before
24th verse they appear to mean " Far be it
them accuse (the prophets) of falsehood, until
from us," like " Ne liciturn sit ;" In the
they tasted our severi by." Note. In tho &or$n
. /
55th verse they mean " a wall which it is forit is frequently followed by
D. 8. Gr.
,bidden them (the two Beas) to pass." J+.?
T. I, pp. 175 and 202, note,
5
S
p
- Lastly. It governs a verb in the subjunctive
afis
Plur.
Plur.
A rock, stone.
s 09
s 9 ",A
mood when that verb has a future signification;
A private chamber. J,+
part,
-k,
it then means 6 I untiEJYor " in order that ;"
pass. Forbiclden.
S
S ,
&or. 0. TOnzahe a came2 lie down ;to restrain
Ex* iS;l L5, & k ,-+=- pJJ\
CJ.2 1 & 12 Y.
C
(wit11 acc. and d).
:?\;
part. act. One who
80, "I will o n no account quit the country,
6
until my Father give me permimion ;" It may
hinders, a bar, 8am to keep back water.
a,-*
S F 9
sometimes bear either interpretation ; thus a t AS &or. o. To sharpen, limit, dejne. J , J ~ plur.
6
CZ
9
s
;A prescribed limit, ordinance. A;+L
4 9 ~ . 9 , + ~ \ ~ 1 $ ! ~ & ~ *$1 ~ &
\ 3~$ ~ of ;
" Then fight against (that party) which is in
Iron, Plur. $\& ~ h a r ~ . - -11
~1\. To
~ hinder,
the wrong, until (or SO that) they return to
stand in the way of, oppose,
L?
obedience to Gocl."
TO6e humpbached. v~lAn elevation of
To excite. \gfi;2 Quickly.
the ground : Instead of this word which occurs
co?'teTZdwigh> go on a pilgrimage to (with
21 v, 96 gome copies haye
signifying
z,
ace.), 7 n.a. The pilgrimage to Mecca.
" A grave."
E 5
S
.3
same as >A. CL.. part. act. One who per- CJL TObe new, to Aappen. &,;L A novelty,
event ; eornething which has lately happened,
forms the pilgrimage.
phr. of
A
a story, history, mrmtive, discourse ; %J
single pi&rimage, a year.
disputingy.
4:,agcs
31 v. 5, " The ludicrous tale."
cause of dispute, argument ; as
1+ 1
4,+Lf(2nd declension) plur. of &L
,6 v. 150, CC The conclusive argument."-4

2).

0.--

2 L;,.J\

c4

&,G

s,kG

\jl;

$/

gl&

../b

oh*
0

?+%4a'/b%

L.4

'4

C /

--r

Gg

'

/ /

9G

c-

/ /

&:

247

&

e'Q/

+b

1;111. To dispute about (with Gi); to disE

pute with (with acc. of pers. and L& or &).- 6
E \ d V I , To dispute with one another (witbd;ii),
,F

,SrD

r,

w,
' 9-CP

Tales, sayings ; +,&B I .+ddk

12 v. 6, "He shall teach thee the interpreta..z C P
tion of (dark) sayings; " h t ~ (
L
~
\bw
23
4

#&A 0

v. 46,

" We

J Cll

--# #

have made them (idle) tales," or L . aor. i. To pe~fo~ate,inte7nd. JP n.8. A pur/ a /

"like a, tale that is told."-ebb 11. To
pose.
declare, narrate, acyusint (with ace. of pers. ~ Y J S(PO guafd.
collective noun, Guards.
/L%
and +* of the thing).--ub\
IV. To cause to eJ-aor. i. T Odesire ardently (with &) 5
UC;',~
p
B
happen, biaing about, produce (with acc. and J
Greedy, eager (with &). LPF\ superlaive
of pers.).
form, Most greedy,
part. pass. That which is
s/e
newly produced or revealed,
To milk &y, to corrupt o?zc's-soy. f .At~
the last extremity from disease.--s>
11. To
instigate, excite (wit11 ace. and uG),
plor. of
A garden planted with trees.

G;;

///

/
,

/L

S / b 9

// /

2 % ~

;&

~ 5 . 5aor.
- i. To
// 0

L>S
S.6

change,

A verge, margin,
manner; +y uL 22 v. 11, After a way,
or upon the verge-as i t were-(of religion),".'a/
s '
d
2 11. To pervert (with ace. a i d
cautious, provident. JJh~.- pa& pass, That
LF,part, act. 7 . f. One who turns aside
, which is to be feared.--;'k
11. To caution
(wit11 J
).
,
aiaininst(witli double ace.).
6,
%or. i. and o. To gnash tile t e r & ~ to burn. .
p aor. a. i. and o. To Beconzc free, lo Be hot. d P S ,
///c,
S9
5
",/
3.r B n r n i n p - d p 11. To burn.--b2=-l
p-n.a. Heat. p-A free-man. J2y
fern. A
5
VIII. To be burnt,
hot wind blowing by night.
Silk.-/G
.TO r&se mhat is due, and
TiBe moved.
J y11. Yo free from slavery, devote to the dJ*
5
6
.
'
&
-;
11. To move (with sco, and 9).
service of God.
n.a. Tlie giving freedGn,
P
<
aor. i. To proAi6it.
;$ A holy place,
as
5 v. 91 " Thc freeing of a neck 1

F
5asylum.
plur. of rbProhibited, un(from the yoke of iilavery)." bJs4 part. pass.
lawful, sacred, sanctified, as believers d~iring
acc. " Dedicated to God's service," 3 v. 31.
c +-/
5
the Pilgrimage. &\nid l The Sacred OrdiU
?
aor. o. To spoil one's goocls. v
p feem, n.n.
9
5
P
nances of God. pJ,&
part. pass. Forbidden ;
War. ui,r; Plur. -iJlz# (2nd declension)
At
51
v,
10
this
word
seems
to niean C F PreA psivste chamber ; a niche in tAe mall of a
-vented by shame, or a sense of decorum;"
nzosque nzarkiny the direction af Uecca.at 56 T. 66 and 68 v. 2'7, " I-Iilidercd from
. VJL 111. To fight ngaillst (with aco. of
II.
enjoying the fiuits of our labour."-;>
pers.).
To forbid, make or declare unlawful (with oF aor, i. and o. To till the ground, HOW seed.
s
acc. of the thing and uk of the pers.).
o
y n.a. A field, cultivated ground, produce
5
$3 c
2
n.?. Prohibition. I O J Gpart.
~
pnss. That
of the same, fruits of the eartli, tillage.
P$
a. yb be o~p*essed
by c~osenessor chJicz6lty.
wllicli is forbiclden or nnl awful, declzl~eiisacred.
c<3 /'.aor.
5
~ To sselc.
cyn.5. Narrom, a restriction, difficulty, ~pROP. i. ;Ib t l e e r o a s c . - - ~V.
s
S
+p TOtozdch. ~ j Plar.
p vhl A company,
aor. a. To beware, talrc heed of, fear (with nee.
also
with d l of the verb). :;~2 Precaution.
,
s *,
Ti: n.a; Fear. J+L
part, act. One who is
b

6%

A/

II

G).-

L,

S w / <

// /

*/Q

9.'

"4

LG

/P/

// 0

;F

/ /

/ ~ P ~ . . O

L/

/b

/ /

L.'

# /

/ /

b#

I-

/ /

/LZ

a
;
"

u--

34 )
'

G,,

troop, party, sect, Those mho side with any

pronoun 3,is here written and pronounced

as is frequently the case; D. S. Gr. T. 1, p.
one ; &>\1
d l 18v. 11, "Which of the two
,
5
'
459. +- One who takes an account.
paties ;" Meaning probably The Companions
s L' Y
Y .,a-a
The word u &besides
~ being the plural of
of the Gave or the Compa~lionsof p9J\ il
?
"C& is also used as a collective noun meanin the 8th verse ; +b~
1 The ,
ing Darts or lightning, and i t is in this sense
confederates mentioned in chap. 33 were a
it is elnplo~edat l8v* 3 8 e - ~ L 'I1*
body of Infidelg, who .were leagued together
To call to account for (with ~ C C of
. pers. and u
).
against Mobammad in the War of the Ditch ;
//I,
VIII. To calculate upon, expect.
Those a t 40 v. 31 are the People of Noah, etc.
verge, and who were J w aor. i. and 0. TO envy (with aCC. of per88 and
who appear in the
part. act. One who
of thing)). &\;
in league againat the prophets of their day.
0
'
4
.envies. AEnvy.
aor. o. To grieve ;
aos. a. TO be sad ; to
S
..' 6 '
Flur.
i. To lay hare, to be weary.
be grieved about (with ui; of pers, or thing). /"Z aor.,,
,
SF r
3C.Y
wL- D. S+Gr. T. 1, p. 355, Sigl~ing,cause
L,and up-ns.a. Grief, sorrow.
Q
5
of sighing; u ~ -1; 39 v. 57, "Ah! m y
aor. o. To parch up, utterly destroy. Wesighing, (ah me ! )" Expressions of this kind
Q 0 B
A souiR3 (so, h i s ~ i n g ) . . ; ~ l IV. To perceive,
are spelt and pronounced in a variety of ways,
find, be aware of, feel (v&h
or with aco.
5
075
D. S. Gr. T. 2, p. 90. J2Fatigued,
s
and >,).-vMdV. TO make inquiry after
Jy-@ part. pass. Stripped, destitute.,'b/6
e
(with ;?I.
pdd! X. To be worn out with fatigue.
s Y F
+,a+ &or.0. TOrec40n; r~
aor. a. and i. To yw- aor. i.To cut. r
y The usual acceptation
imngine, to be of 'pinion, cnlcul:t:
of tllis word is A succession
of unluoky nights ;
P
a% <,,
(with acc. of thing, also with or without i
At 69 v. 7 the phrase 6,- kl
may
before following verb) ; see D. 8. Gr. T. 2, pp.
be interpreted For eight days in miserable
2i
74, 296, and 580, also 227, note,
n.a.
succession."
C p /
One who suffices, a sufficiency, or that,which
and U- TO be good or beautiful ; in the
.one is obliged to regard as su-8icient; Ex.
latter of these forms the verb is employed in a
yG,//
j I G , ~
r'.;"c"r +d *' 202'FB "And
-0 ypr, c
be his
manner sirnilar to the verbs of praise and blame
sufficient reward ; idJ I & 9 v. 59, " God
/: ;
y
4 v. 71,
r"C.; and y"J;
..A ,37 dW*
B
is all-sufficient for us."
-Lpart.
act.
I
They are excellent (in point of) company;"
One who
Or
an
an
At 18 vv, 29 and 30 two differellt forme of
B
9
accornptant. &\ Plur. u
\
,
, A reckonconstruction occur in the same sentence, as
9 0 /
P /a
ing, computation, account ; v \ - ~ + 2 v.
b.2)
u\/.fJ
1 p; '(HOW
delightful i s
, , ' '
208, " Without measure ;" dd+
69
v.
20,
their reward, and how delicious their couch ;"
,
II
S G Y
My account," for Gji&
; The ;at
end
D, S, Cr. T.2, p. 223 et seq.
Goodness,
c/c,

-0

.r, E

J L 5 - 1

0
' C

C
'

&

cp
/

/ /

flyf4

A,

/'

9 6

J7

c aid

('

b
'

0 4

d;"

~~0

&3

fib

&'

--,
L /

of this word is callcd

6F

rO

-.-

SLb

; The affixed

xQ#C.

beauty, excellence, kindness.

Bea~~tif~l,

,,'

,-

-/

good, fair, gmcious, handsome. GS A good

aor, i. To scatter gravel, cast ilztp the 3 r d .
S
4-c~"
That i?lhich is cast into the fire, fuel.
thing, a benefit, good, a good work. u\M9
S
F
rnasc. and fern. plm. of uBeautiful;
A violellt wind bringing with it 8
S /
SF'/
555 v. 70, " (Damsels) exquisite
shower of stones.
,Ls
9
and beautiful." &.s\ (2nd declension) comp. +=To become manifest.
5
form, not used adjectively in conjunction with
o, and i, T~ reap, 3 L n.a, A reaping,
9 f r . 5 3 y c
S
a
as uu' j?J)but with the
harvesting,
Harvest, mown down,
substantive understood ; Better, best, more or
destroyed,
most excellent. Note. Words of the second
O, T~
6snginto dZ$;czllty,besieode.~ r.. s t "
declension when in connexion with a coinple- +
aor. a. To be restricted, hindered (with
of
0 b S
ment take the three inflexions, thus \1+s4
S P A
s
the following veib). JF
Chaste. HSCL S b d
'7 v. 142, where the pronoun refers to yb.! U \ .
A P r i s o n . -/ - /\ L IV.
~
To prevent, keep back
P
G 3
+fern. of u-\, when used substantively
-from a journey, etc.-(with 2
.
-)
means a good action, good thing, happy state, JZ TO be ovef- and above, to be manzjest..-a c
liappy end ; D u d .
lI and ~
in the oblique
~
3- 11. TO 111al;e manifest.
G / 0 L 9 4
'
2 9 ,
cases u+r]
l 9 v. 52, < I The two most excel- c r - ~ sTO be strongly fo~tiJed, a i ~ d,p-To Beep
.-8 9 31
s
at bonze. uj,if~ plur. of u* A fortress.lent things," viz. Vic tory and Murtyrdoin ;
&4xApart, pass. II, f. Fenced in, fortified.-For the Rules which govern adjectives in the
i & %
-1 IV. To keep safe (with ace. and >,),
to
comparative form I must refer the
G=
5
L P
L E
or in safe custody, to marry. d~~
part, act.
D. 8.Gr. T. 2, p. 301 et ~ e q . - ~ - l IV,.To
4.,/
t 9
One who is cl~asteor continent, a;**cs4 pnrt.
do well, act upriglltly, act with kindness (with
+, or with J) or J of the pera.); to render - pass. fem. A married4 woman, one who is
chaste m d modest.--,.a=?n.a. V. f. Chastity.
agreeable, make beautiful (with acc. of thing
F bz
aor. i. To strihe ~ i t ha pe6bb. e\
for
and J of pers.). z
g!
*.a. A doing good, -9
,&S
c b 9
cornparat. form, Clever in calculating
a kind action, kindness, well-doing. uyd L=-\
(with J
, of the thing calculated) ; D. B. Gr.
part. act, One w11o does well, acts righteously,
/ G Z
T. 2, p. 310.--Gd~1 IV. To number, calculate,
a righteous
man.
compute, take an account of, know.
aor. .o. and i. To gather together, and hen
aor. 0. To incite my one, instigate (with GI.
*#/
-@ld VI. To urge one another (with &).
and
or >;, used in the Pass. with J or
"L,
2 aor, o. To be present to, or present at, stand
JA.- n.a. An assembly, Banishme
in presence of (with acc. of pers. or thing) ;
emigration ; at 59 v. 2 the words ,LA l J
9
6%
.'
to
hurt,
as
at
23
v.
100,
J (for
refer to certain Jews who were banished by
F
/

/ /

&c

L.5

,/

/ L

//'

..

1 #

STjj , - 9

,/

+
0 4

/'

I\
Jl).

L / - a

u,e
<b.'

,-

Mol?ammad. $L part. act. One who

5 9
assembles. J,&sd part, pass. Gathered togetther.
6,'

9 9'0

>\;

Lest they hurt me ;" D. S. Gr.

T. 1, p. 570.
part. act. One who
/; is
present at, present, close npon, a s 4 d \ a>\L
&

7 v. 1C3, (l'ltc tor\.al

upon llic sufi,"

vix. TIIF town of EIntl~,nllotrt w l ~ i e ln,~ihtlo i,r
I~srctulrl, nntl w11icll ia also rr!f'clr'c;l tu at 2
.- <,-r
~ " 6 1 . - - \ 1Y.To ~ I * P S P I I I , 1wi11gjriio i111!
yrcactlcc of', cnnsc to l ~ l,r.r:srnC,
e
1111tf i ~ 1 ' 1 ~ ~ r i 1
" t:lnac

7 lnngI~t~?~*s,
Crnt~tlcl~il
rlrcli : a ecillcctivo noun ;
I). S. Clr. T. 1, 13. 352; or it ~ n n yhe 3 pIurn1

nr ijc,

r ' -

1
'-':?i,p
(wiih r1011l)lc ficc.); P
\ v~
C
v. 137, " {~,T;TCII'R) fiotil..i nrr! prrbndlu-IdFt. nrc I
rnadc i o TIP p l ~ s c l ~~fv, i t l l - c u ~ - ~ ! l n r i s i ~:"r ~R-I ~: C~'
cr

.
l

..

;P

"-

A h~gi~~ijj~,
ol.igi11tilsLnlc, fi~r~tlcr
con~lilio~r.
nor. n. To licthp, ,nll:ilnll (will1 ~ O C nl~il
.
&);
'
.
Lo t;iiit: cnra 01'. 3 2 s n.a. h g ~ ~ ~ ~ da i i ~ g ,
I;r!cl~ing;\&
A s n gllohll. h l ~ p : o b t . n o t .

2b

(?j$.

A pit,

1:

Liz-

37

is the duty (of payment of the debt) ;" it also

Sale renders it "Are guarded ngainst corrup9'
9
meails Truth, The Truth, One of the Names of
tion."
.part. pzse. This word uIso admits
E
'
God. ;it& Fitting, just. QL?
(2nd declenof divers interpre'tations ; a chapter is said to
?c/ c 9
asion) compar. More worthy, more just, truer.
be
&AS&
when i t is not abrogated by any
:G,
\ The Inevitable, the day of Judgment.subsequent revelation ; it also means clear
Q / F
+I
IV. To justifj~,verify (with ace. and u). and perspicuous, void of ambiguity ; at 3 v. 5
a Xrc,
S
'/bP
--GSL!X. To be worthy, adjudge worthy; to
the verses called CS\&EL~
or those
be guilty of (with acc. of tliing), or tliink
which are clear and ape to be take11 in their
C,
guilty (wit11 uk of pers.), in both which senses
literal sense, are &stinguided from those
it occurs at 5 v. 106.
which +re allegoricnl and figurative ; the
TI'o suferfiom a ~etentionof u~ina,to be
former are said to be
( l The lnother
s r.
=
/C
n:ithheld (rain, etc.). - ~ 3 - A long space of
-or ground-work-of the BooE."-~I& VI.
s /bs
tirne, space of eighty years ; Plnr, U\L\
.-.
To go together to judgment (with j
\
).
&L To lie a??zon.gcrooked or minding sands.
=5
9
L Sb
J- aor. o. To untie-s linot-(with ace. and &);
dL1\ The winding sands ; name of a proaor, i. aizd o. To f ~ ~ l fthe
i l rites and ceremonies
vince of Arabia, formerly inhabited by the
required
of
a
pilgrim,
to b e c o r g e g K after
tribe of 'kd ; plur. of
9/c 3
.-C
being
GE
PSI ; 9 bk lawful (with J of pers. m d
aor. o. To egercise az~thority(with &); to
C LC
LJ1 of verb) ; to descend,
s
alight (wit11&
.,;,)
judge, judge between (~vitllu? of pers. and +
to settle in a place* L& AnythiIlg lawful, an
of thing) ; to give judgment in Fdtrour of (&h
illhabitant.
Lawful, One WAO has perJ of pers, and
of thing) : when it meall8
forwcci all the rites and ceremo~tiesofa pilgrim.
to give an aclverse judgment it takes L5)Lof

6s"
fJ

*+C

&$I,

u,al-y;;j
.

/ /

.,

//

3%.

+
/

Jc

,
'

peps.

//

SF
judgment, ~~lisdom;

&/L.

+.=A

I
w
5
v.
55,
" Do they then desire tlie judgc)- .
merit of the days of ignorance?" iSe,To be
judged according to the laws of Paganism ;
/w
ac. p 9 ~ b 4 a
a rule of jodgnient, as ky \&
8\191 13 v.
37, "we haye sent
I(or$;n--down as a
S C
rule of judgment in Arabic."
A judge.
s a 9
B
part. act. One who
~ ~ urL
r . and
4

..

PLY

//

6&Wisdoin. ;f..Wise,
0

bc

judges, a judge.
'65
knowing, ;jl-\camp, and super, More or
/Q c*
most knowing or wise.- 5;s11. To take as
/ C L %
1 .
jlldge (with acc. of pers. and ) '5
%
T~ oonfirlB; The Passive +I,$&,
occurs at
11 v. 1, and has been variously interpreted;

JSL plnr. of &A wife.

P

/-

*/r

@ Dissolution

of a vow. &L Place of sacrifice.-La IQ.

TO rellder lawful, allow, allow to be l a ~ f u l ?
allow to be ~iolated(wit11 acc. of thing and J
..of p e r ~ . ); to violate; to ca~nse
5
to descend or
settle (1~it11double act.).
part. act. One
who considers lawful that which God has deGa
P
kared to be unlawful ; Ex- Mi
,
S? 9
L941F
plJ
5 v. 1, " Not violating the prohibition against the chase while ye are on a
" P
pilgrimage : " Gkd
being in conjunction with
LQ
'L A *
+,+I
i~here put for u.,,#
3

4t.P

ry

-0

dG QOy.

i. TO swear (with J of pers. and

object of the oath, also followed by

;i

or!;

of

of

vcrl,, or 1,y $
,

.
yjUI L&
4

,,

L G nor, i. TO

of ll~cBling BIT OF^) ; Ex.

GS v, 15, " Thcy swear to

&
,Z
,;E

L>
I

A$LA' grent wcnrer.

-.

nfalschood."

& nor. i. To slime.-cb

.pnrt. :let. II, f. Onc
I

L4

who dtnr*ca.
5

Yo cat tlrc il~ront. ?+

rr.

Tlic i11rn:it.

3:;

& A dream ; l'lnr. rlL1. +

d

To drcan.

5 2r.X

5b

FIT

Ihdcr~Landit~g; I'lt~r.
. YZ lJia~,~rty,
Kind, gmciniw, ivf rlligoni..

&

XhR11

as

r eollr*clivr! r ~ c , ~ l t i rlr
, il? tnjlg Irr: nn

..

> , t

&

111iLh

r cItlqttt:ra of tho
4

irnyg11nr 1*11tr- nS &-, w1ii~:Ii:iIw ( ~ l ; f ! f i Le~,

I
I
I 8, r , 1'. I , 1 , .
IT. rnrntr as 1
(wiI,li act, o f thii~g,or
>I.
,
T J ~ ~ ~ c?rilfiar?d
TB
tn tlttciOt11 : u d ~ i li,llr~rvinp
x
8

!<OI-!IH,

..

HcPJ~.
I

1!0ili11g
IuII,
nnr. 0. IT,r kcrrt.
I
rr;c?nrpr4ltdir.n or fiicl~d.

7;,
.,
,+

&
,!'

f;?ln.o j'

nnr, a,

carry, Lcnr, bcw I ~ W R load,

~,
cl~a~pe
wi tlr ,i~lrposcc lbnrtl~cn(with ~ C C .of tl~ingand
<
.'*
OP 4);t o ~ k b c knny ono (with & of
pc~*s.); t o cor~ccive, bc rvilh cllild, nnclcrtalce
(U riuty.), prorirlo wiLh cnrringo and other
noccssu*ics of' rt jollrncy, as a t 9 v. 83.
+bT
n.n. 1)lor. JLI
A bortllcn, f a t u a in
Illc mo~til),l,imc! durir~grvEticfl I ~ I failis
C
ia in
tllc rr~on111,ns a1 4G v. 11.
A bllrthcn,
10:ul.
pnrt. nct,. Oiic -rvl~o cnrlmics:
$$ +L.L~G " AIHI by ~ I ~ O B 1v11id1
C
I~cnrn
lrt:~rl," i.v. Tllc slottrlst Itr!:t~*ingn lonil of min,
mtrr.runf*rI I~crtringfa bnl.thr!~zin tlicir wombs,
or llic r~*il~tls
1)c:~r ( I I G c l o ~ ~ t $1
b , v. 2,
d L A npr.olilmi w l ~ nciarictr n~uc'll or frc:. * 2
~ ~ 1I , : ~ J p Apllr!ust of Lnrtlrm.
-& 1J, 'I'o ~ I I I ~ I O HIL!l~trl,l~cn
tm (wit11 l!o~~l,lc
I L V C , ~ ,d , : ~ r p
ouowit 1~ (a L I I I ~ , ~ ) , - & : ~
VIIr.
"

LL:L,L&

11711ir!l1

I V : ~ ~ I I I * , :i

I; +
- 1 1 1 ~ .i. Y i )

31lltldy, t:011111ns1:d111' 1111111.

-

& *

?LI.I firllue,

11111,.

illg

171;fivltb;

nrid

llnlrlc

nor. n, To bo
nlun e ~ ~ nconcorncl

~ b ~ h l i ~llpr!riititiull~
il
IlRflgCB

W ~it:h
I

VETO

v.n.

'YFI 1 l r : ~ i ~ ~ .

ol~s~r*v~rl
lry t,hc I ~ I ~ IALI * I ~~R .
~ C I ~ Iof
.
$
:
fit,f i 1
1 04
&
p:irI,, t~t!L, TItthtt wIiii!It i~ l ~ i ~ r n li i~~~i ,g
v ,
. r, I
t A I~ILFIII: of. 31011fit111llttt1, $1OHI" h
ylmim,
:I
I~
.
18. 'I'o ~rlnko]lot ;
1
.CE
I#
~imi~~?abrtiig,
n)nk~rvtlal. n'fit,:. I:g n !WP. 4
L,AZ p
: 9 1. 3 , It, i . ~ . llro xnoncyrcrriiorl of i.liu Gc~apld,tlir! hlaa~idlnltsI 1 1 1 ~ f o m /j(jj?rj?II-J3.7-Hllldl 1 1 ~I~;I~IB
; it^.
~
tendl illat tha I.'omiilrl t?r lrrrn~ii~c?rl
~trttlr!rill(! ;
ml+/,I I. sluill lro ~niirlt!Irot 31poa it, D. S. a r a
nlllljct ? m r ) r ; ~ h ? ) tVns
~ a ~ t'lfr?T ~ ~ { I I K ~ I H ; ~or' I{(!nowncd hlrrbnn~aial; Hi!@ film.
Tfl:lt. 8. arfilln
nor. i,
r;,jt;t ,yrla,ldtr,q n,~Bc-:-c~~.mcl
tomath
I!,:&. ?lrtti:;(1.

C'L

-4

.
d

xvi. v. 7.

..
-A+&
U

r.

.'
*

:,

]~flrl,papa. I 1. L
Ircwtl~rl,filol!est~rt~zul.

pi

rr

Ded.

5*

n i h n l y tf b~tlhl-r-. ;~c- An I
t
*.
..
ttnd i+u-.
p111r. OI*&' ; a

WOP.
O. I/h p r f i

n ~ s ;I

l n i !I
~f~/f/r-ptms;~lrfl,
/
.

, ,

; tfl
..I.

hC

y,11)131:t1

fljith

pit$,

,e

LG

01' fi vtk]lcy
r~rarM~!el!fi, wf~vrc n l ~ ~ r t l wns
l u fouylll by
11l j l ~ ~ t l t ~ ~ * ~ + L d *
&[rq+ry4

11111~11,T

nflrfi.

f,lk{!in, Nnlno

I I ~ I ~ ~ ~ : I ~ ~ , d.&W~ked~IIIU'BO~~~~.

/ C

'/

To cut the throat. 99-L& (2nd declension)

large eyes," see

J /

?,,b/

&. $4~p
Disciples or
8

plur. of 9s-LA throat.

Apostles of Christ ; This word is by some snpS
&=-aor. i. 2'0 roast. A
posed to be of forbign origin; by others it is
&. Roasted.
derivedfrom;G, one of the meanings of which
& aor. i. To incline.
s n( 2
ia to whiten clothes by washing, the Arab
declension) Inclining to the right Religion,
commentators pretending that the Apostles
orthodox.
mere
Fulless by tradee-jjl 111. To reply to
&& aor, i, and o. To put a bit upon a hopsg.$9
i n an 2UguIIlent (with a ~ c . ) - - ~ ~n*a*
ld
&~
VIII, l
To bring into
uttedy
9,a." ? a
,' 5,
An argument between two or more persons.
destroy; +$J &ZP-ZJ 117 v. 64, "Verily I
5-1 < 9
jL
aor.
o.
T
o
gathe11
together
to
o
n
e
'
s
s
e
&
-~
will bring his posterity under my authority; "
::
6;
f o r j p h D.S. Gr. T. 1,p. 105, part. act. 8,f.
oT, I will destroy them utterly" (as locusts
,
One
who goes aside or retreats (with J\).
destroy everything where they alight).
S
P
21- aor. o. To beatforgame;
in the G o d n
4
1
1
.
nor. o. Tosin. c,rr n.a. sin.
is used adverbially, and means far be it, as
aor. o. 3'0$y around. A,: A fish ; Plur.
s
$!b, $L Far be it from God," or "God
forbid," D. 8. Gr. T,1, p. 532.
Something
- -.. / 5
7zI'; aor. o. To he in want of.
IT. To surround, ennecessary, a necessity, a thing, matter, wish, GG. aor. o. To guard.--!=\A\
.rq
i0
a
compass, compreheiid (knowledge), and hence
a want; 4j+,
L5jj +b 1; 12 V. 68,
'9
,P
to h o w (with L+ of thing) ; L
u1 I! 12
II
f;
Except for the sake of a wish (or to gratify
v. 66, " Unless ye be prevented," or "coma wish) in Jacob's mind."
.+
passed about (by some hindrance) ;" The verb
aor. o. To drive quic~Zy.--~Fd~X. To get
is here impersonal with an ellipse o f the subthe better of (with &).Ndte. Some verbs
ject, a common construction both in Arabic
whose second Radical is may be conjugated
and Latin, D.S. Gr. T.2, p. 129. &A part.
either regularly or irregularly in the 10th form.
r
5 9
act. One who encompasses, or comprehends,
JLaor. o. To return. J j hplur. of slJp fern. o f
P / b CF
j\L nor. o. To be cAanged, to pass by, go bitveen ;
J2=-\ both nouns of the 2nd declension, D. 8.

<//

&

/ / /

//

0 ,

fa

S W ~
9

>c

&c

(I

g~

,+

9G-y

&

,+

C~~

ic

./b<b

- / b ~

Gr, T. I, p. 360 ; I$ouris, a name given

to the
Maids of Paradise on account of tile spleadour
of their black eyes ; the word is derived from
&,; a form of;G D. S. Gr. T.1, p. 246, the
exact meaning of which is somewhat a matter
of dispute, but which is properly applied to the
blaclrness of eye seen in a gazelle; The words
5
5 9
ue
it). which occur several times are generally t~anslsted" (Damsels) having large blacli
eyes ;" Literally, " Blaclr-eyed (damsels) wit11
/

I t (a bar) shall be passed between them and

what they long for; " The verb is here used
impersonally, D. S. Gr. T. 2, p. 129.
CL
and JP ~9 adverbial expressions meaning
((

jg

CI /

.-P

round about, and from around, see c c

and, ~
PC,
q, c19 Jy n .a. Power, a year.
A
change. &,., A plan, coutri~ance.-&,$z
n.a. 11. f. A change, a turning off, or turning

away,

'-b

4-

/ /

j&

40 )

$5;

+
P C ,

PC.'

monner which; d.+pWheresoever;

although st~viotlyspcalcing n nonn, is indcclinCc
able, and is alwtly~Sound as an allvcrl~Mid as
Intestines, &J
., -jJnr]r-colo,,red, frorn Gy
nntcceilont to sowe complc!nlcnt citlier uoxnirla.1
anotl~crf o r n of
To dc dark-coloured as
or vorbnl, 11. 8. Or. T. 2, p. 146.
dead hmbage ;Fr. " Fddll~morte."
;\;
nor, i. To nvcpt (with
or G~ for2* aor. i, a do111~1yilnpcr
p
9/b .
To Be astonish~h L,P
(2nd
&or.\;% fogTc To live (with &). ~51.
's
ctcclcnsion) Distrnctccl,
.Plnr. 'kl Living, IIIe or tllnt wliich livcth,
s
$& nor. i.Ib tzc~saside. Lwd
A placc or ~vc.ay
*.a
ali;e.
&+A
serpent.
B
5
Lift (clcnrl
correctly ij&Life. u\jtr
$& nor. i. I1o hnvc llcr eourscs (R aoltl:u1).
Tilt molli.llly ecluneb of' :l tvorn:m.
for >&
for ,dV
Life ;
John.
aor. is To b o urljn8t (vvilh uG).
My i f , , 8. Gr* T.
or, i.TO ~or1*k7tltir1,1lmn in, co1iqmm :lj.m~t

((2nd declensioh) for

4- nor. i. TOcollect.
S"
2%
D.
S.
Gr.
T.
1
!
p.
111,
plor.
of
<&
L

/ / /

t-4

G?).

fl

CZ

'

,-r

4
l

--//

0 b / ,

$ /b

e":

/c3F.

aa1utntion.-61 or
one's life, restore to life, give l i k (wiU~
and + or with dondle,aec.);
&-$
26 v. 81, c I IIo will restoro

G nor. i.3b nrrioc (the tbtc):). ?G,

*I

"

76 v. 1,

.. #

# f r /

Ir

,.+

acc. part.

4-%

&
~~oatlrlcd
of i.$p. !
S or ~1,;

Woxn

w k m c ~BoeVQr, f~~~
lilfico ~ h o l i c
t11c p l a o ~wherc, from the tiinc wllon, in n

&G

lliilllllill

&+

OIIC

Dasld-ulncas,

Whcrc, wherever, wl~illlcr;

"

$
?
,;
When, ut tllc tiltlc; ol'; 111rcitlgJ1!(ori~rl~vlicllU R C in
~ tliia H ~ I ~ S C i 8
l
l
i 1 8 , + Y 2,
! I ; At l l
c
v. 6 tlic mortls
l i i~alo~~g
prcrlict~*ly10 Llrc
nest Y(!TAO.
TIICII,a/; tlmt time, c01ll-

oSl4inr.

bXc,

s5

(CN

tinle;

a L i m ~of' tlogli-

gt?nce8"~ . ~ . W ) I O
t 1I1I porq~lc
~
WCFC not

part. ncl. Onc who rcstwes to

l i f ~ . " - - ~ + L ~X. To aavc alive; to Lc n

(with
of tliing or w i
9

l ilna, as

A qmcc of

OH v. 1.1, " In

G+c

b 5
s by
@ for &an

El

r l

1). 8.Gr. 'r. 1,

.'i

of ;@
I r n p ~ ~ ~ *filldly
i t i ~ ~or,,
"+'
~ v i c ~ i eU~illgs
(1
or ~ c i i o t i ~RO+
; J&I+

act. of fLL q . ~ .

d!ACCg
plar.

43

#4*%

fom. 0f3G i?xr SjG,B ~ 3%.

C
@P
F
gb hid&. + 3n.a.rThat wllich is hidden. + B)pro?jc,andp; nor. o, 2% l~nnfdo.p~n.8. '
r,
Undcmtaudiny, knowloilgo.
131ur.iL;\
+;l'o Aumb bono'sseLf(b@ra 004,
t o acq~~icacc.
f L %
Novv~, tiding@,rulmrl.
ICz~owi~ig,
Onc
-hz-i-\ IV. snmo aa u+ ((Will
or J).
wllo lirlows, or iri uctjuaintcd with.
part. not. Ono who i~urnbloshiuJsoli+
i
r
Urcnd.
nor. i, IPo mahr fircad.
Dad, cvil, wiclicd.
A+ TO Lo bad. LC&
'+#

?4

.$
t,

>

fld

4%'

$ &

N #

LSfi

2
#

.b%

6 uor. i. To stamp with the forejfect.-bj-

'
6 z

f
I

V.
properly, l ' o strike with tile fore$eet; at 2
v. 276 it means to drive one mad, strike wit11
confusion, to infect, or simply, to destroy.
& 5% dist~act.
A hindrance, corruption,
C,9/p:.
,
as 1\t;pl;i U 3 v. 114, "
will not fail
in corrupting you."
qL aor. o. To be extinct.
S G 8
35 aor. i. and o. To deceive. J k A~ perfidious
man.
at
PA. nor, i. To seal (with &).FGz AW Qseal;
c o P ,
33 v. 40 Mo!iain~nad is said to be uf.ull \ "\A
I,"'
b
I6
Tllc seal of the propl~cts." ?L.+ A scaling;
tllc wax, clay, or otlicr substance used in seal$ 9 b /
ing. ?j&lpart.
* pass. 8ealcd.
"
Q
;\;nor. o. To makc an impression.
A. cheelr.
S
-t
P b 3 - 0 p /bs
J,&\
A. pit or trench ; The ~,A.&B\ Q \ s ~ \
spoken of at 8Gv. 4:)"The malrers-or Lords-

Jg

V Y

Tribute, maintenance. -&A. n.a. A getting

k

or going forth ;

EJA
\ r;;,

9 ~ - Q 9 & ,

The Day. of Re-

surrection. 7 2\& part. act. One who comes

S /?
forth. c J ~ d An issue, place of exit.-/ u s
EJA\ IV. To bring out, drive out, bring forth,
produce, stretch forth, cast forth (with ncc. and
3
5
+,
and 4,,
also with ol for ub of
J 9
,
5 / b
) A driving. out,
following verb). E > ~ n.a.

he^

4 , 0

<

A)

0) I

/-0

espolsion, bringing forth.

*Cd

\ P

wy,

part. act.

(t,

S/$d

One who brings forth, elc. ryd

part. pass.
One who is brought forth, etc, ; also The place
froin wheiicc, or time a t which anything is
P
b Z
bronght forthl; ~~9
E+4 *-A \ 17 v. 82,
P
" Bring me forth !from the grave) with a
8956
S I ~:i\X. TO t d ~ cout,
favournlile ex$,
/<, d i)
t a l a forth.
o f tlie pit of fire" were tho servnn ts of l$ I J,
6;
quadriliteral, To chop up meat. Ji>
A Jcwish tgraxit who canncd a number of'
Must;arct-seed.
Cl~ristianeto be burnt alive.
u"fi aor. o. To ygzless, to tell lies. vJ-"+6~ A liar.
E_J~ 8
0
'
.
a. 2! covcr ovcr, deceive. $G part.
net. One wlio d c e ~ i ~ c s L
. - - ~ c 111;
) k TO en- ?bJ& quadriliteral, To strike o n the nose. ;,bF
A proboscis or nose.
dcavou~to rlcccive.
/ b Z
$&+ plus, C ) \ xqZlals,
~ ~
lovers ; no d y aor. i. and o. To rend, make a hole in, feign,
falsely attribute.
vcrbrzl root,
in a storedousc, 6 a r ~
or ~&eas~r?/*
aor, 0,To dis3ppoint, lcavcwithout asnist- G@ TO
6
-.
9 9-0 ,
? ,
d , ~ j(2nd
, dcclcnsion) plur. of a
p
j A treanncc. JJ& One who clcaerts his friends, a
J-"
,
sury, trcasurc, atorehouse, magazine. u~\d.
Traitor. $A&& part. pass. Dcstituto.
a
part. act. One who lays in a store, Or k~Cp8a
/i
nor* i, 0, yo 7fiaRe a noise in $yjl?/in~(an
store of anything (with J of thing); Plur.
eagle); to fall dowll (with
uG,OP
s
L$L I<ccpcrs.
-/; [lb strihc or pierce the cur, to l ~ waste.
y
8 r /
A laying wastc, n rnnliing dcsolato and 2-2aor. a. To be disgraced. ~ j +n.a. Bharne,
/c, %
4
.- <" s
P /C,S
r a i ~ l o u a . - - ~ ~1V.
i l To iizy waste (with acc.
disgrscc. &;A\ for dpl D.S. a r . T . I, pp.
and +),
110 and 403, coml?urativo form, Noro d i ~ ,
'
B
c f l - ;
IV. To cover m i l t sham@,
Epaor. o. To go out, go forth, come fort11 (with
/

/0

(a

JJ~z:
@ /

,/

+'/#

+-I,+'

/ 0

///

9,

~k

0 #/

a,'

+-

8,

t,

&,

rrc

J)r

$ ,l

* # r *

/ f,

&'&

\LA

( 49 )

3:). ;.m +To distif?gz~isAas particular;

$ /

k P

diqyaco (with ace. of pers. and

$2

Pnsa. To he

i?z

a.

m d in connoxion wit11 a co~nplcment

711mlt.
Pmticularlg, peculiarly.
is z
n.o. Po~cr(.~.--+!
TTIII. To bestolv npon
I I " ' ~ act. Olio who puts to shame.
S .
any o ~ l cin n l~ccalinrltlnrlnLhr,appropriate to
Lrc nor. a. Y'o rlricc amfly, to Lo rlz~ll-the scwses ;
(rvith v of thing rind nco. of pcrs.).
to 1~ drivcri awny (with +
,),
as \ y j l 03 v.
nor. i. To s c n togcthcr-j~roy,, a sol+-(with
110, " I lo ye driven away," impornt. plur. for
ncc. and &).
.J
~LCL
theI lln~nzn
,
bcing clinngctl ial.0 in ,,,
-Aaor. i. S;lb ham the hest ilz l x ~ 2all-crccttian.
ctinscqt~cllccof the (~ammn,r n d the scrvilc r
An nclvcrsnry. nbtc. 'l'liia word is usad For
I)t:i~lgtlrcrppcd, L).8.Or. T.1, pp. 06 nlld 1.04.
l.lot,l1~illgliI;lr,
flll%l, %~k(l
plllr:ll, t ~ l ~ t lthe
g l ~~ltltkl
"2
c* ..
csdk. 1':u1I.. zt(:t.. 'ilila(, wllicll is rlull, itlso that
+,\A& i s :tlsc) i i ~ i ~ l ilk
t l t,hc lic~ri'ii~k,
iis :LL 38
wliic11 ict drisol~niv:Ly (from society).
w. 2 1, ~ vlcrc
l ~ I ~ C P ii.~
C :ln cIT i p o t'~tllc~ ~ I F O T ~ C I I I I ~
,
.!, .
WI*" :I,.'l'o i ~ n ~ l i~* ol ~~
n4,lic
r righi, R ~ : L J ~Lo
) 1)~
9 ,
1
1
;
colllci~t.ion~
~~cl*;ion.
A
:,
,
(lt~ncivcd,u~tliiir loss, itrsc, pcrisll. Jw?1 i . t ~ .
(lifillui(JT.--+& I
11.a. IIT. 1'. Col~torllio~l,
tliu,/
..,
I~osn, 11 lr~siilg collccnl. ,LAam1 L,bh~
.I ~ ~ t c . - -n.n.
~ ~VI.k I:~ M l l t ~ l : ~~li~p~lting
l
find
i
I
I , I
>*\A.pni8tact. One wire
+ /
,,,
d
lTIII, 311i~
wntldi.r:$ li*otn t . 1 1 ~ ri{rl~lway, n loscr.
":i r ( : c r i ~ l i i ~ i : ~ l , i u ~ i , - ~ :~~&t\ ~(y$X'E::~HOIZ iijr ~ I I c ?I:LL~,OY
lirr~n,.rvI~i(:Ii uccnrrj ttt 30
cnrlll~:li':1t.iucfi~rril,!I11ic vcntcst; loser, olic! who
21"{* 1i.n.
v 4 , ir; gival~11y i l o R:toy in his flmolnls~,
PITJ ~ . : x c : t ! ~ ! ~ l i r ~ g l ~
~ , -11,
~ ~S,~ -A 1 0 ~ g . *
~Ll*iw!tl~~gci,l~c;r
by
\ iV. '1'0 ( 1 i 1 ) ~ i t l i (:I
d ~q ~ ~ : ~ n t i tgive
y ) , ~11[1rt, T1I, 1, 11,!Jb43) 'IT()(liq)~lt(?,
I*
, I.p
wny (ll'disluifi? nr IiLiyaLion (mill1
,+, OF
I
.
pk* p:krt, act. Ono wlio gives
/

.i+.+L4

.cY

' k d

$
..

,+*
Id

r'

P
+

v-,,

I, @

!,

e l , p

tI

.
I

,
M
'

@.

fr

.#

#.

>,

* rS~J).

f4!l(~t'f, Ifll!:1f3111'(?.

r,

GL :lor. i, 2, brcak wood, ell t on' tlic l1lon1.xfrom

A s . :~c,r., i. '.Po l ~ l l r ynnr! brt~lcnkllLlic cnrblt, mn~a

[)art.prkss. i)cpl*ivcdof'tllom~.
n trcc. Q,ki-u
tlii! f:ru*tl~to H I Y : L ~ ~ ~111)
J \ Y (will1 L+
OS tllc I)I:PSOI~ +
: I , ,
7 b 2
.
r;..; C;r~:ou I I E ~ ~ P ~ .
lrllrl net:. of' bxJi)
; t o iro ae1ipskl (tllc i i i c r n ~ ) .
f
3 i fi!ln.
~ p11118. ( ~ 1 '
U~OPI~.--~+L*
,*:+,
u fan.
+
P
I ,
1 i xo
rv
v)
ptbri,, IX,i;rl'littL rvllicl\ h ~ ~ W I I .
,,
111 { ~ r
l t c ~ ~woo(1)
~ g l ~I,~I~IIJCP.
pa"'.:L.'l'o ilc 11111111110 n r d lolrrly (willi L+).
&&
nrjr. 8 ~ .Yir h:loio n~ htrnabk:, to llnxlll,lc olick&~LL~ I ~ I , Y [ a
, , :L. OIH!~VINI
i s s t t l j i ~ ~ i ~ i(ivi~h
~ i v oJ).
*'
L
A
1 i
J
I
i
i \
Li firrr. 0. ((f, (Zj*a,u /inr:u, 111 write (nit+lk u).
1
rrct. O m who ilnlrtblca lli~llficlf; OP iii 'LL 2b c l l , ~ t S C Z ~ ~ ~ pot
- - G ;&
k UOP. ;L.9b
.*Lei
*
.
iid(:(:i.c:d; ILL 4 1. v. 30 1110 pnssngo ~ ~ p \ j dy
U
-G
t~1012y. L5 ~ T I . : L . Ail CI'POP, PuIIC, in. 2
,,
L . 111usl bc rcr~llcrctl" Tiron fiocnt tiic
fi:~ut>
#H '
L+; $G
pIt~r*
ljy tj1it+tJn,I~t:. ~ L L
P
,
WWI 11 I I ~ , ~ * E ~ Lfbri(1
: J ~ ~42s01:kt~
;" L ~ I I I T .
:I,I~c~
s ( A J , I I I , , t ~ l c ! Iiniti ~5
11(!i11g
c:lk:~~l~gt:(l
i ~ i \h I ~ ( $ ( ~ ~ L I ~~H~Gx * i : t ~ t ~by
~lt:~i
G,y$
5
:LW.it. '1'0 lbnr ( w i l l 1 ncc. or wit11
i n tllo
o t , l ~ cd~ ; 11.H. UI~.T,1, p. 111. '%&prtrt.
..
l,*fjz
~ C R K UUP 1081). -'6
BDLLI'.
ach. One wllu sins, LI t)il~li~~~,
ni~l6tl.-~L\IV,
#

s6

I,

r*

c,

'F

I,

Ll

Lq

. I

(i

(.

Ji

ct

rg

* . ,&

' I

+
*#,"I

t m m

f4

""i.

r*

\LA

pl;

43 )

To be in error, to sin (with L+). :&\L said

to be a n.a. Habitual sinfulness ; or it may be
S

regarded as the fern. of &G and agree with

0c,S
Jh11 understood, as at 69 V. 9. Note. The
i is not unfrequently added to nouns to give
intensity ; D. 8. Gr, T. 1, p. 322, note (3) ;
see also T, 2, p. 279, note.
4.h
a"* 0. 3'0 o$Cr '9
Sfate Prcl?/cr called
S
11.31. A matter, thing, business.
S
n.a. The demanding a woman in mar?.'iage.--bb111. TOspeak to, rtdd~css(with
acc. of pers. and jof subject). &G+. n.a.
9,P,,
A discoul~se;L+\Q \ & 36 v. 10, "Asound
judgment in legal matters."

and
aor. a.
5
To be biddell (with GL of pers.). 22
u,
6.IIidden, as u+-q J b
42 V. 44, "Askance,
/ /

wit11 a
ZLTt
\
forS
L
01.

R /

&&

&
/

8.

'

To ntared quick(y
<:

((a

eclfilel),

To

snatch, anatch away.

& Somcll~ing
' Q-'::
snatchcd away by stca1llh.1.-&a
V. To
snntoh away, carry off, despoil.
id

aor. o. To m d c a stop forward. AsG

9
p
plur: of i , h A step.
S
& aor. i. To bc light. L&.$P ~ LdG+
I~.
Light.--LA&- 11. To mdce light, lnalre things
easier (with
of' pcrs. and acc. of thing).
.^ $5.
- 4 s n.a. An alleviation.-&&\
X. To
tl~iulror find light and caep, indooc levity in
any anc (with acc, of pcrs.).
~,LL&L
2'0 6c qz~icto~ s i l c m b - - c j l ; 111. To spcnlr
//
in a low voice (with U ) . - ~ i \ s VI. TO con.vcrrre in a low t o l l ~ .
aor. i.To rcr~zain 'ia a place ; to lowcr
(with acc. of thing and J of pore.), as
$,t

Gi

.'/

&

kp(

/ 0 c r

&&

&b

15 v. 88, " llldiavc with

hmnility,-LiteruZly, lower tliy wing-to Bie
truo bolievcrs." $)& part, act, That wllioll
1l~zlrd~lca,

eSdi
**,

iteaItby
glance ;" \*
1o secret.
g;\comparative form, More
.b'/bTt

llidden. <?\& A secret action.

In
/ L S
secret.- dk \ IV. To hide, conceal ((with ace.
td "
r '/b
and Uj; or J) ; TIle
lie+
31\
5\
20 v,
by
translated f i I want but little
of concealing it," and by others "of malring
it manifest ;" The iv, f. being used in both
<
sense~.--&~l
X. To lie hid (with &).
LC(+?
Pk*Unpart. kt. One who tries to hide himselE
%or. i. and a, T'o be ican (maat).
P~P.
584 A ea~nelcntglring his second fear ; sce
also undor iii.mf.
Friendship.
,,
frienil, an epithet of Abrztlinm, tlio friend of
Cod ;' Plur.
(2nd declension), D. S. Gr.
T. 1, p. 368.-JG. 111. To 8efTiendly towards
any oze.
n.8. Friendellip ; Jh$ is also
plnr, of &,in which sense it means the
middle or inner parts, nsJ\;,J1 \ J@The inner
4~

some
-'b

WA

zq

&?

34

0 w - 0

ptd

rC

'&-

3 aor. i. To make nzok&s$,

aj

nputrnents,
nor. o. To bc eternal, live f o ever,
~
remain for
S
9
G P P
ever in a plncc (with d;).A&- and d j k
Etwnity, etcnlal life. iik p a ~ t act.
.
Living
56
p
for evor, etc.-~\&
pai3t, pass. 11. f, Made
3
imxnortal, or ot;eriinl.-11Ssl IT. To render
immortal; To incline towards (with J!).
nor. o. To Lo pura u~zdsincee, to arrivo 'at ;
12 v. 80, " They lleld a secret oonfcl.encc."
$,\& pmt. act. Tilrrt vhich i s
pure ; proper and peculiar.
Peculiarly.
%
--&;\ IV. To purify (with acc. of pera. and
b

,/

s4

1-4\,x

*qG.

/ x

(*

+), &OW flin~~rity

in relipion (*th

neo. of

b
.. h aucoesaor, lieutonant, piear ; n name
,

tiing
and J
of
,

~ ~ pure
f i given to sovcrcigna fi6 vieegcrcnts of God, also
t a f he sticctlsdors of n!o~~al~imad;
TIw terrninam d undefiled ; The naae of the 112th ehnpter,

ia hela in especia
venerntion,,
part, ~ tOne
,
the
rind
mO+ F
of hiafaith, +put, pfiss. Purified,
sincerely r e l i g i o n s . - ~ ~X. To tnke
entirely to oneJa-Bclf
illing
J ofyera.).
'
-/,
k plur. of L..,
L Thoee
nor. i. To mix. S
vlo are mixed up (in b ~ s i n e a n ) . - ~ k 111.
To mix one's-aclf np in tho nfitira of otllcrw
,,
(wiW~acc.).--k&!
VIII. Ta he lr~ixotlwit11
(with v).
tlor, a. To J P ~ WoiT, put off.
nor. o. To Ba fiehind, come ahcr ; to succcttl
(with LsJ:) ; t o do a &ing lrci~indone's 1)ncIc
(with acc. of pera, and thiag), n g nh 1 Y, 141);
Ta zct as dcpu ty (with ~ C C of
, pcra, an41 t;?3,
bP
3
as
7 v. 138, " l)o tllall net iA
Illy
dapoty."
A aoooooding peucrnlion ; "
by<
13eltlincl, from bob intl, after, ~ u c -&L,
, 4-.P
cceding ;ry.+w?.&l
1 n13 v. 104,"TIIORI!
,
who are coming n2cr thcm," refer# to B~oclc
for whom the liononr of mnrtyrdom ie yct
,c
reservotl. I &-: Aftcr, behind ; G&z
l 1j
v, 25G, "That which is yct to come rlporr
thcm." d& part. act. Ono who ~ t n y or
~,
aits behind anathr. 2%17110 contrnry ;
On apyositc ~ i d c a;&+
! 111oppolrition to.
A diffcroncc;
$5 v. On,
(I
For a distinction, or to follow one anolllcr ;"
~ e 0tho comcsponding pnsnngo in Clone~im
F /.1 . 1, v 4 . dJ+
(2nd dccicnsia?~)pl~ir. &i
of @G, gcncrnlly translnlcd " Wornon," o9
being those who stay bollind in cnsc of mr,
//ClOtr

00 #

d*/

4 0 *

a
-

b r

(.

&>
@

lion i mlds cnergy Or hltcnaity to lho sxprrsaion,

-. ,
D.S. Dr. T.1,]1.39 ; ~I'ILTL'. d!k%nd ;&:
l
r
l
d
tlcdcnsion,
n.
8,
Or.
but11 words ~f
"*Y
T. 1, 11. 402.-=
11. To lcrrvt! hcl~ind.
p ~ r I~:L",
t
1;~ft bl!llind.-dj~L 111.
f
I o 1 1 1 1 ~ 1 0( ~i v~i t l ~
nt!ccrIc to IrvitIi acc. of

"

r> d

#,...I

.+

.u +4j\ 11 v.
P

"6
dJ!:&'.c+\ , i yi I;
90, " I will l l r ~ tII(IE(~I~C[,(I
E

1--T

pvm, nwl
I

I,

- -

in wEtn18 I Ii~rlrirF yorr, &!I+

t1.n. v. sttprd.
r>c I
-LLG
I IV, 1.'(1Iirrlak 13~cprnlt~ist!givrn i.o
:111y rrilr! ( t ~ i l l arc,
i
nf pcird. null tllillgr ; Al :l.t
y , !H ii, ~ r t ~ It8
~ rwt.or~
i t ~
twill1 ficc,) ; 111 tlic
v
:
I'a~sir*c.;;L-@!211 v. 97, " IL-lhc lvtraiscalin13 rlr l t , I)(! Ilrc~lrrw fijr f hsr ;" Fnr thr: con~ t r ~ l c t irtf
o ~llhlllrly frnn~ifivaV C ~ ~irtB t l ~ o
pnlisivr: lor oJljf*~.f
iw!) VO~CC,tlw Xl!~~~rlr!r
11lny
coilstllt 1). H. (ir. 7'. 2, p. 131,
p~rL,
nch. O r ~ r !IY~III ltrrrtk~II~R
flrorniae; for tho conI
Y ~ P ! I E I I I I I I L ! ~ ?&,
~ , &
;14 Y, 6 1 NCD
~ I). 8.
" r
Ur. 'I'. 2,p, I t ; 7 , - - 4 . 1 t*, T o rcmfiili lat!l~irul
'
(1vii11 $=I,-&
\ \' 1I l. 'I'o clifi~igrl!e,(lillkr
(lvi(ll
).
3 k L ! n.~.IJircclily, uiaisritt~de,criritmlilialior~. w
>.I,, + part, net. I)illi!ri r t ~crrio ~siISl nntrtljrr, vnric~lta, tlin*rr?eJrlir*
fcnmb; ]plll 1110 P O ~ C ~ P I T F dl
L ~ ~&; (; Y+
142, '"V~F.JIOHI~
fi10~1is nl" rnriatls k i l ~ d ~ ,RCO
"
9 ) . H, Ilr. 'I',2, pp, 70, 107, nntl 270.-49
&u\ X. Tu lnulrc n nllceePaor, cnrim tu
R I ~ C C U C(1vit11
~~
ncc, nrrtl &I, &iUYI
pnrt,
~NIR. M ~ I I n
! I\IECPPIIOP, or inllcril~r(wif,ll L;I).
nor. o, Yo irtnrusurr. rrcrrrmtcly, rind d f l ~ i ci d ~
tlimt~~nminm
tfnnytlitig, l o arcale, prodam3 (with
.***
uce, u u i l d , +I,
or
&L n.n+ collcct.
:7 q;

t r

r.

'.*a&

-4.

I.

l,,~,
2).

&I

To szldside
( a swelling), To de empty (the
200
2lelly).
Hunger.
G z aoo. i. To haEf-~omt(meat).
n.a. Bitter.
9
nor. a. To stink >$+ A pig; PlureJ3,b
.
(2nd declension) Swine.
1
3aor, i, and 0, To renzainhehind, h& away.
SGi
creates; J ~ s y ~ hCreator,
e
one of the names - u;l The Stara in general, or, according to
3
some, the five Planets Saturn, Jupiter, Mars,
of Go& gll; A portion, full share of happiPG/+
6 ,
Y
Venus, and Mercury, because they have a rencss. jl& 1 Tlic Great C r e a t o r . - - t u * fern.
trograde as well as a direct motion.
part, pnss. 11. I: Well and perfectly formed,The Devil, because he hides himself at the
&
; $-! n.a. VIII, f. A lying device.
name of God,
aor. o. To Be empty, clear (with J), free, alone,
5 H L P
;
c
.
;
To strangle.--&An part. act. VII. f. That
alone with (witli j
\
; to
)pass away, to have
c5
wllich is strangled.
bceil in osistencs or in force in forrncr timcs ;
9 / P
aor. o. To low lib an ox.
A lowing.
in tho lilttcr sense it appears at 48 v. 23,
PC,..u
&k nor. o. To plunge into, wade, e n t e ~into-a
jij ~ ; ' 7ek & ii'51; To be proper to or
disco~~rse,--engagein-a discussion, or vanity,
belong to (with J,
also witli c$)
; to light on
,
--(with >)." ~ o t e .After ,$kthere is fres vacant place (with &;I; tllia or the prequcnWy an ellipso o f tlle compIlement.
cecliiig mould seem to be the literal meaning
n.a. A wading, engaging in (pain discourse).
5
Q
of the pa~sago>$ \&u J !35 v. 22. L../G
$
T
,L part. act. One who engages in vain*
fern. of j
& for
part. act. That which
discourse.
P ..-/
PRcr
118s passed a ~ a ~ . - - ~ ' 11.
X To empty, make Lh& for d
,
i
aor. &\& for L-?j+, D. 8. Or.
b9'
5 ,
clear ; pL+ $\;
9 v. 5, C I Dismiss them,"
T. 1, p p 113 and 115, To fear, dread, appreLiteral&, " Clcar tlleir road."-&,& V. To
hcnd (\~iitliacc, and with ,
; of pers. in sense
offor; or witli ur. or ~2 in sonso offiom;' it
be clear and empty.
is likewise found with acc. of pcrs. and u of
2 nor. o. To yct lorn ( a j m ) , to faint away and
I
thing ; also with w\ of following verb, or with
die. %G part. act. Extinct, dead.
i"?f*-':
acc. and
L-+ n.8. Fear, dread. --,l,
+aor. i. and o. To cover OVEY, fortent.
5
part. act. One who fears, afraid. &+ Fear ;
fern. Wine.
plur. o f ; k A co~erinp,
p
Out of fear.--+
XI. To cause to fear,
nnd especially a woman's head and face veil.
,,
masc.
frighten, terrify. -,$
n.&. Terror ; ,?
L
aor, o. To taRe a fi$til part.
,,iii
'
~ c r *
c
r
~ c r r
end il*uj fcm. Five, see a p . u+,
I n order to terrify (Beln).--u2& V. To Be
O P P
frightened, to diminish 8y ta32ing &may cy purb.
Obliq~~c
Fifty. & A fifth part.
q& ~2
n.8.
15i216 v, 49 may b e .
$9LTho fiftb.
noun, Creatures, created things, especially
345
mankind, a creation, lying device ; L k aA1
37 v. 11, " Stronger by nature ;" At 36 v. 68
the word *.G
9 would seem to stand for
II
. Old age."
A natural disposition,
manner or habit. J,G- p a t . act. One who

iJ

fib,

fl

r /

r /

.,/d

I
I

sa

/
,

fl

;c

/ #

b r

'

/ 0

2,G

i/

.r

C,

& /

;I).

z.4

Ff

$4

&xq

U,S 4s
;

/.

5 ,

/G

J+aor. i. a doubly imperfect verb, ?'a 68tu~22bl~d

down (a Botrse), it& for
Fern. ~*.J,?(A
/

rendered " By taking away a portion of their

goods or profits," or according to Sale's version, " By a gradual desfr~lction."
S
5
&-aor. o. To he@. y\LPlur. J\,i\
A maternal

s,&,

I
:
,
.
.

part, act. That wllioll is utterly ruinous, wnatc,

.
and tumble-down ; fallfin down (witlr ,,i;).
&&.aor, i. To ba disal~pointerl,frustnrtel.1, LO bc
b
p ~l
ri
f .net. Unc
in a hopcless stntc. -?
wllo is in a 1lopt:lcss statlo.
,,
nor. i. llb 60 i72 good circu??ls[nfie~s,
to 6s
:,&
*
fnaoumble to. $6, Pcln. ,
i+-LC i ~ t :igl*~cl~
F

.'I' To

#a

di'i A
Auntn-JjA
bestow favours on (with double ace.).
;G &or.o. To deceive, be unfaithful to (with aco, of
pers. and L.+); to violate (an engagement), as
GP
,..-s \ g P, zH 8 v 27, i t Nor violate your
\
cove~lants." N.B.
is here s difijunctive
5
5
; also ilclfer, i~clst,firr $&',I,
ttblc, Plur.
particle.
*.a. A deceiving, treachery ;
tlic 'ibeing oulitlcd on nocoun t ;f Llle fi+ctl~cc~it
, P'P.
.*
U!J
72) " And if "ley
use of $110 won1 ; N.D. ~ j ~ i ' i l ltllcur!
k
colrr ll:wativo
desire to deceive thee ;" tile n.a. being here
a
it
iw
cnrnmnrnl
1.0
all
illl(f.
~ iw~ n i f i e i ~ t i-o ~-.-l .- --- .--- -- - - -- - - r~enrlr!r~;
---P
put for the verb; D. 8. Gr. T. 2, p. 163.
1 &otl t,llillg~~
g00d ~ O l ' l i ~ ~
nlml,t!rfl.
i? -,
t
5
I
;
part.
act.
One
who
deceives,
a
choat,
uc
5
? 1 cblltrtr*r.;
5-5 Clloico, 1
Ps
k B added for salrc of
treatherous. ~ , with
i~
for CJ33&G f), H.(ir. T. 1,
at Gll v. 38
energy, D.S. Gr. T.17 13.922 ; same ineaning
p. 1231.-Jb~j6 1'11 I. l'o choos~,clinr,so liwm
sLS,b,
as u;\& ; or it may ape; wit11
OP 5f;j
tntG ol' (witfi cto~il,lenar:,, 11,q~)~ i f l :ti:/:,
l
~ j f ' Irr!rri,
9.%'4;/
9/b/
understood, thus, e
l\ &?,lsikt40 Y. 20, I
f
a
or thing ello~entali( ,Jd.
Literally, " ISe knoweth the deceitful of eyes ;"
~ G - a o ri., ~ l .se?s.
h
&& A ~IIIWUI*
A ILP~:~II~:~
For the construction of the Participle (verbal
adjective) with the genitive, 6oe D. 8. o r . !l'. 2,
27 a ,
p. 183. J+ A perfidious person, a traitor.
VIII. To deceive, dofraud ; &*$
GP/pba
P /c+*
v. 107, " Tllosc who defraud
fl& 1 \ + h4~
one another ;') Literal&, " who mutnully
defraud themselves ;" the eig11th form boing
here put for the sixth, wlriclr i s not usod in
rlclr r
this verb, D. 8. Qr. T. 1, p. 138.
'
A
A puvhio~l.
e x

e.#t.

.+

'

z&

PC I.

,(J*

-&

*-

WP

rlrc r5

a.$'

4,

" " ' G J C L

* q

8'

"8

pri

I -

lr

- 4

."'#

$G+

--G\*z!

47; aor. a. and o. To de diligent.

5.-

47; 45 &or.i.BIO yo

and
A state, cuetom, manner, wont: qK Accord8s+w ,
ing to custom* qt?$l
part*sob,
+J
;

,(

Both o f whom diligently porform their work.

" Phrl 2
GVGL~~J
#

~ / ~ r b i ( l ? /C, I Y I I ~ ~ I ~

nr nri

"

Wllnl~acvorrnnvallk un Llln cnrtll, c:xl)ceirilly

bcn~taof b~~r(lon
; h mirnelgloirs fgcrl~ti~ fi]tr~l;~!ri
offit 37 84, whicll iH tu bc ona of hllo Pigup@
o f tikc laat Yay.

T5 The back,

// r

'
p~
aor.

a. To be small, vile, and of no value.

part. act. That which is orbecomes small,
The
4?JLAX! irom behind. J\;d\ plur. of;
vile, or of 110 accougt.
back, the last, extremity, that which comes
rC,s
.4G F//
eor. o. To enter (with acc. also with
or
after ; \B~\;J\ b ~ i4j v. 50, " And we &d
with u?); to go in unto (with acc. of place and
render them after tlie manner of their hinder
of per^.) ; to join one's-self in company
parts," i.e. smooth and without featupes ;
9.4
p +
~ c d
with (with y),as at 5 v. 66 ;pM4 \+J
50
v.
39,
"
At
the
end
of
prayers;"
I
c<
They entered into-your society-with inalluding to certain snpererogatory observances
fiilelity ;" with u it also signifies to have
which may be made or not after the evening
S
connexion with, in whicli sense it occurs at
? - \ The
~ extreme, last remnant,
Prayer. J .
s/
r G ,477.27, J A Vice,corruptionofeithermind
~
uttermost
11. To dispose, manage,
+/
5."
or body; U ~ Falsely,
J
fraudulently. &\i
govern. j
LW part. act. One who governs, etc.
' tz
,
//bZ
part, act, One who enters in.-&a\
IT. To
-3~1IV. To tom the back, retreat.
n.a.
introduce, cauw to enter, lead into (with acc.
.,:P
'
*.-pj+J
52 v. 40, Literally, "At the waning
of pers. and d,,
or with double acc.). &an
of the Eltars ;" thc words refer to certain
part. pass. Introduced, also Time oreplace of
5 /L5
obscrvunces after morning Prayel; see J4 J 1
entering in ; D. S. Or. T. 1, p. 308; &,>T
D c j P
I:&
& A 17 V. 82," Cause me to enter (the
4A. part. act. One who turns his back and
'5'
s +,
f
retreats.-dl;. and!:;
Y. D. 8. Or. T. 1, p.
grave) with a favourable entrance," see E/.
.s/ $ P
220, To mcditet;e upon, understand, consider.
-&~vI noun of place VIII. f. A place of
5, b P
s;a P
retreat, see &a,* s v ~ r d .
35 To put forth Zeavcs.---;a~
part, act. V. f. &e
who wraps llimself up in a garment ; The name &a aor. s. and o. To smoke. :g;Smoke.
of tllc 74th cllapter, in whicli Mohalnmad is @ ' aor. i. and o. To give nzucd 9niB (a camel), to
5
s
aiidrc?sscd by thin name ; He is said to have
shine.
Shining. Jb+ An abundant
bocr~tliua wrapped up when accosted by the
rain.
Angd Gabriel.
L d aor. a. To drive off, put off, avert (with
S 9 9
aor. a. Ilb driue alvay. j J r J n . a . Arepelling;
VI. for
D. S. Gr. T. 1, p. 220, To
a P I
b,&~
37 v. 9, " To drivc (them) away."
;).
strive one with anotller (with d
9
P
5
.,
Jp.*.
part. 11ms. Driven way, rejected.
sstp ; in thc
GfJ aor. o. 2% ivalh, go. dTJ"
+.a ~ Q P .8. Ib ex(m2ine into, slip, t o he weah (an
5or&n it frequently means a step in rmk,
part,
act.
That
whicl~
has
ajyunzent).
honour, or authority ; n degree of honour or
'
6
happiness; &--5 and
By degrees (of
9*b%
by an arpnrneut, condclnn (with acc. and u). honour) ; d?;l~
Q V. 20, Of higher
s/c,r
part. pam. 01x0who is condcmlied or
degree," Literally, " Superior as to degee."-'A L * ~X. Ib m o ~ egracZual2y; conaign to n
EJ
;nor. u. and o. To spread out, expand, tra?zsitivc.
gradual punishmc~lt.

A J To 6e 6eAind.
PI'

hinder part ;

5 'LZ

'

>,

/ /

,&

+,&
4

rJ9b-u

r 9

Jqi!

1,44

^ON

C,

b f

4 4

/@

b ?

80

sj

r G

g).--

$0'

5\51

/--

J~~

t c

.4#

L\J;
J=c

/ I

++

#'

t c 0 ,

/b/u

Pcl

4'

YP P

to study, read 0withJ,. aor. o. To ram in. p3 plur. 0f;Li.j O~ICIIZII

attention (with ace. also with LSjj). * g \ ; ~ or Palm-trcc fibres with wlliclk stlips ar.re

) / /

~ V J J&or, O. To 6e obliterated;

Attentive study.
Enoch, so cnlleil
from his great learning; this word is found in
the IiorAn of the 2nd declension, D. 8. Gr. $i
T. 1, p. 404 ; Freitag in his Dictionary spell8
i t with the tanween.
Ib folloa up,overtukc. ;&
; n.a. Tilc act or
9
r
following up; gi; dli; 1 2 0 v. 80, " T l ~ o o
art in no fear of being ovcrtalrcn (by tho
Egyptians) ;" &
;; aleo mains tllc l o w u ~ t
bottom, sc. " Dregs" (of ~oll).-dj$; ITr.
To overtalte, reach, attain unto, comprc?lrcncl.
=i'=-td p
ctiJ~c.part. paas. O ~ a r t a l t o ~ ~ . - d ~ latrtl
&
d2:)VI. D.8. #r. T. 1, p, 220, To overtake, follow one nxlotller (with 3);to
rcaoh, comprehend; Tllo *2asaagoat 27 v. 68
rcplb
j>jP> fldJIJ I & is roild in vnriou~
ways and atliniis of several intcrprctntions ; it
may citller be rendorad " But tllcir knowlorlgo
has corrzprehandeti (~jornewbat) o f the life lo
come," or " Still leaa havo tiicy comprollontfcd,
ctc.," scc *

-I

;&
;

caalIi~d; accordilkg to olllers, Nails,

Q
8
0
'
.
a. Yb get no incrctrsc.- L&L) 11. TO
corrrq,t.
anor. o. To push, drive away wit11 violcrlco (with
&'.
nec. untl j!).t j 11.3. A tl~rostirtg.
nor. o. (Ib crrlt out, cdl, eldl upon ; to call far,
irlvcrke (with ncc. of' pcrs., v o f thing, nrld
j o f itbcc) ; ~ H ' R Ytor illril,c (wit11 ncc, and
r, I
J r~leowill1 $1, or with irce. lkrld u\)
; to
attl*il~lli'42
(\!4til at!t3* &lld J ~ ~ f Q ~; ~u G
( i: ~i i~) ~~ . ~
I
j " C i ! ! V . I$+!, l i r ! ~ l ~ ~ s I ( ~ t I).i4.Gr.
rlc,"
'
I, 4XI ; \p.d 1 i11viitk~~'1, per&. ~ i t ~ g ,
r
2 1 1
tlir: liriirl Alii' T ~ t ~ h q fir1
g
Z~ijlPor
,I
Alif c# ~rx*cce~*tit~~l,
I). S. Gr. T. I,
1'. i(
"J ; (+s, (11111 t ~ l t ~ ~l h~ I I ~ O W Ii! I~I \yV C ~ I I Inr
~
Alif of u l i i u ~ l ,
4 lrors. ~dilr.prct. 11. 8.
1 K 1
9 a 1
n.a. A cry,
Ikmylkr; will1 gin irflixctt Isonorin i t ifi ~~.vritlthxk
Y
p ~ \ I).H.fIr.1'.
~ d
1 , ~ IIH.
.
~GJAii~lkjft;r*
sltlkpliral iorl, ixtvoking, n~kirififbr, ctilliljg Illton
4

cj

/'

r/

r H @ l o

*ti r * ,

pa^ J Plur.

&;

t.Qt

% I *

\gi

(9

a(/

&

(2nd declension) from tllo Pers.

t;~,Money; a silver aoin, tho vnluc o f wllicll
has varicd considerably nt diff~rcnttimcg nlld
in diflarcnt places; tho weigl~to f tho /#gal
. dirllcrn ia fixed at $0'03 barleycorr~s.
r
ccz b r.
GJJ nor. i.To know; dJ31 Wlr)
21 YY. 100 an3
111, "And I do not k;low ;" for this ncyntivo
ueo of
soe D. 8. Or. T. 1, p. 520; tho
verb is usoil with am., nlao wit11 f wllothcr.-c,P .
LsJ~l IV. TO lnnlra to know, tcaeh (with aoc.
UP pcra, and w),
o. To hide (witb nee, atid >).

wtlo pmay~,ixlvitca, arttrltnwlg, cte.

tl%Pis a poctie liccnsct for &1$'?

a l 2 v. I h!'

"+

e
'

n I'rcnclicr;

11, H*C k 2$p*4u7*->21 VIIi* D e 8, CIr,

T, d, p. 222, Ta c l a l degirc
~ ~ ~ i(witli acc, sr u)#
9 r
i d ibr $
if.
i
8. UP.1'. 1, pa07, nor, rt. Pb 6c/tat.
423,
gd?Warmdl, wartn elol.)~iogrnndc o f ci~rricl'a
]lair ; Tilt3 f a ~ t l ,milk il~rjtXrairr~~nh
rlcrfved f~uxrx
onrnal~aro nll ~16sar:dolkder tho llftarl af ~ d d .
nor. a. 9b p~lah, pay ovc:r to (witli ucc, o f
T

gi

-t

# ,

t r

44

( 49 )

"

'.

dl)

thing and
; to repel, drive away, avert
rate, destroy (with Jg of peps. and u)
;
(with acc. and +).
n.8. The act of proOriginal root S; Y*pZasler.
.'/
Q
Q
4,
hibiting, prcveLtion ; wW I SA\ YJ $1 YLI
aor, o. To h t r o y . - - - ~ 11. same zap^ (with
5
c/
P
acc. also with
H& :..a. Destruction ;
ujy r p 2 ~
v. 252, " Unless God (had set)
c4
\rnbJ&& 17 v. 17, hen we destroyed
men to Binder one another;" The noun of
- action i s Lore used instead of the verb, and
it with
utter destruction."
5
governs the subject i n the gen. and the object YJaor. a. To sned teems. Y J n.a. A tear ; used
in tlie accus. case; D. 8. Gr. T. 2, p. 166.
with a plural signification, Tears.
part, act. One W ~ Laverts.-+\d
I
+=-,,a ZOP. 8, and o, To mound tAc 6min; hence, to
(with >)To defend.
destroy.
gr
eor. o. and i. To pour forti&vater).
Fi for yo
; Plur. $G9Blood; tho hamza here
-, , part*.act. That which pours forth or is poured
takes the place of final,, the word therefore
forth,
retainins the tanween ; D. S. Gr. T. 1, pp. 113
G/
and 402; + 5 L + u,$.dj Y 2 v. 78, "Ye sllall
&iaor. o. To pound into dust.
Powder, n
5,
- level bank of sand ;
not shed your blood," meaning " the blood of
Into powder. d;i5
2
one anotl~er,"
Level annd. 3gd (2nd declension) D. S. Gr.
CP
s
from tho %crsianJ\.?+, or more probably
T. 1, p. 402, A flat rnouncl of earth or dust.
from the Creck ~ ~ Y C ~ ~AL gold
O V , coin, a ducat.
.---$! VIII. f. of"$ for+ ij D. 8. Gr.
'L

b/

Co

9 L /

/ / c

uc).

C.L,

'

/'Q

/ C

b /

%\;

/ /

sij';

j_

&

-/

JS

see$

,
/
,

.-

d j a o 0,~ T , 40 mapB OY lo,, to draw near. u \ j

T. 1 , ' ~222.
. JG part. act. s e e j f j .
27
Fcm. &;\i part, act. That which is
for
aor. o. ~o'sllow,point out, guide (wit11 acc?of
ncar at hand or low, lilre fruit hanging low and
pcl*s. and GG of tiling). && A proof, a
,GZ
p , - b ~
ncar at hand, ns at 69 v. 23. j d\ for & o/,
mcana of showing (with &), as v ~
\ +\
\
Fern. g;'J'
for
D. 8. Gr. T.1, pp. 110,
" ;'25v' 47,
ma'1e tile sun to be
111,
403,
nod sn13crl,
form, w e r , .
moans of rshowiag it-the shadow."
woyso, less, easier; as it svera, more rcatly to
,'-A
4t
&; To rub, to 'incline do~vn~vnrrlsfrom thc
hand, nearer, nearest ; '~$4
\ b&
\ The premcridian (the sulz).
*.a. The declining
sent life," as being nearer or perhaps viler;
~~3
af tho aun from CElo nleridian,
qJ3 1 ~2131
L2 30 V. 2, " In the nearest parts
sc ,
$5 aor, o. To Zct domn a bzlchct into a well, ,JJ
of the earth;" ruhore is not decided, VLI~it
cornrn. gcnd. A bucket.--JS 11. To occasion
seems probable that the Victory spoken of in
n fall (with ncc, of peps, and +).-- JiT IV",
the text took place either iri Syria or the Eoly
To let down, oKer as n bribe (with +of thing
Land, possibly at Jerusalem;
a5 v. 59
offcred andG$ of p e r a . ) . - ~ ~Vv.
~T; approach
J3 may be rendered "More convenient or
eloa 01 y.
anitable ;" at 58 v. 8," f ~ w e;"
r and at 73 v
G; for
v. irfrd.
20, " very near," or " somewhat leas ;" at 7
//

yi

# b B

1,)

c s / b / C

ss

'x

J 'I

d
'
$

,b.4

Q S ( , ~

'

9;

~ rl

p AH J q~~adriliteral
verb, 2%

plaster over, oblitev

a. 188 it is used r i t h an ellipse of tho word

7

QGi

44Sc.4

-0

, :9 :
,(,

' / </,

fl

(5

eepecially af bad luck.--Id\ IV. To trnnsac t

They
thus Jd31 \beyof
u,~j.k
(business).
take the gooda of this baser thing (viz. the
aor.
; o. To clango-as
the times,--to unckrgo
world)."
aa a feminine substantive, The j\
5
vicissitudes. X$.; A clinngc of time o r fortune ;
world, this world, this world's gear.--dy IV.
To bring near ; at 33 v. 59 it means to fetch
$08 v. 7, "In one circuit."-J,\J
111. To
in order t o put on (with
of pers.)
cause to intcrcllange good and brril fortune
G G
(with ncc. of thing and
,:of pcreons9.
1m 3b nappen. ,ad Time ;pJI \ @
76 v. 1,
I
;\; aor. a, and o. To enduro, continue, rcrnnill
A space of time."
$5 To cut in pieces, $ZZ a cup. ;\;3 Full-a
c q , - a bumper.
Gi ' b
Onc who porsevcrcs,
8 3 aar. n. I b come szcdden2y zlp~n.--~\mo! XI. To ,
P
P
.
I'
? / c r P
\3 aor, a. Ilb be ip$tjr.io~. ,$J and L;))L\ uf
be of o blnclrish tint. p\lasnpart. wt. Tliat cl
properly a noun, sigriifyiriy il~fcriority; ati s
wliicll is of a dark green colour inclining to
preposition it id omployod in a vl~dclyol'
blncl~,ns gardcns iiom being mucli watcrod.
.+
5
.
scnscs, ljusidas, except, iic!~lcntlr,to the i:sr:lu&d aor, o. 2b anoint, dissimzdatc.
u \ ~ $Red
G b P
sion of, in i~rcfbrc~lcc
to, contrury to, tlifibrcril
lanl~cr, altlso plui. of u~~Dutter, anointing
to, in op~~ofiition
lo, willlout ; st l(i v. 37 rvc
oil ; at 55 v. 37 it may bc taken in citllcr
*,
find i d used wLtll two clilrc:rc;~xt~ncaxlirlg~
i x l tho
acnse ; if in tllc latter, it mcnna that tho
hca.vcns sllnll ~ z c l tarucy and bccolne like oil.
* c.S
--u@~\
IV. To uso dissimulation, in modor11
, I
'a
+
G
b F
j l j o crlG5SY, " Nor iiad rvt! tlepllmsc, to bc a humbug. u + ~ q pmt, act.
eIaroil unyllking unlawti~lwitllout hirl(' i.c.
One who glossca over or )lolcla in low ostirnaP
9
,(-..a
,
w i t l i o ~ ~hi8
t pc'r~nission;Lastly, it i s 1 1 ~ ~ 'to
ll
tion (with q),as upgb \n\
cxproas any tllitlg i~ltori~osoilirc tvvt'r:rk l\su
I.
b P 8
GG v. 80, " Will ye therefore gloss ovor Ulis
ol~jocte, tllue $$Q,J
Gi+
I X v.
new rovelntioxi ?" i,e. tho &orin,
89, " Wo llavc givon tlicln notliiag t.u i ~ c tkg
t u
aar. i. 2'a I a p j ~ ~to,ni@urious@affct any onc.
~ sfor \~ J (set>;?)
I
cornpar, form, More
griavous,
llouae xior a l o l l l i n ~ but.
~ , liviog in l ~ o l oin~tlttj
$3
$\; or i f writton with the balnza $6 for d3,1d
ground likc tllc Eartlnncn ol' Bolt tlr APieu ;
tr
It <..
**)4
(2nd dcolension) David, D. S. Qr. T. 1, pp.
80 again nt 10 v. 17, r;;j~ u & t * l j
104 arid 404.
" A l ~ i lB ~ Otook a veil to covor llr!rsdr
s
> \ J aor. o. To go round. J \ ~
fern, gcndcr; Plur.
from
tllern;"
soo 11. 8. Gr. T. 1, p. 4!1(1,
S .
,
JJJ
A house, dwelling, mansion, abode ;;\$if
jrtdgc, p r c ~ f ctlla
~~
+
J
;aor, i.l b l ' o ~ iinrlebted to
r,
A namo of Paradise ; also o f Medinn, as ah
truc faitll (with nco.1. ,,id h dclrt, tlrnt aliiclt
g B.+
FS49 v. 9# J,d Any. ~JTS Plur.
(2nd
one owes,
Custorn, inalitution, roligiol~,
4C
decl~nsion)A cllango o f fortune, turn o f luck, ,
tho truo SMtb, obodienoo, jutlymont ; &,$ \
a&\,

gi

3,;

&

//

Sb

4.-

//

5 G

#-

fl

/ /

#'

8.

b @

#'

c,PCCE

fd

&

*' <a

He'

'6

(.#

t* **

? + ~ 8

2;

/ (
1
1

FCC%

,+

(,

r,

d
'-

q%

,+

f/

f l e'

hd

G,?

14 su

,!J

( 51
a/

4 9 9 . .

The day of judgment ; ~d \ v . 9

P&

-09

>

JJLi

,.-9

/ /

,/

&,\A'

24 v. 26, " God will pay them their just due."

;!.3.; One who receives payment of a debt.--

VI. To become debtors one to another

(with u).
/

;$,+ for ;\??,

v, szcprd.

:\

Plur.
demonstrative pronoun, called also I
part, pws. ~ o ; e d about, wavering to and fro
Gi '
demonstrative article ; This, that, H e ; to this
i
t ) ; Original root u G q.v.
,$,
pronoun the particle 2 or \iis frequently pre- +J . sor. a. To .select.---~o\
VIII. To store up for
&
fined, and it ia then written
or commonly
future use (wit11 acc, and d;).
;'
\&, Fern. h i , Plur.
q.v. I; is fre- J J imperst. of;i; q.v.
G
: ;
quently used with an cllipse of, or instead of GI:
J,J sor. o. To scatter, strew. 9 d noun of unity,
9
.,aw
uQj, and must then be translated " that
One single ant. %J Progeny, offap~ining,
9 ::9
'
whicll," or "he who," as c,4l b
\> 7 v. 107,
children, race; The following passage is rather
'/ '. :$",!a
,
,.
"What tllcn do ye order ?" Literal&, "What
obscure, $*y ~9 +,f~ Y l
hi 10
is that wllieh ye order ?" According to the
v, 83, I I And snolie believed on Moses, asve
system of the Arub grammarians these de(certain) children of his people ;" Some have
monstrcltives are all indeclinable nouns, and
imagined that Pharaoh's people are those retotally independent of each other; D. 8, Gr.
ferred to.
T. 1, p. 441.-N.D. ;\ is likewise the acc. of .s/ ..,
c? 3, G c
solw.a. To create, produce, multiply; as eZIk
!
,3 q,v.
a.*,j42 v. 9, "He multiplies you by this means; "
35
41J aor.
a. ~b collect.
j
A
wolf.
it is also used wit11 the acc. and J.
,
s
'
.
~ J J
2'0 measure with a czcGit. ~ J JA stretcliing
&I; fern. plur. part. a c t . ' o ~;1'
fort11 of the hand, strength, power ; (y2 g\d
," d
9:
*",
pfi aor. a. 3b despise, $?,A&
for A#* part. pass.
LJ; 11v. 79, "IIc was weak in powor conDcspiged; D. S. Gr. T. 1, p. 104.
cerning thcm," i.0. H e had no power to protect
s /Q
4
, PC,,
Pb<
&; nor. o. 3'o prohibit, wander to and fro. ?43
them; hb3 c
l Lyrl~
~ 69 T. 82, " The
gexlcric noun, A fly.
extension-lcngth-of
vvI1iclr is seventy cubi ts."
,,",
5 .
,*
e~~
aor. e. To q l i t , cut tlie throat, slay, sacrifice
$'I$ comrn. gend. A cubit, length, of the arm
x,
A L .
/3 That which is
from the elbow to the extremity of tho middle
(with ecc. and
(cc ,
0 ~ ct
5 +,
finger. j.+b? 18 v. 17, oblique dual, " Eia
sacrificed, a victim.--6cs 11, To alay in large
r,
r-r~zmbcrs.
two fore-lega ;" properly, down to the linecs.
BL. f"
aor. 0.and i. To snatch a w y , scatter. ad nu%.
+ s ? quadri1itoro;l
~
verb, To 66 moved to and fro,
,
0
:
s *'
9
The not of ~calteriagabroad. J1i ~ O Ij *j J ~
nr nzytAi?ty S Z I S J J C ~ Z ( ~ Oiht~ ijl~air. + q h

r /

1
'

CPl)q
04,-

'

CI

rC

, # .

13

I./.

;
r3,

/ . d

C/

0 .

L5z).

<be:

I;;

b:

.-

sUI' P

reminding, warr~ing. <i.*.pnrt. act. Ona wllo

"G,
,G, a
warms or admonishes.--A or$!
V. D. 8.
Gr. T. 1, p. 020, To be sdmonisllcd, to bc

D. 6. Gr. T. 1, p. 10'3, part, act. ; Peni. Plur.

<
'"
w b j \ 3 , ns
irj\i2\j?
i, 51 v. 1, " By thc
,
wintls which scatter*(the dust) in every dircction ;" or, by another interpretation, By the
women who ~ c a t t o abroad
r
(their offspring)." I
i b obey.--&L part. act. IV. f. One who is
sul~missivo(~vitliJb)
,- - :.i.
sr:
3b strike on thc chin. u\53 / P ~ U I *of. & J A
cliirl ; nt 1.7vv. 108 nlld 109 it may be F C ~ ~ C
$

;<;

4,

((

&A

2;
/

.(I
/

v. 34, "And dill we not givo you (a sufiioicnl)

lcl~glllof dnys, ili:lt whoso w o ~ ~Le
l dnrlmonishcd

b~

migllt bc sd~no~lisl~ed
ilicrcin?"-->;!

VIII.

11. S. UP. T. I, 11, 122, TUrc~ncmlicr,rculind

fry?
one's- ill:
1)nrlnef;. Olio wlio r c ~ ~ i c m l ~ c ~ * s
or. r ~ ~ l l i i ~Iliu
t l si f i d f,' 1~ C I ~ C Ct ~, r l i i li~ re~klilltl~tl
or

~ C ~

J<b~.

E act!s,''
1

'Ci aor. o. 3b skikc c~. szn72 of2 the private parts,

JL
to rotrrcnllicr (with aec. nilil wl);lo cornmerxlo~nl,e, 1nslie xncutiorl of, bear in mind
(with nco. arid CS4 01. &).
A rcrnembrurlcc, record, commcmurat ion, inciuoir, mcan crl~osition (of'
~ i i o ~ < r i ln, l n l i i ~ ~nrcntion,
g
rcligiori), ndlnonilion ; Tllc liorf~ninis fro+f

24

7;

,
/

\sLi

qucntly callcil ;,d"\~! " An atl~nonition,

or osl~o~itiorl
of religion for all crcntnrcs ;"
* 47 "L
44i &b\11 G, 43, Thc J c ~ v smud Ultristinnu,
.d
ns " liocpers of tllc oraelc~of God ;" 59 n l ~ o
-! .
rllc:lnu f i l l ~ c good
,
rellort,, nri &J';
1%
9 L v. 4, " R I I IIICLYC
~ ~ Y Ci l o h C S : L ~ ~ Otlly
L ~ f:i111o ? ''
3
<
: i
A. 1
. $;\
put.
I 1 1 ,
not. 0 1 1 ~who r o ~ n o l l l l ~ a (Gall).
rs
dJ4 (21~1
tlcclmk~ion)3). 6. Or. T.1, p, 403, h rcrurelnbcr4
ing, tul~nonitia~l
; dt -41 dJSJ 38 Y. 46, ily
their cnlliug to mind tllo life to coInc ;"
,
,. ;s p,
./
b\$+u*&\
70 v . 40, " Wlmt record
of (or 11101uli(OF lcrio~ving)it do gnu possess?"
Note.
i:is 11oro pot for
" In rvliat ? " soo
Vl,

$8 (-'

#'

1 ,

j'

iu

/['

' I

,A

. - J .

c4

21

(4,

*?

i1

a'

L.-

A,kb
..(

J .

.
.
,
,
'
.
d

.w i r ~ gof' 11~ t t ~ i I i / , j *;qt1e

~ " ?++-; .A t 17 kr.
.
2 ". '
..
I I I tllc rvr)l*rls JJ\ ur LJj cd
I'~!!.LF OILC
\
or two I
,i
; they Ik1:ry xtlc:rn
C(r

tllc vilcnrjsn (of' 1111 arr!:rf8(!il iliilig~);'' LIP Lflcy

tnay Lc t.r:lrlsl:itcd, ( 6 Ncil.llr:r L:IH 110 :~ny10
~)ro~,(:cl,
1ii1r1 f19t.m~igt~a~l~i~ly,''
( ~ L H~ t ! t i ~ i i k * i t i g
g,

,,

~ : o x r ~ ~ ~ ~ oor
c l i(!twy1
c ~ ~ t (~( +1 1 ~~ t i ~ * t(n8
f l ~t h f j 1)ittlis
'rrtb

of' t.llo c:~rtll); J ~ I I I P .$2

'L&\ j ~ l ~ ici * , ~ f
l I . u ~ r i l d (~~ , ~ i l ~ I~~ I C~~ LiTloiv-s~ti~ite~l~
Ii) ~ ~ i ~ w*tik~ c ~
L

t J i\
CQIII [ I .

*,

fi.$ill

(2lld d(?(:1~11~i01ff$

'

iic1111r~ir;sivtj(willk nee. tu1J J); t o 1 iring low.

ur ;'&

I,

11.i~A, Lrillgi~~g
low.--

2I

*b

'

, .2

Cr

- Ja\ IV. 'I'u : ~ I ~ U H C ~

\I
t
i ; :dl

from the other ; they take as affixes the

.personal pilonouns of the second person, as
' Q9 '
&+, ~q and wg, according

most u s u d acceptation is Possessed of, Lord

of, endowed with, , or ]laving ; The following are a few of the instances where they

&:, \a,;,

bPc,

to the number and gender of the persone

addressed ; they are also found with the usual
prefixes, as &,M Thus, in that way ; &$J
For tliat reason, etc. See D. S, Gr. T. 1,
p. 440,
5
TJ -:
r d a o ~ o.
. !i%
TCUIZC. ;:2 A treaty, good faith.
0 P'"
?,nLL* part. pass. A bused, disgmcod.
I

may be paraphrased with advantage ; Ex.

' P
ii E J i 2 v. 280, " Under a difficulty ;"
P Y
,
:
',
k+1 ,J 3 v. 3, " Mighty to aT2nge ;" ,&
?" ,,-,9
&;p "Gd 41 v. 51, "Then is he given to

G I 0

'

/Lp -a

much praycr ; d
yd l LsJi
2 v. 172, " Reln,
'
,
b
* L C
tives ;" ~j&+ )*c 3\ij 14 V. 40, '(In a11 UQ-

./

<,

fruitful valley ;" J &I I o

lq ufd
\ ul
c.
&or10. nnd i. Ybfollow closcly. +
a Pi
~ I I ~ . 18 v. 17, " To the right and loft; ;' ~ y 1 3
s 9 f
s 9 :
9 9,
V$J A crimc, fbull, sin. L+$J A portion,
y d 2 ~31/2154 4.13, " On (a vessel) built wit11
lot;.
planks and oalcum" or nails, see ,43 ;
'
nor. s. To go (wit11 j
\
; go away, depart
b/cr
&
d
1 Tllc Lord of tlie two horns," either
(~villl&s) ; t3kc awayt OP go away with (with
Alexander the Dreat, who is thus re$resented
?T
<
+); I). 8.Ur. T. 2, p. 121.. +d
comm.
on his coins, w an oldcr IIero who lived in the
&nil. Gold.
part, act. Onc who goes.
,tiine o f Abrnllalam; q J ~ l l \i 21 v. 87, The
s c.5
# " , c,z
? \ m ~ r1.a. Tlio act of taking away.-+,.ml
L8
pFophot Jonah, see uy. In adclition to the
IV. To trilio away, remove (with acc. and &),
< s '
meanings assigned to ,a, o l d has special
nlso to tfilrc, receive, as at 46 V, ID, where
b9'
9 C9
significations, i t may sometimoil be rendered
t,hcro is an ellipso of the words yVl J\%.
Thc essence of, llio very identical, tllc thing
&i nor. a. To forgct (with
P - 5 4 P '
itself; p d \ u\i3 v. 148, ('Tho very inPem. &\:, (3~11. &j, ACC.;:\
Dual
most thouglits of your breasts." For the
obliq~~o
in constr.%riLlla coinploincnt
:
-: " ./i
rules of syntax wllicll affcxt ,L) sce D. S. Gr.
5 3 and LS,J ; Fern. Dlinl ,d'&i,
o
l
~
l
i
p
o
* 95
,'
T. 2, p. 148. Notc. Illstend of ujj,: it iis
u$\;>,md in consir. b b and
~ u j \ , ~; Plor.
P 'I
'
P<
usual to ctnploy tlio irregular Plural $,I,
ujjd, ol~lirpc
mitl in constr.,,d and S ;
P 'i.
3,
written I'$,\ q.v.
c
1
I
,
; Tiicso words arc ncver
jli aor* 0. To h i v e away ; J\,&
,
2 pcrg. f ~ m .
dual, 28 v. 23, '(9'11cy drove away (their
X~OC~C~),"
t,xX:
-"r:
LF~J,
b'/j~,ctc. bllnt they nra to be found in >\i aor. o. To tafitc, exporicnco (with ace, and
lllc ijork11; tlrcir proper rcntleririg rlcponds
:, c
or L+). &+I J part. act. One who tastes.-,.
very ftcqnc~rllyupon idio aorlva oP tho words
*
1Q. To oauso to taste (with doul~lencc.).
iti con~louioliwibll wllich they occur ; tllcir
3"\j\

g
i
#

,4

4 ,

/ A ,

L.

fl

&

,;
0

I
.
/

0,

# <

lo ((

la

43-43

C /

2).

,;

,&;,

*.

rT

/,:

rC

L/

$:

c.

4:

3:

*-.

dt;, generally
1
-

&jJS Those two ; dual of

written d
,q.v.
; .
C

(~vitlluI*
,"

aee 33 ,

$c,

:,,

"J!,

see

I;.

&rKnor. a. 25,&a the Acad

of.

csJ!,n\
bP

g$PIur. &;J

/t3i

A head, capital sum, as

" The c:lpital of your money;"

9S9

Y. 270,

Gz\&'

Sr'

t,

r"Jp!!I'21 v. GG, "They fell bnclr into idol:ttry,"

hite?*al(y, " Tlrcy wcro turned npsirlc down

upon tIieir I ~ e ~ ~ l ~ . ' '

p ~ t ~ofr .
rt. L
; q,v.
.',
cz,
"9 nor. a, and o..%:$.*To 6c compassionate. dc Cornpassion. UJJ Compns~ionnle,~ncrcif'ul.
nor, a. ?lo aoc, look Twit11
~cllolil,pmccive, tllinlr (with
; to Enow (with or rvitllc. x
out uI) ; with an affix $T; i 8 isw
wlliell
again is for
11).8. Cir. T. 1, pp. 183 and
08 ; in tilo aorist nnd impcmt. tlio \ is gonot,9-'/#
9.3
~*nliyotni tlcrl, thnil
d d l dpvj $1 v. ~f
d,
P'
II
And Clot1 will soo yonr ~ o r l i ~ ; "
1.7
k
'J.,*%
v. 64, alrd &,51 O v. 40; the pcrsonnl pro-

&s,

&f;

(2

J!),

3)
+?I

;\r;,

iJnc

rO

urm*c+

ba
'i

nnstn, and adtls nothing t o tllc mcorrirlg ;

"What tllinkcst ihou ?" " What tl~i~ilcYC ? ''
D. 8. Gr. T. 1, p. G44:, and T. 9, p, 470; A t
1 8 ~37
. u) ia isor >#J
11.8,ar. T . 1, yr. 4$0.
~udgmcnt,opinion ; ;
;
il "
1
I a lv, 29,
4
" Upon first tl~anghts ;" ,p+d l GI, 3 v. 11,
64
Judging by sight." ,&Tl~al~vllicllYJ~L'IIRCR
/LP
tho eyc. $J for dig (2nd doclonsion) I), H.
Gr. T. 1, pp. 111 and 409, A viaion o f t,l~o
/,r'

fa

2;

$&

C/

<gG

i . To bocolno imoan.--$;\

"

8 \r

IV. To divulge

C 00

be firm and constant. dl; A body of horse,

.='
consisting of five or more.
To be watered eucry fowtI day ( a cumel) ; aor.
a. i. and o. To be thefoz~rth.
Tlle fouTth
c 9'.
part. $$ Four by four; ;L9 By fours (2nd
P r p
s /&
6
declension), see e . ~ jpJ\
,
fern, and &'jF
/

*J=r,

repeat (the Korgn) with a slow and distinct

S
enunciation.
n.a. The act of repeating
the Korhn in a slow and distinct manner.
Q
cJ aor. o. To. move, sllake. cJ n.a. A sllaking,
shock,
To C O ~ ~ Oa particular
S ~
Kind of verse called
L/

g;

s//

>

( 55

?=!J

5
UJ'

g;

$ / /

sc.

p/l,s

ment, any abomination, especially idolatry.

fourth.
%or.0. 2'0bellow loudly. $
,
An abominnkJ &or. o. To incressc, grow, swell, nzount 2 p ; at
tion, punishment, indignation, doubt.
30 v. 35
and
ore for
and
the
.
,
v S
\ being an aibj 1 -41 or Alif of prccautioii, tT=J aor. i. To return, turn back, turn off-blamoupon any one (with j\)
,;A ,,, +
D. S. Gr. ~ ~ ' p.
1 ,109.
for
1Qm.
uj
p
21 v. 69, "Perhaps they might turn i t oiT
part, act. Tllnt wllicll mounts up ;
*'
upon him ;" or, according to another version,
Gs
... 13 v. 18, " Tllc scum floating on the sur"Tllat tllcy might return unto God ;" to come
hco (of' the wntcr) ;" it also Incnns scverc, a6
qqs
P
bT
bxclr, yy+ \
\yT-i 21 v. 05, Ifhen they
E d \ p~j..U
60 V. 10, " And he ilillictcd
/c,S
came to tliemeelvcs-returnod to their senses; "
on them n scvcrc punishment." c&J\camp.
#
to bring back, give back (with ncc. and
;
f o m , More numerous. \ , or more correctly
92
ts turn again, asJ& \ it-IJLj 07 v. 3, " Turn
Usury, tllo three cases bcing alike, l).S. Gr.
P
6-d
again thine eyes (unto IIoaven) ;"U J X ~ J \ 23
1:. 1, p, 106 ; with the Articlc i t is sonietimcs
v. 101, " Restore me (to life again)," A rare
spclt \,@\ ,,the \ at the end bcing an Alif of
D
G,,p
instance in the IFor&n of the plural for the
, A hill, an
prccaaut&n, v. stq7rd. ;i or 29
singulw, ueeil oat of respect ; D. 6. Gr. T.2,
i? u . d
4 b 9
olcvatcd part of t h e ~ n ~ t h . - -11.
~ zTonourish,
n6.a. A return.
p. 237, note. WJand 5~
nnrsc, cdacatc (~vithBCC. nlid &);
17
p n t . act. One who returns, etc. ~T-J.*
' ' \/:-TI,
v. 25, "They two nourished me.-dl\ IV.
noun of timo and place, A return.-tsy2
To cause to incroasc, p a n t an increase to.
To return to one another,
%or.a. Ilb f ~ e d6 2 aEiza~dm2tpastures, pass tirne
aor. o. To be in violent motion, to s118;ke
;:.-6 '
yleaaantly, onjoy one's-self.
violently, trcm blo.
An Ear thquabe, a
c
4.9'1 aor. o. Ib mstd alz?/tAing&yjoi?zinytho broken
mighty lolast. !&\;Name of the firat blaat
parts.
n.5. Anything clo~u, solid, imof the trumpet which is to precede the general
ycrvio~ie; Tile word occurs at 21. v. 31, where
?
~csurrcotion.--&
n part. act. IV, f. Oria
it i a allid t;lla"ct;l~o
IIeavcn~and tlie Enr.th wcrs

/ G;

'r

GJJ,

;
; 4

\>>

)g, I

"5

$;s

>s
#

-a..~\p

IG~

',

*!,

$7 .d

h , p : r % ~

L511
0

/
,

'(

Jl)

/ C ,

q4

C 4 Z

rC

,",b%

&;G;

tys

/bS

e)
f 4,'

,C

+,
8.-

b.-

+J

.-#

$5

Cd

$5,

&;
*i

origillally
iec,uuitcd togcbllcr in one solicI
xn tlaa ,
2b bc lvcll and fair& arran9cd.--Ji 11, To

:J

&;

~ 1 1 0make8 a eornmo tion.

aor. o, ilb Azut ona in the foot.
colloctivo noun, Foot, I"aot-soldiers.

&; n.a.

g4

B p tZ

.LP

,,r;

f4

6J/ r*?
'' '$\
A foot; 9\~fe; d,,, A jonmcy, tmrclling; EL%\
*.*
#:r
d2#
.PcCs,a
+&d I, 106v. 3, " Par their joiuiny togctllcr
GO Y. 13, "Anif do
u 4 ~ J bu~$+,
1
(in titlirlg out) t l ~ cCnrnrlrri in wi~klerand
not bring a c n l u ~ m ywhich
.
they have invented
S~~~ZIIIIC~,"
Lctwcon tllcir hands and tlicir f'cct;" !I1jll?
worlls nl*cintcrprctod to mcnn, " 81i:dl not lay p)aor. n. l'o i ~ mcrcift~l,
c
h n r c incrcy n p n (wit11
"J-"'.! ('
tlloir illegitimnte on'spling to tlleir iius1):ulils."
ncc. ol' pcre.) ; Irk tho ~lnssivcF>,J,
Yo
:j-7~
. P PIUT. J\& A man, opposci~ to a
HII:LII bc t I * C R ~ Pwi~ tll I I I C P ~ : ~ , ~or' "~ldl
rec:civo
,.
'
-:c .'
"
nlcrey
i-,
S O I ~ I L~ :I~I L C RP I I ~ t: ~GA-J,
1).
I
'1 I , 7
aotil, Biikrey, lii,ltl~tr!rrc.
certairr of tllc ,Jirin ."
p
L
$ 6 , '
&
1
1
$1 f
I
* EG:;i
nor. o. To stor~c. FJA ( l o ~ t l ~eo~tjcci~ure
t,
;
I
TJ
!;-' ,
or r~
A WOIH?~.
+-++!bLT18
dv. 3 1, " J)ool~tii~lly
g~leri~illg cotiitn, y(:tlrLlr, pltlr, ol'
fern.; PIur. &-l

CTi

/ C / 4 /

/f,,/

*.

fl

."

#(

K#

"

/ # #

r,

b..-4

r,

Lr

@ C , /

P P

rolat i o l ~ s l ~ i lt~f i,

at 1Lnt wliiali i u ~ c e ~ e t ;I'li~r,

"
p y r ~llllillgn

g,4!

ijlooll wltd iurm.

which nro tllrown, KJHtoncd, pcltod or

r+~
iiizldllckm, ~11L'cl
iun. &A2p z t . i ~ c f .t lilt;
i
dl+ivcx~
awny wit11 ~ t o n c ;s nn J$)itllcl of S:ll nn.
who RIIUIYH ~ i i ( ! r [ : j r . WLC*Ji ~ uLI-j
r
I). H.
& PC,/
p
e~.
part. pass. B t o ~ c t l .
(1 li. (ll. 1 t 11. 41thi (\vitik i IN i u ! idt: 1181it~ll~r
qwlf,
b&; anor. o. To hope (witl~~tlce.
or wit11 J) ; lo 11crl1r:
c ; dz ~
~ e%l~~lhrt*~[:ifill
j
i~l~tl~o~ili~~n.ii~~~l:~t~;
1
for (with nee, ntiil
OF $1 ; ~o~llotilncs
fho
fi
t ilc two wrlrrln fur! c:tr~i:;l:k~illy li)~il~lltlrgikf ~ I P P ,
l o fcr\r, Lot in t l l i ~ticl~soit i a nlwnjw A11nit1
ti^ ifs t t iitlfi
~
ixih+rk::ify tu tht: t ~ ! h t + i *h~i , t l i c
p y
,' p t ' "
will1 n. ncgntivc, tllns b3&j ,;rJ,
8
$5
liirtllcr r : r r t l ~ t ~ 1111.
i i 1 1 1 1 1 1 ~ 1 1 ~ o ~ n l t r t : I l + ~I r~ ~
I In~ iI ~~ IiI~v. 42, " II'llny did n o l drc?lUl ~III: I:r:snrrc'(:t ion."
~r~g*
'%$2%-4i
e2itd tit:4*it:1ib+itj~ijpIm++
"E
hl thi*t!yf!tirk{I~kt:s~*
4)1 plllr. 01. b.
~ l l Hc
ICH.
p ~ i ~p t! ,i ~ s ~ 4ibxq
un
I [opc'l fbr.--Lti"~I\1V. To pnt, oli; l,oall~cinc!; cr$J f i ~ * t+' ~'(L lit: . ~ t ; i %n ~ r f ~ l t l [ , t b bi
,k
;11 gt?~kbit:
IV!XUI~
nt 7 v. 108
fbr p?-Ji " I.'ut ltim oB; "
e,
1'(3
IIPIVI! I~ik(:k, ~ ~ ( g
( ~r~l i f nee,
l l rrtirl,;:
I). 8 , QT. 1,p. 460. ( t l ~ ~plurl
w
O
~
~ 5; ~i,orsU
)
, r ; z b ~
"$3 +a bs
~ ~ I Hwif#h
I J &; 10
g!iv ~ J ~
ljri~ig
L~*IC~
for
pmt. pa&#.p*ll ~ 5 ~ ~ )O tv. ;107,
f
biitlli, ~vr!fiir, girt! agiiirt (wifli tirr:, null J, J!,
6t
IIdd in suspcasc (nwniti~lg)lllc ilccrco ol'
r
or +"I; >%A!>!
r$,G\
i J i j 1 4 1 v*
Got1 ;" I). 8.Cr. T. 1, p. 364.
6 1 f II
h
m
iltcty
~
~
t
tlii!il+
f
.
Iiarlrl~
"11 1," tt~c:ir
Ir&
*.P*
k ^ TO
~bo mplc, spueiou~;
L;? IIv. 20,
moiltlrrc," t*itllr:r l j i l i r i ~ tllcjir owrr fittgcls ia
" For all i t wae so ~pncio~ts." icSp n fbrnl
rrngGv ; or i t rally TIP, t t l c:lrnw tiit! ~ i t f i l r t l ~of
n
of sdutution cq~tivdcntto Wclcomc I ue b
x
t
C
1 1
; A f. I (i v. 73, ntld 23 v. Ti i t
" YOXIaro welconlo."
t
1
(will$ j!l; at 31 v. (17
5
ifLIT[: W i x i ~; IIO vcrbal root.
(nlao wil.li $:) t o rc4arirrca;nfrd n l fi v. 107,
&; uor, a. To place saddlcbuys on a sume/.
l'rt iskt! (cir~uckl,li). Gdt T L ~3.1 V * 4 1 'l'l~i ttgt t ~ f
2
n,a. A satllllo-bag ; X31ur.
nvcrlirrg, brisyirtg tuek, ate. ~\!fI ~ I I PB ~C ~~ .
z

'r

16

IT

!r

f,%

5t

*.&

'll

6"

I!++

"

G?

v c

(;

@'.

gTJ*
u J f r n

'I

t,%

k3 is

[.@

be

4 4v

@ti,

I. #+

dl

(I

(*

L
J

#''

{a re

* i a t . .

+J

&;

3%. k4

"s

I,[+

One who averts, restores, etc. ; &,$y G

,,
vQ
16 v. 73, "Nor do those
mlio have been made superior (to others) give
back their wealtll, etc." EIere &;\
is for
,J/
131
noun of agencyJ;J , the participle-or
being antecedent to a comple~nent in the

bring to destruction -.&;:

V. To fall headS
../ 9
long. +,dl> fe~m,part. act. That which falls
headlong, or is slnill By a fall.

LS~G;

&

CJ.1,

J$

JG,\
'
L
E

P<G%

nor. o. To be base.
P ~ L Iw$+\
~.
and
comp. fonn, Vilest, most abject; $!
P P 4
/cJ 1 JdI < G S1 16 V . 72, ( 1 To tho worst part of

genitive ; D. S. Gr. T. 2, p. 153 ; + Being

an expletive after the negative ,L; see u.

J-sT

.
'

life," i.e. To a decrepit .old ago ; the d.aci!i~li

ilzfclntia nasi.
A place by which or to whicll we return ; djj aoor. o. To supply with tbc nccesswies of lifec,
. besides bcing anoun of' tiine aurl place as above,
provide for, IICS~OWL I ~ O(with
~
ilouWe ncc,) ;
:
;s
is also a noun o f action, D. S. Gr. T. 1,
to sostain ; +,bI;j ?!XL
i 12 v. 37, "NO
p, 201, ant1 tllcn n-teans llio act of averting,
food hall colne to you with wllicli ye slldl bc
5 Yb,
restoring, clc. +ir 1 part. ptrss. Gcstorcd,
~311p~licd;"For I;EJ~BLIBC of tlic verb in the
uL+,
passive voice wit11 n camplc~ncntscc D. 8. Gr.
avcrtcd, ns J,JI..>+
11 v. 78, Incvilable."
T. 2, 11. 12-1. ~ ) iA! provision, mnin$enance,
--dJj'
V. To be ngiluted, moved to nnd fro.bounty, fortune, i n k m e , any thing granted to
1 1 1 . 0 bo rcn~:ntlerctl,to rctunl, turn
.--.- d
nnotbci* fi.o~nivllicli ilc dcrivcs bonefit.
agi~in(wit11 Gci), 3s
&.c
\&,\A 18 V,
p n ~ t ,act. One v l ~ oprovides for, aiv upp plies
G3, " And they retraced tl~cirsteps ;" or with
9 8Gi "r
Ppk
with noccs~a~ics.gbJ.J ! The G rcat Provider,
A
>
li
14
V.
44,
"
T
h
~
i
r
as rS;$
olle of tlie nalnca of God, ns Providence.
~ig1.d811311 not return to them," bcing fixccl
-iEr-Rsss ; sup@+?ljcZl.
wiL1l llorror ; st 27 v. 40 tho snlne cxprcssion W J"Ore0. gb
posed to be tllc name of n well lieat. Midima
lnny bc tl>mslalc(l " In tllo twinlcling of an
.'0 nccording to olllcrrl iicar A~itioch.
or Ucforc illon canst fix tllirle eye
part. act. 011c wlio i~finx~ly
upon any ol~jcct,and remove it ;" wit11 ds it
TO jirvz.
.6 4
means to upontatize,
uj&yb\
l 4 V. LC'O,"Those
cstnl~lislied;
e/
P
1
3 3'0 prop a 9uall. $54 A hclpcr.
who arc ~ ~ cg~oundeil
ll
in learxiing,"
r
43 To come behind (wit11 J ). d ? b part. act. L
An n~ostlc,
,J aor, 0. (I'o send n mcsscwyer.
L"#j
P
a meascngcr ; T'lur. $
; ; at 33 v. 66 we fin4
That whicli ~ o U O W R - - ~part.
$ ~ act. IV. f.
~ B c 0
* 98
t
,.
)3.
I for Jr)
l , far
flalie of
rllymc, by
aame as Li j\l ; at 8 v. 0 it may citl~crmcnn
s licensc callcd $7'%"\ saturatio?~;D. 53. ar.
following one another, or c a u s i q (t,llc Lcliovcrs)
P P0
T. 3, p. 407 ; A t 26 v. 3.5 tho word JyJ
j
to follow one anotl~er.
118cd will1 plord nignificntion thus
gatc). 27y+k* n.8.
strong
.-' nor. i, yb
r*.'
cto, n.s ti~ougl-lli t wcrc "Vcrily FVQ nre a dow 311,
putntion ;" acvciqal r e a m s urc a~signodfor
&J, nor, i, ( ~ u
earth
his feet (a
r"T
this; Fxcitng flays; qnotit~gthe & ~ I I I O O B ,that *
\ To
~ o ~ s ;+
~ ; ) , a*?, a. To p ~ r i s h . - - ~ 9IV.

z'",

/ //

$;

4/49

PC.<

/Tu)

((

S (a

-"

G46~

Jl,

A,.;\

C,

(,

G/

$2

-'LA

sjs

- c 3 4

'"

*'

b /

rJ
F.'R

,.
P
.

.4 F ' "

21;

3;:,

(,

e , ~ ~

JiG GL

&+-"

PC

JdJ

SB )

?A

yjz

lying in wa.it; also as a collective noun, An

words of tho form
ar.1.e both ~ i n g .and
s
n~obosll,bnnd of ~vstchers. J-yA l~lnceof
plur. ; J$j is by others considered to be a
s
n~nbosh. dlq2 A plscc of observation, or of
norm of action used acljectively, for this con5,
s'
n l i i ~ ~ n s h . - - d n.n.
\ ~ ~ ~IV. f. A inenlis of prestruction see D. 8. Or. T.2, p. 280. LLJL~
"
,.- ,'
A message, commis~ion.--J~~i
IV. To sent1
p3.""ion or fitting out.
a. nlld i, Ilb sztciz thc m.v%c?*'s nzilh,
(with
a160 wit11 ace. and J\
I &or. , ; t y *, nor,
,
~ V O / / S
p .~ 5 ,
LL, n.n. Tllc act of sneliing mill: : ( c C b ~ I
O,?.!,
12 v. 45, for ,&.9,1i, D. 8.Cir. T. 1.
,,
,- 4
I u.: 4 v. 27, "l'our foster siatcrs."
P
ty part. net. 01lo wlio s c n t l ~;
p. 459. AY
.
C P
f
;
!
,
;
(311d ilcclcnsion) plar. of' t
+
R
breast.
hi
.JyJ.*
Ilj
35
v,
2,
" Tlwlic is no o ~ i c
,
.GS
WIN call send or IJCS~OW
it, ,f;,f'Lcr llc Ilnrj with-PJI1V. T o ~ 1 1 c l i(ivitll
l~
ace, o f child ant1
.'#
P
p:wL. paas. Olio \\.110 is ~ n t n,
h e l d it." ,!..
J of & L ~ ~;clo
~ )g i y ~BllC]c to,
fcm, .
c(r

M L

,t'.

12%

,
'

r-

C-'

.F/

,
'

CCL.'

/,,

*I

C , d b #

'/

;kJ4
I

'

(4

,. ,'
L.

'i

" rua*
Icyntc ; ul.3~\ I 77 Y. l l Angels, ~vi(ldfl,OT
~ ) : l p t , act, OLICWl10 giVCgYIIClc,-r;I+h! X.
tlic ~ c r s c sof' lllc Jl;ol~riii,according to ilillbreui,
1I 1
~~.?{!li
II iir~zlsofur ([I, cl~iltl'),
i~ltcrj?l~c?tntions.
uidJ...:lor. :i. To l)o conto~it, plen~od(with ds,
". will1
(2nd ~ C C ~ C I I I$ aaor, o. l b Lc or ste~zdJi,w.
u,
OL' wit,ll am.) ; to ~1100f36 (witill u,
n7ao
3siou) plur. of ik
- \
%ln,
; of V"\; for >\;for
nritll ucc. of tlkir~gnnd J o f pcrs.). G?J
*
,.
; L). 8.Gr. T. 1, yp? 300 2nd 3(iC, pnrt.
Agrcc:~?rlc,:t,cccpt:~blc. &b tot
pwh.
act. Tliitkgs wllicll arc lirinly and IIII11ioir~1ily
act., Yctn. i+)J
Ono ~ s l i t r is c o ~ ~ t e i wcll
~l,
,
f i x c d - l u o ~ n l n i l l s . - ~ ~1 ~1V. '1'0 lis %rmly.
t.+
~ ~ l o n s c dalso
;
ylu:lsnnt, :~yrcc:il,lc. wrJ,
L. v
u"i'v
3 1 0 ~ 1 1 of time : L T I ~p l i ~ c 'l'llnl
~ , \vl~icili~ *
( i I':LCL~, ~ c c c [i ~) ~~ l cIILVOU~,
c,
tllilf, I V I ~ ~ C Iif4I p1em,,
iixcil will1 rcg:~rd i o t i l l i ~or ~~I:um,:IS i c i
i
P
2 * p a r l 1):isu. A.t:cc~~lc~l,
well l~leavcil
CSI
~ t i l l l ~a";
&L3.* 7 v. IS(;, l i \\'1#:1~ in i l lixcll
,
.
,
or ccrrltelltctl. &b'y.q"n , : ~~ C Jh2jsi
P
11. ar,
a I9orL,i~trrl~onr,
or ro;rrlrrtc:ul, ns \~b.q~
ri
1. 1, 1). 270, ao/c; l'lic :~ct of p1cnsing.111. b 1 3 , " Uolll a l i i l s t it. iri ~llovilig,: L L I L ~wIIUY!,
LC
IV. To ccml oh, pic:laci ( w i l i l ilco. o f pors.
it is ab rtxicIicrl", or :kt I ~ C ' H ~ , "
xntl L + ) . - - ~ G ~VI. 'I'o IN pl{?:iacdtvitll ono
2;ILOP.1). !i10wf, d l i lin, .*tiro i~iyllt,
way, to 11c wc:ll
r. g
: t i fro bo i n u l ~,,~ n.+
l *lngn!crl
y
(will1
or
dircctctl. ,\A, J\A), t~11d&UJ'J'LOIIIM~OL' ac Lioli,
w ) . $5; 11.:~(GF L $\
j ibl* A " I).
A going. i t %llic right way, truc (liroctioll, COY3 J
02,
9:. 1) i). 1 1 1 , : k l l ~ t ~C C~J ~i I ~~ ~~~ L~~ , - @ ; L YIII*
?cot xluIo of' nctiorl. A&> pnrl. act. O ~ i cwllo
'1'0 Lc plca~cilwill], ~~lcasillg
to (wilh J).
i u wcll dircctctl, ollvrllo ~ r ~ u ill
l ktlla
~ right w:~y.
3
~ $h ~4W T ~~~ O of
T I tliscoriltnc!l~t,n gaitlc l a lllc
Ili) 6r: S,.CS,$
lord r i l , ~(~Lttr?l~).+LJ n . ~ .
3
4
r.igllt ~ a y . - - ~ \JA part, act. JV. 1: Oznc wllo
t
I
i g
, b l L I I C O I ~ G ~ L L Y noun,
G
rlirccts aright, n gllitlc.
I'rriell 1 6 i y t r rlalen.
2
J
G
p
d~aor. o.
c~!:cl?2(3xl
ur
lo?ycl/la.. ~P,W,@
aor, ti, (If, Jriy/l[fijaf ,/kLU+w k s ~ Fear,
par1, paas. IQinnly nil cow ptkclly uili tcrl,
t~rror,
*,
h~
tiror. o. 3'0 uhsotlc, lia ill w ~ ~ i t .
n,a, A &zJ ~ \ o P8.
~ 1111(1O. %bthli12ck:r. G
jTI~hlllld~r.
G

!,

u9\G

4q

>I;

&\;

8,

$,

(+-;

*-

PL

~.

/ I

,I

*,

el#

"/

.z',i

?I

/ d

,,

'r

L1i

ar.

V * '

+,

+
.

1,

b cy

*P

W*

PCt4

+.-

/ ,e

*.

1,

148

&JLOT. a. on account of the g u t t u ~ a le, D. S. Gs.

T. 1, p. 250, To pasture, feecl (cattle), to
s
observe aright, ns at 67 v. 27. iiii211.a. A
/ /

sGJ plur.

5-'

right observance.

of

$Ifor db
S

f'

5,./l

.-F

PI ui*.
(2nd dcclension) Elbows.-&i
A co~~cll,
nonn of nlacc derived from the VIX,
f, v'l~icll~ncxnslb~s*cclizze012 the cllrom.
,J
ST
,j,5% he this. JJ A volulne or scroll, ge?zc~nli)
I

6
ur

of parcllmcllt.
part, act. One who feeds floclcs, a shepherd. " '6
>
,
nor. o. To obscrvc, respect, rcgaril (with ncc. ,.
&
&
, Pasture.-db
111. To observe, respect,
'
I
+,$J
A wnlchcr, an observer.
look at (with ncc. or wit11 1) \&\; 2 v. 08,
<,',
5
,.,ri. P
5
9 '
6)l'lur. +\3 R neck, a ~ D V ;C +aJ jGe
" Loolr at us ;" a word to vvhicll Mol~arrimad
4 v. 04, " Tlie Dcciug of s ncclc (fiom the
I ~ n da great ol~jection,it having been derisively
G,.--golie oS ~ l a v c l ~ y ) . " -V.- ~I ' o~ looli allout
employed by some Jews, in wllose lnngangc it
5
*(,P
onc.---i<,\
\rIII. To obacrvc, wntcll. ~ j r
llnd an uncomplirnenta~*ymeaning.
44; nor. a. To dcsirc
(with T); ; nlso to be ~ m pnrl;, act. 01lc wlio wntclrcs.
3
L .s :u
willing (will~ ul), or to dialilcc (with &s) ; &J,or, CJ. .Yb slecy. d 3 2 n.a. Slccpjng. a+. A. Led.
The pnssakc n l 4 v. 106 may be rcndcrcd cithcr y j j 2b ?i.),itc, 112a#7.1:~cithdirrolilieal poillts. y:J
.*"JT
9t:Z
may; ++G u~ nw\; 9 v. 121, " T l ~ e y
IC~-l.i:\l;cc~i~,
n ~~yorrl,
tho moaning of wl~icllis
should prefer tl~elnsclve~l
before him ;" TVi Lll
in t1isl)nl.c; nccorili~+gto anc ill t,crprctalion it
&'
51 i t mean# to supplicate. +~IAOVO.mas i l ~ narnr!
e
nf n Infiilcrl p'l:ltc?, on wliicli tvc~c
L5,b
p a ~ tact.
. Oiic wlio sopplieetes cn~ancstly
irrscril)ctI t l ~inlllcs
~
of tlic ~cvc11slccpcrs.
5 ?,f- "
(with GTb) ; also ono wllo is averse from (with
("79"p u t . pam. Writton.
b,

+
J

4.

~j

i
.

i.

(./

:,-'I#

,//

L,

/ct

N,

\,+.;,

y.-b/

-",-

To aboz~ndin

d<,'

,:J.,'
8,

AbmldauWy.
cr
Sf
P
1CJd aor. a. 5'b dislike, alrh~r.--~>..noun of plncc
111, fonn, A place of 13cf11gc.
aor. o. and i. To brcall.i?zpicces. AGJ Dust,
anytl~ingbroken smdl.
$/
,; '.
Url
nor. o. To 60 olsccnc. &:j C:irnd intcr-

'kii

good tht?zgs.

nor. n. To tllonnt n ladclcr (~vith &); t o

cncAc~af.

L2,- n.n. An nsecnt.

.,S'

c,

L2G
9+ fol*
*
p

pmlt. net;. A n ciicllnntcr ; g!,

J+, 7~ v.
27, " And it is said, wlia is lllc tnngicion (to
dl*ivc nwny llis ngoi~y)?"
\ ace. plur.
of'
A lrresst-llo~lc; RCC t h i ~w o ~ i llltltl~r
/.#.
-, RCC SO Lf
gb*, rt. L.5 5.- F i;>\
'VIIIB%lo
COUTSC .
.+//
nvcclr(1 (wil,lk csj).
~ O P .i. 5% giue. A? A gift. d3Jn p:trl. pass.
++-J
$* :LOP. n. 'l'o ride (~villlnco.) ; to l ~ ocnmicd,
Given,
go on ljonrrl n d ~ i p(with &).
A corn~ l Sb Z ) T C L tho
~ ~ ivillg~.
A pillo~~.
$*
10 or lllolBc 112onntcd 011 031klclaj a
]'allJ'
"Or, 8, To raise
csall, lifi up
ace, and
filtlnll cunvnn.
;,I$; plnr. of
part. act.
J &
part. act. Pspltir~g,ona who rnifics
pbd
OO~~OO~~VO
Orlo ~ 1 1 0I..~(~OB, Ir,~ O I I Y I ~ C ~&\g4
~.
up.
i
Q
J i~nrt.
~
p n ~ sTinifled
.
on
C C D I ~ I Cill
~ ~idillp.
now, Ca~~lols.L+$)~ J Bof:^
high, cxa,ltc?d,
".. */p
5 1 . r1.1o put togot3~~:r.--"r"$*
111114.
act. 'VI. f. Lying in iicnps.
/

K /

&! ,

01"

:(

GY

ilv

~ , P C , ,

~,

/I

.b

,
'

r,

3;

"3

di;
/

AI;

35
#

J's

$,

2b ' o ~still.

(2nd ~ C C ~ C I I S ~felli.
O ~ ~ pl~lt..
)
of
13a14. "ct,. Tllrtt j~rllicl~is still.
nor. o. 2nd i. Yb
sprtt,* is the g~*ozt?zd.
J j A l t j w ~ ~ O I I aI I~~yIl ~ i s l m * .
;
*,,C
9 Yb i~li.o.t.--&~\ IV. To orcrtnrn, i q j s c t
L
A
(
/
:
)

&G

"

wit11 uof t.11illg); to enst aspersions upon any

one (wit11 ncc. of pcrs.), as at 24vv. 4,G, and 23;
At; 8v, 17 :~lltxsioxlis lnacle to tz rniraclo which

was rvrougllt at Ueilr in favour of 31ol~nmmsc1,

1~110,1)y t1llrowitlgL: 11:mdf~llof gravel into the
f~lorsof' tllc jiorciall, Lrougllt nbont a victory
irl h i s f'nvonr,

,,
z

i ~ ~ r l t i rill
u l llicir 11rf::~st.sijg God."
',

.d

+-?Jrl A xrio~lc.

0i'
4

'

- t

-bJj\

,,.,I
" @*
C'

"

.-

LaJ &Ionasticism
I V. II1o k i g l ~ l .eawc
~ ~ ~tcrrov
,
(witl~acc.
,I

.-I

.'

ol' IN:'."
1 ~ ~ of'
1 tlii~,~).--+~$?
X.TO
{ tb~*~*if'y,
LaJ 1;)/ t d , : / l l / y f : ?12(??4f t/k!.Y, Li; T l .EL.
fkIJkli]y' ;
I
;''
,hkj
&.,k
2'7 tr. (19, Kitu: m c i ~uf 11l't\~~ily
I ) . S. Iir. T. 3, 1). I ; This word itl not
g t * ~ ~ ~ : ~llsr!ri
~ : d l ywllr~nmarc! tlian 10 Inan. arc
P

@*J

~~:L~.II(?FC~Iirx :L lic?at~,
'Po i l ~ c l i ~ kout?'fi*:~~?lf'
e
( ~ 1~
l fd\k,
a stay, S ~ I ~ I ~ J ~~ II ~ IL *I ;~I I.l ~~ f ~ ~ I'ritlc11:i
t t v ~ oi' 1:11it:i$

i ~ t j t *a,
~

2;

*
i* Ytl htlff'i' (6 ,vdfltyj {F?' f!*s ,$l'ii?,
c/o rut slm($$d
~ \ ~ i # ? ~ $ t ~ i ? $! ~: ~~ L
, f I~I )I : ~ ~ ! ~khf!
L I ~ I~ ~ I TI ~ !~ O I A ~ ~ o r , '/h (lo rr,lj/tAirly in [ i s et:c?ai??g
b ++
cmnm. gmd.
$f!f*
I l B l l ' , 1k54ttj ~~~~~~v~~~
IIIIII~CI~,
$ 1 1
J p i 1
1 y
H:LIIII0 I
CJJ
P
V
A i t , 1 ; yuJ;;j 1 ra 1f! V, 104, '' T l i ~
I t t ~ t : : t c ~ ~ ti ~L t~~ii;iii;~llyk l i ~ I Lt + h l ~ t t i b q l i t , f ~ f
,
i s t i , ' or " 1,110 1Ioly Hlliril,"
'tlli1~1~1*,

1/

f~t]~''

0s.4

.uJ*

&

61.)

Xj

eJ

3 b/

by this name; ~t 10 v. 2 i t may be translated

!;or, o. TOfrights;.
?.a. Fear, timidi1
the Inspiration or Revelation, viz, the Hor&11.
%or,0, T~ turn furtively from one thing t,
ferl1*,n ~ ~ 'r1;g A wind, smell, prosperity,
other (with j\
; t)
b turn.upon (with J
5
r: !
86
P
power. Z'J T21e evening, as
34
&or. o, T~
\ collective noun,
v. 11, " (It Mew) for a month in the evening,';."
Greeks, as being subject to the Roman Em
Notc. At the com~nencementof this verse we
Note. The events mentioned at the begin
-3
5
must understand the word b+d q.v. Js-of the 30th chapter relate to the wara bet
the Greeks and Persians under EIeracliur
Victuals, things necessary to support life.,\?LJ IV. To drive home (floclrs) in the evening.
Ghosroes.
5
B L/P
aor. i. TO n2aKe uncertain. L.+.J nn.
aor, o. To seek.
Gently;
is said to u\;
9
.
-0
doubt, calamity, rrs ?+
,d. 1 L+J 52 Y
be ecpivalcnt to
Grant a respite; D. 8.
6
Adverse fortune,"
I
literally, " the cnlo
Gr. T, 1, p. 546; at 8G v. 17 the words are
~ 3 5
of tile time." ik4 Suspicion, uncertain
found in conjunction \+,I
" Grant them
,'
9
% b y
a gcntlc respite," or " rcspite them for a wllile."
.+. part. act. IV, f. Disquieting, he 01
/.'
which inspires doubt or suspicion; dsc
-+!, III. To long aftcr, dasiro
to llave inter'
who is guilty of a c$rne.-"\?j~
VIrI. !
courso with (with acc. and
; thus &~,b
.z
8
f
part. act. One who
in doubt.
& 12 v. 20, " Sllc desircd to lie with
doubt, a accptic.
me ;" At 12 v. 61 it moans simply to solicit.
IV. To be willing, wish, dcsire, intend, Gb ?or. i. To fit feathers to an arrolv.
c.3
6 P
moan (with acc. and L+, also witk ,\I ; g t ~ generic noun, Feathers ; fine clotlling.
Q 9
'
aor. conditional and &. t!, aor. i. To grom. &,-IA high hill.
30 v. 22 for

$5

+ 4~4,~(;s

//

*6

;s

//

iJ3

/CIA

4;;

f,/

bC

G/

#GrY

bYb

fd//

clc

-%

sf

5"

drcaR in a colt.
A rich and well-watered incadow,

I*

&,Jdb' aor. i. TOtake po88@6sion--of the heart'

uOb aor, ow To oxereise, or

,,#b'

&)

GjROP. 0.

~b g i u ~azyo?28 C ~ ~ C Uto
J I ~eat.

&I$ plus. of gj,or wanting the sing

r

$5Froth,

#/

,+

Rcbcls (against God), P r ~ t o r i a nGuard

aonln,
96 v. 18 it appears to refer to the angel^
dj,aor, o. To pelt mith sto?2ess.
A book, The
l c ~ guard
e ~ over Bell*
Uook of P ~ n h n ;s ~ l u r . Boolcs, vritings,
6
SNbP
of a q
8criptur0s; j
;
are
Plurals of Qj cj&or*o* To pierce nith the ferule
&L$- noun of unity, A thing made of ;
A lump or largo piece of iron, n. divided poras n glass vcssel.
tion, scot; >j occours wit11 the first of ihese
, aor. o. !?bproAibii,driue amay. jGb'~ n.a.
j T:
rncrtning~at 18 v. 08, and
wit11 tlic last, a t iri
of' driving or prohibiting.
fern.
83 Y, 55x
c
part. act. Those who d r i v ~; $&j
dj nor, i, To sell clatcs 012 $;lad r~36~ gzdess.
'f

.,

Jjz

;z

sf

fl

F :

&hpf
0

~5~

;Jj

( 63 )

&$jTo shake, hake to and fro. ys$ n,a. The act

//

b/

0 b /

fl$ ToJIaahwith angar (an eY& ~

~ Excesd
qL.5
sive cold, by some interpreted to mean the
of shaki~lg;
3 \ +"J?
\ 99 v, 1,
-2)
Moon ; original root- Lzj To Toe oiole~zt.
" When the earth is shaken by an earth, Ginger, with which the water of Salsabeel,
quake ;" literally, " by its shaking." dJ;Jj A
a fountain in Paradise, is to be flavoured.
shocli-of an earthquake,
5
G.3 To iljmazm,near. // Nearness, proximity, a no vei.bal root, An excrescence behind the ho@
ofgoats. &
j Spurious, illegitimate.
near approach;
Near at halid ; Plur.

Ws-)

2)

@Y

&&

/
,

.?,0b,

\.

<0

rj

&y

5=/9
i. TO be guilty of fornication. 15 nn.a.
The phrase &A\\
. ~2 Uj at 11V. 116 >jaor.
Fornicntion.
1' and vith the article >~>f
signifies those hours of the night which corn9J
and h...- ~ p a tf. act. One who ia guilty of
. ~nenceat the close of day, and those of the
fornication,
day which commence at the close of night;
aor. a. To abstain; aok i. To Rave in low
There are other ways of spelling this word,
BbP
estimation.
part. act. One who esteems
such as bj,\dj%lidd
j,
the last being a noun
lightly, or holds in low estimation (with $
in the singular, having the same signification
of thing) .
as &j,2nd of the second declension, D. S. Gr.
s
4
3
y
j
aoor.
a.
TO
6e
resp~enhnt.
A ,Ron.m,
T. 1, p. 402.--&-Ql IV. To bring near, cause
splendaur
to approach (with ace, and j).
,
aor. O. To sljp. >
jA place in which the feet +j aor. 8. TObe full of marrom (a bone); to
v a i s h , disappear, perish.
part. act. That
are liable to slip.-~.$l IY.To cause to slip or
I,
which vanishes away. d ; , ~ ~ perishable.
fall (with ace. af pers. and +).
g//
'
'l' aor, o. To stir up strife. c3J 3?lur. GGjT A
2j To wander aboxt. ("Ji s Plur. l Headless EJ
companion, mate, spouse, husband or wife, an
arrows used by the ancient Arabs for purposes
individnal when consorting vith another ; that
of divination, a superstition forbidden by the
in which individuals are united, aa zt kind,
.-.-,.-~Cor$n; for a curious illustration of this custonz
species, class, or sex, also a pair, a couple$%
see Ezekiel ch, xxi, v. 21,
6,S/P
L+fj31 V. 9,
Examples,
K3j
45
pj aor, i. To p l y upo?z a wind i?zstru??zent.y
j
a
9
9
(C
And we have caused (vegetables) to spiring
plur. of 3nj A crowd of men ; \/nj
In crowds.
9
up in it of every generous species ;"
,!j aor. i. and 0. TO liWLp.-ejn part. act. of
GL:i'$ij , 55 v. 53, In each.
for J
n
;; V. f. D. S. Gr. T.-1, p. 220,
$J *3J 4 - L
there shall be two kinds of every fruit," or it
To wrap one's-self in a garment. The epithet
may be " TWOpairs of every kind ;" thus at
& ,\ is applied to Mohalnmad in the 73rd
c.
a9 LI
11 V* 42 the ~ 0 r d &s /
c j j L)S ijlq
ch. because at the moment it was communieither be rendered two, or two pair, of every
cnted to him he was wrnpped in a Inantlo
Bind, fio alfio at 13v, 3, 6 v, 144 and elsewhere ;
either asleep or at prayers ; so eny the cornfor the t~seof
with the dual sea D.8. Gr.
mentators.
La d

Sf9

&.Jj;

//

SIBB

/LP

OY9

gq

// /

2;

//

&5

/'bZ

Yy,

r%

5 dL.5

$3
/

/ / r

.lJv

qe$

///

:.&'J'

&

6-Q

/ //

$Ji

/ L / L ~ ~

('

Y ~ ~ a ? b a

'',:lo

sl,

0 b,

'/:La

T. 2, p. 315,'where he translates &,\

CI/

'C

/:

Pb/

juj?jcollective noun, The olive, olivea.

9L

LGj3j

noun of unity, An olive, an olive-tree.

"Two individuals," a, reading which is aup*
aor. i. To be increased, to increase, cause to
ported by the passages at 51 v. 49, where j\J:
G0
increase, give an increase to (with acc. of pers.
m3j
must o f necessity have the meaning of
and cij or with double acc.) ; to exceed in
9
/t%
t w o individuals paired together, and at 15 v.
number ; u3+3J
, \ 37 V. 147, Or there were
88, where
means simply " individuals,"
more in number ;" to ~ n a k ean addition to
$,/CI
p / - c
or " certain of them ;" gbj jl ,&A &+
,1
$; Zeid, Mohammad's freedman
(with
38 v. 58, " And other (mGters) of a similar
and adopted son, whose wife Zeinab Mohammad
kind shall be in conjunction with it;" I n this
married after her divorce from Zeid ;. see ch.
S
passage there appears to be an ellipse,+\ for
33.
fj\ij An increase, addition. &$ An
9
Lcr
,/'
=A\\ in virtue of its comparative form being
accession, increase, addi tion.--~1 dj! for j~j),
put in the singular, D. S. Gr. T. 2, p. 304;
VIII. D. S. Gr. T. 1, p. 222, To increase, :.
9 r 3
ci/
it is also writtenJ&\, see 3 V. 5.-EJj 11. To
suffer an increase, or be increased by (with
9
give in marriage (with double acc.) ; to wed
~ c c . ;) &S \@A;
dIdj I, 18 V. 24, " And they
to (with acc. and v ); to join together ;
suffered an increase of ,nine (years)
k g r - p
~ 9 2 - 0
u.v$ 1 81 v. 7, " And when the souls 2jnor. i. To be inclined downwards, to become
dim (the sight), turn aside, deviate (with
shall Be joined (to their bodies) ;" At 42 v. 49
s
< /z
t i j n.a. Perversity.--ej\ IV. To cause to
it means to make of two kinds, to rnalre or give
deviate, render perverse.
a
conjointly.
9
aor. 0. T o taBe provisions, dj Provision for j
$aor, i. and a. To cease (wit11
11. T o
/Gj//
a journey.-J~Y V. To provide one's-self for a
make a separation (with
V. To be
separated one from- the other.
journey.
5 ':
False, a falsehood.l\j nor. o. To visit.
aor. i. To adorn.
An ornament, as sppa&
18 V. 16
YI. To decline (with) ; ;
at 7 v. 29, or trinkets, etc,,. pomp ; sometirnea
98 -+/.is forlJ>j' 3 pers. fern. sing: aor.
used collectively for ornaments, as at 20 v.'90
,,/
P L/
J$aar. o. To cease, cease to be in a place, fail,
and elsewhere ; At 20 v. 61 *,$
l ?$, mean61
,
,P/ L S
pe~iah,as $
39, ('Lest they fail ;"
the day of the solemn feast, when the temples,
-9 u\ 35 -v.
as'(,
/P/
L 9 P
to decline, as $2
,;jl
J&, p$d5 C)G
and other huildings were decked out in olden/
,a/
time~.--~;j 11. To adorn, prepare (with acc.
14 v. 47, " Even though their craftiness were
and u or d;)
; to deck a thing out (with.
such that the mountains should be moved by
it ;" literali$, ""sould cease to remain in their
specious arguments, or otherwise), to mdce it
G9/ a 0 w / P
places, or incline downwards (like the Sun)."
appear pleasing (with acc. and J); $
LE
n.a. A declining, declination as of the sun
@J \ 2 16 v. 39, "Verily I will make (their
from the meridian, in which sense it is figuradisobedience) appear pleasing to them on the
d6
/a00
tively employed a t 14 v. 46.
Earth."-d,jj! for dij. V. D. S. Gr. T. 1, p.
A5 aor. i.T o dress food lvitli oil.
Oil,
220, To be adorned.
C

l&sy

((

SCI

3).

\,

\ii3
'

~-q-s

,L4/

."

g).

C/

~3

8 '

&).-sj

z).--L$ji

0 /

;;p

J,J

hj
0

J^G

&'

$ an adverb prefixed to the aorist tense of verbs,

to an end, n eausc ;
.I-,/

and giving them a future signification; it is

considered as an abbreviation of
c1.v. ;

L*

-0

wise used in conjunction with other prefixes,

as
2 v. 131, " And God will
suffice thee (as a protection against) tlicnl,"
see

ark(&.&
L.'//

V.

53,

.,Z4

ths
q 14 11 v. 45, " I will betake
/z
inyaelf to a mountain," see d2\ ; it is like-

18

6 ,

wP

$ lv?

9 /G*".<.

5 , ~

Aild we gnw him n

rneans to accomplish every end, so lic follotvecl
\-.L-rj.lj

<b/

44

c zcxr

G / /

I(

?/LI~./

his \my;" +J&J\

L$ i,L>li 33 v. 9,"Let
,
tllenl then ascend illto the tracts (of IIeaven)."
$ldSab;~', v,
/ /

- 0 ,

,/

nor. o. and i. To ,*cst, celebrate the Sabbntll.

Tlie Sabl~ntli; at 7 v. 163 and elaewtlero
r
reference is made to the story of certain Jews
/%
who resided at Elnth on tlie Red Seain the time
JL aor. a. To ask, interrogate, ask for, dernancl
Tt
of David, and who were 1;nrned illto apes far
(with acc. of pers. and d \ , also with double
5
.a
Rest,
catching fish on the Sabbath diiy. . ,10
acc, or with acc. of pers. and + or >); to
perform 8 daily
pray to (rTrith act.), as at 55 v,
Imperata C aor. a. Y'o S X ~ Z , roll Sonwnrds,
CI,
~ 2 ) .7 9 n.a. The act oP swimand &. .A~o;a. Verbs whose second
ming, occnpation in worldly affairs*
. radical is liamzated are frequently declined
gG
part.
act.
One
who
swims
or
moves
with
s
after the mannec of concave verbs.
A
sroknming motion, applied to Angels at 79
request, petition.
n.2. The act of deS
v. 3, or, accordilig to another of several intermanding. !, L part, act. One who asks, &'a 4 "
5 5 '.,
pretations, to sliips. :g<Praise; @\ d&
mands, etc., a beggar, as at 93 v. 10. J y
p/
and & ~ L J are adverbial expressions in which
part. pass. That which is demanded or illquired
there is an eliipse of the verb
as '' The
into ; at 17 vv. 36 and 33 it refera to those
2
!. , . I

G<,

fl

i9;

Jc\

/ 0*

(\'lith

:9

g\p

- /

.+fA,'

ZL I

z\,
Cy

things which shall be inquired into at the day

of judgment.-Jlui
,;'I. To ask or makeinquiries of one a n o t l ~ e(with
~
as
c 9%
cI
1 \ \& 4 v 1 About mllom ye have dis/

-//

2)) ,sqi
Y

/ /

/ G f

cussions one with another, or in whose name

3% Q /
ye beseech one another;" ,J \lwj
may
9
z 9%
also be spelt u , j s G is here put for L ~ \ & ,
D. S. Gr. T, I, p. 220.
&or, a, To disdain, dislike, scorn
?,; or
I
wit11
of thing).
5
,- / L S
Q
,aor, o, yocut,
Lry plllr. U bA~
rope, cord, lien or that by which one tiling is
connected with anofher, as a path, war, means
0

>

pprnise of God," or " by praising him," for " I

celebrate the Praise of Gocl,"etc., 11ence it is
/L?
dl& the word dL+4 appears in the accus., see
D. 6 . Qr. T. 1, p. 502, n n d T . 2, p . 5 2 ;
, ,G,
37 1 5 ; In this and
\
&.j,,.,
similar pasSLhgeS there ~vo~lld
appear to also
an ellipse of the verb Jg; At 2s v* 6s this
deficiency is supplied, and the passage then
reads ~ L u s , " I celebrate the Praise of God,
and lnay He be far exalted above that which
they impute to Him.''---f& 11. To +Sing ~*nisee
(wit11 J of pers.1, celebrate Poises
(mith "1,

-'/

/.I

,/

G.F

laud and magnify (with accfi)* d

~ 3J
';

d-

nv8*
9

"

s."/P

The act of praise, ++M part. not. One who

I
/
celebrates praises.
9 'c.3
A
Gf; nor, a. To be lank,(hair). K9 Plur. b\?&\
t,ribe (of the childrep of Israel).
aor. a. and i. To make a nuozber up to seven.
5
*./L+
S L
.?&
fern.,
masc. Seven, s e e p . u ~ +
s 9 /
Seventy. t+ A wild-beast.

,/Hi,

/ /

S b *

9b/

kdaor. O.

TO68 long and trailing on the gros?zcZ

S
/LCE
(a garment). i&G
, A coat of mail.-&d\
IT.
To came to abound (with acc. and &iC/ of pers.).
+aor. i. and o. To be in advance of (with acc.);
precede (with J) ; to go before (wit11 acc. and
j j or +) ; pass before, go forth p~eviously,
as a sentence of condemnation (with
of
p5rs. and >),
with which meaning it appears
at 11v. 42 ; or a prainise of eteimtl happiness
(with J of pers. and &):as
at 21 v. 101 ; to
happen previously, pass by, surpnss, get the
better of (with acc.) :Wit11 L+. it rnzy sornetimes be rendered to do previously, as
0

4
'

&

Sale translates this word "prevented," a meaning i t may well bear in the two instances in
which it occurs.--sL 111. To strive to excel
or reach before another (with Jb).--pj+j
VIII. To strive one with ailother in a race, or
to reach a goal (with szcc.).
Elain, no verbal root.
Plur.
(corn.
,
gend.) A way, road; a cause or reason, as at .
9 vv. 92 and 94, where it zneans I I a cailse of
0 - 0 9 c.
Q I o P
reproach;" &A!u;!A traveller; 5.A 1 bLy
The pat11 of duty to God ; it frecluently ineans
an expedition or war mndc b y believers to
propagate
tlie Moharninadan faith; a necessity,
- -5 -, /..,",~~..o
/L//
as cl$F~
~ f]l J ~
d04~
e 13 v. 09, " There
is no necessity incumbent upon us (to pay or
observe justice) towards the Reatlien ,"
%or.i. To take captive. 51; SnbB', called in
Scripture " Sheba," a city of Yeinan destroyed
by the inundation of El 'Arem; i t toolr its
name from SabB', the great gmndson of Kah$%n
QI
or Joctan.
9
<a
$6
& for y5 i fern.
~ Bix ; masc. +, see+c.
Q
Oblique &.+>ISJ
Sixty.
S
B PC, r
aor. o. To cover. 3A veil, covering. JF
part. pass. Bprend over as s v e i l . - - ; VIII.
To hide one's-self.
aor. o. To 6a humble, submit one's-self, bow
down in adoration with the forellend touching
'
the g r o ~ ~ n dto, worship (wit11 J). a++
5
' 5 .a Y
Adoration. %G Plur. J,=& and L+YJ part.
act. One who bows down. iFS
Plur. iTc
(2nd declension) A place of adoration, mosquo ;
/

0C/

49

5I-Q

/ 1

/ /

'

ue,
/

created being has committed this (crime) before

you ;" t o prevent, in the old sense of to be
beforehand with (with acc. of pers. and +) ;
A
b 0
P/
b/A
thus at 21 v. 27
4 ctj++U
" They do not
z?,b
prevent him in their speech."
n.a. The
B
act of preceding.
4*?Id
part, act. One who
0,
precedes or outstrips in a race ; At 56 v. 10
9
we find the word uJ&W1 repeated, probably
to give force and dignity to the expression,
which znny there be rendered " Tlze leaders on
enrth and in Elearen," viz. those who ]laving
been the firat to embrace the Fnith, shall be
b9c.A
the first in Paradise.
G~- part. pass.
One who is surpassed or beaten in a race;

r)l

// 0

.*

2,

,,'G

" From the sacred temple at Mecca to the

further inosque at Jerusalem," or as Beii!hw$c
explnins it, to the EIoly IIouse there; for at
that time there was no mosquo behind it.

J,~*"n

/ 0

5 9 L . M
fi4
aor. 0. To utter a cry, as a camel to her foal;
A great ma,gician.
part. pass. One bes* ' P
topourfortA,~ZZwith water, to burn(withd;).
witched, delnded by sorcery .--s* part, pass.
P b /
9 G
part. pass.
\*\
,1 52 v. 6,
11. f. Bewitched.
.
S L P
" By the ocean poured fortl; over the esstll." GSYJTo beat small, and && To be far o$. ssu)
06
9':
---+
11. To swell and become turgid (the
n.a. The act of being ftir oft'; \iS*3 67 V. 11,
ocean),
" Far then be (pardon) from illem ;"an ellipse
s
9 9G
&' To pourforth.
which is ~ p dint V B I ~ ~ O U S for
biJ \
li God has removed theln
S

. - 0 G / 4 /

J~

/ /

4 b

"

w~db

lo? f < , , G S f

ways, has also sundry eignifications ; by some

far away in respect of pardon." d+d
s
Frtr
9 / b
it is supposed to mean tho Ailgel who inscribes
distant. ~ s d
Isaac
l
(2nd declension) D. S.
&
men's actions in a book, rolling i t up at their
GI*.T. 1, p. 404.
death ; or it may be the name of n certain
rostr@ the 6nr&, Q9G shoreof a river
scribe of Mohnmniad, or a written scroll ; for
or sea.
-a
theconstructionof tllemords*aO
1 eb +;A %or,a, To ridicule (with
of pers,). ;&
21 v. 1.04, see D. 8.Gr. T. 2, p. 164; see also
part. act. One who turns to ridicule. G2&:
his Chrostornathie Ambe, T. 3, p. 231.
A jeer, ridicule; at 43 v. 31 i t means One who
Balrcd clay of which t l ~ estones were formed
is compelled to aerpe without poylftent.-- .
G #
which were said to have been rained down
Jic* 11. To st~bject (with ace. anil J); to
from I'leaven upon Sorlorn, and also upon the
compel any one to work without payment;
" Companions of the Elephant " mentioned in
a t 89 v, 7 it is used with tbe acc. and
of
chap. 105.
q
s 9 b /
pers. and may there be rendered "He caused
aor. o. To imp~ison. u,+W part. pa&.
bB
P
L
9
it to assail them." j z w part. pass. Subjected,
Impyisoned. &
:; A prison. we$ The
,,:
compelled to serve or work.-,ra!
X. To
register in which the action^ of the wicked are
turn anything to ridicule.
recorded, or the place where it is kept.
sor. a. To be angry (with ug). g&&W r a t 1 ~
$5 aor. o. (also written hs&L)TObe qaiet, tranquil
,.- cs
-&&I
IV. TO incense.
9
s
ar iiarlc (the night).
C
Z
aor. o. TO ohtruct, stop zq. ;
I
:n.a. 01. :
j A
aor, a. To drag along the ground (with $).
L6 a 5
mountain, a11 obstacle, rampart, bar ; &,L\ \ .
+J\S& A cloud) clauds, sometimes used as a
.18
v.
92
oblique
dual,
"The
two
mountains,"
collective noun,
s bh.9
supposed to be situated in Armenia, or on the
J
L L S~b ~ l e ~ t l utter&,
-0~
e~adi~afi?.C L ~ UnG5
borders of Tuskistan. +& Well-directed)
lawful,forbidden by law.--&\
IV. same as
convenient or opporbune
primitive forin (with ace, of pers. and +).
C
generic noun! The
aor. a. To gild, enchant, bewitch (with ace. I-\" TOlet dotun9the hair* jJ?
.5/
noun of unity, A single Loteand v). J ~ FSorcery, enchantment. Ji Lote-tree.
'
s /&3
,/by
"L,
Plur. J \ ~ The
~ \ early dawn. Jr
.3^
1.: PIur. * tree; C52::inJJ 3Lb553 vv. 14 and16,TheLote6
sGi/
+,/
tree, beyond which no creature can pass ;
n p 4 part, not. A magician, sorcerer.
r

',;A

//

G9

2?

&&:
4

.+

csc

.,*

6 4

,/

fl

/ / /

Sb

'

SL.

G&
4

/ fl

( 68 )

&ZC\

A lamp, or rather a candle, the receptacle being

allusion is made to i t in Moore's Lalla

Rookh.

&,&.

called
"Farewell, ye vanishing flowers, that shone,
cr" aor. a. To let ( a $och) go free to pasture at
In my fairy vreath; so bright and brief;
liberty ;to lead out to pasture in the morning.
s
Oh ! a h a t are the brightest tlmt e'er haw blom,
I Dismissal.-cp
TP
11. To dismiss freely,
To the Lote tree springing by Allah's throne,
divorce
(with
~ C C of
. pers. and L+).
n.a,
Whose flomers have a soul in e ~ c r yleaf."
Uismissal, divc
A sixth ,,,
W A ~%or. O. To taRc a sirth part.
SL,
3 ? aor. 0. To perforate.
9n.a. Work made of.
part. G+GThe sixth.
rings woven together, as chain armour.
S
/ 9
aor. 0. 3'0 stretch ozct the nand towards any one. ,,,,
~-j-'
To cover with an azniny. j + l y 18 v. 28,
diL Neglected, uncared for.
Smoke which surrounds and corers after the
61
aor. o. To czit the navel string, t o make glad,
manner of a tent.
z2
5 9 9
rejoice. i,y ".a. Joy. ?; A secret; I> iPI. To be quick 8
Plur.
Bwift, prompt,
$3 9
L
'
-0P
.Becretly, iii private. J,d plnr. of :!> A
hastening ; C + L
l @J
~ Swift at taking
3
,
c
'
9 ., z
couch, throne. s1/1 Joy, joyful state. J$Ip
account ; Gs9 Buddenly, hastily.
' ..,
(2nd declension) plnr, of 2~ A secret.
(2nd declension, cornn, form) D. S. Gr. T. 1,
F
S P C 0
$S
JF part. pnss. R%jjoii~ed.-~\
IT. To conp. 403, Very swift, swiftest.
;\;111. To
ceal, and also to reveap or manifest (with
has ten emulously, or in company with othera
acc.); At 10 v. 55 and 34 v. 32 it seems
(with J or L. of pers. or thing, also wit11 J!).
,
doubtful which of t h y e meanings is Tn tended
aor. o. To ezt amay (the leaves of a iree).to be conveyed; to entrust a secret (with @ L$\/ / b E IV. To be prodigd, extravagant, to
hold a secret conver~otiou(with ncc. or
exceed bounds, transgress (witb J.s or $).
2,
witb J of pers.).
n.a. A secret.
g$:! n.a. The act of exceeding
- bounda,
,
* b p
vi/ aor. O. To enjoy p e e pasture (a ca?nel).
extravagance, transgression. u+ part.
.
UI, A pipe for the conveyance of water;
act. One who is guilty of excess, extravagan t,
18 v. 60 may be translated ('as it were
a trq'ns g- ~essor.
S
ill a tunnel ;" the fish there mentioned being
part. act. One who
diP aor. i. To steal. jjL
,
'
CI
supposed to have swum in that manner under
s t e a l s . - - j y ~ ~VIII. To take away by stealth,
the sea. +iy A mirage, deceitful appearas p . J \ j
p
l 15 v. 18, " Be listened by
ance, as of water in the desert. AJG part.
stealth," ns the Genii to the conversation of
act. One who goes forth freely and oarelessly.
the angels.
S @ L c
" /CIr
To put ola thc garmzent culied
&/I Perpetual; \hp~ k ~ ~ e t ua aword
~ l ~appa,
(2nd declension) plur. of
A garmint,
rently of mised Persian and Arab origin.
L,
'
c.or
either generally, or zl coat of mail ; at 16 v. 6~ ~ O P i.
. TO travel by night; =,+ Li! &$ ,\
83 it is nsed in both senses.
89 v. 3, '' By the night when it passeth
N / C
4 aor. o, li"o sadcEZe"; and
To
sR5le.
I away ;" JG ia here written by poetic licence
c4"
EJ
/

/ /

cgz

.'

G;:

M 4 /

I.

\z

/-

I.

tp\

./

&

/ I . /

Jb),

//-

J>\
/ G

/-

/I.

$ / /

\!>

I./ Z

0//

r ,

b%s

'I...,L4

&>.

3;

gqJ*j

&?p

/ /

(1(

.
'

gs9

ob/

b/

for G..;, on account of the pause-&,--at

J,

noun of action being added to the verb to give

r.

the end of the vcrse; D. S. Gr. T. 2, p. 496.

energy to tho expression-kg%
5
2; A rivuilet.-dTT IV. To travel by night ;
aor. o. To suxet fioa Aunger and wafzt.
with u it becomes transitive, To cause to
Famine,
' 6% 63
,<'
s tr.
travel, thus at 20 v. 79 d ~ \J+
d \ u1
" (say- f4aor. a. To pour forth. c ~ h dpart. pass.
5 .
Poured forth.--fJMd
part, act. 111, f. 01lc
ing) Take
my
servants
for
a
journey
by
night,"
-s
see ,.,\.
I
who commits fornication.
# <

. . I / .-f

GJ

8 ,

'L,or.
J/K aor.

32 aor. i. To sweep ( a house), go on a journey,

a, To spread out.

5 /cA7

S<8

0's

3
4 Plur. J\idl A journey ; J\sL1 is also the
o. To write. >kLT Fables, idle tales;
plur. of &
; A Iwge Book'Z or Tome. i> ,
Thia word, Q plural of the 2nd declension,
IV. To shine,
seems lo be derived from t h e Greelr i o ~ o ~ l a , plor. of>\; A scribe.-,L\
s
s PC,/
hrigl~ten(tile dawn).
part. act. Shining.
but the sing. is 'doubtf~~l; L-9 part. pass.
s ~r Y
4
'
~
9
Written. d$,
also spelt
One who t L aor, a. To strike with the wi?zgs (a bird when
presides over, a manager of a f f i ~ i r s . - - ~ h ~ n $g/tting), to drag along (with +), as at 96 -v.
part, pass. VIII. f. Written.
15,
\xk;l "Verily we will drng him by
1 4

.0

S C / "

1'

G5n\;

59

*I,.-/

,,

*
a0S. 0. TO attaclr wit11 violence (with .- of
tile foreloclr ;" w h e instead
~
of' tile
of the
per~.).
second energ&ic form of aorist, the tilaween of
s
'.*,
',
the filtlm 1@ is used, see D. 8. Gr. T. 1,p. 156.
clxr, see wJ.
aor. a. To befortzcnate (a day) ; and
TObe &%or,
i. To shed&lood).
hapl?Y ( a lnan)*
I ~ ~ Pblessed*
PY~ a
bL&OX*. O. TO6e low, JjL part. act. One who is
B
aor. a. TO&At a@s. J*3m) fern. A burning fire,
low, vile, abject ; I;&!L:
11v, 84, " up.P
Hell. p M a d n e ~ s . - ~ 11.
, ~ To cause to burn
side down." JLl Fem. &.id comp. form,
fiercely.
Very low, lower, lowest.
S
/<
TO
go
&
nor.
a.
on
account
of
the
gutturd
p
501.
i,
TO
S
C
Y
~
0
1
the
shin,
L&L A Bark,
L
llastily (with J\)
; to run, be diligent, purship ; at 29 v. 14 The Arlr.
pose, to endeavour labour or strive after (with & and &
' To make a fool of (any one), render
,"'
" /fif/
,
c,
acc. also with 3 or
; H,
~4 n ,
foolish, as
~4 2 V. 124, '(He who
s/r
SO V. 8, " But as for him who comes to thee
has
lnnde
a
fool
of
llimselfaV
d4 n,a, ~ ~;
Yc,/
5
9
striving after (good)." d d ".a. The act of
Plur. 5 hid (2nd declenFoolishly.
going ql~icklyor hastily, an ~rdcavour;
jion) A fool, foolish, silly, ignorant; <:+\;
+-.
&k 37 V* 100, ('And wllen he had
72 v. 4, " The foolish individual amongst us,"
Is"" l
5
attained such nn age that he could assist him
FoUy,
viz, Iblees, or a rebellious spirit, &\id
17 V. 20, " And ;L To injure 6y heat (the sun).
in his work ;" <$
fern. Hell.-fire
(2nd declension), supposed to be of foreign
diligently strives after it ;" Literally, " And
endoavourn after it with it8 encleavour ;"tile
origin, D.8. Gr. T. I , p. 405.
4

r'

iz

&:

/ / A

// e-

S P Y

4 6

9 / 6 5

-b

-- -

'--/

3)

9 C L f

++
'a

a'

&".-

8 4

.a'

/ / /

""

Lid

70 )

2);?2+
c

r;Z

'

\ c$!&$7 V. GC aor. o. To be s i z e ~ t ,appeased-anger-(wit11

'"
of person).
or vague expression
mar. i. To Jill o vessel; and;$;
aor, a. To 6.9
for another, and meaning " They
s,
drt~wh. Jd Intosicnting drink, especially
grievously repented."' $L: part. act. Falling.

aor. o. To fall (with

148, nn instance of a

$y

&

-g\;

GT

/ 0

2s

nor, o. ~b
ope,.,
pklor,
roof.
,
rc+ sick, ill,
" 0 ' . a, To 6~ ill.

e4
/

(.

S P P

L,

5-

To water, give drink to (mith donble

ncc,) ; I11 the Pass, to bc given (water, etc.)
to drink, see D. 8. Gr. T. 2, p. 123; When
meaning eitnply to be watered, as at 13 v. 4,
the Passive verb governs its compZellletlt by

L aor. i.

us
2)

Jl)

&

e,,

means of the preposition +,as $Fb gh

,
or h e verb may here be taken in an impersonal
e-.'

4 9/tJ

stopefaction ; ++A I iJ'4 50 v. 18, " The

/'9
plor. of ;sL
agonies of death." &,sX)i&
,
L/*
D n l n l i e ~ . - ~ L11. To ~nnkedrlllllien ;
,P /LITbjL;\ 15 v, 15, " Our eyes are intoxicated,"
i,e, bewildered.
,, ,
C a o ~ .o. To be quiet, rest, dwell (mitb
;
0
drrell wit11 (with
; inhabit (with act.).
Any l-nenns of rest or quiet, a habitation.
z G part. act. Tlmt which remains quiet ; at
25 v. 47 speaking of tlie Shadow at daybrenlc.
it means " fixed," either by the 8~x11's neglectino*to rise, or rising always in the same place.
/G3

., ..-

L5
.

l;i~;p~opa*ly,Drunkenlzess,

Date-mine.

111. To let fall (wit11 ncc. and L&s).IT.To cnuac to fall (with ~ C D and
.
&).

,'"?

2i O,
Zi
sense " Rignturn est," withan ellipse of qtyG ;
u
&
co~am.gend. A knife. .. Tranquillity,
by some Ilowever it is written & ; so again
-. ~9,.
security ; a word variously interpreted, but
at 14 r. 19, and sirnil?\ passeges,
.+- -.,
prolxbly referring to the Hebrew Schechinah
++ S L "And he ahall be given to drink of
~3'3W'The Divine presence which nppenred
n putrid. liquid," where we may understand an
on tlie Mercy seat of the Ark.
(2nd
gc,
2
7 ,
ellipse of the word.;,I
&&n.a. TheL. act of
S / f J /
5
,,/
,.
declension) plus. of
A habitatios. &
gi~ixigdrink to, nlao a drinking cup.
for
Y ,!
9:
Poverty, misery.
part. pass, Insi (2nd declension), final
when preceded
c..
habited. &$& Plm.
(2nd declcnby being clunged into short alif, D. S. Gr.
/GZ
sion) Po~r.--~<~lIT. To mnke to dwell, cause
T. 1, p. 111, A ~ a t e ~ i n g~t; 91 13 where
to abide (with double ncc. also with L+ ox 4
this ward occur8 there is n considerable ellipse,
9,
-a'/
Y P
LI I,
of place) ; to quiet,
\;L&a3 $4l & \ j jJ 1 JjdJ piJ 415 " And the
S
Q
Y
apostle of God said unto them (let alone- bb aor. 0 % TO 6rilzg out.
An extract./$ ,
, ! V. To withdmw one's-self privately,
God's she-cmel and (do not hinder) her
//G
drinking."-GLT IV. To give driuk to, to water &iL free JuL.
,
<,LI/G
(mith double act.).-,u\& X. To aslr any & aor. o. To snatch away frotn (with aco, of
"
one for drink (with acc. of pers.).
pers. and thing).
.'/
P G #
S
., "1;
& To pour forth. LZJL
part. paes. Poured
a. To void em*emcnt. % I plur. of
forth, flowing,
comm, gend, Arms, rrcnpons.
C, Y C P

u?ee,,

.2

:,&

>

/L

r;J

4;)

4 4

27

LL nor. o. To

J L I pluck
~,
,/ k

(3j cornm. gend.

3 f4

off, withdrav (with acc.

Obedience to the doctrines of

El Isldta.
A treaty of yeneo or sulmisand
t 7'11. To pass nmay, pass by
S ' /
sion, a captive.
(mitll :,*I.
!L part. act. One r~110is
S / /
r
safe.
Peace, safety, a pecting of peace,
Balsabeel, name of a fountain in Paradise.
9
;
I One of the names of God ;
5% join cAainxise o22e thing to c ~ ~ t o t h e ~ . securit,y
/ G "a?
s/
+L.J jJ13 Paradise, the abode of pence ; a t 21
i;Uj Plur.
(2nd declension) A chain.
,c
?
v. 69 it may be interpreted '' a means of
oor. a. To 6c hard. u hcomm.
~ gend. Power,
security; " the fir? into which Abralialn had
authority, demonstration, argnment, convincL/
/L P
been thrown by N i m ~ o dnot only llnring left
ing proof; );I!d, 69 v. 29 for &\LC
"My
the former uninjured, but also destroyell his
-,
SG
power ;" the find ;is called +ii+ l z b , for
enemies. ?Lcomm. gend. A ladder. &S
which see D. 8.Gr. T.1, p. 459.--g: 11. To
P
*
Perfect, sincere. u\nil, (2nd declension)
/Q ,
give power or authority, to make .t.ictorious
S01olzlon.11. To preserve, gire snlration,
(with ecc. and &).
delioor, hand over ( ~ i t hacc. and J or j l of
&
nor. O. Zb hnrrow, to pass or be past, to go
pers.) ; to submit to a judgment, selute (with
P//
or happen previously; &L \A b j j 2 r. 276,
ti
The11 shall that which is past be (forgiven)
the people of the House" (as being of your
to him," or no account shall be required of
own people), literali'y, " Salute yourselves."
him. LS.Gn.a. A precedent. - &?
IV.
s
nn.. A sallut tion, submission, resignaproperly, to pay f o r goods be$orehand, but in
.**a 9
tion. &&
fel part, pass. Handed over,
the Rorbn it m~zstbe understood of the slctims
%
sound.- L.!
IV, To snbmit, commit (wit11
done in this life, which are, as it were, sent
i*,
aec. and J)!
; to resign one's- self (with J) ;
before us.
5
to profess E l IslAm. ?lL.! n.a. The act of
aoi*. i. TOthrow on tAe back, throw down dackwards, to abuse (with acc. and +).
1 resignation to God ; ?LbI1 E l Islhm, the only
true Religion which according to lSlo\~arnrnad
aor. o. To cause to go or walk, as $L pkij
was professed try all the Propllets from Adam
$j
20 v. 56, " And Bas made you tb walk
downnrards ; from ihe words. of the I$or$n 49
in i t by paths ;" to came to enter (with ace.
s.14 it would appear to b i rnther the proof pers, or thing, and
of place, or with
F
fession of faith than the faith itself ; the lsteter,
double acc.); auld 26 v. 200, "We llsve
9 c
mhich is from the heart, is called dhP\ ;
caused it to enter ;" Both here and at 15 r.
"b
1 2 tlie word i d \ " unbelief" must bc underupon this point hon~everthere are differences
,,<
stood ; & a180 means simply to walk (with
of opinion anlong tlli ISlodems.
part.
ncc. of place), thus &@
71
act. One who resigns himself to God, a Afoslern, .
v. 19, "That ye may walk in its spacioos
one who professes the faith of El IsIAzn.pstl1s."
part. sot, X, f. One who submits to
nor. n. To t e s a f e and sozlnd.
Peace.
judgment.

p;

'&!

&&

' $ b 4

-'/Id,

8-

&

&G

rb

L/i

,b/

/ / /

G
y

/ /L.

'
d

'CI

&

p /b

L l o

d:

,bH/

/bP

gL <%

7:

&.:

up

aoo. o. 2% be careZcss a 6 o ~ at thing.

for
p .-t .,
(2nd declension) generic noun, Quails.
s
w
n.s. A hole ;
aor. o. To poison, penetrate.

of a needle ; this name is

I
given in the East to the small doorway for
1
foot passengers at the side of a large
see 8. Matthew chap. xis. v. 24.
generic noun, The Simoom ; a pestilential
1
scorching wind, wllich it is said shall penetrate
into the bodies of the damned ; it was from the
fire of this mind that the Jinn or diemons were
1
created, see 15 v, 27,
To stand in astoxishment, to idle. ZT\7L; part.
act. Oile who passes his time in valiities,
/U aor. O, TO pass the 1~iyhb in ~n-uersation.
;4L past. act. One who converses by night.

/ / fl

-5

J;.CJYor
+?L2 'Plis Samaritan, a name
given to an individual who is said to have made
tllc Golden Calf for t& Children of Israel.
&
I
,
aor. a. To hear (with ah.) ; hear of (with +);
to hea~lcen, listen, hearken to (with J );
9
L-Q9,
wj*wC, for ,.,-C,
36 v. 24, " Then hear

&

I
m e ; " D. S.Gr.T. 1,p.459. w n . a . T h e
act of bearing, hemling, %+ One who /
/

&z
/

a /

- - - -

L;

ig%;

1
I

c+

5
.,,

g?

y~

sentence, and not follosiog a verb, theqis

omitted on account of its frequent use, in all
o.ther instances it is retained; thus when at
11 v. 43 we find c , in the middle of a
sentence, we know that there is an ellipse of
the word
see De Sacy's Anthologie
9
. Grammaticale Arabe, p. 112.
A name,.sake.-11. To name, call by name.

1I

of ,zdmiration, Hotv sharp shall be their

hearing," viz, that of the Infidels ; D. 8. Gr.
T. 2, p. 585 ; according to another interpretation
is here the imperative of the iv. f.
I
Do thou cause them to hear;" the same
reniarIc applies to 18 v. 25, where however the
expression, if understood in the imperative,
must be taken as ironical, " Do thou cauae
-

L./

66

k;

,
/

//

L/

hems. tL1
One who is in the habit of
At5
heorl~ening,D. S. Gr. T. 1, p. 322.--trrr\ IV.
To make to hear (with double acc.) ; at 19 v.
G
t
6%
30 ~4 e l is by some understood as s verb

yc;k

CIO-

"And hear -without being made to (hear or)

understand;" out of nnmerons explanations
of this passage none seen1 quile satisfactory ;
.
possibly the words being used by Jews to
* annoy Mobammad conveyed a dozllle entendre.
$/,
$Q
-+
or
V. To listen to (with j
e
)
,
, t
D.8.Gr.T. 1 , p . % 2 O . - p 2 ~1 ~VIII. To hear,
listen, hearken to (with J or J!); to over5
/c 9
hear.
part. act. One who hears or .
listens.
5b.To raise on high. i
L A roof, or the
highest part of tlie interior of a building.
3
.<s
aor. a. To 6e fat. u$+ Plur. uI+Fat.-//t5
@\
IV. To fatten.
*\Laor.
o. To he lofty. Z L u cornm. gend., Plur. 1
3 /.-/
O ~ W
Heaven, of which the Ko&n says there I
5<-/L%
are seven, vide 2 v. 27. r\ Plur. z L \ A
1
name; mhen follorving -another word
is I
Sb-0
' always written with the
thus y\; I n the 1
/

$L!!$':
.. , e- The eye

b 9

(God) to hear."
past. act. One who
S / G
makes to hear, y part. pass. One who is
/ L 9 /t< t / L r Q /
made to hear; y f i ?\>
4 v. 48,

L.

&
..
n.a.
/

$,P

The act of naming, an appellation.

Pa.-

for
8.
T. 1, p. 111, part.
pa"* Named, fixed, determined*
I
6
aor. o. Tofomn.
fern. A tooth. % aorne-

&

a 6 J

times spelt

-4,

D.S. Gr. T.I, p. 276, note;

,
I

- - - --

----------

ct4
$ 0 9

' '

S.

L+ Drowsiucss, rt. ~3g.v.

SG
a0r. 0.
lean U]90?2.--J;n
Propped up.

4'

-*

5,

partl pass. 11.

fa

8 9 b 9

pbb a word of Persian olaigin, meaning Fine

silk,
P Y
see

&*;"'
#.,

.'#/

Y'

'

..

/G

& 3'0 be fill1 of yea~.s.--ad V.

To bc muaty,

mouldy tlirougll ago.

aor. o. 3'0 ruuto ihc g~ozazdlait8 n I'crsian
for
D. 8.Gr. T. 1,
wheel, t o shim. ~2
3
/ P /
f
P
p. 106, Bplendour. b 131tx~*. OT u-,
Oblic1110 +
; A year, a barren year, barrenness, dearth ; for the use o f the masduline
form of plur. with certain folninilie nouns scc
D. 8. G r, T. 1, p. 358 ; illis word is by sorno
derived from &; in either case the last
radical is dropped, and the b' talren in its
plplnc~,sce 1). 8. Gr. T.I, pp. 358 and 317.'
nor. a. 3b Lc mafc/ifi~l. +
;:\ The facc of the
r?,
Eartll, or according to a110ther interpretation,
tho plilcc of the last Jadgtncnt ; i t is aleo one
of tho nalnea of JPell,
E Y p
A
~b Ce snzooth, ZCVCZ. J~ p h r . of

\z

&

4.-

"+

x:

3;r;

- -- - -

,L

73 )

Plor. &A A law, ordinance, line of conduct,

S PC.
mode of life, punishment. L9-4 part. pass.
Formed, liiado into shape.
99L 9
,-,
J?j) P l ~ r i-k\L-'
.
(2nd declension) An ear of corn.
,CP,:
9
not111 of unity, One e m of corn ; this
word is by solne derived from :&.

sL nor. o. To do mil, be evi1,wfetcbed or gicvons;

very frequently used wit11 the acc. as f$ s
G
/

It is all evil way," Ljterally, " It i a evil as

to its way ; to grieve,. afiict (wit. ace,),
9 9 5
5, 9 .J
0 17 V. 7,
To vex you," literally,
your faces ;" Tlle language is here more
tlmn usnally obscure ; accogding to tlie cornlllentaiors tho sense of the passage is somewhat as follows, ( 6 And when there came the
p~~nistlment
with whioh ye were threatened for
your latter ofleacc (we sent against yon certain
focs) to rcs you," ctc. There are numerous
reacliilgs sllid intcrprcttltiolis of tlie above, from
all which it appears that wliilc Mol~arnmad
himself was not very strong on ancient history,
his comn~entutorshave only "made thatdarker
which was dark onougll before ;" Pass. 5d or
5 2 for
bo nlndc sad, to be vexed for
?& TO@
(with ").
2d *,a. and
,:Evil.
Bad,
*
wicked, oril, usca/*bolll aa substantive and
S,
..>'
acljcctive, cs Evil, a sin, evil netion, a*
3 ,-L'
. _1dc.5
Plur. oly Shame, secret parta. syl comp.
form, worsc, worat.-2LT IV. TO do evil.
t* part. act. An evil doer.
s
L
c?LGA coorbyard opcn to the dry, no verbal root.
('

PjTJ

tt

L p O

id

~9

iG aor. 0. 3b be Aord; and 52"' Y'o j e 62ach..

". Plur, XJ\,,A Lord, a person of distinction.
-7

5,

~4

'

siz Plur.

5;

Dlnok; Words expressive of

colour altllougl~in the co~nparativeform are
fluin.
gcncrally used with a positive meaning, U. B.
&or,a. 1b 6~ Zearz.- hrld 111. TO cast lots,
r"
Gr. T. I , p. 324.--2;:!
1X. To become black.
\u. nor. o. Il'oforget, ncgkcl. #w&Lfop &G D. 8.
P
~~4 pmt. act. D C C O Llnclt.
~~O
Gr, T.I, p. 330, part. act, Ncglocting, acgli9
"JL *or, o. Ib vzoz~lzt cc wall. j>: A wall,
sr 9
Plur. Jy A degree of rank, u sigla, n8 cllapter
,,/ L a
of tllc ijorhn. +;1;
A Irmcclct ; Plur. Q,&\ and

.-@#

C
r1

"4

:A'#

;5

10

4
,

JL

74 1

L.-l (2nd derl&sioi~).--->,A'/', ClloV. Pa/,

To climb olrer
J-!
P

/Q/

d3&

task or gunis~nncntupon (vvitli clonble ecc.). .

+,;\
A sign, marli (2nd declension) D. 8. Gr.
T. 1, p. 402. AGte. Some suppose this svoscl
to be derived from y, q ' ~ . " . ~ ? ~part.
~ ~ act.
11. f. One w11o makes a marl: of distixiction, a
persoil of Inark or distinctio~~
; at 3 v. 121 tlle
Q / Y
word is sollictil~ies read c ; ~ ~ . * part.
~ J ~ A
pass.
(Angels) dis tingoislied by .tl~oirappealq:ui.ncc;
at 3 v. 12 it lncsns ('marlcad with a dL;,+ or
br,md."--~L! IV. To turn ont to yrnsc (with

+bs$)\

a wall (with acc.) ;

bJ+ 38 v. 20,
" They clilnbed qver the vall of the private
apartment."
;,'.a. A mixture, a
LX nor. o. To mizgle.
aconrge ; at 89 v. 12 t l ~ words
e
"\A; b,& inay
be rendered " A mixture of vsrious punishlnents resembling a scoul*ge."
5
cG aos, o. To let (ectmtls) rzuzfree. &G An horn,
!,/ Q
time; asL!\ The hour of Resurrection, the
last Day ; &G atherhially, By a single hour.
,,2)
9 p
S
P
&
J
,
,
Equall, mi~ldlo.
3-4
nor.
a.
T
o
intentl.
I Soow$', name of sn iclol said to have been
i$ G1.G 20 v. GO, '' In an cqual plncc, or
worshipped by the Antediluvinng, and again
in n place in the midst," i.e. half wily Lclwccn
afkr the Flood by certain tribes of Arabs.
you alicl us, ATotc. I a Fluegel's Boriln, edition
,.,.
$2 aor. o. To pass easily and pleasantly dowz the
of 1834, tilere
sc-" ia a misprint in this plnco, L"k..*
throat.
part, act. That wl~ichpasses
for
\
;
Kd
$Ir, Eqt~al,the same, cvcn, cqnnlity,
pleasantly down the thyoat,0 agreeable to clfink.
,z
correctnes~,rectitucle, the middle, tho rnid~t;;
IV. To cause to pasa easily down the
Q
J,&\
,
$Iy The right woy; &L~LI!
5 i Y 41
throat.
<L
V. 9,
Correctly (fixing the time) for those
d\L aor. o. To t ~ by
y s&,li~y. cjr,
aoPasticle
@
prefixed to the Indicative and Encgelic Moods
vllo inquire abont it."
Evcn, right,
of the Aollist tense in order to give them a
sound in mind and body ;
9 v, 11," Dcing
,
'
future signification, occasionally joined to other
in sound health," ins.althougll not Lcing ~lultlb.
Q/
prefixes as
and somctiines cont-racted
-31" 11. TO proportion, Sasl~ion, per Scot,
into
q.v.
rnalce lcvel or cq~inl(with +) ; \ ~ l , , d $1 y.
,
j L aor. o. To drive ; Pass.
(with ace. and
14,
"And
(God)
sent
an
cqnnl
dcatrnctia~i
6
S 9
,.**
JL
fern.,
Plur.
jjd A leg, stalk.
)
upon tllein all ;" tho word ~ i u , ~ ris3 Iierc!
5
B P
dly\ plur, of cjy cornm. gcnCL. A marl&unc1crstood.-dj\d 111. To mal<c lcvel (wit.lt
<=-/
s&
,
L
part.
act.
Adriver;
J,~A,
&G
place.
+ V I I To l ~ oeqnnl, to asocnd,
50 v. 20; "A chiver and a witness," TWOAngels
intend, scl one's.sclf to clo n illil~g.(lvith j l b) ;
who shall attend every man nt the last day.
to sit firm and srjllnrc llpon (wit11
10
5
J\n.a. The act of driving.
jG for JL nor. a. D.S. CTr. T. 1, p. 230, To as&.
--J;; 11. To contrive, suggest, p r c p m (with
ace, and J of pers.).
in wl~ich Ilc hail appc:lr~d to llollo of' tilt;
.Gnor. 0. 2% yo t o paatu~~e,slflict, i~nposea hard
Proplletc; bofoorc b!fol!:l~rlln:~rl,
/

' /

/ L /

//

/Z

I;."/

".

6-

lo

//

S~

gL

f i r /

-kLi

--E - / /

-7314

3 , / /

.
'

((

UI

' b / f l ,

W;

il/,

&

/ /

i. /

fl

Ar-b

di);

.0

L&G aor. i. 3'0 $ O ~ P .

i$Lfib-ibn, name of n shc- j

!;nor. i. To
/

camel collcernitlg wliich the Pagan ArnBs held

certain superstitions, anlong others tlie right
of free pasture. .

4 P L .c

ryd I
/

j,d

,,

fl

n.:l. A brooli, torrent.

31r. 15, Tl~c%~nndntion

of El 'Amm,
/."f

see ?y.JLI IY.To cnnse to flow (with ace.

and J of pers.).
-/L/
aor. i. Toflmu over the grouttd ( t c n t o ) ; to run $\+
or g&(2nd declension) DIount Sinai.
5 %-,
backwards 2nd forwards (~14th,4).
& L One .. .. , A s j n o ~ l g mof Sinai (2nd declension, on
who \vnuders about in the csuae of 'eligioil,
nccoullt of its fcminitle gender and foreign
-,
- L / 9 ?
lP
m d especially one ~vbofa8ts, bcuce, dcrout.
origill) ; sk5edfjL7 k+ =;,I,
m(1
jY

'

L-4

.!b

&
,

flow.

nor. i. TOgo, tmvcl, journey (with L5i).

n.8.

56/

J\d

=$i

Tlie act of going, a jonmey,

s
*.
a/

stands in the territory of Sinai ; solnle 11nvc

sul~l~oscd
tllesc ~vords to bc ilcrired from
Splendonr, or 3 L b An eminence ; for the

3;

j;.+ State, con-

5&d A conipnny of tmrcl1era.05

J911. To make to go, cause to pass awny.
dition.

- x ,

'35

nor. a. To be u?zlucly, siaistel*.

../ZL,/-nP

:,,z

L*\&,* The

/ 6 S

one to nnotlle~;" to be figu~ntiveor allegoS

rical. tbi\LL,* part. act. 3lutually resembling
,
'/ '-,
on8 another ;
q4\iS
,
b\3)1
09 Y. 21, " A

left 11and ; 1nkA3 \ uk1 56 v. 9, " The

compmions of the left hand," E.e. The clrtrnned ;
either because the Books containing their
actions in life vill be given into their left hancb,
or because they will be coinpanions in misP s /.f o r t ~ n e , - - ~ ~ ; \,~ d
5,"u\A aor. a. To l)nolv, 'care for.
LA A matter,
business, thing.

1 x 9

&;\$

Book conforniablc to itself in (or as to its)

iI
repeated portions," or
twofold cl~lalities,"
s
-'/p
r i z . those nlentioned nt 3 v, 5, where uL8\iLr
.'
C

c l '

$25
L+\A

++

Sc.

50

4.'

/ b

see W .
A Aliileness. The verb is not used in the pdmi0 - 9
To
tive fos~n.--;<L 11. To liken ; Pnse.

'r

LL,,~

b9/ /WY

may be rendered open to conjecture, meta.5

6 9
phoricd or nmbiguons, see ukir", rt.;!..
5
9
--+A,
part,. act. VIII. f. That Ivhikh is
siulilnr
5
b rb'E.
nor. i. To scparato. &A n.n. Plui.. obi
4 ,

L.%

4 v. 156, "A lilieneas

Separate; \
99 v. 6, " Divided into
,,
indeclinalile, sing. and plur.
classes. 3,%
or similitude (of Christ) was made for them ;"
Separate, divided ; in an adverbial farm,
it being believed by the Moharn~nednnsthat
Separately ; It is said by BeidiwGe t o be a
Judas or some other person was substituted
S
plur, of L&%- +*
Tor OLIP Blessed Lord, rziid crucified in his
'
stend.-n?\.L> VI, To have a nlutual resem- LZ" aor. o. 2% willter. ST*& Winter.
blance to each other, used with iG of peivs., J+dY b a v e ~ tto
, be a mattes of controversy (with
/,/ .-,/ 4 0
;J generic noun, A plant laving s
thus at 2 Y. 65, I;&+JI.XpII
"Verily
be made like ;

'/

"h

,LA

/ /

2)..

C # ~ Y

trunk or stem: a tree, trees ;

LL
T -a / %
ic\; aillfik~1 33 v, 80, " H e giveth you
.'
I,
fire out of the g<een tree;" Fire is obtained
S Q ,
by r ~ ~ b b i ntogether
g
the wood of the 6,d and
S
s
,\h,even wben green. 5+4 noun of unity,
A tree, a plant,
5 9
$ 2
-.orr. o. and i. TO b e avnricioas. "C' *- Avarice.
6,
k+.uJl* %\plllr. of
A ~ a ~ i c i o lcove
~s, tou~.
rr,

>

( 76

J$"SN)

'

&A

&+
;

n.n. A portion of water, time of drinking.

part. act. One
uf:n.a. A drinking. GJ\L
,
5
who drinks. "53 Drink, n beverage, potion.
s
"
>
/
Y
A drinking place ; it is also a noun of

bff

/ /

/ b

"6

/ /

action, meaning aimply the act of drinking,

.'
or drink ; Plur. LJ,\L~
(2nd declension).u J A l IV. To give to drinlr, make to drink ;

,/;

g5A

nor. a. TO yivs any o n e fat to eat.

?)s"

plur. ofB&L Pat.

+I
5
us?d part, pass. Filled,
yeaor. a. To $ZZ,
loczdecl (a stlip).
uf& soy. a. To 'oe eraisecl up, to be fixed (the eyes)
5
'
in horror, @$--\A part. act. That which is
fixed in horror, as the sight of the eyes.
A

0 Y

b'I0

\
A 2 I. 87, " And tllcy*
, \ ,
were made to drink t h e calf ir~totlieilallcnrts; "

for the construction see D.

124 and 453.

"

/ b S

d'J-OP

S. QP. T. 2, PI).

/ / F

aor. a. To open, enlarge, expand (with acc.

and J or u).
cg
~ rNO'.
: 0. become a ft~yitise.--~~ii11, To dispersc (with u).
II
5
.,/
iA aor. 0. To an, estalli%h,G bindP,? firmly, strengthen h g J + A slnnll'bancl of inen ; possibly derived
<G/
a .(with acc. and U ) ; Dj* u l ~
db\A \> 10 v.
from .
'
I
,
* for 3 A .
5
5
88, " Harden theirhearts." ~ iPlur.
+*
J\A+ g/i
o,
i, yo impose a
I
$f,
and 4LjF (2nd decle pion) Vehement:strong,
pills,
of
A
higll*
\
violent, severe, guevous,
*'
Note' Acljectives
of
or. a. To lay down a law, appoint o, roligion
the forms
and
arc used iudifferently
s
~
P
for any one (with acc. and J of pers.).
QA
for both mnsc. and fein., thus at 12 v. 48 hcS
plur, of ;!A
part. act. Holding up (their
fore the words $
69tr_ we must unclerstand
5 9
heads), or appearing manifestly, botll of wliicli.
the fern. pllnr. u,+ ; so also at 72 v. 12, where
$,'T
meanings bclong to the verb,;,for
.. the
<4 story
is the word to be supplied. AA\ for
P
b 5
alluded to at 7 v. 163 see G+. A . G ~ant1
i ' ~ A lcomp. form, more or no st strong, etc.,
8
. + /xi
II
;GlZLA law or i~lstitutionp~escribedby God,
as 9 2 A&\ 2 v. 09, lit. Moro strong in
the right wny or nlode of aelioil ; d\+ 'j
hardness," for
Harder, D. S. Gp. T. 1,
/

0 ,
'

*(2

Lpb-nK

&+

52

Q@

I'

S r , /

F'IG
/

* * F6

/ -.,I,

("

ccr -'a/

4"111 fl giA2i Ug45 v. 17, "Thon wc put

Ppz

p. 325. A A ~The age of ft111 strength, vis.

from 18to 30,-:2!
VIII, To
violence

in
right
concerning the matter
(of faith).'"
;*
'
nor. 0. 2% ~21lit,T ~ S C(QS tke ~~672).

YOU

against (with u).

2,
S
aor. 0. and i. To do duil. 9PIUP,,LA\ Evil, C>;
CS$&
Of
or pertaining to the East, Eastern.
bad, wicked. Jj; collective noun, sparks of
d+ -a
be<
fire,
Tlle plnoc of sunriao, the Enst. &+A\
i
$
aor* To drink (with act- or wit11 u). oblicpe dud, Literalky, Tho two Ensts, or
/ k

yr Y

/L%

C r,

2.

$/'

4.

dGJ

77

3"

two places wliere the sun rises in winter and

in exchange (vith xcc, %lid u);
.-- it is also
b<
4 C b 9
summer ; at 43 v. 31 the words diJ\ k!
found at 2 v. 54 with the sense of to sell or
are by some interpreted to mean the distance
give in exchange (with ncc. and L)) ; at 2
/ I ,
from East to West ; Plw. j 2 \(2nd
~ declenv. 15 and elsewhere tlleword \:?A\ is written
with a Damlna instead of Jezm over the, on
sion) The Esstern purta, the different points of
Y C GZ
account of the Weela which follomrs i t ; D.S.
sunrise.--i$*l
IV. To shine, rise (the sun).
S # b
S CrP
(3s-T a 1, 69.
g>.&ln.a. The sunpiso. d f i ~part, act. One
Q/
5
An e~tl'avaon aholn the sun has $sen;or who does any- L.& 80'. 0. ~Xldi. TObefar of.
gant lie.-ET IV. To act unjustly.
thing at sunrise.
b
s/..
-LA 80r. a. TOwalk on the 6alzk of a river.
a, yobe a con2pa12ion
or
&
+
;
9
,
The stalk of a plant. &\i Bank of s river
A shnre, participation ; at 31 v. 12 it ineans
c# 0

9-

/,

'G

cp
/

polytheism or idolatry ;

&&+; u,+,"23 5".

L P

q''w

,, ,or valley.
t n
-- 1101'. 0, 1 0

-para zn rnzo, llzj n.8,

A slue,
15, "Thcy will disclaim you' having associated
,' ,
$A In the direction of.
them with God." &,?i An associate, partner,
,,
9
& aor. o. To be obstilzate, perversa.
s11ai:er; P l n r . ~ (2nd
\ ~ ~declension)
Plor.
(2nd declension) Satan, a Devil.
All those to whom the idolaters rendered u ,,,
s ~3~
s
plur. of + ~ & n . a . A
To collect. L++
share of Divine honours, sueli as Angels, Genii,
9 c9
9
plur. of
A
large
tribe, rt $ation. L+&
Devils, idols, etc,, it is to these that allusion
9
foslred branch. -4 Sho'aib, name of n
is made at 6 v. 137 and elscwhere. Note,
prophet sent to tb5 Midianites,
Nouns of the second declension when folloxed ,,,
mr. O. To know, perceive, understand, to maks
by t i e affixed pronouns take the three inverses.
n.a. Poetry, the art of Poetry.
flexions ; thus
l.$bJ~, and B Z ~ A .
S
3
S
,-/P,
("
(2nd
+
P l ~ r . ~ \ &Hair.
\
p\i
Plor.
--L;\i111./To
sllare with (with acc. of pers.
/be
Sirius,
declension) part. act. A Poet.
1 I
IV. To mnlre a sharer or
the Dog-star, which was worsllippid by the
or
; to
associate (will1 ncc. of pers. and w
,.
Arabs in Pagan times. Jr b (2nd declens,,
give compat~ions-to God-(with aec. of pers.
sion) plnr. of
A sign, rite, ceremony
and v); to be c?, polytheist or idolater;
performed by the pilgrims at Mecca, one of
y,~+'J&I
14 V. 27, " YOassociated me," D. S.
which was the offering of victims ; hence some
5
6
Or. T.1, p. 450. L.~_(.A& part. act. One who
underatand the words @ \ >\k.A ?x;1 22 v.
4
p
gives associates to God, an id~later.--Lfi:+~
"
33, "Holds in honour the offerings made to
7port, act. VIII. f. One wllo partakes or shares
sod," viz, by choosing for slaughter ~ i c t i m s
3..
of great value. ,*Ad A plnce appointed for
(witli sj).
..'
r] I d d l A mountain called
3 aor. i,3b buy, sell, bnster (with acc. of thing
snored rites ;
sold or bnrtercd and u of thing talien in
Kusah in the neighbousllood of Mecca.LB
&1 IT. Ta make any one understand (with
cxcl~an~e).--~>~~
VIII. To buy, barter, take

i!

-//

St&f

LlgA

I,

---9

G.,

G,P

pix;;,

-/,9

b 9

-0Cp

S b

,<

."d

G;)

Ys-0

fl

G\+

C
~ 9 b / b %

,b

3 0 / 4 P C C . , r J

0/

2 -fl

C+w#9

t %

aec. of pers,
u\); to ~ X B known
~ C
to(with
uof pers, or tlzing made lin0~11,and ncc, of

peps. to who111 the discovery is mnde).

,\A&

To light

#/'

L.

a $~,.c.--,I6! VIII.

To be liybtecl,

-z aor. a. To affect in tile hcnrt's core, inspire

>\ii+ n.a.

/.

3b madt: ezi.12 that 7uhiJ ji-rrs odd, to

intercede, ire nn intercessor ( v i t h
of ofpera
to whom, and J of pers. i'or ~ h o mintercession
s

2)

$4

c:

p
/

n.a. A pair, ilot~ble!;L:$

c -5

P 3

I:

\ j89 v.

//'

tlie meaning of the passage is tlint tlie Heavens

shall be cloven asunder by the clouds on whicl~
the Angels slinll descend.-&ji
VII. To be

4,

;b 11

lik

is made).

The net of septlrating one's-self, .

scliis~n,hcrcsy, dissent, contention ,' S',$G

v. 9 1, " Your co~itendiligwith me."--&I
or
/O .'
V. D. S. Or. T. 1, p. 220, To be split
b
open, cleft asullcler (wit11 c;); at 25 v. 27
L ,',~ is;for cPC&w;, D. 8, Gr. T.1, p. 231, and

@ mr. a.

/ ?

witI~violellt love.
F P
,JUaor. n, To employ, occupy.
plnr. of
5 ,
,
bLi& n.a. Work, occupstion, enxployment.
/

ST)

t~oublesome, more dificnlt to be borne.-111. To contend with, oppose, resist,

.Q-O
sepwatc one's-self froln (with ace.) ; ~ ; , + IJ
. ,-J L 9 - 9
ycf,L,+l;j r.;S 16 v. 29, "Concer~iingwho111
r e used to contedd
the believers)."

to become shining.

d l /

$,

A distance, a trach a long way.

comlt. form (2nd declension for
More

'//

/'

>\ -

2%

2, " By the double and the sin& ;"

nurnerous irlterpsetations are given ; according

9,X-u
g /L4/
t o b n e of the most phusible i t may mean, All
cloven asunder ;
1 G~ I, 54 v. 1, " And
created things,-which are said to have been
the moon bath been (or shall be) cloverz
mnde in pairs,--and Tlie Creator, w1io is One
asunder ;" the fornler mealii~ghaving referS . '
and Single. .t;\~ part. act. One ~ 1 inter1 ~
cr-ice to a miracle said to llnve been tvrolzght
Plor. s k (2nd declension) An
cedes. Lk
L../
c
by MoBnmmad, and the Intter to one of the
S '
intercessor. Liz Intercession.
signs of the last dv. J ~n.a.
i !The act of
c$.
&
Redness
of
the
sky
after
G*
To
fec~r,
pity,
0
clea~ingasunder.
,. 3
C
sunset,--$A
\ IV. To be afraid (with ?; or \'&
nor. o. To nzalie misei-abls; and L& nor. a.
P
mith
of verb). %&+,
part. act. One who
To be miserable, wretched, unhappy. ;+A. '
is afraid or in terror.
illiserable; xt 19 VV. 4 and 49 it xnay be
5
cr
,G F
&A aor. a. To strike any o?ze o?z the lip.
for
rendered " disappointed."
1 comp, form,
5
s
C
L
~
<G(see &c,'. : rt. A lip ; Dual '9\&and
Most wretched; \rn\i&l 91 v. 12, "The greatest
9
Oblique # Tlie two lips.
wretch among them," wliose name wasJ\&
B
\iL nor. o. To be m a r setti~zg(the sun) ; and u&
$,G
see 54 v. 20.
$4 Misery,
aor. i. To heal, cure. Gi A brink. 3 - b
wretchedness. Bfcdicine, remedy, mealis of cure.
IocZot~dt.
Adonbt.
g ./r
& aoor. o. To split, cleave, place under a difficulty, U aor. o. To gire thanlis, to be gmterul (with J);
S
P
."
q, <
or impose o, hard condition (with &). ic;
&,,U; I ~
k-, 27Jv. 40, "Be is only grateful

icJ

//,

I'

/ 0

/?'

PA

c),

.c

/ P

2,

L<i

LG
8

L /

,,

n.a. The act of splitting, a fissure, difficulty,

5

labour, trouble.

2-

Difficulty, trouble.

$ ? L /

to idle benefit of hia own soul ;" to thmlr, show

#P 6 % <,
r
or feel gratitude for (mith ace.) ; J$\
\,

J2J

7s

&+

' / / b

-/,

27 v. 19, "That I may show my

&\&A (2nd declension) f h e left hand ; for an
gratitiide for thy favour." JLd Plur, J $n.a,
~
explanation of 56 v. 40 see
VIII.
5
%,
The giving thanks, gratitude, thanks. ;$\5
To contain, conceive (yvitl~ace. and 3s))
as
9
*a
part. act. One who gives thanlts or is grateful ;
u+Y
\ ,.+\+.\ d*JC ulkii\ L\6 V. 144) "Oim
God is said to be grateful in the sense of giving
that rvhicli the wombs of tlle two femalca paye
5
rewards to inen for their obedience. J,L.&
conceived ,"
5,
Thanltful; a distinction is innde between this
aOr, a. yohate,
\- for u\ LA n.8. IIsf,red,
5
word andJ$\i ; the forlncr is said to denote a
A,!!;
for 2'
\;\A, D. S. Gr. T. 1, p. 97, part, act.
person vho is thankful for little or for nothing,
One who hates.
tlle latter gateful for large f a v o u ~ ;in the -3
am. a. 3% 624r12, SCOI*CA. 41& P1~r.
5
&orb11 we find both epithets applied to God.
A flaming fire.
JjU~
part. pass. Gratefully accepted, accept&i nor. a. To be present at, in, or with (with acc.) ;
able.
8%
to bear witnesa tlmt (with o\or uI;),against
u"G To 6e noss-grained and ill-tentpered (a nzan).
(with
or of(witl1 9)
; to bear t e s t i ~ n o ~ ~ y
-J\L: part. act. VI. f. Quarrelling, or at
$
9
'/
to a fact (with :i) ; as blj / JyJJ LC!
variance wi tll eacll otller.
63 v. 1, " We bcnr kstimony to the fact that
aor. o. 2b shacltle, fasten by n tether. $i
thou art iadeczl the apostle of God; to bear
A si~nilitudc,lilieness. &\A Likeness, inode ;
witness by an oath (with ace, and v),as
kk'G
17 V. 86, According to his own
Q
/+a
c / ~a
,d!k
9\~\*3
t~bS+
J 24 F. 8, "That
way."
she make feu? asseveratio~isby God ;" It is
\G nor. o. To utter a complaint (with acc. &d
]I
j)
;,
at )
12 v. 86 we find an a l ~ ~ p r e c a z ~ t i o n also found with the simple ace., as u,+,
9 bS .
added to tile ~vorcl,.LA\, see D. S. Gr, T. I,
J 9J \ 25 v. 72, " They, bear no false witness,"
ii;. b+&, "That
and again nt 22 s. 29
p. 109. b'&
A niche in a ~ n l l . - ~ srL ~ \
("1 tthey may witness the benefits accruing to
VIII. To mal~ea cornplnint, (with J
!).
5
them." :$\A Plur. J,~A and JL+\ part, act.
e+ "or. a .To rejoice at the nzisfordunes of others.
One who is present, or who bears witness, a
---A\
IV. TOcause to rejoice over another's
witness; at 11 v. 20 the mord is generally
mi~foetunea(with ncc. and 4
. of pers.).
P
,
s~lpposedto mean the Ko'h ; g , + ~ ~LMG;
@ Ilb be lofl aal~dlong. >&\i
part. act. That
85 v. 3, " By a witness and s thing witnessed ;"
L'
which is lofty.
a vague and indefinite expresaion, of which a
$ 3 , c,
To be seized $pith ilor~*or.-jL&I % IV. f. of
great number of explanations have been sug/%b,
j W a q~~sdriliteral
~ r not
b found in the 1st
gested by the commentators ; according to one
form, To creep or contract with horror.
it means tlle Creator and Creation, or vice
versd ; several others are given in S~l'e's
WA aor. i, and o. To be bright with sunshine.
JCorB;n ; \c,%~u9,
74 v. 13, " And sons re$
-9 fan. The Sun.
maining in hi6 preSence (at Mecca)."
Plur.
&A aor. o. To conlprehe~ld,contailz.
5L 0

if\~.--~\

5 9 9

c / /b

6 //0',rg

9 f

S--//

/ /

P ?

/ 9 /

iSc),

-4

9 / r

,b,

4)

&

/ ,

,/

--/

$ 0 ,

9 / c , c

r / ( r

8 9 9

9 / & . ' /

/G%

/b*

lr r~

#C /

C / /

&

9%

'

(
-/+-

80 )

(,

4 $

,-//by

mnrians call a T k ~$ Y\?.- ~ fi \ i ~

put in tlie
3
.-+/
nominative case as being an itichontive ; see
%+J&,L 50 V . 20, uiJe j \ L ; One mho bears
D. S. Gr. T.2, p. 694.
vitness to the tru tJ1 by suffering martyrdom,
69,
i
2 &A Dwr, a. and i. To d~an.7in the breath in sighing.
a martyr, as a t 4 v, 71 and 39
+-P,
?,.;~j prope~lg,7% dralci?zy if2 of the breath
.n.n. of
TOtestify, the act of bearing ivitof a?a ass i?i61*nyijzy,A sigh, see
; at 67
ncse, evidence, o taking of evidence, tesii~nony;
,
/uZ
$4 -\J&t9\24 v. 0, " Evidence P +- v. 7 it is applied to the roarinoOSof Hell-fire.
by swearing four tilnes by ~~d ; ++\ +,l; nor. o. To desire, long for..-/ c, ifiJ 11.a. Plur. '
LIL~,desire*-Lstf:Ai VII1a
as
9 , 95,
Nile klIoWeth ;lint
nllicll
I

, (2nd declension) A witness ;

$-,

,+-.

iJ\
.aT

' /

;,5

c/

r,

LT

4,A

id\+is
.,0

/L.

0Q

A/,.

. / c

\.+.
ye keep secret, 2nd thnt ~ ~ h i cye
l l make lin0~11."
L7
n.a, A mixture ;
aor. o. To nzinyle. +L+.
+,Ad Time or place of being present, or of "1.L
pLy2 \ 5 3 3 7 v. 65, "A lnixture of boiling
giring or hearing evidence ; the word occurs
a
at 19 v. 33, and is susceptible of any of the I
water and other delicacies," with which e6l5 P b
above meanings. J~~..&,*part, pass. Tllnt
doers are to be allowed to wash down tlie fruit
S Y b
sw
which ia witnessed ; J ~ A ~
* 31,
1 v. 105, "A
L room.
of the infernal tree Ez-Zal-1.
*
'P
day on which evidence shall be given," or it ;G aor. o. TO(lathe? 8072eyf~~m
tBe ~09126.
9
may be '' a day which s b d l be witnessed by
(2nd declension) A consultation ; ~~~3I.brb
9/L/
all," or " of which testimony llas been given ;"
Cl+ 42 v. 36, "And their business is (a matter
b /

6dL.

C.

b99bI,

of) consultation among them ."-j;\L 111. To .

r,z
the prayer (or reading) at dzybreal; is borne
consult.--)b\
IV. To make signs (wit11 Gjl of
S?
witness to" (by tile guardian angels).pers.).-J,h>
n.a. TI. f. Consultation with
=
+A\ IV. To take as witness, call to witness
one atlo ther.
,c
(with ncc. and &); to c d l upon any one to L\)& Flslne without smoke; no ~ e r b n root.
l
S
be present at or to mitness (with acc. of pers. L G aor. o. To prid.
A single thor~z,
md thing) ; to cause evidence to be taken of
weapons, arms.
or against (wit11 >;).--+&aX.
! To call as d J nor.
~ ;5,+ a doubly imperfect verb, To roast,
@ /
witness (with ace. and ,L).
~cald. &-A plur. of 56 The scalp.
/

+-

//(,

c 9

A:,&

//L.

C.

(, /

/ /

// /

/ /

SL

SPC S

JiA aos, s. To publish abrond. AA PlusbA&\and

B Y P
i,uf& A month ; originally A nzoon, either new,
.

3&j~

9 9 ~ s

or according 20 atdew, a f z d P ~ Q O ? Z ; ~ $ \
3p b /
C.
u$J*
2.V, 193, "The (time for the) pilgrimage is (the) known months," viz. Shtlivdl, Dhn'l
Iga'ds, and part of Dhn'l Hajja ; The word 2;
must llere be ~mderatood;Lit." The pilgrimage

sG for

(its time) is," etc., f i being uvllnt the gram-

-0c

+-

$Gi

-/

,\s

3.

or ,?A, aor. sl+ To will, be willing,

nrisi(mith acc. or of verb).
*.a. Plus.
(,S
;LA\(2nd declension, see D. 8.GF. T. 1, p.

364, note) A thing, matter, affair ;

acloerBially, In any way, at all.
S
80s. i. To be 4oal.y (tde head).
and
9
'
s G
P
+.+ n8.a. Hoariness. -$+ plur. of ++,?A\
Roary, grey-headed; illis word may be rc-

4&

0 ,

+aOL.

'

3,

S L C

p d e d ns a contracted form of L
. .. ,or
ilre
for
or
for
n,a Gir.
,
f , I, p, 360.

to El Bei@wGe it may al$o bhe rendered lofty.

sac F
-+pnrt. pms. IT. f. Bailt up on high.
kG nor,i. To bs p~~bliahed
abroad ; nit11Lj
of peps.
* a /
it is used in a bad sensi.ns
@ W1
5 Bee
P/,
610
A
,
\
I
&,L!
I
ii;
24
V
.
18,
" T h ~filthy
t
PLIKIO~I~S
S b /
8 1 9
lor. i. To 6e old. SA Plur.
An old I
ahoald be apread
abroad about the true bep rLZ
s
man,
lievers."
Plur. & anrl +L;i
A sect,
c.r
kor* i. 23 plaster a mall.
pnrt. Pws.
pml$ ; rrc& 1 Those of n like persoasion, or
OF their 'party.
propub, Bnstered with gypsom; according

3 A, & JZ,

# b *

0 /

e , ~

;iLf

lie name and initial letter of the 33kh ckchapter,

Gee

FT.

; aor. o. To pour (wit11

'V

v. 45 it is used with dy,

<(

&I-;

nt 44
Pour over," and at

aco. and
Q ,

2 8 v . 2 0 w i t I 1 ~ ~-n.a.Theactof
~~
pouring.
3
zor. a. To rise (a star).
G he @ b e d ,
who thougl~t themaelvea followcfs of the
religion of Noah, and worshipped the heavenly
boiliea.
nor, a. To gQ one a nrorniag d q h t .

cle

B r b

$ 0 ,

:&

who doe^ anyil~ingin, or enter8 npon, the

morning.
*
y "0'. i. To bhd; to bB patient or constant, to
endure patient6 or be constant towards (with
Bb,
acc. or with &I.
+
, n.n. Patience. >G
park, act, One whojs patient or constant, per?:Qr
severing. JbVery paatient, conatnnt.e
2L 111. To excel in pntienoe.--T IV. To
G
~uffermisfortune ; 4fi-Ps py/ d 2 V.
170, '"ow
g e n t will be their suffering in
the Fire." For the oonstrnction of ~ e r b sof
admiration sea D. 8. Gr. T. 2, p. 218,VI1rm D* arm
P. 2% To be
patient or constant (with J or &)"
1

0..

/-'

F0HL3

morning.
I?&.
(2nd declenaian) A lamp.-c
11. To
come t o or come npon in the morning,/0LP
a* 3b Pifit tfiefingm at ally me* &GT
e
l IV. To be, became, happon, or do any(2nd deolenbion) eomrn. gend. pl~rc,of s&T A
thing in the morning ; This word is one of the
P
hger.
s
uK u\+?
or si~tmaofig, which govern
tlleir attributes in the sco., D. 9. Gr. T. 2, p. t,aor. a. o. &ndi. To dye.
' ~ a a o e . i&
/*LZ
0
$0 ; ~1 may frequently be rendered
Baptism ; $1 axp 2 v. 132, an elliptical
c<
h~ was, Qr became," and fimetimes "
exprassion meaning " God has bnptized us wit11
r *#,
hisLaptism,"or"hisreligioo;"theviajble
b e g a n , " a s. & , ~ ~ ~ 1 8 v . 4 0 , " A n d h e
0 L.P
signa of which appear in the believer, ns water
begnn to turn clown,"'
part. act. One

Zk n n d & T h e

&,c

0 Q0

F 1

0'

0#

< I #

4?<b

,0d-

11

dl&:plur. of &+;r.'A dish. LA&~ I u Yof.

i&5s
A leaf or page of a book, n. book; \zd
,

&
;

c,:~

P &39<d

27

*a'&

is seen on tlle pgrson of one baptized ; the word

is said to be put in the ace, as being the

9 P

&
; &LA
74 v. 52, " Open Books" from Heaven,
corroborative, 4$\ of
v. 130, and the
in which should be written each man's name,
snbstitute or eqhivalent, J+\ of @>!
withanoydertofollowMoham1nad*
D,S,Gr,T.2,p.~G,seedsop,S50ftlle
5
W
o.
To
strihe
a?zytdi?zg
solid.
&G
A
sezne volume.
ifd ,?Or*
<d nor. o. To he pue~ile, to feel a youlllful pro- sq '
,:.-y
/
I
"
genellic
3~~
nO1ln of
A'
A lnale
pensity townyL]s(with Lji),
rocl; ; no verbal root.
child, a boy,
GRoy. 0. TO turn away t l ~ eface (wit11 &)' ; turn
~ r ToJccy
l i n?zanbzal; and
nor.%. Yo be a :
53
away, divert, hi~ider(with ace. and zc) ; aor.
conyn7zioa. to c-12y one. k e L Plor. 4 ,
S /(,-E
o, ant1 i. To cry dond (n7ith L9 of object), ns
Plur, of Plnr. L+L~\
D. S.Gr. To1, p. 3'76,
at 43 v. 57 ; t-he words in the text refer to a
A colnpxnion, associate ; i t frecjuently means
passage at 2 1 v. 98, where judgment is deLord of, or the possessor of any qizztlity or
nol~ncedagainst all objects of idolatrous morthing ; one in intinlate relation vitll ally t l ~ i ~ ~ g ,
ship; but the Meccans contending that Seaus
P L Q
9
as
I *L;
Jonnh ; as it were, " He of
must be il2clnded vitll the rest, the blunder
tho fish or the ma11 of thofish ;"
9
3
-2
was corrected by the l0lst verse.
n.n. Tbe
The men, or coulpanions of the fire,-the
act of hindering, diverting1 or tnrniug away
/Oc, e 9
, ,
,
S 9 9
Dnmned;"8hd1&la11d$nLSlI~kdl
from, ~ j ~ n , a , T h e a c t o f t u r n i n g ~ ~ ~ y t l l e
50 vv. 8 and 9, "The co~npanionsof the Right
face,
~~~l~~~(water),
scrLlln in
s
and Lcft hands," viz. The Righteous and the
mound, purulent
see
Wicked, so called beenuse they shall receive the
,, and i, To
z4T22from matcring,to pros&
5 9 I
Books containing a register of their actions, the
eeed, go forward, Jbn.a, Plur>&,,
conlm,
bz
former in t h e i ~right hands, and' the latter in
gend,
bosom, breast
To bl,illg
'3-=''
-'/."CS/
LP
G /
their left ; ~ 51 qel;
,
$ 12 7 . 39 oblique
knelt, as 'L) \ ,+q
28 v. 23, " Till tile
D*8. Gr- T*1,I?+ 415, " 0 my two fellow
shepherds h&e brought away (tlleir flocks)."
4
prisoners ! " : 2s in the Case of 3 3 , the proper LL, nor, a. To split, expound, profess openly (with
SL.
rendering of this word may best be gathered
th A fissure,/a
11. Pass. th To
from the contest, thus at 51 v* $9, where
o~pl*esswith, or suffer from
, Gi
iq?&L! refers to " Those
rvho resembled them
+ for p.-~j.
V. D. S. Gr. T. 1, p. 220, To
s
S l / / 9
in for~nerdays." &\:A
consort, wife.be
split
up
or
divided
in
two.
eua part.
/,.+*14
Irl* 3'0 bear
with (with
act. That which is cloven or splits itself in two.
, .- L S
acc*).-+---csll
To PN'serVe, binder, keep
aor, i, To tom aside
&),
The
from (wit11 >).
steep side of a mountain.
S
,,,
i-2To egg with an inslrument callcd &SF;.
jh\&
aor. 0 , To be truthful, true or sincere, to speal~
,,/Q

i&

PI f G . 9

&-;

f2 H

/ - -

r"C,

CJrG\sd\
p

b~

;
:

(6'

4~

*+,
f2/

;z,,,

/
,

r"*

i$z/

Jr-

A;;

headacio,-

.-.

C'

4;

.,----b

the trutli, to establish or confirm tile truth of

nor, o. I b clap the kn~zds.-g+Z ma, 11. f.
what anotller has said, to verify (with double
A clapping of h ~ n d s . - ~ I + , Z
Y. To receive
,k4 - 3 9 0 9 / P <
,
acc.), as
I dJdJ bil l J A ~48 v. 27, "God
with honour; at 80 v. 6 this word is put for
Q
]lath confirlned for his Apostle tlic truth of the
Q. 6. Gr, T. I, p. 221.
vision ; " to keep faith (with acc.) ; observe a Q
J d nor, o. To tie z~pa purse; aor. i. To c.y ulozcd.
s,
promise faithfully (with do~ibleacc.), ~ J U
Excessive cold that scorches plants. i> A
Truth, veracity, sincerity, soundness, excelloud ory.-;"LT IV. To be obstinate, persist
lence in a variety of different objects; thus
obstinately (with ,GI.
c
SG//
**JY
s c r
10 v. 93, " A salubrious and agee3
L P
ry
To mahe inanSfest. ryn.8. A pdsce, a high
able dwelling ;"
tower. or other loftv sjructure.
3 ,&A& 17' v. 82, "With
S
a favourable en trance (into the g a v e ) ;"
e.4 To C P aloud.
~
~ $ One
4
-who brings help.-19 v. 51, Literally, "A lofty tongue
5
"
""7
L
.,, '
part. act. IT. f. same as fy;
p L.'
,
of veracity;" meaning that they shox~lclreceive
3
-+ 14 v. 27, " Neitllep can ye help me,"
~ 5 ; = . ~,
the lligliest paise; a similar phrase occurs at
5
for
oblique plllrttl vith personal pro26 v. 84. j+Lpmt. act. One who, or That
noun d,D.S. Gr. T. 1, p. 45Y.-tlL~~VIII.
whicli is true, sincere, one who spealcs the
6
.,/-' .J
for
D. S.Gr. T I , p. 222, To cry nloud.
truth. &A& Whatever is given and sanctified
/

,#

&!.&
/ r /

S L

/ /

/ /

\i\q

.
I

/ / /

s',

e44.
L

y&ie*

/ / ,&

/ ,

e ~ !
6

,//

5
4 . i
9

,/ b / L

to Gocl's service, ae alms or tithes, etc.

--t~"",1 X. To iimplo~eassistance of any one
A dowry given by the husband to his wife.
(wit11 scc. of pers.).
a/
B
&,$!.PO
comm. gend. A sincere friend. ~ . \ o\ (2nd 24J a quadriliternl verlr, derived froom ~4 q.v. To
S V f
ma4e a ciluttcring ~zaise(as n gTem ~aooc-lpecher).
declension) comp. form, More true. &,+,
yJd A lond roaring and f ~ ~ r i o uwind,
s
OF
Very truthful, a man of veracity.11.
according to another interpretation, a blast of
To be very sincere and truthful, to verity, to
c c,/
/a,
cold wind.
pave the touth of, na ~b
(I+ ~ A . O34
S
v. 19, " Iblees proved the truth of his opinion bL9 comm. gend. A way, and especially an ope11
way; the ?tame o f n bridge over flcZ6; no
of them ;" to give credit to, or believe in the
3
G/
verbal root.
truth of (with u),
~++
n.a.
+d
A verification.
.'
5
./
~mstrats* ~3~P'u~*
confirms, or ~4 aor* a*
4
5
2
part.
acd.
one
u,
#$
.-GI@
Lying prostrate.
bears witness to the troth.-j~;
or jJ P V.
~
~ i. To turn, turn array, divert, avert (with
D. 8, Gr. T, 1, p, 220,
T~ give allms(with L J aor,
0qj
ace. and $) ; to turn towards (with scc. and
2 of pers,) ; J,-33ri'(tr*j 5 vn 49, a And
r
LS
11); p~
3 v. 146, "He put you to
whosoever remits it (the pendty, or the reLS&
I4 n.a. The act of
flight before them."
tnliation) as alms; " tlie word is also found
A place to turn to, n refuge.
averting.
with this signification at 2 v. 280 and 4 v. 94.
/-GI
5 * / /9
a9
5
I
J part,
~ pass.
~ Averted.--or"
11. To
$Aand *ia&q part. act. One who gives
explain, give an explanation of (with :?);
nt
al~lzns.
'

9 / b 5

/ /fd /

6/L r

JZ

9 0

eirl
Y

/ /

,-/

cy

/ L

/,/

/ / r

//

pi&

~G P < / /

q G /

4i

2;w

Q
,

9 6 ,

+-

"?/"

8.l: )

&"3

b g / L r

/C-$

nor. a.
may either LiU aor. o. and i. To inclifze,swerve ; and
25 v. 51 the words I"q+
To incline towards (with J\).
B
refer to tho water, and must then be relidered
"We Cmse i t to f l o ~amongst them (by & aor, 0. yo set, arpa?age ila a pow or yanh, lo
S
difl'erent channelg)," or it may be translated
,tcl
the n;i,zgs injyjlyi d;Arow, rank;
$6
"We have explained the matter to them (in
g i In order, in line of battle ; al; +bQ I
'.'
the BorBu)." ~-r:y
2jn.a.
j' Change (of vind).
37 v. I , "By (the Angels) standing in ranlr."
>,/:
2 ,
+/VII. To turn aside.
d l & part. act. Extending its wings, u\y
y p aor. i. To cnt of-dotes (from a tree). r 2 \ ~ for if?bo
t,
s
(2nd declension) plor. of L ~ L for
; *
5.
:
.
:
.
part, act. One who cots or gathers froit.
A cn~nelstanding with its fore-feet in
( c ~ ~
A gasden wllose fruit bas all been gathered ;
line, or with three feet on the gro~llldm d one
s P L
also ti daslr night, ns though it were burnt up
~~~~~~~d
fore-foe tied up, j,dsn
part,
mil blnclc; both uienl~ingallave been assigned
order,
/.
fQ aor. a. To turn one's-self a?zayfro?~z,
repel;
; s t 64 v. 14 this
to pardon, forgive (mith
aor. a. To mount (o lnclcler) ; ascend (with
word is found in combination with Gi and;:,
A severg torment. A?? Earth,
the meaning of all three is nearly identical,
s
sand, or dust.
A 0callmnnity, tonnent,
h t a slight distinction may be made by conF? ~ 3 /
name of a mountain of fire in Hell ; &+,L
sulting t6e prilunry signification of each word ;
1sjZ 74 v. 17, " I mill aHict him mith tora somewhat similar passage occurs in the 51st
tnent," or " I ~villcdiilpel him to climb a
Psal.lm, "Turn thy fuce from my sins, and
pcak of fire;" the words may be taken in
pnt out all my misdeeds."
*.a. Pardon,
/Gis
either sense.--A-\ IV. To ulount ~ p . - - ~ b !
6
the act of repelling a suitor ; with the latter
for
Sj. D. 8. Gr. TI 1, p. 220, TO climb
meaning it is found at 43 v. 4.
up (vith uj).
S cbF
S / /
/a
Fetters,
\
plur. of d i d
: nor, i. Yo bind. J \ ~ + D
To have thefnce clisto~ted.-~w 11. To make a $
il present, and hence an obligation.
w ~ face
y at (with ace. and J of pew.).
/I

~~1

//

LC..

/ /

6~~;ce.L

CI /

dl).

$/,

fi9/

gi;

//L%

//

& TO
LL
L+-W
One in a swoon.
,
/

/<

/ /

a. TOstpihe with lightning; and

/ /

//kZ

//

dC/$

mhistle. ~ L L S(2nd declension) fern.

5 %9
5
Yellow; Plur. Jao comm. geud.swoon, expire.
2 < L 9
P
p,;, part. IX, f. That which is or heco~nes
Plur. c+ly (2nd declension) A stunning noise
yellow.
as of tl, thuuderbolt, a punisllme~ltfrom Eeaven,
8 thnc1e~bolt.-CLW\ IV. To cause to swoon. &0
quadriliteral, TOpass alolze o v e a~ inrelphin.
.-o r . o o be you?zger thaz anather; nndJb
/P
L&&.+s A level plain.
To be s~~zall.
pwt. act. One who is small, &Laor. i. To stalzd 072 three feet-as a horse5
9,- Z
vile, contemptible. Sc+ Small. +1
(2nd
witA the toe of o~2eof tlie hind feet just touch* LZ
declension) eomp. form, Brnnller. J
Vile- \
illyi
the ground. &lIj\d\ fcm. fiur. part.
act. Ilorses stnnding nil above ; at 38 v. 30

+NO.

/l4

30

S / b

aor, i.
of&
;?

3.4

( 8s )

c~R
J

*
9lrr 4

the word &1

is to be understood, D. 8. Gr.
T. 2, pp. 233 and 267.
aor, o. To be clear.
Name of a mountain
s
ndar Mecca. u \ , ~
A hard stone.--Jz
,G 55
part. pasa. 11.f.
IV. To choose
in preference to, or grant to another a preference in the choice of anything (with acc. of
.pers. and + of thing).-,Lb
VIII. for

\i%r

/lr/

.-lr

'
Y
l
r

D S. Gr. T. 1, p. 222, To choose,

LS

select; to cl~oosein preference to (with acc.

/LS
and
; at 37 v. 153 we find 2
5
1
1 for
L'#
i ~ T"Hath
f
he chosen?" D. S. Gr. T. 1,
LS
G
'
k
9
p. 71. qlw part. pass. Chosen.
& To strike violently.
#

aaor. i. To crucify.
'

S L 9

.+-,LOThe baclr-bone or

S'/L?

/a/

loins ; Plur. +d~\.-+,b11. To cause to be

cr~zcified.
sop, &. % 6~ r&Lt, good, honest, upriglit.
sc
Peace, rcconoilizLion ; G ~ L
Peaceably.

z\i

part. act. One who or that which is go0d,

sound, free from blemish, perfect, upriglit,
righteous, a man of intgrity; also a proper
name, Shleh, a prophet
to have been sent
to the tribe of Thamood ; Lig~aP
Good
c c"r
wofis.- .i\IT. To tnake whole and sound,
C
amend, reconcile ; to make a reconciliation or
; to dispose aright (vith acc.
peace (with
and J of pers.) ; to render fit, as at 21 v. 90,

rigliteousness, reconciliation, amendment, reformation. Sb*G

part. act. One who is up'iZ/
lri,~ht, righteous, a person of integrity, a
reformer; at 28 v. 18'it may be translated
6
Peacemaker,"
&or. i. TOde hard. 3: Eard.
C

//C

To sozmd.

/c

J\& Dry clay. Derived

from & aor. i. To sozmd.
aor. o. To hurt in the small of the baclr; and
&' for& aor. a. To Tonave the centre ofBtile
y ,
baclr boat ifz, as a mare lieforefoalitzg. $,L
3
pronounced, and sometimes written i'G D. 8.
.Gr. T. 1, p. 36; Plur. o h b A prayer;
S
(+$J .
I
2 u\+ 2 v. 152, " Mercies from their
Lord ;" at 22 Q. 41 it means " Synagogues."110To PraY, $ro~er&, by benc1i"n ithe

J+LzL+Q

#.-

-1

fiN

&

knees and whole body in adoration, or generally) t~

prayer t~ God (with
with
it means to pray for, alao to bless, as in the

4);

&

/GI,/

C.,clp$

formula L $,+

r 3

k e p Aim."
who prays.

w.-9

cG .--

ukad

Ic

\ cs
"God
i,bless and

for

u,

b,/9/

& aor, i, yo roast;

a, yo

roasting in the fire (with IICC; Of fire) ; Instend

of csG
another reading of several passages is

ZL~

/GP

y;)

csiq, etc. in the Pass. or

in the ii. f.
and they must then be translated '' He shall
be burnt" or " roasted." J\L part. act. One

\;t&&b "And

who suffers the pain of being roasted;

I
H P
for ,.&~,jl. as antecedent to the complement
-2
CC
38 v. 39, Lite~ally, Sufferers of tlle roasting
of tho fire," or ltentel.ing Hell-fire to be roasted
n.a. ~ o s s t i n ~ . - - G G11. To
therein."
cauwe to be burnt, submit to $116action of fire
(wilh acc. of pers. and of the fire), tlius

b81r$/

we rendered his wife

+
,
j
fit (for child-beariag) ;" instances occur, as at
27 v. 40, where the meaning seeins to approach
very closely to that of the priinitive form, to
be nprigllt, or act with integrity ; at 46 v. 14
it moans to show kindness (wit11 J
.- of pers.

ci; of

and
a

part. act. One

A place of prayer.

&
O
.

A
d
.
.

thing).

kki1 u.a.

Uprigl~tneas,

E&,

4u

g l o p '
$
Q
'

ar

j a 9s

Hb-O

r) 69 v. 31, " Then cause him to

s
he burnt in Eell." <Gn.a. A burning.IT. To tbrugt into the fire to be burnt
L
(with double act.).--,G! for !&
; VIII.
D. S. Gr. T. 1, p. 223, To be warmed at the
fire.
5
6
'
9
&+Q To corh a botrlc;
aor. a. To beconle deaf. yo
\
Deaf, plur. of
(2nd declension).-;?
IIV.
To make deaf.
"-,part. act. One
LAM aor, o. T
o 6e siiext. &,\;
who holds his pence.
5 / /
&or.O. To wish to approach any o m .
A
Lord, one to who111 reference is made in znxtters
of importance ; as an adjective it meens sub]Ewe, everlasting.
9
,-'
(2nd
y aor. a. To beat with a citc7geZ. t?\,~
s /L./
diclension) plur. of
A monastery.
aor. a. To make, do; c h i a y used in things
where 3st is employed; to nourish or bring
L/
<''
up ;Ls
,LC 1412 20 v. 40, "And that thou
mightest be brought up under my eye ;" a
similar meaning also pertains to the IV, f.
n.a. An act, that which is done ; For the
aCs/L.A'
at 27 Q. 90 see
elliptical expression ,
d\
P a * /

a J b p5+ \

77

b~

/ /

r,..~

/ /

M f - 9 ,

/ 0

TOPOUT forth) hit

the mark. ~+b&
s
A rain-c1ond.That which is rigllt. -4
/d
u\~
IV.\To overtake, happen to, befall, fall
upon (with acc.) ; To will, as at 35 v. 35 ; to
happen, 57 v. 23 ; To affect injuriously, as at
,L,
c,//z
c+L\, " It strikes (or in3 v. 113
jures) the corn ;" To meet with, as at 3 v.
169 li.&+pel c ~ "Ye
, had already met with .

"6 aor. o.

W '

L'YG.,Z

/ G / G

C,

two pieces of good fortune equivalent to it,"

viz, at Bedr, where the forces under Mol~ammad
had not only slain seventy of the Koreisli, but
lzad also talcen an equal number prisoners ; of
this they are reminded when murmuring at
the loss they sustained at 0l;lod ; To send
down, pour down upon, afflict or punish (with
L
Y I c. 9 / & / 5
acc. and v),
as ejj??
sLel 7 v. 98, "We
,
could punish them for their sins;" -9 ?
,/G'
;\,ti fl L+++--12 v. 56, "We pour down
9
9
our mercy upon whom me please." +,-:*
-/--

' ?

part. act. That which happe~ls. &+& An

^ accident, misfortune, calamity.
Sc./
&G aor, o. and a. To e??titsa /sozmd.
u
y n.a.
GF
A sound, voice ; Plur. u \ ~ \ .
;G aor. o. To incline or turn-a thing-towards
%i " *
5 P
(with J\)
; To diviclc, dissect. jy A trumpet.
f-3 3 see also a, similar ellipse at 4 v. 121.
9
?/b'
9
50
/a
(2nd declension) plur.
LQGS
An art. &Gi
a ~ Plur.
r
l~ A
11. To form,
5 / L
,9
of 4
,4 cistern, also a palace, citadel or
fnshion (with acc. and ,$I.
part. act.
C
910P.Q
other fine b u i l d i n g . - - e l for p
i VIII.
One who forms. JFJ 1 The Fasl~ioner,a
D, S. Gr. T. I., p. 222, To appoint 3ss agent
name of God,
(with acc. and J),
gG aoaor. o. To rncaszcm mitA a ooontaining abozlt
S r ~ 5
5 / 9
' To be foul (a smell). tbl plur. of
An
f o 2 ~pi~ats. fly A drinking cup.
r"=" idol.
3 f ~ d
q f
d G nor. o. To 6 e a ~wool. dlSo\
plur. of u p
+
;:10
A:; palm or otbor tree springing from the
Wool, 2 fleece.
.L'Y
iG
aor.
o. To fnst; ~c*&.k.I;2 V. 181, "Let him
; no verbd
same root as others ; Plur.
fnst (during) it," for
D. 8. Gr. T.2, p.
. root.
'
aor. a. To i?$ure 6y ?/isheat (the ssn), to dis389.
4 and
ns.a. A fast, the not o f
ss-,
S L
solve.
Belationship by marriage.
ft~sting. r? L part. act. Otle who fasts.
$65'

e*'

d w

J~,,;.

"-b

/ / /

$;

36

:\&

,.-/

S G

;&

cd

,+,

&
-'a

;G aor. i.

../&

TO shout.
n.a. A shout, a blast,
a terrible and mighty noise, also a punishnlent
from Heaven.

'&

the place to which any ofle goes, or at which

one arrives ; at 25 v, 16 it
be rendered
Ic
a retreat."
'Or* in
a* To ,'lunt* A$4 Game, the produce GL; &or,i, To pf+o&rcc in8&l;fcct dates
,paL2of the chase, including fish.--;GI
for ZGj
,
S
5
..'
tree).
-Lr
for
Le&
p1m
of
OT
l
e$
VIII. D. 8. Gr. T. 1, p. 222, To hunt.
%
aor. i. To 6econze; to go, tend towards (with
A castle, or clefensiye morlr.
S
,
,
+
d
n.a. Tlle act of going, a journey, L~\.+saor. i. To pass tAe s21772no.. &+ 11.5. Tlle
depnrture ; also ns a noun o f time and place,
SL

;\;

jp.

>\: PPlur.

,&I

26 Sheep ; no verbal root.

/ / /

a. To b r e a t h hard k runnizg.
e2 aor.
The act of pantirig.

/<
vr3
nor. a.

S & /

di

n,a,

.'+/

To lie o?z ths side. L.

(2nd
g
k'
declension) plur. of
A sleeping place,
resting place; at 3 v. 148 it alludes to the
sleep of dcatl~.
~ O P a.
. To laugh, laugh 21, ridicule (~6th
5
d9\i
part. act. Lnugl~ing,one who
,
langhs.
,
& aoi*. o. To appear co~zspicuo2csly; and G ~ 4
aor, a. To suffer from the heat of the sun.
4
.+!
&; \
or riS"
comm. gend. said by some to be
5
the plur. of
Those hours of the morning
which follow shortly after sunrise ; at 91 v. 1
and 79 v. 29 it meana the full brightness of
, the sun.
S
Q '
G aor. o. To gain a lam-suit. +,; Gontra~y,an
adversary.
5
."
6~
aor. o. To hurt, hasrn, injure.
i
; n.8. Harm,
5
4
hurt, injury, affliction. p Harm, aflliction,
/

&;

6g#
/

g/ /

cvil, adversity, famine,S as at 12 v. 88. Jy

Hurt, inoowcnience. ;\; part, act, One who 1

S G

hurts. 27;
fern. (2nd declension) D. $5. Cr.
T. 1, p. 403, Adversity, loss, tribu1lntion.JiL 111. To hurt, annoy ; to put to inconvenience on accoontaf (with ace. of perso and
+ . ATote. hi Surd verbs of this form there
is no difference between the act. 2nd pass. in
S '
the Aorist tense. JL+ n.n. Injury;
By
5 8 9
violence. jLdn part. act. Injuring.--)dl
for
7111. D. 8. Gr. T. 1,p. 222, To compel;
to drive forcibly (with acc. and j j ) ; Pass.
6 9
)w! To be driven by necessity (with 2,or
5
- / L P
1 . JL;.
pa't. act. or pass. One compelled
a /b?5
by necessity; +jki i 27 s. 63, " Him who is
compelled by his necessities" (to ask relief of
God).
80s. i. To beat, strike (with ace. and +);
This is the primary meaning, bnt the verb
admits of a gmat variety of interpretations,
/z//
Y Q
thus b*all\ "9 14 v. 29, " God propounds
as an exanlple," or '(puts forth a parable" (vith
--.c
J); thus also at43 v. I6 %
G,
':That which they pass off upon the Mereif'd
as being his similitude," viz. female children;
in allusion to the angels, who were consib
/

5%
Q / C .

y\
L-.

fl0

qs&
/

ored to be tho dai~glltersof Ood; @J?P$ $;i D. S. Gr. T.2, p. 279; Don1 d\-, Oblique
8
.
u2uy Two equal portions, twofold. ~ 2 1 x 4
3 v. 150, " They travelled in the earth ;" here
y L'E
S P /
q
plur.
of
d9r;coinin. gend. Weak. LA+
me may suppose qn ellipse of r&--~
or
so~ne
,
P
similay word ; so likewise in the expression
Plnr. \i& (2nd declension) Weak, infirm.
.', LS
,
LZ [
LA&\(21113 decle~~sion)
comp, form, Weaker,
?, y.p \ij437.90, "When ye are
111. To double, give double (with
on the march in the cnuse of God's religion ;"
S / / I
? P / F
part. pass. Dou~bled.
ace. and J). &S\A
,by,; L; 43 v. 58, "They ]lave
/

&:'b

,
/

CU~J*,,
/

bP

f& f \

/ /

q
.

-&.+A part. act. IV. f. One who makes

double.-LA&\
+ X. To think, repute, or
esteem weal:, x~lclhence to ill-treat a person
as if he were weak, to take advantage of his
s/
Y
weakness, thus at 7' r. 149. i - 6 part.
~
~
pass. One nho is found or held to be weak.
1
mr. a. To repeat in n confilsecl &ndjzcwbled
mnn72er. && A handful of green and dry
,l4B
grass or other herbs ; Pluy. ii.Lidl Things
conf~~eed1-y
mixed together *
12

onlv set this cr~zestionbefore tllee for the sake

/ /

CI,

24 v, 31, < lAnd let them draw their veils over

Yj'
P
&
,
,
i
their bosoms ;"f,$ l yc; u /,i i l 43 v. 4,
I6
Shall me then turn away from you our
P/
admonition;"
rj+ +d~57 T. 13,
4
"And a separation shall be made between them
33i.9
c.
by a wall;"
2 Y. 58,
,4c
And vileness was' stamped upon tl~em."
't
up n.a. The act of strikihg, a blow, a going
v. 44, " Confused dreams."
from place to place; at 47 c. 4 there is an
s ,LZ
&b\
plur. of 2 4 Ill&.+ aor. a. To dislide.
ellipse of a verb, see 8. 8.Gr. T. 2, p. 460.
feeling, hatred.
'"<
S
cp aor. n. To 6e fiz~mble.
A plant growing S ' q
9
A frog ; Pl11s. L~\3Ck; (2nd declension) ; The
in Bell, said to be more bitter than aloes, lnore
grammstienl root is pi+To
i contain frogs
fetid than n putrid corpse, and Inore burning
(water).
d
Z G ?
than f i r e . - Q ~ and
D, S. Gr. T.1, p.
nor. i. To err (with +) ; to wander away, go
222, V. To humble one's-self, submit one's-self
c.
astray from (with acc. or with us); to err
s * <*<
humbly to God. k- y n.a. Humility.
against (with uii) ; to go from the tlloughts
d and
nor. o. To be weak.
and
or be forgotten, as at 17 v. 69 ; to leave in the
ns.a. Weakness, infirmity.
Plur.
; to lie hidden (with $), as
lurch (with
5
L.Z
S
diil Like, an equal portion, a portion equal
at 3 2 v . 9 . j G p a r t . a c t . Onewho errs or
9
to another, or as much again, double; \i6
.,//
goes
ashay.
JG
and
a i l i Error, mistake.
,
0,c:sIC
L~M
LAIG+
9
,4
14 ~ , 5 \ 2 3 8 17. V.
$7 (2nd declension) eowp. form, One who
77, " Then we should verily lime caused thee
goes more astray ; For the Rules of Syntax
t o taste an equal Elrare (of the punishment) of
affecting the comparative and superlative forms
this life, and an equal &are (of the punishsee D. 8.Gr. T. 2, p.301.-&bZn.a.
11, f.
/B
ment) of death," i.e. a double punishment, the
Error.-,&\
IV. To cause to err, seduce, lead
,
word +\& being in both eases understood;
astray from (with double ace, or acc. find
/L-

r3

br b

b P / ~ r

- 0

I/

/ /

c?

C G <

te

.c

-z

tpb

/
,

&z

.+I, C

e\~

/ / b /

&

2)

//

&ysop. i, To auept.

>

. T h y

apealr ill of (with

of per&). u&".a. Evil
sl?eakiV* ,
a. To transgress,
\& &00+0. "d
Or
85.43
exceed all boulzds (in mickcdl~ess); to wander
4
11 T-. 110, " The two extrenlities
-? d. \
from its orbit, applied at 53 v. 17 to the eyes
of the d5yj2'm r u i n g and evening.
~igllt; to o~erflow,as at 69 v. 11. a\*& n.a.
.G x %or,o. To ceoszc 1,?1 night. :,& pnrt. act.
Tmnsgression, the being exceedingly nicked.
That vllicll nppenys by night.
con~ln.
iC.& for >G part, net. One who is exeessivelg!
S,
,
'
s
:
?/
gend. A way, n r o d . <G2LPlur. ,+>bL (2nd
impious, a transgressor. &\$ A storm of
*.a. An eye, 3 glance,
Vg,, 5'
Plur. L ~ L L\ Tile
sight of the eyes.
estwmity, ertrcme part or verge, border;
L8

&

4)

",/

/L

0 8

z+>

declensionj A path, line of condnct, belln~iour;

5:
". i A P g O L s
(6
teJ&
20 v. 104, Those lllost e~lline~lt

,;'.\

i i

'c-,'\'
+,2"' ' 23 T. 17,
for their good conduct;" 33,\;3
(I
ke-iren Ir~~cts,"
~lleallix~g
the serer1 Ileizreus ;

thunder
- L E and lightning 9 of'
r Isextreme severity.
u&i comp. form for & 1 (2nd declension)
/? ,
Most extravagant ill micliedness. & - L Excess

-i

&??;
is also used with 3 plur. sigl~ificntio~l
for
..-

>
rl..

Chiefs, Princes; thus at 20 v. GG.

. -- aor. a. TO

TO cond@fio?)&
c&r; and oL
;
*:
6e ?*eccnt.
Fresh.

29Y. 0.

s2g
I

r Initid letters of

the26th and 28th ellaptors,

A.

sce y-L.
' faor, a. To cat, taste ; \>*
5
",+I
r. 94, l 6 Tliere is no six1 in that t h ~ yl ~ a r e
tasted" (that which had not at that time been
5
forbidden them).
I\: part. act. One who
.,
s , ,
eats. @ n.a. Taste, a ~ i d?L& n.a. Food, the
.'LCf
act of eating, as at 5 v. 97.-p&\ IT. To feed,
h
G ?//L%
give food to (with double dcc.) ; u7
L& 106 r. 3, \Yho hat11 provided them with

\.L. gG 3

Fw

QL

l4

fix^

,,.+a
H ,

LX?..

L.

/h%c4

LZ

&

act.).

3 aor.

9 :p

, A t

God against hunger."

11.a. The act of
s
feeding; At 2 v. 180 and 5 v. 00
also
appears to bear this meaning, mid m a y then
be considered as a~~otller
n o w of action of the
IV. f.-+\
S.To aslc for food (vith double
&
/ /

b\+L? J~+G /:' 01 v.

11,
'' The tribe of Thsrzlood accused (@tillel>)of
falsehood by reason of their extreme wickedifife, The name, of Arab tribes ape
5
feminine.
Tdglloot, a word which
with the sing. forin has sometimes a plur.
signification, and tllerl means Idols, clzmons,
or whatever is worshipped besides God, and
particularly the two Idols morsl~ippedby the
people of Brlecca; s t 4 v. 63 it is used in the
sing,, nnd is there said to refer to a certain
PC+ S 'il
Jew named u;AU\ uj L~S,
either from his
exceeding wickedness, or because a judgment
give11 by hinz would be prompted by the Devil.
<
--dl
IT. To cause to transgress, to mahe
one a transgressor.
To be n c a ~ . - ~ ?+ +;\y
- ~n.a. 11. f. The giving
s, P
short measure, 1 - L q part. act, One who
gives short Itleasure.
nor. 3. To 6e extinguished. -z&?
IV. To
extinguish (with ace. and +),
,
aor. n. To begin,
To 6e cf a tender ayee.
~ing.and plur.,
5
65
tliough w e also find the plur. j k L \ Very
yonng children, infants.
*
of impiety, as

& Initial letters of t h e ?'ithechapter, pronounced

Th' Seen, see 5T.
C

a. and o. 270 jvie~ec with a spear, to

& To moisten the ground ( d m ) ,

Dew.
L-r\l, aor. o. To seelc; at 7 v. 52 it means to follow
5 / /
up. k b n.a. The act of searching for.
-!\g part. act. A petitioner. u,5&d 9 L.- part.
pass. Petitioned.
,'6
s
7. aor. a. To be weary. 6 n.a. A Plantain or
L
Banana tree, according to some the Acacia or
Egyptiaii thorn.
di; aor. a. and o. To ascend, rise-the sun,-(with
/

.*

2;

8Gi

+.

aar, o. and i. To Be mzlch. M& A calamity ;

d \\:a d\ 79 . 34, i4 The very great
calamity," viz. The last Judgment.
aop. o. and i. To deflower a virgin.
"or, o. and i. To obliterate, put out (the eyes),
as at 54 v. 37; At 4 v, 50 it means to deface
the features ; to destroy utterly (with &).
*.a. Desire,
aar. a. To desire (with
n. hoping or longing for; at 13 v. 13 i'&
LSg).
The spathe or sheath in which
means "causing you to be full of hope (for
the flowers of the date-palm are enclosed, also
min) ."
L,
,S L
the fruit when it first appears, or simply fruit, Bu&
Quiet; whence comes w\& (quadrilitesal) To
s PP
E/
as at 37v. 63. yLb n.a. The rising. & i G n . a ,
~ e s t . - - ~ h 5L IV.
\ To be quiet, rest securely in,
'?'<?.The time of rising (of the dawn). &L n.a,
or satisfied with (with +) ;
L$1 \ 36 4 V.
.- LZ
, F2
&
Place of the sun's
\ IV. To make
104, "And when ye are secure (from danger); "
manifest to any one, cause one to understand
2 pers. plur. pret. D. 8. Gr. T. 1, pr 231.
.
,/a
5
.".!=/ 9
(with aec, of pers. and J.G of t1lind.-$i
for
u ~ L dpart, act. One who rests securely, or
L
VIII. D. S. Gr. T. 1,p. 222, To m o ~ ~ n t
enjoys peace and quiet.
up (with &); to penetrate (with acc.) as at
GZ
& Initial letters and nQme of Fne 20th ohapter,
19 v. 81, wlaere we have &1 " E a s he pene,/a43
pronounced Th' Hb', see IJ 1.
trated?" for
\ \, the \ of union being .-/
To remove; aor. o. To 6c pure, free from9/her
omitted after the interrogative D. S. Qr. T. 1,
G+
coursea (a woman). J$ n.a. Pure. &I
p, 7 1; At 37 v. 52 is a passage which is read and
(2nd decleasion) comp, form, More pure, see
interpreted in various ways, see D. S. Gr. T. 2,
.-a.D.
8. Gr. T. 2, p. 304.--& IT. To purify,
p. 185,but adopting the reading given by Fliigel
9
/a&.- , f G 9
cleanse.
n.a. Purification.
part.
pLLLJ W ~ J $ d
&, the meaning will be
act. One who frees from impurity:
" Will ya look down (upon the inhabitants of
part. pass. Purified, freed from impurity, olean,
IIell) ?--and he shall look down," @ret. for
,G z/
G
pure.--Lj+ or&b V.D. S. Gr. T. 1, p. 220,
f ~ ~ t;. )in this sense the verb governs its ~01x1To purify one's- self, keep one's-self pure ;
plement with
+ , , ; so likewise when it rnearls
"a/
IC
bA&Li 5 v. 9, imperat. Then purify yourto mount above, come upon, or meet with.
P
selves" (by washing the entire body).
part. act. One who looks down ilpon.
5, Q 9
orl&& part. act. Those who purify themselves,
aor. o. To be divorced. g& n.a. Divorce../Q
?+/ P
or
are
clean, pare.
G;:
11.
&To divorce. ULLW feni. part. pass. A
yoman who is divorced.--JGb
VII. To de- Z\G nor. o. To Be $m and imnzoveahle. $&A
mountsin.
part, go one's way, to be free or loose, as at
;G nor, o. To app~oach. A rnoun tnin ;

/L.?

-O

/ / /

$&

.&'

y&

L&

5
'

@l

//

CCC

;$p

PJI

L P L 5

Qu

3;

/$I

/ /

ag
ILr.

8 u //

J&

43;

P
.-Gor d-jJjb
'
Mount Sinai; it isalso called
9

-'-a

)&d ,.beI.
p

3/63

(i

P,*

plur. of

JFA condition or stnte;

d&aor. o. To go round about, encompass (with

G); to go about, circulate (with u:!).
0

Gqsv

GC

ierb port. act. One who goes round abont or

bbb\ r"Gk- 71 v, 13, " E e crested you after
cncompnascs ; at GS v. 19 it means a comrllon
a variety of stnfes or stages of existence;"
destruction
- sussouuding all ; see also d l b for
beginning with the formation of Adam.
:,-/
(4'L7 A part, some, a pnrty, a people,
$g
aor. o. and a. To be obcclilislzt; to ilenrkeu to
4r
L
a compnny or hand of men from 2 to 1000,
(intercession), as at 40 v. 19, &d Obcdient ;
S
Tileaccording to diEerent nnthorities.
%&with willing obedience. 6 G Obedience.
s--,
Deluge, n colnmon destruction or calamity
g b past. act. One who is obedient, obedient.
S./
/C/
which embraces all. jl:& One who goes
--G
&
I
T
.
To
permit,
consent
to
(with
ncc.
L'
5 /P
<G a
abont (to serve another).--u+!
V. D. S. Gr.
and J of l)ers.).-f_&T IV. To obey.
00
T. 1, p. 220, To go round about (with +).
pa& pass. Obeyed.-$&
JT. To give one's-self
6
aor. o. To be oble. 216 Power, strength.-obediently or willingly to perfor111 (a good
P
fa$5.'96
o r )
part. act. D, S.Gr. T.1, p.337,
XI. To tnis t a collar ; p!,\,+q L uf-.JC
U,
One mho gives himself willingly to perform (a
3 v. 176, "They shall have that which they hare
,
iood or ch3;litable aqtion).-sG~
and
covetously -withheld twisted as z collar about
S.,-though some have copsidered the latter to
their necks," lit. "they shall be bound with it
rE
Be n variation of the IV, f., D. S. Gr. T. 1, p,
for n collnr."-~bl IV. To be able (to do a
234,-To be able, have P O V ~ Y
be, capable of
thing, with ace.).
64, b
.(mith ace. or ace. and
ns +s t
&
in ,flL aor, o. To be long, to lest loug, or be proIS v. 81, "That which thou wnst not able
longed (with uG of pel*~.).
131enty- of
to b e z ~patiently ;" It is also used with or
wealth, a sufEciency of means, Power, as at
with ace. and J ; instances of both occur at
40 v. 3. JJ! n.a. Height.
Long.-/

r ' /

/,/

LGJ!

"0

iy

CL!
/L

s:),

5;

iJ

18 v. 96 ; or with ace. a i d j\
as at 3 v. 91 ;
5
At severd places in t h e 18th chapter it is

found with
of pers. and acc. of thing ; t1111s
in the 66th Terse
cS;t;
"Thou
wilt not be able to have patience fivith me;"
k
t trans'lzlting such sentences as the above it is
frequently necessary to supply a verb according
to the context, thus
17 v. 51,
" But they were not able (to find) n ground of
reproach (against thee)." A note explanatory
of some of the above modes of construction
mil1 be fonnd in DR Saey's Gra~n~nny,
T. 2,
GL,

p, 170.

J;I~ TI. To be prolonged (with d d of pers.).

LSpoor. i. To roll up. 3'n.e. Tlle act of rolling

4 P

, Toown, nolne of a alley near Mount

up. &
S
Sinai.
part. pass, Rolled up.
oor. i. To be good, pleasing (lvith J ) ;

Gp

:2

G$

9 L/

Psr

6.- L f ' "

-'b

IZ

(j',,b 4 v. 3, "And if they

\& dj:BL& uc
kindly give you up any portion of it of their
own free will," lit. "if they are good to you
concerning any portion," ete. Lg$ (2nd
S - r
declension) Good fortune, happiness.
Good, ogcenble, sweet and elcan, l~nppy,
favourable,
0

.-

26

FI

o
a~'. i. To fly.
generic noun, Birds. Note.
one.->k:
or
V. D.08.Gr. T.1, p, 220,
$,
Verbs having fop subject a noun of this descripTo augur evil, draw an evil augury from (with
3
tion may be put in the fern, D. S. Gr. T. 2,
u ) . -part.
-*
act..X. f, That which
p. 233 ; According to some there are two words
spreads itself far and &de.
5
of this form, one in the sing. meaning a bird, d$aor.
i. To appear (a spectre). -;&part.
as at Q V. 43, and the other an irregular plur.
act. A spectral uppeanzncs of tAe Deuil, an
5
5
of >b, meaning Birds. J b part. act. A
instigation of the Devil ; see d G for 3;d.
flying p i n g , an omen, and especially an evil L\dnor. i. To plaste~with cluy. &
; Clay.
Lib

-/

- 0

5 3

p$

To nzipate. %
; i1.a. Migration.
Very unjust.
part, act. One mho
treats unjustly (vith J). &
' 7 (2nd declennor. i. To claw with tAe nails.
A nail or
5 PC.'/
claw ;J% rijG v. 147 is translated by Bale
ion) comp. form, More unjust. ?$L
pmt.
ts
(I
having an undivided hoof," but it may be
pass. Unjustly treated.-'\
IV. To Injure;
doubted whether the words will beax this into be darlr (with &).
part. act. One
terpretation ; a better translation would seem
who is in the 'barkk.
to be "having claws or nails," as wild beasts
aor. a. To thirst.
n.a. Thirst.
or camels.--T IV. To give the victory to
(2nd declension) 3,S. Gr. T. 1, p. 403, Very
@
(wit11 ace. of pers, and C5b).
thirsty.
a
\
<
aor. a. ; 2nd pers. sing. pret, dor &$ for
aor. O. TO tbinlr, be of opinion, imagine (with
c ~ M l 33.
j 8. Gr. T. 1, p. 228, To continue all
acc. or +, or with T): ; for the construction
day, become (with aor, of wrl, following).
41 v. 48, "TXoy shall
s
:9
2~
g A covering, roof.
3
Shade. e& Plur. L
perceive that there is no any of escxpe for
3'
s,
sing. and plur. Slladows, s11ady groves.
them," see D. 8. Gr. T. 2, p. 297. 3; Plur.
5
J& shady.--& 11. To overshadow-with &
, 9 9 Opinion. G\G part. act. One who forms
clouds-(with ace. of thing and
of pers.).
an opinion.
.-+.L aor. i. To wrong, injure; to be unjust, oppresA aor. a. and i. To appear, be manifeet (with >);
sive, or tyrannical towards any one (with
to help, mount, ascend (with acc. or &); to
ace. also with v, or with acc. of pers, and
get t l ~ ebetter of, know, distinyish (with &).
Bb .
'
5
+) ; to be guilty of injustice, to act
~lur.;i$
The
back.
ck.pU1'
part. act. One
6
wickedly; to be wanting in, or fail, as h'
J
who i~ mmifest, t'llat which is npparent, out("3
fc,
s a r d (speech), as at 13 v. 33; clear, conL+ kp 18 v. 31, " Nor did they fail in any
l.k Injustice, tyranny, obscurity.
of it."
spicuous, victorious ;
&J34 y* 17,
$ / P 9
" Conspicuou3 cities,"
or "cities connected
&.& Plur. w \ d b Darkness. ;$Uldnst.
*
/

'2

/ /

&
S

G Z

L'

;?

&

/ /

/ # -

("Z

%GP

SL 9

SLib

/ L*#

one, with another by a track called

9

i>g

Outwardly.
Mid-day heat.

//

G$!+

;+'

( 94 )

J&
C

>,,p A helper.

2s;1

cause to appear (with

$), as at 40 v. 27 ; to enter on the period of

Thrown behind the back,

noon, as at 30 V. 17 ; to render superior (with

/ /

L
A

+ nor. a. To mix

E//

/'

scents ; to be solicitons a11ont

/ /

/ /

ncc, and ,ir).--b\Lij VI. To assist one another

and &); to divorce a mife, mith the words

a
LC
LS
l, gee 58 V. 2.--b\ IV. TO
is

bs +

Gcof thing) ; to

nnd

'.' $:
%$

.,/ ,
wit11 neglect.--hb III. To assist (with ncc. /
wf

+),

make one acquainted with (sith aoc. of pers.

against (with

,
.0

&.c

and

,
'

IZ aor. o. To be proud, insolent, to offer an insolent

opposition, to esceed all ho~mds--in impiety(with u).

2 ? P
LA+ aor. n. To amuse one's-self.
&?A=
n.8.
(with @i)
n.8.
. Insolence, pride.
5 ,
for
Fern.
Sport, jest.
part. act. Exceeding,
3 G
27
violent.
Plor. +,.c A
A decrepit old man, an obstinate
& aor. a. To adore, worship.
rebel.
seraant ; and ~ l u r .
Bervants, espeLinlly
...
of God. &G part. act. A worshipper. ;J& jr aor. o. To stumble; to perceive (mith &,G)..a
IV. To malie one aeqoainted ~vitlla thing,
Serricc, w~rship.--~+r 11. To enslave.
/C r
or csuse one to understand (with
of pem.).
nor. o. To pass ope,.; _to interpret (with J).
,
5,~.
. i. and o. To do evil (with
i> An instructive warning.
;\ f 0 ~ ; ; ~ 6 ~ g a o r a.
GS
4oblique plm. of
;\;;
part. act. One who passes -sr nor. a. To wonder (wit11 +;, or mith u\of
6
s / p
following verb). ++, w e , and -z
over.---!
VII
I.
To
take
warning.
/LS
S '-9
Wonderful.-c-^zf l IV. To delight, please.
nor, i. To 6e austere, t o frown. bHJ,+= Austere,
3 P /
dismal.
*G
aor,
i. To 6e meah. jJ+= An old woman.
27
5 /L5
5
". /L/
j
y\
Roots of pnllll-bee~.-j,hn
part, act.
To glitter ZiAe thc nziragc. 6~ sing. and
111. f. One 1~110bases, or nlnkes of none effect.
plur. A kind of rich cal-pet.
5 /L. P
-+GI
IV. To weaken, to be unable, to frus+.-a
&or.0. nnd i. To 6e angrr?/.-t..+qd*
part. pass.
/L'L.
9 C P ,L?G
IV. f. Received into favour,----\
5. To
trate, find one to be weak; c,,j+? Y ??jk8
5
beg for favour, receive into favour, invite any
v. 61., "Verily they sllall not f i n d l ~ o d )t o be
one to make himself acceptable,
wealc,'' or "frustrate (his decree) ;" for the
"' P,
.s ,
G-z
u To 6e p~epared. d,?r Ready.--L.\ IV. To
ellipse of the complemeiit see D. 8. GF.T.2,
prepare (with ace. of pers, and J).
pp. 221 and 454 ; it is also fo'ouncl with the
6
G P
CI?
+aor, o. To 68 old.
Ancient.
ace. andL2. ~9+iqdf~19ct;',~Ry*
oblique plur.
3,
5 b P
JCaor. i. and a. To drag violently (with ace. and
of;+part. act,. One who weakens or finsSPP
'
L
, Violent, crucl.
tratca&

.'

.f

b /

/,'

L~I;,

&

G&

//

/,

/
,

L.5

a&\

&;
2).

//

0 0

"

//

/ / /

CCb

/ b%

/ /

/ /

///

.-0,'

4\&-

HZ

aoT. i. and o. Ib enzaciatc.

pluu~.of
-,.
9 .- '
5
\ + f e n of \
(2nd declension) Le8n ;
at 12 v. 43 the word agrees with
understood.
3+2 aor. a. To hasten, accelerate (with ace., or with

U+S

thing against tlie future.-c~zI IV. To prepare,

6 F
arrange (with ace. and J) ; b+ \ 8 v. 62,
,

1,'

!" fur &.$GI impcrnt. see D. 8.

GI*. T. 1, p. 2 3 0 . - b ~ 1 TIII. To reclcor1 or
fnlfil a term.
s ,' ..
I\)
;
to
be
hasty
or
act
hastily
(with
&)
;
w k nor. i. To mitzister. e-\generic now],
LS5
Leutils,
to hurry over (with -1, as +
I,
73 v. 16,
L/
,
,
66
zaor, i. To deal just17 (with L+, or u+)
; to
Thiit thou mayest hurry over it," via. the j
establish justice (with ,,.), as at 41 v. 14 ;
receiving of the $oran fi.0111 the Angel Galxiel.
S f ,
S
to snTerve from j~istice, as nt 4 V. 134; to
jgPrecipitation. , \ ~ fA calf. J;,L, pnrt.
hold as equal (vith acc, and u),
as st G T. 1,
act. That ~vhic11 l~nstens awav-,' tra~isitorv.
,
5
where the first eo~nplement"other Deities"
Jj+s ~ ~ s t ~ . - - , J11.
g To cause to hasten,
LE
is ~lndcrstood;to pay as 311 erluivalent, as a t
give beforehand (with ace. and J).-$+\ IT.
.
G v, 69; to dispose aright, 3s at 82 v, 7.
.I & /
To cause to liasten (with ace, of pers, and &).
cl,\ JS n.a. Justice, recompense, ransom, ecpiva/G i
'
,'
-J+? V. To be inea h u r r y . - & ~ l
5.To
lent, eompensntiou; ~2q.i
j;;'5 v. 06," InQ
seek or desire to hasten (with J of pers. and u
stead tliereof."
,
.C?/
5 '.of tl~ing),ns J J+d
40 v. 34, "Neither uiu aor, i, and o. T o abide co?zstuntly.
n.a.
P
desire to hasten (their punishment) for them ;"
A perpeton1 abode, Eden, Paradise.
</
tl~ofirst con~plement
j
) ; to
\ being under- IZaor. o. To pass by; to transgress (with ,
c,
~~s
n.a.
s
turn aside (with BCC. and &).
stood ; D. 8.Gr. T. 2, p. 454 ; to urge oneeto
malie hnste in doing anything (with aco. of
&lalice, vicliedness. s?l&for;+\; part. act. A
5 / L
/.pers. and u of thing). J\IZ";! n.a. The
transgressor. &\;+L Swift mares. G l ~ s
,
5
'9.'
desire of hastening ; p)i+x?
\ 10 T. 12,
Enmity. Gii The side of 3 alley. G$g
*/
g ? /
s
" According to their desire of hastening ;"
Injustice, hostility.
j b b Plur. 1 &\ An
$9,
D. S. Gr. T. 1, p. 503.
enemy ; The sing. j& i a sometimes put for
9 r LE
5 9 ,
pS,
aor. o. To try by hitiny. ??Gl (2nd declension)
the plui*., tllus at 18 v. 45 j ~ s P I "And
A barbmian, a foreigner, one who speaks Arabic
111. To be at
they are your
9
c,S
8
imperfectly. 3e.1Barbarous, foreign.
enmity with. d s r j ' V. To transgress.6,
AS aor, 0. To number, reckon, reckon up (with acc.
VIII. To be vicked, to transgress
S
(with zcc. or2, or wit11 $; of pew.). Z ! e
i n.a. A number, computaand J of pers.). ;
s
part.. act. Wicked, a tmnsgressur.
tion, determined number. dLlc A number.
s tk
SQ
sa F
i+ A nnuiber, prescribed term. ~ A GA pro- & aor, i. To hhder. "3; n.a. Freah, sweet.
/

c4

Prepare

j/ L

/;a
/

/ L/

? /

.-1

L l

L., L

(r

.-0

-0

L.

.-G

/ . ' /

C ? /

3iz!

/ /

8-

e-

vision. 3i.c pnrt. act. One who Iceeps nn

8 Y L A
account. ~3,h.. part. pass. Determined, corn,g
puted.--d*sj= 11. To prepme, or lay up anyx

<,

//

,a,

,&

S G H

c
,

"-6

L?
,,

HC.3

?
"

?\s: Punishment, torment.--uj; 11. To

punis11 (with ace. of pers. and
of -ingtr~xment, ns also of crime, or with >);it is

5
.
V4.4E Nuch, many. SJd A cloud traversing
@/TE
k '
,p g W d
the sky.--$;; IT. TOruajce an offer (with u
).
A
\ +
\8 \ A \
5 v. 115, " I mill
,'
punish him with a puuishment, witchwhich I
IV. To tom aside, decline to do a
will punish no one (else) ;" to a,Bict, as at 20
thing, leave it undone (with us). U-;~C\ 11.a.
S 1,
5
.
One who punisl~ea.
v. 49. u + d p a ~ t act.
A turning away, avcraion. +... p a t . act.
s
L.+L
part, pass. Doomed to punishrue~lt.
One who turns away from, averse.
,./ . '
,
:
aor. i. To enuse. L; ;
n.3. An excuse.
d
;
; aor. i. To Imom, discen1 (with ace, and + or
P
An escuse. Jielw (2nd declension) plus, of
u4); The difference between u*' and $
57.J
\ Excuses.--+*
~
part, not. 11, f. Utt.ering
'is that the forrner refers to distinct and specific
L
knowledge, while the latter is more general ;
excuses.-,bb
VIII. To excuse one's-self
(with
of pers.).
hence the opposite to LJ;G is+\ To deny, and to
5
Gi/
.S L P
f aor. i. T
o be scabby. ii;x+r A crime.-- papart.
L,&
To be ignorant. u > s iinomn, just,
.-act. VIII. f. One who does not beg, though
a benefit; G> 77 v. 1, In a continual series,"
poor.
or according to another rending, 6 I Conferring
,
'
/L.sc.-o
~J/C
aor. i. To eat; and +i
To be pure Arabic
benefits ;" Plur. with the article LAP\ I
S Y J
and free from fazctts (a speech). UJS BeThe walls which divide Paradise from Hell,
s
s
2
loved wives, plur. of -Js.
CSjicArabic,
Name cf a mountain near Mecca, said
5
to be so named because of the recognition
an Arabian. v l i l plur. no sing. The Arabs
which there took place between Adam and
of the desert.
q
'
Eve, after a separation of 200 years. ~
aor. o. To mount, ascend (with
or
2
p
E~ 9
9 L
'
part,
pass.
Known,
recogaized,
honou~sble,
s\(2nd declension) Lame froin birth. E~
7c-J
good, befitting, a lcindness; the opposite to
(2nd declension) plur. of r..- A ladder, place
>r.--L;i
11. To acquaint, make lillonn
of ascending, at aii.0.
(with ncc. of thing and J of pers.).-uJ14 VI.
& -TOstamp cloth with the Jigare of date-stalks.
.'// L
8 P G P
To know one another (with ~ , ~ ) . - - u VIII.
.ix~
w 5A-dry date-stalk.
To confess, acknowledge (with u).
&.+ aor. i. and o. To construct, build houses.
S
+yo. To strip meat from 03a done. r"r"
$> n.a. A throne ;qPl ur.
Foundations, ,.aor.
plnr. no sing. Jfoulzds 01. clanzsfir banBing in
props, supports. d J w part. pass. Supported
9
a 6ody of water;
\ Name of an inundaGy aor. i. To happen, come against; to propose,
tion ~vliichdestroyed the city of SabC
5
q c,/
set before (with ace. and J or uL). py n.a. $ aor. o. To come U ~ O ~ L .93A handle.-d>"i
VIIT. To come down upon, af3lict (with ncc.
Breadth, extent;
In an extended manner.
q *'
of pers. and u).
Temporal goods or advantage, this
5
9
world's geaz &>G 2 v. 224, Object, butt, or dJs aor, i. To come zqon; and >4i aor. a. To be
impediment, according to different renderings.
naked.
A bare place.

sometimes foulld with the double acc. thus

pgW,$

/ /

LE

(r

S 0 ' 4

(r9

, / ,

;.'

S ' G

/-r

41

//LS

///

."/L

S$,

("4,

((

F 0

9,

9 /

///

/ /

/bS

Jl

' / /

PC

d).

,L$

8 / b ,

PrG 9

/ /

/ b /

/ /#

?b K

sJ!

/'

y - 0

#/

"V

/ /

\;?

a,

Yf.4

//

$5;

($

;i aor. i. To be rare, precious;

to gel the better of

gives the preterite a future

the particle
signification; D. S, Gr. T. 1, p, 181.
(with acc. of pers. and ,i,)
n.a. Power,
.-/c,
,?G
5
,p
1
= To come on by ninht (as a wolf) ; quadglory. 5-5Power, honour, pride. ; d i ~Plur.
P
5 6 ,
,
riliteral
verb
derived
from
To go round
i>/\ Mighty, excellent, troublesome ;grievous,
6y night do keel] watch.
5 /S
as at 9 v. 129 (with
j c i (2nd dcclenInitial letters at the cornpreceded by
sion) More excellent, mightier, worthier, most
lneucemei~tof the 42id chapter, see
,powerful; Fern. $
: (2nd declension) ; $4" P l4 ,L.'/
a sor. i. and o. To nticfoocl with hotzey. z
G
conlm, gend. Honey.
El 'Uzzn, name of an idol of the Pagan Arabs.
c5
.I3
I t may be, 'perhaps (with wl),
a v e ~ bof proxj
> 11. To give additional ponrer, to corroimity used only in the preterite ; D. S. Gr,
IT. To render powerful.
borate (with +).-;T
'
,T. 2, p. 213; f+s & 2 v. 247, "Will it
U ~ Saor. o. and i. To be away from, be hidden
.'
come to pass that y e ? " "Would it have
(with
P
happened that ye ? " 47 v. 24.
J2myr.i. To reprehe~zd.
Ezra.-is 11. To
nor. o. To taire away n fetztApart; aor. i. To
assist, honour.
make ten 6y ar7cli~yone to ?zinc.
n.a.
0r/
S
s
Jjc nor. i. To remove from a place or office, set
s/
L
'
.
,0
fern. ; p c , a n d i,.&.s masc., Ti%, a
and
A place separate from the rest.
aside.
decade. Note; Frolu three to ten inclusive
5
JJp
pnrt. pass. Removed.-J;:AG\
VIII. To
B
the termination i, which is generally the sign
separate one's-self from, remove one's-self from
of the feminine, marks the masculine ; These
(with acc, of pers.).
numerals usually*agree ia gender with the
~jsaor. i. To determine, resolve, purpose; to Ee
noun of which they express the number, but
determined on or decreed, as at 47 v. 23.
instances occur wliepe this does not appear to
5b0
4 P c/
-2
(4.b
D.B.
Fixed determination ; ?)n 1\ p
be the case ; thus at 6 v. 161
Q EL;
L% 9
9/< gc
God's fixed resolve concerning human affairs."
I ~ A \ + E dw Whoever shall bring a good
aor. .r;0. 5% To~i72gone back. &%
; oblique plur.
action ;hall have ten (good actions) equivalents of that which he has wrougl~t;" Here,
of
A crowd, company, D; S. Cr. T. 1, p.
5 0b5
9b
,
358.
although the noun Jib\is r n a s ~ . ~ &1s fern.
0
~i "or. i, and o. To demand with harshness the
because i t really refers to o\j~z
understood ;
P
repqment of a loan, to be dfi~26lt.YG n.a.
D. S. Qr. T. 2,p. 329; so also at 2v.234,where
.
5
Difficult, unlnclcy, grievous.
Difficulty
1%;
agrees in gender with
understood.
9
-2
27
P
*'.
9
, '
<
a y s Difficulty, distress ; ; Y , J 2 v. 250,
u3+~Twenty. J\&5 plur. of S ~ & G (2nd
declension) Caxnels ten months
gone with
One who finds a difficulty in paying a debt."
S
S
0 b Y
S
Endred
young. AS
A companion. %1,;
Difficult, dire, grievous. dye (211d
E0
declension) Wretchedness.-?\rii
VI. To lie
on the father's side. 9A company.
LP000/
5
.
,dzfzcult; to be in a difficulty; (;iyCt
65
J\b5
The tenth p a r t . - - - b 111. To livevith,
associate with (with ncc. of pers. and w).
v. 6, " If ye find yo~xaelvesin a difficrilty ;"

>
-

ri

d;).

>

g'i'.

LPG

00

C.

a
'
,
-

SL/

,Tji

$c

/ 0

A;.-

PL. 0

/-'0rd

4 00

9 3

,,e / ,'4

II

jh

/ / /

0 I I I 4

Sb

jg

J+

Y L

4-/0

C(

/0

rd /

/0

ua
C

4 r d

0,

& aor. a, o, and 6s

i. To hinder

&; nor. o. To be pzirdlind; to withdraw from (with

C

5-'
5

Co~~lmenccmentof darltness,
c
?,a
evening. L&GEvening. ++G An evening.
5
.," Y
A body of men
+CC
~ O Pi., To ~~?*?026fid.
B
.GS~~VOIIS,
heavy.
from ten to forty. +-I.
.e
aor. i. To press (grapes).
n.a. Age, time,
J
s / L
aftern~on.-~\ccj n.a. IV. f. A whirlwind.
5 ,G Y
uJipart. act. fern, plur. (Clouds) emitting
or pressing out rain,
/ r z
n.8. Leaves
c s i a nor. i. Tu 61om viole?ztZy. d,s1=
and stdlis of corn, of which the graiii has
been eeten by cattle ;
In violent gusts.
us).

\AC
8

S C /

/ / C

J~

S C

d5\L
part. act. Stom y, s,

&&E-~L
A violent wind.

marrying (with uI).

aor. o. To A i d e l i ~ ~ b f r ofim6.
m
;++
j oblique
plur. of &
, A separate part. Note. Nouna
from a, defective root occasionally lose their
last radical letter, which is then replaced by
E ; thus
becomes
; on passing into
the plor. they regain the masc. form, thus5
.,
9
u,&, is the plural of 4 ~ 5 ;D. S. Gr. T. I,
pp. 31.7 and 359.
& aor. i. 30 incline towards, de lvell disposed
towards. %& A side.
S

(1

/ /

a woman from

,
I

&

2
4
/

I
tempestuous wind. I&; To be bare of onaa~zelzts( a i v o m a ~ i ) . - j ~11.
I

TO deprive of onzanzent, leave without care.

'

S ?p
9

& part. pass. Neglected.

aor, i. To wzar'ce a proJit; to preserve, save
6
aor, o. To taSe amjthiny in the Aand.
A
41nnnlew
,(with acc, and;?).
r a c p l u r . o f \G
,L.z
S '
gift,-cSL~\ IV. To give (wit11 double ace.) ;
Defence, guardianskip. 4 s part. act..
to be docile, as at 92 v. 5.--&I:?
VI. To
D e f e n d e ~ . ~ y b V I ITo
I . take hold on, cle~vve
z t/
(a,
svvord)
in
the
hand,
54
undertake,
or
take
firmly to (wit11 v).- -SL\ X. To preserve
.r - 5
one's-self from ain. "
I v. 29,
To give a dog a lone ;and /&; To 6e great.
\Zaor. so./ rTo ..strike one with a stick. \k'fem.
S t /
5 P
.L7
lir n.a. A bone ; Plur. r b ~ .ic&Great,
f o r y , , ~and
~ \ g A s t n f f , r o d . ATote.,at
(*
9 /bS
heavy. L.c\ (2nd declensioli) Greater, ,suthe end of a word, when preceded immediately
(*
,a
perioi; highest in ran.nli.-- ks 11. To make
by f&a, does not take a vowel, but becomes
ct5
(*
great, honour *-(" licl IV. To increase (with
quiescent, and is cl~angsdiuto \ in words of
/ / /

r"""

G,

/ 0 /..t

id

I
/

three letters, and into in words of four ;

whew there is a tanween it is given to the 2; aor. i. TOb6stai?zfrom that ?vnicn is un~am9;izl~
44
or impruper.-k,c4xi n.a. V. f. Modesty.preceding fatha, D. S. Gr. T. I, p. 105;
a
X. same as &e.
s4- plur. of Gi.
L
$'nor. i. TO rebel, disobey (with acc. and J or Jk aor. i. To roll (one) in the clz~st. Li&,A
aec. and &>).
Rebellious. 2 ~ ~ ~ dsrnon,
~ ean 'Efreet.
9
,,/
.
&or.
o.
To
obliterate
all traces (as the 72)i?zd);
bellion. d
e Disobedience.
s t
to pardon (with
or J); to abound, as at
&S
aor. a. To bite (with j r 25 v. 29, or aoc. and .
c,
7 Q. 93 ; to pass over, pass by (with
as
3 V. 115).
5 9 /
at 5 v. 18; to remit, as at 2 v. 238. flode.
A& nor. o. To strike any oiie on the arm, A&
An ann, n helper.
ia found in some copies for
3rd pers.
/ /

222l

?
-

///

Z /

&

&;\

$4
fl

( 99

tiLC

,,/ , c9

sing. aor. ; this \ is called $;,\2,\ 1 Lfl\ or alif

9

rJ..
5

aor. o. To ba bar~*en(a mofuad. ?& B~rt*cn,

S > ,-

of precaution, D. 8, Gr. T. 1, p. 109. )n; n.8.

cllildless (mati or woman) ; grievous (clay), as
22 v. 5.1 ; destroying, blasting (wind), ns st
at
Ove~*plua,
superfluity, 2 v. 217; pardon. u G \ ~
51
oblique plnr. of +1C for ;jlL part, act. Fos- ,,, v. 41.
50,
L 5 . z nor. i. and o. To keep bjck, detain (with qc)
giving.
Very forgiving.
/,to give one's-self up to (with LJ~). 4"
+k 5% strike on the heel; aor, o, Ib sz~cceed,
part, act. One wllo remains constantly in any
S
/4: 9 s b r
hkSuccess ; I
J&
'Is
42) Lit*"The
place, an inhabitant, as at 22 v, 25 ; assidllS
best as to success." -4s comm. gend. A
ously deroting one's-self to, as at 20 v. 97.
s 1 ~ 2
:. ? G /
heel, posterity ; Plnr. L+\L\
Heels;; ,
dyCce Part.
~ ~ ~ ~ i ~ ~
S
His two heels. ?l$ Punishment; +& ;iL
o,
yo
eqt
04.
the to], ~Erlaes a free,
,
for iSj\i5
13 v. 32, ctc. My punishment."
Clotted blood.
adhere to, Aalzg from.
/

C, I

//

b y

yi;

((

6
a+'<

.-

/t

s,,,

5
..'a

'P

A place bard of ascent. u+u (2nd

id.; A lutnp of clotted lllood.-kjL~ part.
pnsa. 11. f, One iiz suspense.
declension) End, success, rcward, as $iL
Thms. i. and o. To ~lzark,sip; and
aor. n.
f--6 %
2\:,)Pyhe remasd of Paradise.&?, , ~ ~ d To, lriiow (with ncc, atid $, also with
,,I) ; to
issue, (fortunate) result; J \ ~\ \+j\s snme as
.&/
; to be imrned
distinguish (with acc, and
J\-d 1 u , & . - - ~ a f 11. To retrace one's steps.
or knowing ; For
difference between @
/ '
8 -,<4k
</,
-Bd past. act. One who puts off or reverses ;
jS, n.a. Science, knowand UJ~.
me UJS.
/."/P
U\+WJ Angels (of the night and day) who
ledge, leanling,art ;
43 Va 61, ( I A
.succeed each 0tlier.-d1.c 111. TO punish
sign or means of knowing the last hoar,fi
5
(with u)
; to succeed in turn, aa at GO v. I I ;
I"h A sign ; Plur. ?ksl Long mountnina.
9
Pass. Lf.$,~
TO be punished or injured, as nt
.I"J i i part. act. One who knows, or is wise.
16 v. 1 2 7 . - d c I IV. To cause to succeed or
S
.,
a..k A sign, mark. G&'lg oblique plur. of
follow (with acc. and ).,
r
r)ls A world ; The worlds spoken of in the
% To tie in a knot, strike a bargain, ma*~ea comsG,KorAn are taken to meail the three species of
pact, enter into an obligation. AHS Plur.
s
rational c~eatures,yiz. 1~1~11,
8 9 9
genii, and angels,
c
EAGPlur. S~\rc
A Imot, tie,
J$S A compact.
5
9
,
I
Learned, knowing, wise ; Plor, 2 Wr (2nd
,730
-a
S CJfl
obligation ; 9 x 1 1 3, ol;Lb;l i 113 v. 4, "The
declension).
Very learned, wise or h o w wolneu wbo blow on lcnots," witclies,
9
,
~
'
:
ing. tk\(2nd declension) comp. form, More
Barren
aor. i. To wound, hamstring.
or most wise or ]mowing (with L+).
(woman).
.-,a0
r
part*P"S* linown) predetermined*- r)f 11. To
bba,,, i. TO 'o~eqr~'?,aaek (a earnel, hy tying up
or wiFn
teach (with F. or wit11 double
the foyeleg) ; &or,i. and 0, To undewtand, to
$G/ P
s
(.L-u part. pass. Taught,,
ncc. and e,
or +).
,be ingenious, prudent, sagacious ; y+ yJ
,v L/
.-/LZ
/Q
$,- ujL$~, 22 r. 45, "They have lienrts to
instructed.--?]rl
IV. To make known.-+4'
Q. To lea171 (with ace. or nit11
u~icler~tsnd
with,"
a+

2;~'
1

/ / /

$!

$! 4

/ L 9

i9)

tee

e!

/ , /

fi/

SCI

c 7%
3-w
'6%

F
/

L.3

.+-/

SF

,
/

>\;

+
/0

e...

:&

--'/

9f i? 9 /

CI

i?).

111,

G;
,,

then signifies " Be He esdted," or with

In public, /
"' I
G
" Be Be raised far above," as L*s
openly.--&);I
IY. To make manifest, publish
p c.P
&S,.,
1 G v. 3, " Be R e exalted 'I* above that
(with
or rvitll acc. and J).
which tliey associate (with him)," see IL>\?.
aor. a. and o. To be high, lofty, exalted, elated,
Come then ! " fern. plur, imperat.
\
proud (withk, or L&) ; to be up011, to be
P
./ on account of
\
13 v 0 for \
over, as LJL \n 17 V. 7, "Tlint ores wllicl~they
, P
P
PL."//
the pause, D. S. GI?.T. 2, p. 496, part, act.
had gained the uppel*hand ;"
bL @ L - G ~
The exalted, the Righ.-GL~-~~X. To ?)zozutt, '
17 v. 4,"And ye will -verily be elated with
get the upper hanrl.
G
a
great insolence ;"
is here put for
' - nor. i. TOmount ~ p . preposition, Above,
the radical being suppressed because of the CSupon, over, in addition to, before, towards,
quiescent i;, contained in the teshdeed; i t
against, opposite, alongside, to, according to,
being contrary to the rule to hare two quiesof, foy9on account of, in, from, by ; k;G He
cent letters together after the same -rowel;
owes, it behoves him ;
In order that,
59 3
D. 8. Gr. T. 1, pp. 94 and 232. ,I;n.n.
on condition that, seeing that, although ;
Esal.ltntion, insolence, pride ;
b p! 17
~ r.
&\A0- 6 v. 136, "According to your power ;"
45 ; $G is said by Beidhviie to itend in this
k21;j
4 V. 50, c ' A ~ - ~ like-the
r
hinder
place for
; the literal lnenning will thereparts thereof; " ?;"&
22 v. 11, '' After
fore be "Rlny he be exalted far above that
a may," or " upon the verge-as it were- (of
mhich they utter by n gce:eat exnltation." AG
religion) ;" The various meanings of J.s seem
oblique plur. of Ji; for 541; part. act. That
all to be more or less connected with the
which is high or haughty ; Fem. .. Lofty,
primary iciea of something upon or over
see D. S. Gr. T. 1, p. 330; I&\; \;2\Z"ll v.
another. LSgi
(2nd declension) comp. form,
P b ?
'
C'
76
84, ".Upside down ;" ebu
u,$ F,,,
Higher, highest, more or most exalted; Fern,
P
IC
v. 21, Bzlving garments of silk as a coverin accordance
(2nd declension) for
ing;" The nccus. of the part. or verbal adjecvith tbe rule that final J when preceded by
tive ie here put for the verb, and the words
;
is changed into short \ ; D. 8. Gr. T. 1, p.
,
?'bS
have the same meaning as if they k d been
111 ; Plor. masc, u,\ for C;r,&\ according
3
t, 9
9L.j pjf.y, eto. " There were upon them garto the rule of permutation, D. 8.Gr. T. 1, p.
ments," etc. ; for the grammatical construe354 ; Fern. Plur. ucL for
and with the
tion see D.S. Gr. T. 2, pp.270 and 271 ; there
High, sublime, eminent ;
article ,J.A 1.
are valrious readings of this passage.- Lj
G
nnlne of iS!1ohamrnad7s son-in-law.
(6
He
was
exalted"
(with
&
,
)
;
.
P?!.~T&,
pi.operly, High places, a name of lhe upper
also " ~ came"
e
(aith
OP rvith nor, conpart of the Heavens, where the register of
clitional) ; In an optative sense this word is
men's good actions is preserved, or according
frequently put after the name of God, and i t
to some, the register itself; Learned Moslims

2g &or.i. nnd o. 3bde wanijesf &kc

" I

//

( /

/
/

LCr

z?

,b/

--// /

/ / 0

I(

Z /

9 4

/-'

L"'#

c$F~
"9

.'by

,+>,

9L-

'-GC

Id

&

Z ,

3&

ce$

dc'

$9

G o

&

ci

&

0 Z

"'at'

12:

,
G

I d

bH

,ycQ

Ut

.L,

101

CAS
5 /LZ

difI'er greatly about this word nnd its meaning ;

i t is found in 31ebrew.
5
.
y aor. o. To l e common. C. Plur. 5?L*r\An uncle

Plur. JL\Worlr, ad, deed, labobour, toil,

action.
'L' a ~ ra.. TO wander dist~actedlyto 2nd fro (with
>); to be struck with' amazement.
on tlie father's side. a- An aunt on the
father's side.
aor. i. TojZom ;and @ &or.a. To he blind,
L5
/?
A,G aor. i. To a f l c t .
ZZ plur, of 5% colnrn.
dark, obacure ; Z\?j1\ ,,+..L u
.. 28 v. 68,
I;
gend. A column, a lofty structure, a tent pole.
And the account &all be (was) obscure unto
//ur;/
y
them."
n.8. Blindness (of heart).
--A&
V. To propose. \ A A - G ~ On purpose.
..
c 9.
,
Plur. u , Acc.
~ cf2+i:
Blind, D. S. Gr. T. 1,
IAC aor. o. To cultivat.te, make habitable, perform
,
5 L 9
p. 354. L S ~ (2nd
\
declension) ; Plur.
the sacred visitation-to Mecca-(with acc.).
Sb
9C
S
A.C Life ; d
JA,3
a form of oath, "Verily by
and u
& Blind) dark.-$
11. To blind,
f
tby life." Note. When not used in this inanner
hide, conceal from (with L5kof pers.), as .
SP P
tllc word is written and pronounced
p c
~&~~11~.30,"Anditishiddenfrom
1
/bE
Life, age, and especially long life, old age.
you."-~lITI.Tomalcebliiid.
s
.,'
$2 The sacred visitation to Mecca./L g& d~ Off, from, from off, away from, out of, in spite
*
n.a. Religious cult, culture. ul/lC (2nd
of, concerniag ; The. primary signification of
declcnsioii) ; T r o persons are called by this
conveys the idea of removal from off or
name in tlie Igarhn, ~ i ztho
, father of thevirgin
away from a thing, and from this the other
Mary, and the father of Moses and Aaron.
significations may be derived, see D, S, Gr.
s +'be/@
$by
JF
part. pass. Visited, etc.-jc 11.To c a y e
T. 1,p. 483; L+ 4
i s j ~ 2y v.
S@ 9
to live, grant a long life to. y n p a r t pass.
45, " One soul shall nzt at all make sitififtisfaction
One whose life is prolonged.-~rb VIII. To
for another," i.s, so that the punishment should
s
visit, pass one's tinie in visiting.---;
X.
%f
be transferred from one to another ;
To settle any one as an inl~abitant(wit11 zcc.
6I
&lr?JLII
3 v. 92, Lit. God is
away
and 2).
from his creatures," i.e. rich enough to dis/9*'
5
'
;c*r aor, o. To 6e deep. i;r?f Deep, distant, far off.
gense with them,
C LZ

W /

'

%,C

/ r ' r

-'CLI-O?

L / /

>

-'/

L%

//

/ C P

/ /

F.

,f

Q&,/

,UP<

fl

CI /

bC

L,

SG,

/ / Z b

/ / C /

CI

NL-0

d
.

z,

/bZ
nor, a. To be active (a carnal) ; to do, make,
generic
noun,
Plur.
~+l;cl
A grape, grapes,
P/C/
?,P
act, work, oporatc ;
,Ja ,,).A+J5
. 17
a vine ; no verbal root,
v. 86, sco
'see also 6 v. 135; at 34 v. 12 @ aor. a. To 6e corrupt, fell into misfortune,
boforc
we must understand the words
L;
? , I 3 v.
perisl~, to commit a crime;
' tc It was said to them," viz. the house
114, " They desire your ruin ;" with the
(yl J:?,
verb following is here considered as equivalent
o f David; so also at the 10th verse the word
L P
P /b/Z
and is hence called
to the noun of action
a\bp.\"We commanded
him," is to be undorfa ,
GJ, c
.
3
part, act.
%AL; D. S. Qr. T. 1,p. 541; p d 49 T.
atood before ,L*sl
1, see i f .
Y
7, "Ye would certainly be guilty of a crime."
Ona who doea, otc,, an operator, worker, toiler.

+$\A

I&\

GP'

/,

$$\A,

bQ

4,'

CI4G-4

0,z

b ,

.5

,/

L ~

sin.---I
IV. To destroy; +al SE aor, o. To return, turn (with J or &), fre2 v. 219, " H e will surely distress or destroy
quently used mith an ellipse of the compleyou ;" Tlze preterite being put for the aorist
\J,,.,d3xF;, 9 / $pj? 58 v. 4, " Then they
nlent ;
to give greater energy to the expression, D. S.
would ?evert to or repair what they have said ;"
Gr. T. I, p. 158.
this passage admits of a rariety of explanations.
sl; aor. o. To yo out of the right way.
&% At,
:G 'Ad, an ancient and powerf~~l
tribe of Arabs
with, near, about, in ; This particle is properly
of prodigio~lsstature, descended from 'Ad, the
s
R noun in the accusative case, meaning a side,
great-grandson of Shem. J;G part. act. One
s
it is
part or quarter; after the preposition
who returns. r ? \ ~ dA place whither one reG 4 c .
written $&,as 5.U i F
,;cT "Froin God;" also
turns, a name of ~eccn.--;\;T
IV. To cause to
when followed by d , as ,-+L, (It is) in my
return, restore (with acc. of pers. and ,2, or
poaer; (there is) with me, or I have, Lat.
with double acc.).
', 9,'
mihi est ;d++ *;r d$ lb 12 P. 60, ('There i\iaor. o. To be next the bone ( j e s h ); to take or
mill be no measuring (of ,corn) for you on my
seek refuge, especially with God (wit6 v of
S
0
cs
part;" D.. 8. Gr. T. 1, p. 496. A,+ Conpers. and ?
;) ; d s o used mith u\meaning
tumacioua,
stubborn, refractory.
lest, as at 2 T. 63, xncl again nt 44 v. 29.
"
+ To
hi& the head ana'ncd in itsform (ahare).
S? 9
5 /l.S
3&2
A refuge; $li\ 2Lw 12 T. 23, "God for+ cornm. gend. Plur. pj4xI A neck.
bid ! " Lit." (I seek) refuge with God," for
5 ,,',P
ojj;r cornm. gend. A spider; v e r b ~ l root
1 : ~
6j3.-i\;~
IT. TO recommend to
doubtful,
the protection-of God-(with acc. of pers. and
;or. o. To distress, to be humble (with J) ;
,
9 9
.c/
+J).-JL~
X. To take refuge (with uof
$*-! 1 +z, 20 v. 110, "And their faces ahall
,
pers. and
*L\-:
imperat. 7 v. 109,
be humbled."
" Then fly for protection."
& -sor. a. To enjoin, command,~3stipulate, coveC
nant (with Jj of pers. and wl, or with
of ,\r aor. a. and o. To 613 or to maAe one-eyed.
Pudendum, nakedness, a place lying naked
A covenant, promise ; also time,
pers.).
and exposed to the enemy, as at 33 v. 13;
as at 20 v, 89 .-a\~
111. TOmake a covenant
GP.'
9 .'<
with (with acc, of pers, and
of matter).
r"O o L , . c lfsL 24 P. 57, Lit. "There are
s
three (times) of nakedness for you."
&or.o. To wither. u+ P&rtieolo~~red
wool.
U / 9 4
" & aor. o. To stand still, recede; and L)r To be "LC aor. o. To Rcep ba~/z.--&~d\ oblique plur.
E
Ct,
part. act. 11, f. Those who hinder.
6ent, distorted. -25 Crookedness, curvature,
0 4

c;sc n.a.

',O,/G%/

#/

-r

/ G ,

//

// /

4'

&\!

/
4

//

(r

i?);

z5

q2

/ /

5;;

&

/ #

/f4-0:

/b,

$/

Q-

P,.

distortion, oblicpitg-; a) cfi $ 20 v. 107,

"There is no obliquity in him," or "no receding." ~I'ot~ote.$ when used to deny the esistexice of a thing generally governs the accus.
rvithoot tanween; D.8. Gr. T. 2, p. 03.

jG aor. o. To swerve, turn

aside (from the right

way).
i d sor. o. To s ~ ~ i mFG
. A year;
oblique dual, Two years.

'G nor.

CJ

C , x /

ol*ls

31 v. 13
9

o. To ire middle-aged (a monzan).

-

,/

ub

IT. To assist (with acc. and j G aor. i. To visit. i*+

A femt, festival.
9
f'
01' Y ); L2wHD1s
94,
" !l%en assist &
; aor. i. To go daclovards and fo~warrls. J2c
CSm~."--~,k TI. To help one another (with
fern. A cararan.
.--/
&I.-~\%::U~\
X. To ask assistance (with ace.
(2nd declension) Jesug, Our Saviour.
zv .-/c,
...- .n,a.
of ~ e r gor
* ? ~ i tu).
{ ~ WL
pm't. pass. One JI; aor, i. TOpass olze's ~ye,lioa, kt?
~iddle-n~ed.-;li?

/ / I

s9

wllosc aid is to be implored.

P /
us SPOT. i. 2'0 Acsitate; and
/

5 ' ,

Life. $LW

Whatever is necesaa~yto sup-

&k..

'

aor. a. To be
port life.
Plur. ,-- (2nd deolenliinderod so as to be unalde to complete a thing
sion) Iristence, manner of living, '!victuals,
' G/
necessaries of life.
41 32 %or.cond. "He was
(?vilh u)
-. ; u+
not unable to comp1,lcte;" \L4zT- $0 v. 14, Jb aor. i. To twist tAe body a6ont in a conceited
3 "-'
manner w d m rnalhin~,to 6e poor. $, \C part.
"mere we tllen unable to finish ?"
verb
5
..act. Poor. ii:; Poverty.
us being at thc same time surd, concave, and
S,
u+ fern. Plur. ds,p+p A
aor, i. To $ow.
dof~c~~ive,proacntssovcrnl
sppnrent anomalies;
SYLZ
fountain, spring of nater ; Plur. u f ~ I An eye.
l l l c s ~may, lilowever, all be explained by the
5
for
D.S. Gr.T.1, p.112, 227,fem.
rulcs tvlxich tlKcct s~zcllverbs,
9
plur. of up\ (2nd declension) Having large
1 ; oor. i. 3'0 ba fazrlty ;to ionder faoltjr or un0
eyes. u- Clear-flowing, & fountain.
aerviccablo,
'

c,4

4 6

/ /

,$..

'

$1

21:

S G Y

I G E

tl
'<
To-morrow. $ 1 J; An early meal, dinner.
&,$ see up.
s
ZP9
;\v
AS same
,& The morning, early morning.
_S nor. o. To delay. i
2 Dust. ;;G part. act.
-9 Y
as,&.
Olio who stays behind, lags behind.
's7
5 P
9 aor, o. To deceive with vain hopes (with ace. and
aor, i yb deceive,-d lij n VI , f, uutual
&); when used with ace. and v it means to
doccit.
fledhe frorn, as at 82 v*
a'd
13*
G nor, 0. 2% 60 covered sithfoam and dead leaves,
S94
9Y' .p
J$ A deceiver, the Devils ~3~A vain hope ;
8 bs
Scum and refuse, light
etc, (a
9 p
Deceitfully.
straw, stubblo,
.-- -'<
e
0. To go away, set, as the sun (with &)*
& &or,i, and 0, To regqaiga Jejjind,--&
111. To Vf mr*
fi
s s'p
J
Ferne
A raven. y,p Sunset.
leave ont.
'
(2nd d&1ensiod
The 5West.
&
; aor.a. To be full flro.ater(asprilag).
plur, of
,- A kind o f black grapes.
Copians, abundant.
6
u4bThe West, fretting of the sun ; Plur*
\ $ aoli, 0, To colno or go early in the morning
sg for
Tlle morrow;
4 (2nd declefisian) The western parts of
(
0 )
#'

I
1
I

4,'

er

'/

,Cf

1
I

6j

4p
B

1
I

'/

"-/,

up
&+
/ 9

sz

..u)

G&G
++,+;>

'

22

fA

C /

I
I

&

Jz

the earth ; Dnal .lw6i155 v. 17, The two

points in the Heavens, where the sun sete in
smnmer arid winter.

& &or, a. To cover over, come upon, as at 29 v.

r'

Yfl

-.sf

G'

0 6 0 ((

55, v\id \ rdL+pi On a certain day their

punishment shall come upon them ;"
/c,/
is
here
put
for
?
*
D. 8.
,Gr. T.1, p. 118 ;
">o:.r
i. and o. Td dram mater for drinking.
&
pass. Lzt. I t is covered over upon
A draught of water t ~ k e nup in the hmd;
him," a phrase meaning "he f'tiints," 33 v. 19,
and
the seventh Heaven, 25 v. 75.
5
9
'\; 9
"
s
&\;
The day of judgment.
plur. of
uby plttmls of
Lofty apartments.t
CAC ti
&I: A covering. i;L+L+ A covering, veil.
uy!
VIII. To drink out of the hand (with
&+.& psrb. pass. One in a swoon.-L+ G 11.
acc, and =).
<
'c
To cover, to cause to cover (with double acc.).
,bz
a2 To be su&erged. ~ / n.a.
c A draught.
-&il
IV. To cover, cause to cover or be
At s single draught; and hence, suddenly,
0/+z
V. To
covered (with double ace.).-&
The act of drowning.-d>l
violently.
,
l To
IV, To drown (vith ace. and ,*2' or u). have carnal connexion ~ i t h . - ~ ~ &X.
cover one's-self with-a garment-(with acc.
$
: part. pass. Drowned.
5
of garment),
part. act. One in .,
aor. a. To be in de6t.
& nor. a. To he annoyed 6y soomthing sticAing ilz
debt. ;sL A cont?nmous tonnent, ~X,U A
the throat.
Something which sticks in
debt that must be paid, a farced loan, 9 v. 99.
9
the throat, so as to cause pain.
--+
part. pass. IV. f. One who is involved r
+-a aor. i. To carry o
f violently.
By
in debt, or laid under an obligation.
force.
aor. o. To gllre.--G>f
IV. To excite, incite
aor. o. To cast down-the eyes, to lower-the
to hause enmity
against (with acc. and v ) ;
voice (with
(with &.
aor. a. To be angry (with
of pew.
%++
5
J ) aor. i. To spin. J> n.a. A spinning, that
against whom). L++& n.a. Anger, indignaP
which is spun,
tion. u&.&iadj. (2nd declension) Angry,
S
0
< Y
aor. o. To will, seek, make an hostile excz~rsion
u3&
part. pass. Incensed.-++\w
part.
CP
act. 111. f. Being angry.
against. ~ 5 _ ifor
p l ~of. +Gfor SjG A
4
& aor. i. To 6e dad.-+!&\ /GZ IV. To make
combat ant,
dark.
aor. i. TO6e very dark (iHe night). ,: '< n.a.
The commencement of night.
The UZaor. o. To be dark. .\I+A veil, covering.
/< f
moon, dso the commencement of darkness. JU &Oreie TO cover) pardon. (with J of pers. and
s -G(
acc. of thing) ; to fogive (with
db
Corruption which ff ows from the bodies
s e,
of the damned,
part, act. One who forgives. JA, C and &
;
S a x
aor. i. To wash. ;
& Same as ,JL
q.v.
Very forgiving. G$g Pardon
; ;; \ &>a
/cC4
9
--J-CL VIIT. To mash one's-self.
A
2 v. 285, "(We implore) thy pardon, 0 our
9 9
place for washing.
Lord; " There is here an ellipse of Jki or
*

~\&UJ
G P

/G'

G Y

L/'

/ .r

i~y

/Sf

&+

' 6 9

(6

93

$5

C, /

SL

sG

G/

ric

S'p

S,G

ci:

/ f

0 G f

&

S Gf

0,

GA

Y b ,

23

r(

0 4 f

&c

5-'

i?).3~
/,/bf

S 0 / G

b/

//

,
I;
k

106 )

(
b

TO assibt, relieve (with ~ + ) . - - u i h ~ j

He or illat which is absent or hidden.--G\.iL~
y3 49
X. To implore assistance (with acc. and u~). VIII. To traduce the &sent, as +.A+,
IC
v. 12, Neither traduce one another ;" aor.
J\iaor. o. To come if2to a hollom plnce. sG A
&\:

BOP. O.

(I

/ /

/G/

//

5(1/

cavern. JJ.in.n. (Water) rx~nningaway under

27

.,/

fl .c

&\i

/ + P

conditional.
s
aor. i. To mntcr by means of rain. LL+
Enin.

6~

ground. all& A c c a ~ e . - - o \ ~ ~fern.

* plur.
part. act. IT. f. Horses making an hostile Jld nor. i. To provide foj-, sc. A difference, a?
excursion.
otlier; This nord, which so~netilnesdoes duty
5 G,
>G ~ O P .O. TO dive (with J,' nt 2 l v. S2). d~~
as an adverb, is then indeclinable, asJ;i Not,
A diver,
besides, unless ; when used as a preposition,
5
GG aor. o. 570 pplu%,y~into. bik A LOZZOIUplace,
and meaning Witllout or Except, it becomes
z privy, easing one's-self.
Note. Much controversy
declinable, see
exists as to the grammatical construction of
jii aor. o. To S C ~ Z E . J ~ LInebriation.
3
and silililar words, D.8. Gr. T. 2, p. 153,
this
nor. i. To ~~ancler,
go astray.
n.a. Error,
/G
s."/
P
note.--i 11. To dter, change. J;in part.
destruction. L!&.
One who is in the wrong.

J,~

I
I

M.

<:,

d9

**s

9.

act. ~ l i r LgJ,\L,
.
Oblique Plur. &,:G
,
One who goes astray; expressions denoting
Devils, or those who listenio tl~em.-diiT IV.
To lead astray.
S c.,
s P p
&or,i. To be alise?zt.
n.a. Plur. "9
A secret, mystery, vhatever is absent or hidden.
5
.'
cn;&ifor +ki,D. S. Gr. T. I, p. 276, note,
s -,
The bottoni (of a well, etc.). ~c
Lil
part. act.

@-.+

/ / /

.-

4-LE part.

&G

2'

$4

J A p19efised conjunction having less conjunctive

power than; and hence principally employed
in connecting sentences ; the following is from
Johnson's Pers. Arab, and Euglisii Dictionary;
& is s prefixed particle of inference and
sequence, signifying And, tl~en,for, therefore,
so that, ia order that, in that case, in consequence, afterwards, st least, lest, for fear
that, truly ; all or most of these significations
may be found in the Forfin, but this particle

/Q

~2

act. One who changes.--3+* seei\$ forJp.

w
:,V. To be changed.
aor, i .To diminish, abate, be wanting, as
p /(.%-a
13 v. 9, "What the wombs
p \ J 1 LiA6
-4
want (of their due time)."
nor. i. To incense, irritate (with LCC. and L+).
S -c
g&n.a.Anger, fury. lijL part. act. Onewho
s+//
is angry.-li,,i;
n.a. V, f. A raging furiously.
//

occurs so frequently in almost every page

that the choice must be Icft to the reader's
judgment, see D, S. Gr. T. 1, p. 549 et seq.,
allso T. 2, p, 396 ; I t is constantly to be found
$34 a 3 4
prefixed to other particles, as b\i, u ~ 4,6 ,
bTt/
&
'
d,b etc, etc.
a
../ .'
ar,b An opening or commencement, rt.
g.~.
Pr. 5' (6
3~J
,
rC1 Then protect him ;" imperat. iv. f. of
/

?$

ji' BOP. a. To hurt any one in the heart. $$: Plur.

taking of Khaibnr.
part. act. O m ?ado
opens, one who gives judgment ;w
E
I,J I Hmle
P ** 4
of the opening chapter of the Foran. rU
1

iic$The heart.

&,d

,
see a;.

,,ii%

"

! d - " , r o

Then show me ;" irnperat. iv, f. of

q.v. with d prefixed.

~5

>&

ff for Ji or 27; &or. 0. and i. To split (the head)

s*

with a sword. c! A band or party of men,

army.
<Ti see 3% for Tg,
3/f,,

5//

Ld aor. a. To 6reaA, cease, desist, as pU iljlj.

,P 9 9;
&j;J>lij.

L
,

1 2 V. 85, '(By God ! thou wilt (not)

cease to remember Joseph ;" for this ellipse
of the negative see D. S. Gr. To2, p. 473 ;
+/'6
is here put for
D. S. Gr.TQ1, p. 97.

'a,

,,b/

pass. Opened.--+\

'C,

2z
d/

,.
e\L

The Judge, an epith8t of God.

(2nd
5
declension) plur, of
or L.b A key.-I
c 4sqy9
3 11.To open (with J of pers.).
y part.
1

/b

,-

X . To ask assist:ince--

of God,-against i t
; to ask for a
judgment or decision-in a suit,-as at 8 v. 19.
aor. 0, and i. To Be pzliet ;to feel veak or faint,
5
to desist. ?$A cessation, or interval of time
between two prophets.-- 11. To weaken,
diminish-a punishment--(vith Gi).
To split, cleave asunder.

Jd %or,i.To twist (a rope).

Jz$A small skirt in

the cleft of a date-aone, hence a thing'of no

aor, a. To open (with acc, or with acc. of thing
value.
and $ of pers.) ; to explain or reveal (with
.'4<
@ aor. i. To try, or prove-as
gold in the iire-LI) of thing and ug of pers.) ; To grant-a
(with
ace.
and
u
or
LS4)
;
to
aflict, persecute
mercy or a victory-(with aco. and J of pers.),
(by burning), w8ck seems to be the meaning
as s t 48 v. 1; to adjudicate in rt cause ( ~ 7 t h
9 P
P P
1. ,"9
at 85 v. 10 ; to lead into temptation; to make
.
d); ~ 7 - \jj 2 1 ~96,
an attempt upon, as at 4 v. 102; to seduce
" Until Cog and Magog shall have had a v a y
96'-9
a
(with
uIs+,2l;il & 51 v. 13, " They
opened for them," alluding to the rampart
shall be proved, punishetl, or burnt in the fire."
mentioned at 1 8 v, 93, which being broken
B 99
U>3j n.a. A .trial. &\;
part.
s
act. One who
down, an irruption of those barbarous tribea
h

.*

cj?-c;

8 ,

\,
/

&

si);

is to take place shortly before the last day;

tlie verb is here put in the feminine as having
P P /
for subject the collective nouns Eflk and
9

cfl L;, D. Si.Gr.T.2,p. 233. F V i c t o r y ,

decision or judgment, the taking of a town,

and especially of Mecca, which is sometimes
called d \ par excellence, as for example in
tho 48th chapter, which takes its nar11e from
that victory ; N.B. Thevictory foretold at the
close of tlie 27th verae ia believed to be the

2-

/ /

leads into temptation. gi, A temptation,

trial, punishment, misfortune, discord, sedition
or civil war, as stt 8 v, 40 ; At 2 v. 157 it may
be renderecl " seduction from the truth,'"^
6
. also at 3 v . 5; qW I 'm;29 v. 9, "A trial or
calamity proceeding from men ;" At 8 v. 25 it
is explained as me~ningany crime common
to the people at imge ; it has been translated
" sedition," but the commentatow arc at a lass
to fix the exact meaning ; &
; ,:j*L$l 10 T.
4 fir,

/b#'d#

+
2
,.-<

85 w d 60 v. 5, ," Do not make us (the subject

causing (water) to flow.---&s V. To flow

,
,f?
(with ;?).---QIVII. To flow (with
;
at 2 v. 57 tlie verb is put in the fern., being
(as w e should say) governed by the nornillative

+ +,"
P

,./c,

L z

of) punishment ;" Bei(j;hwBe says

;
a similar ellipse occurs at 17 v. 62, 21so at 31
Y. 61 and at 74 v. 31, where it means " a cause
4% ,
//+-a ,
.'
of contelltion; " At 33 v. 14 it may be rendered
4s
i , Twelve fountains," and the
6C
clesertion," and. at G v. 23 i t is asid t o lnenn
vord u,r being of the fern. gender; for the
II
an excuse or answer," tzud ~ n l yto be called
construction of the numerals see D. 9. Gr. T.,
S
because that excuse is a lie forged by
1, p. 420, and T. 2, p, 318,
5 P L 0
Sd6<
the Idolators,
part, pass. Dist~acted,
a0r.o. To ope. (a door). $+ A clear open
demented.
space, as between the aides of a cave.
aor, o. To 2ie szcperior to alzothcr if2 generosity.
9(
$.e2 To de shamej%l or i?Zfamous. ~ L A s ~ (2nd
A young man, man-servant ; Dual
S 9
declension) Filthy, shameful, or dishonouliable
Plur. &$ of few, and
of many.
Plur.
conductf, especially stinginess in the p a p c n t
s
05E
w b Young women, maid-servants.--9i
of tithes or other religious clues. ~J!L?G
IT, To advise, give an opinion or instruction
Filthiness, uncleai~iiess,a filthy report, a crime,
i,n a matter of law or judgment (with ncc. of
fornication or adultery; Plur.
(2nd
pers. and C S j ) . -4,
p b X. TO C O I I S U ~ ~ ask
,
I declension) Abominnl~le
crimes.
,
opinion or advice, chiefly in legal matters ., - Q Ca. Ib boast.
Vain-glorious, a boaster.
(with ace. of pers. and &, also with iuterro- I2 saor.
S 9
/,Sc,fc,
c,zL .
J\&3 i)artrtL-en~are.-~~iZ
n.a. VI. f. Mutual
gative) ; \Ll-i ,+
r + L+L.~5 18 v. 22, 9 boasting. .
Neither ask the opinion of any of them (the
gaor. i. To ransom,- (with acc. and ")., $19
Jews or Christians) concerning them;" some
n.a. A mansom. ii& A mnsom, that which
of their views on the important matter in
is paid as ransom or to redeem x fault,question are given in the preceding verse.
s
,J& 111. To mnsom, redeem.-dZb VIII.
aor. o. To straddh.
n.z. Plor.
A broad
C
E
To ransom or redeem one's-self vith (with o),
way, especially between two mountains.
--/b

5
6
.
'

6
.
G
;

112
I

>

&/

i'\s

-/

g;

///

5 ,

&?'IJ

c,

c,

52

0 / '

,
/

,-0

(C

3s

ip
9,L/

aor, o. To cause water to pour forth (with ace.

and ;+); to go aside from the right may, to
act wickedly.
n.a. The dawn, day-break.
,E,
aQP
part. act. Wiclred; Plur. af13 andJ\+?.

2;

>I;
r

or from (with >,) ; thus at 5v. 40,

J,
\,&~i.?!
+J\LL " To redeem themselves with it from
the punishment," etc.
0

44,see ~ , a
,-

9 P

P?

//.0

see J d 9 *
J$n.8. ~~iciokedness.-? 11. To cause to flow
!); fly from (with
(vith acc, and Lg, or with double ace.) ; Ji aor, i. To flee, fleo to (with J
.'
I:
~
~ ~ \dl,
~
82
~v. 3,\ "5And1when
\ the seas
/",?P

A G - 4

~l1nll be made to flow (together)," so 8,s to

s
C2.C
farm but one scs.
11.a. The act of

Je

JQn.a. Flight, the act of fleeing tm7.n.ay.

s / ,-

3..
A place of rcf~lge.
s

nor. .o. To 'oo clucked.

GY

r 3

Rwcet (wstcr)

:).

aor. i. and o. To let out the contents-of

8asket. &> Faces.

advance of (the truth))" *i.e. " He casts the

truth behind his back ;" the word in its most
/c
s
aor. i. TO split, cleave asunder. Ey,P l u ~ .
ordinary acceptation is applied to a horse who
An inter~tioe,break, e a , private parts;
outstrips his competito;~; it likewise mezne
//G<
b / 06s
insolent or extravagant, an iniquity, that wliich
~-j.
JT;) \ 21 v. 91, "And she who
4,
goes beyond all bonnds.-bj 11. To be neglipreserved her chastity," viz. The Virgin M a ~ y .
d /c. P
.gent, omit, act negligently (with >,).-b>d
s
j ,or. a, To be glad, rejoice (with +).
cJj JoyCJ/
part, pass, IV, f. Made to hasten.
s G<
ful; at 28 v. 76 it means one who exults (in /<
~2aor. a. To mount txp. tjA branch or top of
riches)
a tree.
s LP
3) nor. 0. To de separated, alone. J j , Plur. I L C G ,
wjS3? (2nd declension) Pharaoh.
(2nd declension) Alone, without come- G//
aaor, a. and o. To empty, finish ; d
)\ i d 94
panions, or aa 3t 21 v. 89, without offspring.
0G/
S
v. 7, "And when thou hast finished itby
w+ Zb spread 012 the ground. wJdJi, comm.
preaching) ;" to bring a- matter to an end,
gend. Paradise; the original meaning of the
settle an account with any one (with J
of
,
word is a pa& or garden planted with fruitpers.). &G part. act. Empty, void.-$"]
IV.
trcos; it is from the Plur.
that we
have the Greek word ~
a
p
~
~
~ To ~pour out
~ (with
o acz,
~ and~
Z /<
aor, omTo split,aivide, make a distinction (with
132 mr.
0. TO ~preadas a carpet on the ground.
Q
; to send down from Heaven (as the
UJj ..a, Animala fit forG slaughter.
9 9e
Kor&n); thus at $4 v. 3, where it may 8180 be
nGun, Moths.
n.a. Plur. v")~J
rendered " is distinctly decreed ;" as on the
A carpet used as a bed, a mattress, and metanight there alluded to ase settled dl the affairs
P{.pllorically a wife; thus at 56 v. 33, Gy,
f
'
of this world for the ensuing year ; ~~3 aor. a.
sy
"And damsels raised on lofty couches."
To be nhaid. dy n,a; The act of distinguishJ;i nor# i. To notch, ratify, appoint, fix (a time);
ing or separating ; G> +G>G\CS 77 v. 4,
to ordain, command an observance of, or
"And by the Angels who separate (truth from
obedience to (with acc, of thing and u i ~
of
falsehood) by a discrimination ;" there are
pcrs.); to sanction; to naaign (with J of pers.);
..
also other interpretations of the paseage.
s'd ,
To 60 aged (a cow), whence cornea s J G ~ old
n
dY A separate part, heap, hillock. 2J.jA
cow. $J An ordinance (especially of God),
band of men.
,' A part, portion, some, a
e9 AL.9
a settled portion, dower or jointure; &b>Z
party or band of men. ubj A clistinction;
6
),'< c
s ~ t r
The Law of Moses and the Torhn are ao called
sco
G,
+ part. pass. Appointed, deteras distinguishing between truth and falsehood,
minnto.
oh* ii* v- 16 ;
see 2lld s ~ i g t l eto
aor. 0. Yb precede, to be extravagantly reproach&I
/LZ
?
) , V ,;pi T., 8 v: 42, " On the day of distinction
fid or insolent (with C5G)8 I n atlvanco of;
/

b<

gJ7

0.4

dsp

k>

bzc.

&,+G

30).
/ /

$p

'6

$k
/

$,F

-'/

-'

$2

+ /

e,.
01

1;;

. a; u[S,

\
i
;
?

&S ,
-,"*"

yi

I$ y. ", ".And his affair is in

(of tilo trno believers from the infidels)," viz.

pj;3

The ~ a t t l of
e ~ e d;r so also at 8 v. 29, where
it is interpreted by some to mean a victory
/&
over the unbelieveys.-;i_j
11. To make a
division or distiqbtion (with
; to make n

'

$ aor. a. To be terrified,
/

tl;

110 1

i?),
with

2)

pg

~+

s 9::

smitten with fear

S <,
.-G
fi) n.a. Te~*ror.--fS
11. when used
'
means To free from fear, as G!
C /
34 v. 22, " (Until) their hearts shall
r

!;\

WP

have been freed from fear."

schism in (with acc.). dp ".a. Division,
.'
room for a
dissension.--db 111. To quit, part from (vitli &hi sor. a. To de s~aeious,to make
a
3* n.u. The act of quitting, a separaacc.). 3s \ N
person (with J of pers.).-@
V. To malce
tion ; at 18 V. 77 G\j: is antecedent to
room
of
it must be borne in mind that
although c L i see
.-/
generally rendered " between" is in reality a & aor. o. To be corrupt. sd1.d
n.a. The acting
L%
substantive meaning interval, or, as in this
corruptly, corruption, violence; >, 4i?i!
passage, a connesion ; a t 75 v. 28
means
5 5.35, "Without (that soul having slain
HGZ
n departure from this life.--59 V. To be
another) sou1 or (committed) violence,"--&\
.a</-Y
divided among themselves (137itl1 i)); c j p
IV. To act corr~ptly)do violence (with di;)
;
S
L P
*'
154) " For fear lest Ye be scattered
to comupt, despoil (with act.), +part,
away from " (with ,&, D. S. Gr, T. 2, p. 245 ;
act. One who acts eorrqtly or commits
Su/,p
to be sepwuted one from nuother. ,j+ part.
violence, a spoiler.
<
s
act. Divers;, different.
+ aor, i. and o. To d i s e o ~ e r . - ~ ~n.a.
~ i ~11. f. An
/

/f

//

LG;

s~,

--

L,

jG

&

b 0

t4

C'

/ /

5 To be brisR,

2G part. act. One who is clever,

insolent or petulant.
-f
&or. i. To cut. 9 New, strange, wonderful.
-$$:
VIII. To feign, forge, illvent a lie (with
S

LS>

esplanatioil or interpret nt'lone

//.
+d ,or. i. m d o. To erne~gefiomiis Ausk (a clate) ;

to withdraw from the right way, disobey the

c, ,
comn~andn~ent
of God (with
; to be irn27 9 9
r y
/C,P
pions,
act wicliedIp. $
;
and
d,d
ns.a.
acc-andLSk0fper8.); .4 +) ?.1 +J+t
~
J
L
,
;
O
9 bE/
~ransgreaaion, impiety, wiclcedness.
I;t+"rI!, 60 v. 12, Lite~c'lly, "A calumny
part, act. A transgressor, one who is wicked.
which they have forged between their hands
& aor. a. To 6e weak, faint-hearted.
and their feet ;" this passage has by some been ,,
,
interpreted as refen.iing to the illegitimate f'aor. 0. To ~ A o ? v itseEf ( t l e da~vn);and
TObe eloquent, speal withjuzlency a?zd correctchildren which the women sttempted to father
Py 9
S 09
ness.
(2nd declension) oomp. form,
upon their busbands. /:ar for ~ R part.
A
9
s
Y
Nore eloquent.
act. A forger. IS,.& for &+ part. pass,
1
/

?j,

f i / G / ? /

a<$

pf

$06

-/t.

Feigned, pretended, foyged.

b9.:

;;

;jaor. i. T o j o ~ as
v blood from a wozmd.--;q X.

Then draw them (towards thee)," imperst. of;\; forJy q.v.

To remove, expel (with RCC. and Gn) ; to

deceive, lead to destruction (with aec, of pers.
and +Is

&or.i. To dissect, depart; to make a diatinction or division, or judge between (with

of
pera. and $ of thing). JLi .,a. A distinc-

6,

3 3 ~ 0c,

."

00/

I*

tion, separation, a means of diatinguishing

60
good from evil, as at 86'v. 13 ;
\ &
38 v. 19, see
part. act. One
who judges between trutla and falsehood.
JL$ Weaning. %.& A family, relations.-11. TO explain distinctly (with act. and
J
n.a. A clear explanation,
.-of pers.). 'J,+%
-60 9
exposition. JA paft. pass. Clearly explained, distinct.
4

C'

rent, flaw, or fissure,-;l."$

V, T~ be
rent asunder.--;~!~11. To be cloven asunder.
27
;\@! n.a. The being cloven asunder.. ,
$a
part. act. Cloven or rent asunder.
TO
force water out of an animal's stomad.
27
l;j Harsh, severe.
;I;jaor. 8. To do, make, act, perform, nccomplish.

;jg A

&\I;;, &\$

ajij

( 111

J4i

M b ?

fZ

A. .

$i

An action, a doing. 8&A deed. &G

part. act. One who does, etc. gg adjective
of intensity, Do S. Gr. T. 1, p. 322, Doing or
aor. i. To break.-;\ &AJ n.a. V I I . f. The act
...' ,,.
effecting much ; used substantively it means
of being broken ;
,.+\+ \ I 2 v. 257, " It
PyO
a p e a t or able worker, j~ part. pass.
haa no flaw or break in it."
S
Done, made, effected, performed, fulfilled ; at
aor. o. TObreelr asunhr.
~iiver.-sl
8 vv, 43
46
part,
is pot
P',+'
bZ
V1r* To be
,?I'
in prophetic language
for the future
u\ ;
(with
*,
a similar instance occ.urs at '73 v. 18. m
<LC
aor. a. To expose to shame; u,,)zXa
i 15 v.
&iiaor, i. To seek for that which is lost, to lose..08, " And do not expose me to disgrace (by . i
gV, T~ an inqlrisidolzinto;at 27 r.
ill-treating my guests)."
20
it may be rendered " H e reviewed."
b4
nor. 0. TOVi??%dfi over and above, J*;i Excelaor, o, and i, T~ &g, JreaR tfie vertebra ,. and
S
lence, merit, favour, a free gift, bounty, grace, I
be poor.
nn,aD
Pover,y,
A
munificence, i n ' ~ l g e n c e ~ - 'I*
~ To prefer,
proper& that which brealcs the
fi~vour,cause to excel, gra~itfwours to one
vertebrE. ;
$ PIur. l~jii(2nd declension)
person in preference to another (with aoo, and
Poor, necdy ; when used with J as at 25 v. 24
G
r L/LB
5 ,,<
2,
and
with
L+
of
thing).
&,+&6
n.8.
LS
I\ &
e
S i \ 12, it m2-y be rendered
$
Y
*
*
*
*
U
'$.<<
Excellence, preference.-J~R,
V. To ;make
In want of ,
whatever thou znayest send
one's-self superior (with uG).
down unto me;" a similar use of the word
wl~enemployed with j
!may >e observed at
aor. o. To de r o ~ m ~ . - -IV.
~ To
~ i go in unto,
as a husband to a wife (with
35 v. 16.
aor, a, and 0. To bo of a pure ye2low colour*
0, and i,
q&, create.
pirt,sot,
G+; part. act. comrn. gend. Very yellow or
A Creator.
for
D.8.Or. T. 1, p.
red ; according to some this word is $plied
976, note, A arcation ; tho word is found at
0

G4

27

i4

O 9 L r

+
,+
,

i";;
/

/'

,
/

./-

ma.e

Hs

i2~

I&

a
3'

...

J!).

&A

2
G

30 v. 29, and may there be taken to mean

Iieligion, or a religious frank of mind inspired
by sod; it is put in the ace. after $7 (I
moan) understood; D. S. ar. 1,2, p. 94.

to

pure colourm
@ " Then deliver USY" see ~3<'
j'To 8e superior in wisdom; and @; %or+8. To
be wise, understand, to be killed or have

(112 )

424

u
x \i

5;

or of
A species; if the lat'te~m e d n g
be adopted we must understand the words
,\. Z b 4 ,
Il l un Of trees," at 55 v, 48, where it

understandingpin matters pertaining to Law

and ~ i v i n i t ~ . - - SV. To be assiduous in
instructing one's-self (with &;).

& aor. o. To break..'

2

occurs.
2% dote.-$11.
To make a dotard of, regard
as a dotard.
s
aor, i. To vanish. %G fir uj\j part. act.
To think.-- 11. To meditate ; at 74 v. 18 i t
Perishable, liable to decay.
means to meditate blasphemies against the
/a/
'. '
~ ( o r h n . - - - V. To consider, meditate (with ('4 To zmderstand.-ir;, 11. To cause to understand
(mith double scc.).
8
aor. o. To pass away from, slijp (an opportunity) ;
A jester, one who makes
To 6e very merry.
A9(&+
S
escape (with acc.). orjn.8. Escape.game of others.
part. act. One who is
n.a. VI. f. A disparity, or want of proportion.
very joyful, rejoices greatly (with
or 2).
'
A
6 1
(2nd declension( Fruit.-- c aor. o. To dfluse a frayrant odoozw.
s 16s
troop or company ; Plnr. E\+l.
%?V. To wonder.
9 J,* - a / /
9 /P
1
B certain person. A1,4 Such an one, a certain Jb aor. 0. To boil, boil or boil over ;
11v. 42, " The oven boiled over ;" this oven
person.
is said do have originally belonged to Eve, and
c',
IT. T~
be happy, attain
f To
poured forth boiling water as a sign of the
one'g desires.
paTt, act. One who is
Deluge, the waters of which, according to
a
prosperous or happy.
Jewish fable, were boiling hot; see alao 23
itor. i. To split, cause to come forth.
c, Lf ,c
A
v. 27.
n.a. Haste; ~p~2 3 v, 221,
Jssure, Day-break, breaking forth (of the
,,Immediately on their arrival, or before tlicy
dawn) ; it is held by some to mean Creation
had rested," see D.8.Gr. T. 1, p. 526.
in general, and especially of those things which ,,
are produced from others, as Fountains, plants, J+Uaor. o. To get possession of, gain, receive salvation, obtain one's desires. jji n.a. Victory,
causes
children, etc. Ag part, act. One
5 -*
,b
felicity, safety, salvation. $; lj part. act. One
to put forth or break forth.--&.&! VII. To
who,enjoys felicity or receives sal-vation.
5
be split open, divided.
A place of safety or felicity.
An escape,
& To be pound (a breast). & oomm. gend.
and number, Ships, a ship, shipping, The Ark. ,G, place of refuge.
~ , 4 Not used in the primitive form, To submit a
The orbit of a celestial body.
a n . & . The act of freeing
,o P
(captives).--LAiin part. VII, f. Dislocated,
one who vacillates (in his faith), as at 98 v. 1.

>)a

U'

'4

4;

LN

>;

/ /

am

b-

spat.-pl
/

>;

560

N/

Ga

dc

~ S ~Je 2;.
e
/b

/'

9 CBA,

for

see;\;

>

for

;4;ql,

L: &, see I;.

3 To d r i v ~camels.

5 /LS

J5l

thing to the judgment of another (with act,

and j)of pers.).
,
d1i aor, 0. To b e - s q a i o r in rank or excellmce.
a
is properly a noun expressive of
A branch,
superiority, which when used as an advorb i~

plur. of

c,
L/
03
P P
indeclinable ; in the xiodn it always appears
pany with, as c;li & E*I Ld 13k31 7 Q.
as a preposition meaning over or above, and
36, "Enter ye in company mith the nations
c,P
is then used in the accus. J,, as +L,i " O V ~ ~ which have al~e1.ead-j passed amay ;" It m y
you," or in the genitive after a preposition, as
sometimc~be rendered'On, of, to, mith, 51
31 +JJ c r 14
~ v. 31, " Born above (or from
v. 20 ; for, 2 v. 173; by, against, concerning,
the surface of) the earth ;" D. 8. Gr. T. 1,
according to, or in comparison with; an
pp. 494 and 510; see also
A dela~,
instance of the last meaning occurs at 13
properly the space of time between two milkv. 26 ; D, S.Gr. T. 1,p. 487.
ings, or of the opening and closing of the 5G aor. i. To return, go back (mith J\)
; to go
.-,3
5
hand in milking.-->i2T IV. To come to one'sfrom a vow, as at 2 v. 226.--5\j\ IT. To bring
self, recover (after a swoon or illness).
under the power or authority of any one (with
9 fl
generic holm, Garlic ; no verbal root.
acc, and
of peril.).-5@ V. TO turn i t s e l f
5.:
about (as a shadotv cast by the sun).
ab aor. o. To pronozlnce a %ord.
or or mitli
a complement
@en.
Act, C; ; PIor, $\5 "OF. i. TO b d copious ;t o overflow (mith
/S
s
-$GI IT. TOpour water orer any one (mith
r$\ A mouth ; The word
is formed from
P'
ace. and ug); to rush impetuously (with
the regular noun
by cutting off the two
as the pilgrims d o ~ ; Mount 'A~afst; to be
lait radical letters, and substituting ?; see
diffuse; to dilalE or amplify in speaking (mith
D, 8. Gr, T,1, pp, 378 and 417 ; it i s found
Cj) ; to be immersed in any business (with
in the Koran only in the acc. sing, and in the
L,
plural,
3).
aor,
i. To 6e weak-hinded.
An elephant.
.J
a
preposition
meaning
In,
into,
among,
in
cod
L/
ClO

A /

4;

+J

G5-Q

fa(

t.,

$?. g$i

&

.r

&).

9, &

Gn),

'

&

2;aor, i. To contract, take, seize, draw in (its

I
h

j Name and initial letter of the 50th chapter, see

*kc

?JI

///

@ To abhor ; and
To 6e zlyly, loathsome.
B 90
L
part, pass. Abhorred or rendered loath;r-l
some; at 28 v. 42 it may be taken in either
aense.
+'/
s 9&
aor. 0. and i. To 6ury.
n.a. Plur. JF A
9
S//L ,
grave* i,b (2nd declension) ??lure of
//Q
IV. To cause to be buried.
A

+
/

&$

*C

s-8L

"or. i. T ~ ' ~ ae light

t from a?zother.
Lighted fuel.--&z\ VIII. To take a light
from anotller (with
*

&).

wings in flying), as a bird; thus a t 67 v. 19,

Gi 9//,c.s
where we mag understand the word fi+\.
. .-t.,x
s
A handful.
+
n.a. A contraction.
S IL,
G~+pp3.rt. pass. Taken,
b.aor. a. To accept (with acc. and
or fl);
to admit (with act, and J pers.~
part,
accepts, F ~ g
noun
act, one
meaning theforepart ;but in the K o r h used
either as an adverb, and without a complement, in which case it is indeclinable) aas
PCI/ Ir
J+ r j Before, formerly, or as o, preposition
b
:

L+

&

pproperga

15

<,

"
PEG:/

/cd/

vor~ed"-bj~-\j L); rt similar passage is found

in the ace. a s . \ u @
,
Before this; when pre5
P
it is put in the
ceded by the preposition
at 2 r. 121, D. S. Gr. T. 2, p. 4 5 4 " - & \ ~
gmikiivo, as
Before that; it correpart. act. TTI. f. Opposite to, or facing one
c
P
sponds in its c&lstroction with g< qq.. ; see
a n ~ t h e r . - ~ z j ; upart. act. X, f. Proceeding
also D. S. Gr. T.2, p. 162e
The foretowards (tvith acc.).
s/(
%<
part ; % 6 G. 111, " Before their eges," or
5 ,or, 0. 2nd i. To be niggardly. . ; ~and
1 x
y
J
(I
S 9::
In Ilosta," with nhieh meaning
m y be
Black dust, l~llnclmess. ~ $ 2
Niggasdly.~
B
s y, 9
Power,
regarded ns the ploy. of ,lrj' q.v.
;;r.part. act. 1V. f. To be in reduced cis:
,
a side or part ;
Tonnrds, in the direction
cu~~lstnnces.
ILS
of, as d+
1 b+ 2 v. 172, " Tonrrda tlie Enst;" lg a o ~ .0. TO kill, day ; L U
l \,GL~ 2 V. 51,
("
Then slay yonrsclves ;" either figuratively,
will have no power;" j&,
57 v. 13,
by mortifying your corrupt desires, or " one
5
"Alongside it."
another;" the latter interpretation is in acproperly, B ~ yLi
t z9
opposite ; a Kibla, or the point in the direccordnuce vith the acconnt giveu in Exodus
P
chap, sxsii. v. 27 ; In the Passive
is sometion of which, prayer rnust be made to be
times used as an iniprecation, thus at 74 vv.
* efficacious ; see Dgniel chap. vi. v. 10 ; Thus
the Isibla of the Mul?anllneclnns is the Ka'ba
19 and 20, " May he be accursed ;" the prea
at Mecca; at 10 v. 87 the vord has been
terite being used for the optative ; D, S. Gr.
interpreted "A place of worship;" The Jews
T. 1, p. 169 ; similar instances occur at 51 v.
in the days of MOSESare supposed by the
* 10, 80 v. 16, and 85 v. 4. GG n.a. Tile act
Commentators to have prayed towards the
of putting to death, slaugllter.
(2nd
Kn'ba, it having been rebuilt by Abraham and
declension) for
D. 8. Or. T. 1, pp. 110
Isllmnel iu place of tlie original house destroyed
and 402, plur. of &$ One who is slain.-by the Flood.$; ; A favourable reception.
II. To day, or cause to be slain. JL+
A surety, bail, sponsor ; at 7 v. 26 it
n.s. The act of slaughtering.-&% 111. To
P
pa & 9 9 - - /
means a hbst (the ministers of Satan). &\?i
fight sgainst (with acc. of pers.) ; *ii I
9
d
(2nd decle~ision)plur. of
An Arab tribe.
v. 30, "May God curse them," see
At
3 v. 140 there seems to be an ellipse after
--&?
IT. To come, dram near, approach
$G of the objective or immediate oornple(with ,
;
in!
the sense of with), thus at 12 v.
ment, G U i or some ~irnilarword being under82 and 51 v. 29 ; to turn towards (with
stood, D. S. Gr. T.2, p. 454. $$ *.a. The
of pers.) ; to rush upon (with j\
),-G
V,
.-''"P,
L5
',
act of fighting, mar.-&!
VIII. To contend
To ncceppt (with ace. and
or
of pers.) ;
among themselves.
This verb is sometimes used mith an ellipse of
the immediate complement, OF as we sbould QL'$ generic noun, Cucumbers ; no verbal root.

3 ,L.G

iV7

//

LC6

cG
iG

0I/

,G

L . / r s 3 f /

I+'&&/

P 0

E&:

&

&/

LG

04 1

I,/

ZG
C

JG;

_-

,+ rs3aor. o. To T U S headlong.-?\
~
VIII. To undertake an enterprise in a headlong or impetuous
~

call it, the accusative; thus at 3 v. 31?+,

"Then accept from me (that which I have

~ , r f~:

r,

66 P

.manner. ~ i i part.
*
act. One who rushes or
l e k s headlong, found at 38 v. 69, wl~erei t
means " Rushing headlong (into Hell)."
2 A particle frequently prefixed to the preterite to
give it a past signification; where among
several verbs in the preterite one has tile
particle prefixed, such vesb is to be taken
. in the Pluperfect tense ; so also among several
Pluperfects the one which follows 2 will have
a signification anterior to the others ; in all
the above cases it may generally be rendered
already, and may frequently be understood to
imply that the matter in question, although
past, is of recent date, or that it was not un/a<
expected ; thus, +Ls p~
pU & 4 6
v. 119, " For Be bath even now explained to
you what he bath forbidden you ;" another
use of 2 is to add energy to an afirmation,
and it may then be rendered truly, of a
certainty, or verily ; thus, _a+ ~s5\\>
di
24 v. 64, " He knows of a s ~ r e twhat
' ~ 'ye oye
0G#
'% c /
about ;" SO also at 91 T. 9, b1Sj
&i
" Verily he who hat11 purified it is happy ;"
Lastly, % may sometimes be rendered fre6 Y 6 /

0*

6 9 ,

G,/

L/#GPLZ

p r L , ~ ,

;I

ilJ\

We have frequently observed the turning of

thy face ;" It is found in coinbination with
G,/
other particles as A
,,
id, &etc.
ii D.8. Gr.
T. 1, 1). 533.
GI
56
J sor, o. To rend. S$ plur. of ak9 A party of
qN&'
g.
men at varimict! among themselves ;o,
'72P..11,'' We are (followers of) different
ways."
aor. a. To striAe ;/?-Q. csi n.a. The act of
C
striking fire.
aor. o. and i. To be able, to be able to do, have
power over, prevail against (with &); to
GI..

G//

5' b y

# //

/ H..

measure to an exact aicety,(mith ace, of thing

and LCg
of pers.), as a t 89 v. 16 ; so slso in
the Pass, at 65 v, 7 ; to esti~~late
the value of
G / /G
(with double acc.), thus'42-6 + ~ a l l lbJu L
6 v. 91, " They hare not-made a just estimate
of God ;" to be s p r i n g (with J) ; lo deter,
~nine,with which meaning it is found in tlre
D
Pass. at 54 v. 12. Id n.a. That which is
determined or predestined of God, measure,
,
c,
value, power kd
i
1 Q 07 v. 1, The night of
'4
El Kndr, on wlzicli the Foran was sent down
from Heaven ; it may be rendered either " the
night of Power," or c C the night of the predetermined decree," fi.om a RZol~ammedan
fable, tlist on this night are issued the Divine
decrees on all the afl'airs of the ensuing y p r ;
0
it is generally supposed to h1l on the night
preceding the 24th of Ramadh. J n.a. The
Divine decree, that which is predestined, a
definite quantity, determined measure;
P 9'::
a ~ Zr94P2
~ z
v. 237, " Upon him who ia in
L /

b r

S H fl

&

easy circumstances (shall be set) an amount

9
according to his ability ;" i t is also read 9~3,
5- P P
Jld plur. of
$; ;
comm, gend. A cat~ldron.
;Z'$ part. act. One who is able or has power
over, one who determines hefore]Lmd. >$
S 9b
Able, potent.
part. pass. Determined.
I \ ~ iA
9 ddenite quantity, or determined measure, a space.--% 11. To make possible, dispose, prepare, to plan, devise, decree, determine, define; at 74 vv. 18, 19; and 20, it
means to lay plans or plots against the For&;
a t 334 v. 1 7 it may be translated "We have
PG::
facilitated ;" \>,&
bag* 76 v. 16, "They
shall determine the measure thereof (accords
ing to their desire).''
n4a.The act of
P L/

l,&
/

G
.

XL

>,#
b r

( 116

,{$/

.FL;

-/

called L+J) \ z b D. S. Gr. T. 1, p. 252.

measurilig or ikte~miniug,a Di-cine clccsee.-s
I
S
/L P
J+a
part. nct.VII1. f. P o ~ e r f u l able
,
to pTefor &+%v part. act. One who imitatd(with
vail (with
$).
,-'
.8 P
9 P
To b d pure. (.pi\j Purity, snnctity. ~ 3 2d d %or,i. To pelt, cast (lr~ithace. and 4 or -) ;
9 P
The Holy Spirit, by which name the
his truth
Lk~.,i\i
34 v, 47, " H ~
V",
Mo~nnlrnedai~s
designate the Angel Gabriel.
(over his servants) ;" at 20 v. 90 we must
P GP-4
~i!\
The Holy One, a11 epitllet of God.-undelastnnd the words J f ~ P &
; to asperse;
"
5~~ P
b ~ c G11. TO saneti$, bless (with J). wbu/.
pelt
with nhnse (with ace, and u).
.<
pn't, P B S ~ .rSacrec1, holy.
i aor. i. and a. To atandfast; remain quiet (with
' r:
. c..c
L/,4
nor. o. TOprecede ; and r5u aor. a. To betake
L
g), as at 33 v. 33, where uj is for
2nd
s /.:
'ne"-"lf~
come '0 (~"'1
"''it
;
pers, kin, plul,, of tile imperative, 1).8. G ~ .
when of the fern. gencf, it lvenl~sA foot ; Plur.
T. 1, p. 229. Rote. This word is frecluently
p /L-E
Old, ancient. e.,*~i\ Forefathers.
- A \ ;,.,16
spelt
%nd is then to be derived in the
/ G .,
- ? ~11* brillg upon (with
and L)
usual Itray froin tile assimilated verb>, q.v, ;
~ f r s -;) to do a thing before, Prepare l~ef'oreto be cool, spplied to the eyes, thus at 20 v. 41
? c,
+.+[ b '
II
band, send before (with J and with or with\t;t~i~
Zite~aNy,
~
So that her eye might
Ot~tace.), as good works, which
Ei man is said
be cool,"i,e. "That she might
so also
.-L" 6 6
to send before to bew witness for hi111 at the
at 19 V,26
&$, ~~d
refresh) thylast day ; see 1st Epistle of S. Paul to Timothy
self,99litonlll/, " Be cool as to tiline eye,,,
*'
*'
n.,. Stability, a fised or secure place, reposi; to pr-t
5~
flat
threaten beforehand, as ++..\\;
~ ; . * + \A$
j
tory, place of abode. 3.; Coolness ; &?.G air
,
50 v. 27, "Since me have already threatened you
IC
Delight,-fitcrally, coolness-of the eye."
s
beforehnad ;"at 49 v, 1there is an ellipse of the
Pw,P
.,
(2nd declension) plus, of
A glass
aecus,, the words 1 AG1may probablymean
y,
botLle;" at 2'7 v. 44 it must be translated
6I
Do not put yourselves ibrwnrd," or " do not
" Slabs of glass ;" ,
\
76 Y. 16,
obtruds your opiniona ;" there aye other readId
Glass bottles resembling silver," or it may
ings, but this seems best to accord with the
be " Silver bottles resembling glass."--? IV.
contest, .rvhich contains several hints on good
/a
To. confirm,
aL,b
to cause to rest or remain (with
breeding and etiquette.-,+&! IT.To go before;
,,:).---1 s c i "X. To remain firm (with acc. of
nt 74 v. 40 it means to go forward in the sight
/c4

LGs

-0

r r

d&z
/

-C

.t

<<

iz

uJil
0

Jpo
/

;
>
)

,//

>

r+

;p

Fr:f2 (t;!af?:

b /

&\;:

G34G

, 0~

RN

0,.

Nay,-r&l

C/'.CCI

X. TO desire t o advance, mish

.$ G X I ,

Ii2

to anticipate,
part, act. One who
goes foo~mard,or desires to ad~ance.
nor, o. 30 be agrsenhlc in taste altd s~ncll(food).
VIII. To imitate, copy (with L+).
a,,$+\
imperat, for &PNith the addition i f ;
!$+&-

0L.4

- ../

l.4

place). F *
part. act. That which remains
firmly fised or confirmed, abiding, lasting.
5
9
J ~ : w v part. pass. Firmly fined or established ;
as a noun of place it means a fixed abode;. and
st 6 v, 66 " a fixed time ;" at 6 v. 98 there ia
an ellipse, to conlplete tho aense we must read
"a</

I,

J~

2/,

L 9 L9,/

icUj;

ilr
@

>

r~p
's- L

/,-

the words may refer either to the

CJi aor. a, (Po mound. STJj h a . A wound.
s of the Fathela, or a mansion upon earth.
i, To collect,
prur, of
An ape.
%,-$
5;
p aor. a, and o. To read,
rehearse to (with acc. ;,i
s t J?.
aoia. i. and o. To cut .o$
&;dr ,Name of a
&-PP
and csg
of pers.). s j , j Period of a woman's
noble
Arab
tribe
descinded
from Ishmael, of
montllly courses* LsJ!.?L.g The For'', properly
was Prince,
vhieh &/Jobemmad's
E/L$
pronounced ICor-6na--p ir IIV. To cause to read
aor, i, yo cut; to turn away from (with nee,
or rehearse.
;; n.a. A loan, especially
of pers, or thing). $
To mahe a nightjourney; and
aor. a. To
option of the
one
is payable at
,9~'-. '
,
,
S O /
approach, draw near to ; \m,5S Uj 2 v. 183,
borrower, and hence called uaccord"And do not i o near (to transgress) them."
ing to some, however, the meaning of this
5
63Proximity ; at 9 V. 100 it may be5 rendered
is a loan at good interest."I6
A means of drawing nigh."
6
; Plur.
IT. To lend (with double ace.).
5 /PP
U\J) P~OLIB
W O S ~ Swhich draw men nigh unto &$>yadriliteral, io
Wit the nzarh, $G> pIur,
comm. gend. Nigh, near, near
God.
(2nd declension) Paper.
< '
$
,,
at hand, either in place or time ;
~9
aor, o. To get the letter of another in dramin9
6
Shortly after ; &
; as an adverb, Lately.
lots, to strihe, &.\; Adversity, that -which
P /'p
for L5+j(2nd declension) D. S. Gr. T.
etrikes ; a nape of the Day of Judgment.
<:'
aor. i. To p e e l . - d T i VIII. To hcquire, gain.
1, pp. 110 and 402, Affinity, relationihip ;
5
9
5 --tt
b4&part. act. One who gains.
A relation. u\vn.8. A sacrifice,
Q..:
for wIij fern. tlur. imperat. o f 3 q.v.
or gift offered to God; aee S. Mark chap..vii.
0 65
v. I1 ; a familiar acquaintance, the Efi'ntourage$' ; I aor. i. To)& one thing t o another. uy nn.s.A
6/G/
of a prince; at 46 v. 27 it may perhaps be
horn, a generation; Dual 9
..
;
oblique
,&>5,
J
&U.',L
:
beat translated " as a means of access to God; "
as &Jj I ,3 He of the two horns, Alexander
P
8 9 8
'"
::
the false Deities there mentioned being supthe areat, see Ji ; Plur. l;r,,. u:, Plur.
posed to be on familiar terms with God, and
*y>(2nd declension) An intimate companion.
tllerofore likely to act rts intercessors with him.
u,j9EF Korah, a proper name of meign origin,
9 .
%s
(2nd declension) comp. form, Closer,
uyl
.
and tl~ereforeof the 2nd declension, D. S. Gr.
si3r
y
closest, nearer, nearest, more probable; at 16 v.
T. 1, p. 404.-uji4 ppgS pass. 11. f. Bound
79 it means "In s shorter time," or " quiclrer."
~
t ~ g e t h e rs. -5~:ppart.
act. IV. f. One who i s
y ~ ~ L - c 2
11 ITinsfollr, kindred, those most nearly
t?
9
able to do a thing (with ,
J of thing),).--c~;;jir
uy2
%*', ,
rolated. a~&
~elationsl1i~.-"7 11. To set
part. act. VIII, f. One who is associated with
before (with acc. and
to cause to draw
motl~er,or followa in procession.
5
nigh (with aco. and $
; or
; to offer (a --r:
6 Q/ 9
4 3 m r . i. TOentertain a g ~ ~ ~ t A
e city) town,
is
sacrifice) ;
par,, P358, One
L/bli.
village ; Dual g\?dd i The two cities Mecca
or permitted to approach, h o n ~ u w d . - - " ~ ~
VXTJC, To draw new.
I
and Et-T$-if; Plur.
B-

53;

>>

42

$2;

237

Gi4g

+,c
//

Gg
22~~;;'

/L

22

A Gro

/C

">&

JL);
J!)

49

~s2.

.< lo t j l i ~ dcoil.

-+

G9;j

,
b

part. act. VIII. f. One who

A Christian Priest.
c,
F! X.To dmw lots or divine by
I'o compel a?zy one to do a tAizy ayaiflst his
.T*' L
headless arrows,
will. 9:~s Pome~j'ltl,n lion.
n.a. Hardness. *d
nor, o. To be hard. ;;i
sor. i. To smeyaefron &stice ;al\lso nor. i. and
o. To be just, Gi n.a, Justice, equity ; at
for >d D. S. Gr-T. 1, p. 330, part. act. Hard;
699
,,' /L.
21 v. 45 me bare an instance of the noun of
for the constsuction of the phrase ?.,+p
action used as an adjective, and remaining in
39 v. 23 see D. S. Gr. T. 2, pp. 197 and 278 ;
the singular, although qualifying a noun in
nt the commenoeqent of this verse there is a
S
*
the plural ; D, 8.Gr. T. 2,p. 280, b a r t
remarkable hiatus; BeiddwGe contents himself
s :(./
,P,,'
act. One who acts unjustly or unrighteously.
by snying j,asd u*Jf.i
"The predicate of
6
g-f(2nd declension) comp. fom, &foreajust.
is suppressed," bot the sense may be
k ?
--G?
IV. To he just (with2, or Jb).
+n
gathered from the concluding portion ; it may
part. act. One who observes justice.
be supplied somewhat as follows : " Shall be
then whose breast God hath opened, etc. (be
A balance; this word is said to be af Greek
origin.
like unto one whose heart is hardened?); Woe
then unto those V ~ are
O hard of heart ;" D. S.
am, i, T~ divide intom
parts ; to portion
... out
(with RCD. and
y gn oath.
A SF&?, Gr. T.2, p. 475, / c
partition, zt dividing, nn npportionrnent. 3.hA ezlczaaa6er. >Ail IV. f. qoadriliterd, To
P % /
become rough or creep with terror-the skinpart, pass. Dividecl, distinct.-?+
(with
part. act. II. f. One -do tlpportions.-' 1''
r"' s e a o r . o. To cut, lop, to follow, declare; to narrate
111. To swenr unto (with acc, of per&.).or relate, to make mention of (with acc, and
.1
$.Z
y
IT. To swear (with ace. of oath and L+,
b of pers.). $2 n.8. A narrative, story,
LS
or mitb a verb preceded by j)
; at 7 v. 47 and
history, the act of folloming;
18 v. 63,
el!lsewhere the substance of the oath immeC I Following their footsteps."
$L&,
Retaliadiately follams the verb, without the intertion,
9 L P d 9
vcntionTf any particle, thus d uy@
\ @
nor. i. To intend, to be moderate, steer a middle
s
30 v. 54, " The wicked will swear (that)
course.
The right may, the middle path,
they have not tarried; " at 75 v. 1 the words
" Le juste milieu." $g part. act. Easy or
9 ~3
s 6 9
$1 1 are generally rendered "Verily I swear,"
moderate (j~nrney).--~+. part. act. VIII. f.
r'
f being held to be intensive ; so also at 56 v.
One who keeps to the right path, a man i f
74 8nd other passages; according to some
good intentions ; also one who halts between
bowever the words may mean " I will not
two opinions.
smear ;"the matter being too palpable to reTo 6s s A o ~ t ;aor. o. To diminish, cut short, as
s
5 PP
prayers (with
/y n.a. Plur. J+
A
p i r e the confismation of an oath, see 5.LG VI. To swear one to another (with y). palace, castle. >G part. act. One who keeps
/

LK

5-

(.

Y 9

G\cj

G;).

dz!

6 r /

r~

.
"

5 . " / Y

in).

bg

6:

I
I
/i
z

/ ,
/

I"'

s?).

La<

5 PG/

in restraint. f,&
part. pass.
F
Confined, kept &g nor. a. To cut asunder, c n t down (a tree), e;t
at home (a woman).--L part. act. 11. 'f.
off; to pass or traverse as at 9 v. 122 ; * pck,:
0-0
0n\e who cuts short ( h i s hair).---7 IV. To
1 29 v. 26, "Ye infest the highmny," or
.c
desist.
commit highway robhey ;" at 22 v. 15 it is
d aor. i. To dash ila pieces(aship). &G tl
understood by some to mean " Let him hang
heavy gale of wind.
himself," or " let him hang hiinself, and then
aor. i. To break ill pieces, demolish utterly.
cut (the rope) ;" the passage is rather obscure,
dj: aor. o. To be distant.
Distant. p /. @
l
but the idea seems to be, Let him resort to
L/
for ;23 D. S. Gr. T. 1, p. 1.05, Fern. d
y
any ' means however extravagant.
A
(2nd declension) comp. form, More remote,
part ; according to some the first watch of the
.-$,%b49
li
further;
II I A+A
I 17 v. 1, "The further
night.
A pert of the night, the darkness
,
mosque," the Holy House at Jerusalem, on the
of the night towards morning; also plur. of
S
.
site of which now stands the mosque of El
i.&
A past
; or portion. &G part, act. One
.+
Alien.
who decides, as at 2'7 v. 33. ubi#t part. pass.
$ ; aor, o. To l o r e . - - 3 ) VII. To threaten to fall '
G,
Cut
~ f f . - ~ L i 11. To cut off, cut in pieces,
down,
L?/
p e p /
' 'L
s
divide,
disperse
sepmately
;
LAG3
47
+
)
aor. i. TO c ~ O$:
t
+& n.a. Trefoil or
v. 24, " And mould ye sever the ties of relationclover.
a//
ship ?" to cut out (clotlles), as at?2~.20.--$~.~
LS,.Zaor, i. To decree, create, nceomplish, bring to
V. To be cut up into pieces, divided asunder ;
an end, complete ; to fulfil (as a term or vow) ;
., */,
~ L $2
J 6 v. $4, "A schism has been made
to determine (with ace. and
of pera.) to
between you," or " ye have been cut off from
pass a sentence (with ncc. and
of pers.) ;
a l of verbs
one another ;" For the i ~ n ~ e r s o nuse
28 v. 14, " He slew him," or " made
..
eee D. S. Gr. T. 2, p. 245.
an end of him ;" to command (with
; to
make known or reveal (wit11 ace. and j
\
of &G aor. i. To gather the vi?ztage. d,G plor. of
0
q rJ
a!+
A bunch of grapes.
pers.); to judge (with v); to judge between
,
of persons and &or$).
&E p a ~ t , >&
.. , . The thin skin mhich envelops?% date-stone.
(with
c
act. One who decrees, determines, juclges, etc. ;
aor. o. To sit, sit upon, sit still, remain quiet
at home ; it is sometimes used in a manner
\; 69 v. 27, c 6 oh! would to
iL~G%+i\i
..
Go3 that it (death) had made an end of me,"
similar to those verbs which are styled by
c'
9
//B
grammarians U & ~ \ )
andi may
\ then be
&$& part. pass. Decreed, D. S. Gr. T. 1,
rendered to become ; instances occur at 17 vv.
p. 330.
5
23 and 31; D. 8. Gr, T.1, p. 121, note; to
ano. o. To cut. L? A judge's sentence.
beset (with +), as at 7 v. 84
c ;r tob9,
setasnttrea
cy+9~/
$ur.
J hi aor. 0. To drop. Jij Molten brass,
\

,+

9;

GP

,;,

p;

b y

?G

eLJ\
rbS

L,<

>&

(,P/L/

LT)

cL

0 Z/

of

yi A.

L'J

side, a tract of earth or heaven.

* Liquid pitch.

for (with j)
;thus at 7 v. 15, &h uu
3
/ b P - a l
"Verily I mill set snmes-or lie in
/

.+,

r;;

( 120

A+

means employment in business, and at 29 v.

219 i t may either be translated behaviour or
going to and fro, or i t inay refer to thlvarioua
postures assumed by the Moslems when at
B Sr/x
prayers. ~
k Time
n or place where any .
one is busily employed, as in journeying to
and fro, etc.--LG\
& VII, To be turned about,
troubled, to turn one's-self or return baclc'
(with or without J\i & ) ; to be overthrown or
turned back, as at 3 v. 122 ; to be turned from
the true faith, in which sense it may be taken
at 2 v. 138, aa well as in other places, where
c,r , r /
the words $t
s
J,,
L+G;~ occur ; L+.&-., 9 dC z\
9
LAY,b*, 26 v. 228, "What turn thlir affairs
shall take," meaning "what ahall be their
future state;" Literally, " By what kind of n
B
return tiley shall return (to God)."
5
9
part. act. One who returns. ~-nhh
part.
pass. That which is exchanged ; at 26 v. 228
it must be considered an a noun of time and
place, D. 8. Gr, T. 1, p. 305,
aor. i. To collect (water, etc.).
(2nd
declension) plur. of :%ij An ornament of the
neck, wreath or garland. .i4f% (2nd declension) plor. of "SIj.+ A lrey.
aor, a. To rsnoue, extract.-+\
IT. To desist.

ambush-for thein (in) thy straight way; " the

word &gl> is here put in the acous. as being
a
or adverbial expression embodying the
idea of place ; it shnds for u$or
D. 8. Gr. T. 2, p. 303, note; a similar passage
is found at 9 v. 5.
n ,a. The act. of sitting
still, see %G.
cornm. gend, and number,
Bitting.
Plur. S$ part, act. One who
sits still or remains at home ; Fern. Plus.
(2nd declension) Foundations, women
s r c r
who are past child-bearing. s*h, n.a. Plur.
(2nd declension) The act of sitting still
or remaining at home, a seat or place of sitting
down, a station, encampment, as at 3 v. 117,
s
9
o
a To d e s ~ e n d . - - ~ ~ ~post.
~ d act. VII. f.
That which is torn up by the roots.
/ / r
"
J \$?
JG &or.i. and o. To returkfrom aj o m e y .
C
plur. of bgA lock.
G aor. o. TO follow.--, w 11. TO cause to follow
or succeed (with
of p,elt8. and Ji).

a,&
\;?

5,z

dG

&$

k\g

3 aor. i. To 6efern,

,-/b

<.b

//b

/Lf

/b

'J

//L

to be little. &$ Pew, little,

small.
(2nd declension) comp. form, %;
Fewer,
11. To make few, cause
to appear few, as at 8 v. 46.-$7
IV. To b e a ~ ,
carry.
aor. i. To turn, return (with
c
Gn.a. &%
5/
'
.
1
*
~
9
aor. i. Topare (the nails, etc.).
Plur. ?U\
Plur. u
T o cause to
. jj: A heart.--L% II. cap
9
A pen ; a headless arrow used in casting lots.
turn, turn upside down, upset; @S
18
aor, i. To fry; to a t e . J\; part. act. One
v. 40, " H e turned his hands upside down," or
who abhors (with J).
with the backs to his belly, a sign of grief; to
"<
/r,
009'3
9
the iread and ?-@he to drinB (a camel).
turn about ;J\d; I &1\
~
6311
24 v, 44, fU To raise
5 / ( ;P
part. pass. IV. f. One whose head ia
"God maketh the night and the day to take
turns, or sncceed each other in turns."forced up so that he cannot see.
Gy0
5 &//
ao*. 0. and i. TOgame with dice; a n d 2 aao. a.
V.To be turned about, changed. +dij
n.a. The act of turning about, a vicissit~tdeof
To 6e white.
n.a. The moon (eapedally
fortune, whether good or bad; at 16 v. 48 it
froin the 3rd to the 26th day).

57

4~).
++,
.

~ L E

wf9

+
/

&/

fb/

r/9

-c

p~s

1:

( 121 )

$2 aor. i. and o.

To canter or hound. $$..5 A u;*G &or. O. To eolnpare hy tmeasuren2ent. ~9G"<

shirt; Fr. Chemise.
obliqlle dual of ~9 cornm. gelid. A how.
S'
quad>iliteral, To tie 2
p the nech of a leather iG aor. 0. yo cover (a feIlcale). iG plur, i
&
A;
s
/L/
bottle. Ji2LAi Calamitous (day).
level plain.
nor. a. To goad (alz elephant) on tile head, j d aor. o. To say, speak (with J ) ; instances not
5
&k; (2nd declension) plur. of &.Ai&
mace.
unfrequently occur where this word is altogetlzer
omitted
;
for
example
at
39
v.
4,
wllere
\j\g
To de lousy.
generic noun, Lice.
C Y P .L,
is
understood
before
the
words
a+
;
and
aor. o. To be devoot, obedient to God (with J).
("
again at the coilzmerlcernent of the 15th verse
&jG part. act. One who is obedient to ~ o d ,
of the 25th chapter, where n7e must underdevout, constant in prayer.
v
~stalldv1 314 ; this ellipse is generally inTo hinder; and L$ aor. a. To despair (with
Gz.
s
dicated by the conj~lilctiun&1, D. S.Gr. T. 1,
bju n.a. Despair. f$G part. act. One
L P
'p. 563; and T.2, p. 468 ; see also d\. Jj" n.3.
who despairs.
A saying, speech, that wlli~11is pronounced,
+G q~adriliteral,To leave the cozmtry and inha,bit
S
a sentence, a word; Pior. j\j\,
Plnr. of
a town.
~ l n r . J & \ s(2nd declension) A
9
Plur. :b3\3 (2nd dcclenaioo). J$$
A word,
talent, 1200 ounces of gold. JLb part. paas.
rn
saying, pronouncing, speech, discourse, conCounted by talents; the expre~sion;~b\A
,\
vereation; at & V. 88 if we rdad 42; ' 2 n d
I!sALl+3J v. 12 is equivalent to " l?eaps of
*I
the saying (of the prophet)," it must be eontalents,"
sidered as the complement to the antecedent
aor. a. To beg ;and
nor. a. To 60 content.
96
part. act. A
part, act. One who asks humbly, alt-30o t e
eL+ in the 95th :erae.
., .-,.
S b P
speaker, see also j\i for
V. To
who is ~ o n t e n t . - - ~ + part. act. IT. f. One
fabricate falsely, counterfeit (wit11 ace, and
who lifts up the head.
Jiof pers.).
L
nor. o. To get, acquire.
plus. of
A
:\; aor. O. TOstand, dand 4 s t or finn, stand atill,
cluster of dates.
I
4.e
stand up-to prayer (with j
!and j,or
IV. To cause to
$ nor. i. Ilb
of place) ; to come (with G2 of-ce)
;
accluise, to malce contented.
p
, r3P
P Q/L-~
~ 4 ~ r,2;,~ 141 v. 142, " On the day when their
aor. a. To overcome, oppress. ,$d l The Omniaccount sllall stand good, or when the reckonpart. act.
potent, the Victorious God. $J;
P
ing shall come ;" to s t u ~ dbefore twit11 J) ;
One who subdues (.used with &J) ;9b-dI The
&
Pa"'
'9
I .. ,3717.25, "Tl~atmen should
Conqueror, a name of God.
P.
<'
be rigl~teousin their dealings," used also with
$, \
plur. irnperat. of c l q~. ~ .
5 L.?,5 n.a;. A people.
J
of
pers.,
as
at
4
v.
126.
;G &or. o. To dig. &G A space, distance.
su::
6'
or
Right, true ; at 98 v. 4 we inny
3 pInr. of &j
Ad aor. o. To nourish.
uhderstand the word & P ~ s l i ~ i o u , betbre
~ourishinent.--A4 part. act. IV. f. Watch.,,..,r-a
8"
ful, a guardian.
941. U palat,act. Eltauding, firm, upright,
Cd

.
.
"

4 L/

JZ

,?

L,'/

9.c

/ Zb/

;\c+

cl.4

S/b,

/ / 4,

/c4/

9 -0

9
2):

&c

,&.-jp

zy+

di
/ L'

9,

/ 4

/;

/,

' 3

I)

16

"-

certain to conjo, n g nt IS v. 34. r!y BiglltJ

'**
equity. t!t plur. of \ f Standing upriglit,
S

fore ~ o d . "

;d!

for %;6~ D. S. G ~T.

. J, p.

204, n .a. The act of being constant (in prayer) ;

L9
/<
,.+,*b\ ;$I6 V. 82, " On the day of your
b / P
halting, or pitching your tents." ? b e and
9
ZLG Time or place of abode, station ;,\i,
1 35 v, 33, "TiIe nlnnsion of eternal
"

erect; ;&
' is also n noltn of action, at 4 V. 4
it may be rendopld a mcnns of support, and
*- *&
at 5 v. 98 an nsylum. ,-+bSOne who has a
high ~tnttding, superior to, firm, npright, as
<&J slGi !+$?,V-I,&*Y$\ j $ 4 ~ ~ 1 3 4 , " O b s e r ~ e abode." 5 P part, act. One who observea
stvict integrity nlic~lbearing witness before
religious rites, constant, lasting, permanent ;'
fl-2
. $,
God."
,+$ij 1 The Self-s~tbsisting (God).
'
J++J
4jl; 15 v. 76, '' And verily they
I
serve to confirm me11 in the rigltt may ;" the
L:;MTT~~
..,
Benurrectiou. I ' (2nd declension) comp. form, More or lllast right; nt 17
construction of the psssage is rather involved,
I-. 9 tilere is 811.ellipse, the sentence if cornbut the meaning seems pretty clear ; &P
Gb
i;G\r " Those who are constant in prayer; "
pleted mould stnnd tI111s L$\
for the construction see D. S. Gr. T. 2, p. 183.
w;?;i I9 1 L+ ; for the syntax of adjectives of
/L
-?kal X. TO act upright1J (with' J\of
this form see D. S. Gr. T. 2, p. 301 et seq. ;
PCFB.)
; ' ~ ' ~ upriglttly
lli
in the paths of religion
Lit. "l\Iareporrect in pronunciation,)J
"" I
partaact*Right, righteous,
(vith &)*
or " more suitnble for distinct pronuncintion,"
-.-~ J ? r ~ gwell
~ l tconstituted.
~
rk* Time or place of stnnding, stationary
nljode ; state or dignity, in which sense it may
TOexcel h stle?lgth ;and 2; nor. a. TO$8
9
, ,
P
st~ong. i> Pllur. dy Power, strength, vigour,
be npylied at 55 r. 46, e n d elsewllere ; it znny
resolution, firmness, force, determination t o
also lnesli God's tribunal; Lc;nL 5 vv.100,
9
1
"
'r.:
In their place."--$?Q
u.n. II. f. Symmetry.
observe a lam.
Strong, powerful.-&9 9
,
..B
8 C 9
-+G\i
IV. To eauae to stand upright ; to
for d+ part, act. IV. f. One
inhabits a
',-a
&/,Ti
..observe or continue iu ( ~ i t lnee.),
l
as $+A l ?b1
desert.
2 V. 1'72, " IIe is conatant at prayer;" TO get $G
i, To 6rea& the shell (aehic&en).-&2
s t m i e l institute or appoint (nit11 ace. and J);
11. To prepare or destine for any one (with
~9 P
\ \
,
8 V. 5 , A
ace. md of pm.),
will d l o them
~ (their morlis) no weight on the jG aor. i. y o taJe a siesta at noon, $5 part,
/C
3
I
/
day of ieiurreeti~n..~
2
,\
6
act. One who sleeps at mi&day,
place
r. 2, I E And oiXe'er straightforward evidence be- 1
of repose at noon.
.Jb/

,#

ep

% 4

"

WJ-C,,.

J:,

&3?,$f

<+$* dg{

S C I P

d2

,Y,/,

C-C",L~

re

&

-4

&

d
Fern. dfaflired pronoun of the seeond person
singular, meaning thee wllen affixed to verbs
/

/
/

and prepositions, and thy when affixed to

nouns.--& is also a particle prefixed to
I.

'

nouns, and lo other particles, and meaning

as, like ; it is considered as a preposition, and
governs nouns in tlie genitive ; when prefixed
to the noun
the latter is redondant ;
Example, 2%
J ~ Z2 v. 263, " Lilre the
9'
resemblance of a grain," D.8. Gr. T.1,p. 473.
8s'
~ . * ' . \ 5 fern. A cup; no verbal root.
'L

LG
/

-2'

d;K How many (with

cg

this word is regarded by grammarians as an indeclinable

noun; D. S. Gr. T. 1, p. 454.
aor. o. T
-o inuert, throw face downwards (with
.l5,

&);

i).--x

part. act. IV. f. Grovelling (with

3.'; of face).

&$

27
b.

' P L O

di

&

'(

F2,c

:>JT

+;

Ix&

c F

ClP 9

9flC.z

g Q 3

fL
,C
,E

God.--&\
//CI/c

name of
X. To be puffed up with
pride, to behave with insolence (with 34 of
, ,C,z
place) ; at 38 v. 76 w J ? C * ~ l is for
11
D. S. Gr. T.1, p. 71 ; to reject with insolence
s
p
(with
n.a. Arrogance. A d
part, act, One I V ~ Cis proud and haughty.
G/b

/9/

&,Z

.--

meaning J I,~ P ~ , ; ;
t /P/
uJ&
18 V. 4, HOWodious a word ;"
/9,
uJG is here used as a verb o f blame, D. 8.
Or. T. 2, p. 225, note;
2
11 v. 53, " Created matter of that kind which
in your opinions it is most; hard (to raise to
5L
life) ;"To attain majority. Jy$ Greatness,
24 v. 11, " Be who
prido ;
hsth taken in hand to 'magnify it."
n.a.
of
Old age.
PPlur. 377 (2nd declen,
sion) Great, grand, large, aged, grievous ;
973
ysf;U ajb 20 v. 74, "Verily be is your chief,
or your master ;" FB/~,$
'' The biggest or the
cp9

g)

t&

6e aged; and;x aor. o. To be great ; to be s.

C
weighty or grievous matter (with
or
,
of pers.) ; \&izi 40 v. 37, ( I I t is grievousYy
odious;'' the subject of the verb is here said

kg

/ c /

-/

3 aor. i. and o. To injure any om in the liver.

3 Trouble, misery.
3'aor. o. To 6e older tilan ariotIer; -3 &or,a. To

to be

aor. i. To throw prostrate, expose to ignominy.

fie

3 G9

5
4 .

of %
: A grievous sin. JpOf great magnitude.
~lur.;;\R (2nd declension) comp.
form, Greater, more gfievous, etc., greatest;
Fern. dJG (2nd declenkion), F e n . Plur.
;
O \ r S 2J~ l 74 v. 38, "Verily it is one of
g'"
the greatest (calamities) ;" ~ ~ ~ ~of ~ l u r .
being understood. gbx! (2nd declension)
/OF
Greati~ess, glory
11. To magnify (God)
P,'.'E
PG 5L/
by ssaying/51iiUl. J+3 nn.a.The act of
magnifying God by s a y i n g d \ J-il i>-S.
c,l IV.
/G/,
To e x t o l . - - V. To act insolently (with 2,
S.., / / ?
of place).
part. act. One whoishnugl~ty
Pl/ ,
P
and arrogant. +A!
1 The Self-esnlting, 8.
,

/G/

fl

)\+l

f.,/b#G&S

S L / r ,

S/G

TOthrow down headlong (with >),

~ t3
.

q.v.

2 &or. O.

TO write, write down, transcribe; to

prescribe, command, ordain or decree in mriting (with ace. and J or
of pers. and d s o
'E
*
E $ s y, 49,
with J); Ex.
?,
fl..
6I
And we wrote for them therein a conzmand
that, etc. ;" to inscribe (with ace. an$ d;)
; at
52 v. 41, and 68 v, 47 the sense requires that
we understand the words " from the p~eserved
table of God's decrees." -?\$ pmt. act. A
writer or scribe.
n.a. Plur. &{ A
book, writing, Script~ture,written revelation,
decree, letter; at 2 v. 236 it may be translated
/
5
/
II
is 3 133,llz8
the pzescrib.ed period ;"

&

y\,
,
&G

4%

eldest of them."

Ys "/f

(2nd declension) plur.

given to the preserved tablet of God's decrees,

,/ib

from n7hich the & o d n is mid to hnve been /;gnor. o. To be mtlddyldy.-J~.\il~ VII. To sll00t
clo wri\varcls (the stars).
clo~~icd
; t,lleec \'rids nm gcneraliy founcl rvitliont the definite article, i11ortlcr t o enl~nnceby ig nor. a. (npparently for
To Be hard; cmd
a eertnin rayoendss our idcns of its rnsgnifinor. i. To 68 ~iggardlye--dST IV. To be
ccace- 6 I Otlme ignotoliz pro magnifico ! "
niggardly.
9
+J'L&! iTllc Iloly Seriptllres, tilo IiorAo, also ;I<
nor. i. To lie, lie to, falsely i~lvellt(with ncc.);
9
tlre l ~ o t ~ink~ ~ l i i cnhrccor~lis kept of all mcn's
to telllies about or agsinst (with,ic).
actions, nncl at1 extract from whic11, each one
p m ~ '(They
.
were the victims of falsehood."5
8h:tll hn\.c! placed in his linnil at tlie ]fist ihy,
+$n.a. A lie; used also as an adjective,
,/
,La\ Tile Jews nlld Clllrietinns.
lir-. 1 4 ;
A, 12 v. 18, "With
lying, false, ns L++S if,;
s +-'
"
'-Y
sw
i;::Lrpurt.
... ,.
false blood," D.8.Gr. T. 2, p. 280.
L+?\S

I;<)

isz

-'/

kt,-&

\,;g

..#/

/r

L,

*,

t
.
+
L
.
/

slave ,z co~ltrnct of frecllom on p n y l n c ~ ~oft n

certttin J I I I ~(will1 a
- VIII. To
emse to be \ ~ ~ ~ * i t t c n ,
; pas. o. To conccnl, hide ( ~ i t l ldouble ncc,) ; to
0
kecp btlcl; (evictence).
5 o r 0. 1 i To col/t?ct bzto o?zc place.
"
.A 11c;lp of' ea~ld.
/

1
1

nor. o. To be much, m a n y , nnmProus.

5:- '

~~ritli

understood.

4 '

+l$

One given to

s "

n.a. A falsehood.
lying, n great liar, u\i<
s

p L /

+:A<,.

P b . :'9

->:JL
+
., In-

part. pnss. BcGed;

6

fallible.-$$
11. To accuse of falsehood or
imposture, falsely deny (with ncc, or with L+)
, ;

frequently used without any object being expressed; thus at 6 v. 149 where we may

8,

a*./ *

part, act. Lying, n linr ; at 56.v.. 2 +?U agrees

5s

* understand

,q I
/

93

ns the cornple~nent of the

+,Q /

verb, D. S. Gr. T. 2, p. 454 ; i?9i$

L;! for

pd '
DItll ti t~lde,abundance. ,j;i Al~~ind;mce,
and
.i,i;u'
23 v. 26, " In respect of their having
L' .
especit~llyof goocl things ; iilzrne of a r i ~ e in
r
accused me of falsehood," D. 8. Gr. T. 2, p.
Palntliso; this wort1 is rnriously espouncled.
s ;
407; At chapter 55 the word ,\!;\if
'90
ye
&
,
Much, luxny, humcrons.
(2nd
both falsely deny," which occurs so frequently,
clcclgsion) con~p.form, More, most, more
/a .-.
is addressed to men and genii, the two species
nbnrldmit, t l ~ egreater number.-.;S 11. To
r , CE
L,LI/
of rational beings mho are mentioned in the
i
- \
IV. To multiply, as LPL'
J13th and 14th verses. L,-$
*.a. The act
\:I\& 11 I-. 34, :'Ant1 thou l m t multiplied
/

?
$
.

?.

fl

he

n.a. VI, f.
act
of multiplying.--:.L\ X.To wis11 for much,
iliakc grent use of ( w i t h
of thing).
6 30s. a. To ~ t u d yor 1abuur. u f t o alrythLig.
~5 n.n. The act of labouring n f t e ~anything.
4:
'r.dl< pnrt. net. One who labours after (sith
2;
dispn$es rritll us."-,A?C/'i/l,

.Ir /

$ b'

I*

lS6

.;

ofimpt~tingfalsehood. G j G part, act. On!

w l ~ ofalsely denies, or accuses of falsehood or
imposture.

7aor. n. To laturn. +4. return, a turn of luck ;

s$/

23 67 v. 4, TKOother times, twice again. .

8.c

uj To twist a rope, pieae.

n.a. Grief,

distress,
6

58, " Without their haying been g&lty of my-

5b< A shed or stable for

goats ;no verbal root.
WJ,
5
LP

A throne.
thing to deserve such treatment."
S ,'
b. 3'0 be superior to another ila generosity.
aor. o. Y b fail i?a$?zdily custome~s. illd n .a.
S
S
A want of purchasers; the act of remaining
J
Plur. pb$Honourable, noble, generous,
P.4
-.
unsold,
kind, beneficent, gracious, munificent, agreedzaor. i. TOcut ap (cloth). %& A segment,
able, as at 56 v. 43 ; %
:
\
25 v. 72, " CourA2-E
A piece or
a piece cut off. SL$plur. of
teoosly." ? j l (2nd declension) comp. form,
/G
segment ; \L$
adverbial1y, i n pieces.
Most beneficent, most honourable.s
SQ, Y
&
'
aor. a. To be lazy. jl> plus. of uLS Lazy,
d
;
n
part.
pass.
11ono1lred.-?j\
IV.
honour,
sluggish:
s
To ho~iour, ~ n a k e honourable.
,S\ n .a.
../ /
aor. o. To clothe (with double acc.). ap>
Honour. =Lpart. act. One who honours.
Clothing.
r,
9
r-5.
part. pass. LIonoured.
To remove, take off-a corer.
9
aor. a. To detest, dislike, be averse from (with &AS aor. i. To uncover, lay bnre, remove, take off
,
S b
SL?
9
~6..
ace.). 9 and 35 ns.a. Eepugnance, a trouble,
(with ncc. and u ~;)j L
r j i 68 V.
something disagreeable;
Against one's
42, "On a certain day a leg shall be made
will; 6j 46 46v. 14, "With pain and grief."
bare;" a phrase expressive of very- great
5 '
5l.S part, act. One mllo dislikes or is averse
calamity ; i t i s left vogue and indeterminate
.
5 PL
from any thing, 9Jd part. pass. Abominated,
to increase the feeling of awe; the idea is
talcen from a wonlan who tucks up her garhateful.-;-<
11. To render hateful (with ace.
S
n.a. The act of remorments in flight. 2i<
and JJI
of pers.).--$\ IV. To compel on9 to
iog, etc.
part. act. One who removes,
do a thing against his will (with ace, of pers.
S
of thing, also with ace. of pers. and
and
takes off, or reveals ; at 58 v. 58 G.+g agrees
,
*).
6
y
1n.a. Compulsion;
with 4 2 , and
at 39 vV.
39 with rL.&
underetood.
aor. i. To p i n , acquire, seek after, gather
(riches) ; in the Igortin it is frecluently used in ;k< aor. i. ToG adati,a from cheuoing ths cud (a
camel). +li part. act. One who
restrainfit
reference to the provision which a man has
-'5
obst~nctsor chokes. ,& Grieving inwardly
laid up- against
a future life, be it good or bad ;
5
and in silence. T,kSd part. pasg. Oppressed
in this sense it may often be translated to do
t P Q P?
b /../
with silent sorrow,
2 v. 225, Lit.
or commit;
-3
(6
BOP. 0. and i. To have s~vellingdreasts (a girl).
What your hearts have gained," meaning -XS
/CI"LS
S
.
6;
'
1 dual of
The ankle-joint.
A
.
what your hearts have assented to.",
VIII. To seek after, seek to gain ;
die, a building in forin o f a Cube, and hence
therc secnls to be but little difference in the
the Ka'ba or square temple at Mecca.
- BOP^:^ between the 1st md the 8th fornis; the
(2nd declension) p111r. of
part, act, A
latter like -US may occasionally require to
damsel mith swelling breasts; D.8. Cfr. T. 1,
p, 343, ~zode.
be rendered to deserve ; \,-5 I \,q4&
33 v.
sJS
i3aor.

ix

<

k$

</If

FL 0

,c,

S/G

1'3

S b P

z<
/ / /

C, .4

Q b/

L,&+
,L9

.
d.+c

#Ad

5-

&\4\i

lib

G 9 9 /

PL',

p,li

uw

z~
/

/ '

9 / /

I.

/'

C2-U

b/

L/

JX

- - --

*I

- --- -----

- - - A _ -

( 126 )

aaor.

Jf,

'

0. ?o

hnn a samzent, to witlihold, restxtrdn,

a nuinbem of his countrymen who fled to him

for
protection ; a tradition probably founded
keep back (with ace. and
*.a. fern.
5,
upon the story of Obadiah in the Old TestaA hand. i.:\$ The whole; $g Altogether,
G P 4 P
ment. Jt&A sponsor, surety, b a i l . - 3 11,
vholly, entirely, linipersally ; &,,LA \ hkjg
i>g 9 v. 36, " War with the idolaters tl~rough- same as 3,-37IT. TO malie one answerable, as lq&\ 38 v. 22, " Malie me responout the whole of them,"
sible for her, or commit her into my care."
Lilre,
f 5 aor. a. To turn 6acA (transitive).
$ aor. i. TO be enougl-i, to suffice ; ns
15
equall.
13 v. 43, I t God is sufficient as a wiO
A\;$
A
place
aor, i, To gather together.
ncss," see u ; for the snbstitntion of the pre-.
where things are gathered together.

sl)., 3

8,

5g

aF2' .1 I

,
/

\kSi

(
,

-/ 8

I d 4

position and genitive for the nominative case,

dS aor, i. To eocer; aor, o. To deny-the Grace or
J
I
the existence of God,-to be ungrateful, irnsee D. S. Gr. T.2, p. 65;
is also used with 1
, 2p
CIO
pious or an unbeliever, to disbelieve (with u). a double accusative, as cl?*r]
\ bJI \
1
S& 9
JS and;,%s
ns.a. Infidelity, disbelief, ingratiJ\A\ 33 v. 25, "And God w a a~ sufficient(~1.0tudea w>snn.a.3hnial.
past. act. One
teckr) to the true believers in battle ;" similar
who denies or is ungrateful for benefits received,
instances are found at 2 v. 131 and 15 v. 95; 1
t//r
and
unbelie~er,infidd; P~uE&
en 0 ther usage is with +and J,
thus &,+/ 1
s,,,
9 a PGr9
ipi ; at 57 V. 19 I\U I Gay be hanslated
27
41 v, 53, " it not enough that thy
4f
Husb.andmen," as those who cover over the
~~~d is, etc,; or
act,
;?, as
P
GP
L/
(2nd declension),
seed ; Fern. Plur, i;$S
1
3 v. 120, "Is it not enough for you
n u (C
An ungrateful, disbelieving person.. ;g
that, etc,)j j g for j 1; part,
onewho
S
.' An
P/G
' 3 ' 0 9*
/b,5
Very ungrateful or unhelie~ings
is sufficient for ; a+s d K ! d jl &\ 39 v. 37,
atonement, an expiation, or that which is given
" Is not God a sufficient (prbtector of) his
9 9 0
I
as an
JJ" CamphOr*-~z IT*
To
~ e r ~ m t for
? " the construction see D. 8,
I.
cover over, expiate (with aec. of crime, and
T,2, p. 182.
//bZ
B
& of P ~ Y ~ *IQ*
) *To~make
S one an unnor, i. Ib be weary.
n.s. A heavy burthen,
I
., believey,
d a o a domestic servant who is maintained by
1
B O ~ .0. TO nourish, take care of, bring up for
his master,
B~ no means; known by
another (mith ace,
A portion,
grammarians as a particle of reprimand or
a B e part ;
'~h6l-kQfl, a name
repulsion, in the latter sense it may be rendered
assigned by commentators to a wriety of
"Out upon him or them," and although by
individuals, as Elijah, Joshua, Zachariah, etc,
some it has been interpreted occasionally to
1
According to some the name was given to
mean certainly or aesuredly, others have i n
I
Elijah on account of his loag-continued fasttAese inkances supposed an ellipse; D, S. Gr.
s
ing?
that
being
one
of
the
meanings
of
the
verb
T.
1
,
p.
634,
note.
a noun substantive
l
&
;
or
because
he
ia
said
to
have
maintained
meaning t&ality or ulliversality ; it is always
I

~r

/Go

///

415

;a

Ir /

dt
/

37

99

Y/

b*

5
9

9,

&.P*

wi
/

5u,,'

rO

rC

H~~

are

P-

@r3i

- - - --

127

/ 0 F

9 c,

used with a complement either expressed or li aor, i. To mound. ?W A word; $

,& 7 v.
f
understood, D. 8. Gr. T.2, p. 145, and is then
141, ' 6 By my speaking to thee.,,
c y / &Y_,
,
to Fe translated All, the whole, each, every
and
A word! a decree;
\4
c
one; when the complement is understood it
39
v.
20,
"
The
sentenie
of
punishment
;" a t
takes the tanween and governs alike the sing.
s
)
'
E / P
,
, 55
3 v. 57 the words s \ y &' JJ!
may be hangand plur., thus u k d J.rY
& 5 JS 13 v. 2,
p
,
d
l
*
lated "To 8 like or equal determination;"
(I
Each (one) runs to an appointed goal ;" again
The Word of God, Jesus Christ, who is said
C 9 ~
for ryis vn 569 "And
Moslelns t o be so named, beomse
by
were all (of them) unrighteous."
Aa
was couceived fro111 the word of God alone
often as, how often soever; for its employwithout Father; at 35 v. 11 and elsewhere
nient with the Preterite see D. 8. Gr. T . 1,
is used in the sing, as though it were a collec-

%ilur,

I,'

'4' 3;

A'

\a

OP
~ m I 8 5 ~ ~ n d ~ i t h t h e A o r i s t T * 2 , ~ * 3 3 *t i w n o ~ , tP whG - u
s k + \ \ ~ ~ \ ~ ~ ~ u ~ o
,
/a
masc, and
fern. Both, each of the two ;
him ascends the good word."- S 11. To speak
these words are never used without a deter(witll ace,). &Z
to
n.a. The set of
/G//
minate complement, as \ i & i $ l 7v. 24, "Both
spealcining
to.'/a
r IS^. V,T~ utter a vord,
of them ;" and
\ \$18 v. 31, " Each
of
+),
of the two garde;s," D. 8. Gr. T. 2, pp. 155 u$ imper&. feg. of
qq.v.
and 243.
Kindred, a distant relative.
interrogative conjunctive particle, How mtceil,
a/.1IU; aor. a. To keep safe.
how many, foUowed by
with the genitive ;
H o w long a t i m g followed by the verb, or the
-g aor, o. To sen, a' leathern thong into a 649;
//.L,'
and aor. i. To imitate the barking, of dogs.
verb and the ace. as &+ 3 ~ s
9
One who trains dogs or
23 v. 114, "What number of years have ge
d. A dog.--+
remained 1"
other animals to hunt, N.B. The verb is not
9
affixed maso. pronoun of the 2nd pers. plur. You,
fo~zndin the ii. f,
,g
Note. Each of the Arab
your ; Dual
aor. a. To p u t on a sour or azlstcre looh. z g
f part, act. One who grins and shows his teeth.
pronouns is considered an indeclinable noun ;
-w
D, S. Gr. T. 1,p. 455.
aor. a. To be engrossed fiy an oobject.--L%
11. ,,
5 /(.s
aor. o. To m e r . ?WI plur. of The heath
To compel a person to do anything difficult,
or spathe in which the flowers of the Dateor above his strength (with double ace.); I n
Palm are enveloped, a bud.
the qoriin we invariably find this verb used ,,,
~d.9
J.,d aor. o. To be whole, pegect. &g part. act.
with 5 and f!; at 4 v. 86, i f me read L A G ll
Whole, complete.-ST IV. To perfect (with
we must understand
as the nominative,
ace, of thing and J of pers.) ; to ftdfil,
,
('No soul shall be compelled (to fight) except
complete,
thine own soul," but there are other readings* &
' , &or, a, yo be blind from 6irtA.
(2nd
P
--&lls. part, act. V.f. A troublesome meddler,
declension) D. S , Gr. T. 1, p. 403, Blind from
or a specious pretender.
birth,
c r S P r C l r

'

c$

6
.
-

4 /b

2%

&

. . . . ers
GPb/

$ L,

w c

IA

>

$Y'/

0 .

u.

3 To cover,

a
: ,a

ing," or " he can h a ~ d l yarticulate clearly ;"

D. S. Gr. T. 2 , p . 213.
in$ of any kind, as a reil, shelter, etc.
./$A
S P'..
11. !Po cause
aor. 0 . Tb t ~ i s up
t a
is also the plur. of :\% Idem. ,lyl. part.
/z
to intertwine, or make one thing lap over anpass. Covered orG, hidden, close kept.-Jl
other (wit11 acc, and uL); this seems Lo be
IT. To hide (with ace. and ui).
S 9the literal meaning pf the word at 39 v. 7 ; at
J+ *.a. eomm.
To cut, to be zcng~~atcfr~I.
81 T. 1it may be translated " It is folded up,"
gender, Ungrateful.
as a garment that is laid away ; n parallel
;;i, aor. i. T o h z ~ (a
y ireasare) beneath the eartI ;
passage is found in St. Paul's Epistle to the
to treasure up (with acc. and J).
n.a.
I-Icbrcws c11. 1 v. 12, where the Apostle ia
Plur. J$ A treasure.
5
,
translating tlie lO2ncl P s d m uses the word
w5 aor, i. 5% lie in o eoziert (o clee,*). piis pa~*t.
2 h l f e ~ ~Thou
,
shalt roll or fold them up."
not. That which irides itsclf; Plnr.
A
S
I;yG",a. The not of folding up.
name applied to tlle stars, and especially to
-53 Plnr.
those planets which, from their proximity to d j S To shine brilliuntb (iron).
(2nd declension) A star.
the sun, occasionally hide themselves in his
;I< aor. o. To be, become, liappen, exist; for its
rays.
sLr
influence on the forl~nation of various tenses
d.,
A+cave, owern ; noberbal root.
S
'
/ 22
see D. S. Gr. T. 1,p. 100 et scq. Gg governa
L5,
TObe of aatzue aga,fronz 3.0 to 50. & One
a
its attribute in tlie scc., Ex.
w \1 U,~ ~
of full age, f?om 30 to 50 years old.
uiS nor. a. and o. To g,*opResy, to ire a soothsayer.
iiF$ 2 v, 209, I t Mnnliilid were one people
u+U part. act. A soothsiyer.
or sect;" with the preposition J it signifies
,;EL//
5"
+%s see s$ for
to have, nzihi est, possess ; 6: 1 +J ,\i C
d 3 3.
-5
Initid letters of l l ~ c19th chapter, see
11, ('Ye have already had o, miracle ;" to l~ave
5
. /
/r
Y 9
G Z up/
&$ ~ P ] u P . of
888 +A$.
in one's power, as IB$A A!. uJ $ ,$ 2 v.
4
1
5 aor. o. To d~ipzhout of n &>I. G3$Plur.
105, " They cannot enter tliem ;" also to be
9 /L%
LZ
u?&l
Agoblet vithout spout or handle, n cup.
fit and proper, as w\J~F!
,\S 14 3 v. 73, " It
.,,oiS for J+ aor. a ; &A$
or &;$ 2nd pers. sing.
is not fitting for a &u that;"
3rd pers.
,pret. ibi803 s,5; D. S. Gr, T. 1, p. 242, T o
plor. fern. pret, for
; &?,&;,
and
imps&; to be just on the point of, to want
&, for etc. aorist conditional ; by,$;. 12
L P / /L,S
9
PC,/&?
9,//
but little of, as B kl GL* d>JI dl$, 2 v.
T. 32 for JjQ3 energetic form of aorist, "And
r"J
S
b9 .
19, "The lightning all but took away their
verily he shall be." u\LA place ; ?*;\L10
sigl~t;" when used vith a negative, the negev. 29, "(Remain in) yoor places ;" BeidiiwGe
tion applies to the verb which follows j\i,thus
explains the acc. in this place by an ellipse of
P/b/
b13+, big;;.1 2 v. 66, "And they wanted but
tbe veyb \jiji\
" Remain in," which governs
P
PP,.//r
little of not doing i t ; " ut$ JIQ
3,83 v. 52,
the acc. ; anotllcr explanation is given by De
S
,Lit, "And he mn~itabut little of not articulatsaey, a ~T.. 1, p. 502, dj\& A place, pur..LS

uU\and ~ qpl11~rs.
\ of {:A

coover-

&.is\
$$

?5

a
d'/Y

2%

// /

L /

/b/'

YG'

G$'$

/ /C

- o x ,

r"/

/--

Ti.

,L
;

PT.

L,/

/ /

/ ,

G /

/L,#

/ /

I /

4,
@

9//.

-'/

.a-

?+ &
LP

pose, intention ;
lL
6 V. 135, "Ac,L,-.
cording to yo~lr ability."--u\-bb
X. To
P ,/Ld
huiniliate one's-self; \ , j \ L \ 3v. 140 is thought
by some to be the viii, f. of Jd
.
q.v. and
with the above meaning, the 1 being due to a
or Snturotioil ;
poetic license known as
D.S.GrmT.2,p.497.
/

/ /

F&j

29 aor. i. To cauterize.
ig Lest. iii4 So that not; particles

&f So that.
*

governing tlle subjunctive, D. S. Gr. T. 1,

- p. 202.
ill aor. i. To contrive a stratagem for (with J of
pers.) ; lo plot against (with acc. of pers. or
/

with J
,2)S&.rv. 194 "Devise
.' ) ; ,.+%for
a plot against me," D. S. Gr. T.2, p. 497.
For &A$ 17 v. 16 .and 37 r. 54 see 2:: for
fraud, trick,
2,, ?& n,a. A plot, st~ptiigem,
S
conning, contrivance. +Gpwt. pass. Plotted
against.
d\iaor. i. To clct.
How? in what way? D.
S. Gr. T. 1, pp. 185 a i d 205, and T. 2, p. 33.
aor. i. To measure, measure out to my one
n.a, A mcas~~ring
(with acc, of pers,).
out, a measure or quantity ;s ~ ;12 V. 65,
" A camel's load."
~ i vessel
e in which
things are measured.-jg
VIII. To receive
of pers.).
by measure from (with

SL

g\;in

>

js prefixed

affirmative particle, Verily, surely,

certainly; when prefix& to the article j?the
4
PC
/'i-o/ *
latter loses its f, thus cj.sJJajj, for
J 2
v. 144, "Verily it is the truth." For the
divers applications of j alld the names it
bears in consequence see D. 8. Gr. T. 1, p.
504, see also J.
,
J.- a prefixed prcposition which denotes both the
genitive arid dative cases, meaning To, for,
unto, on account of, in order to, belonging to,
sac G
; ; Aa i5Lexpresses the condition of a
debtor, so does J
.. that of e creditor, thus

/ b I

trust repose their confidence." Abte. When

J is generally
immediately following and
written wibh a jeam j,
and with a fatha j
when preceding any of the affixed pronouns,
as d
l, Pd, etc., the affix of the h s t person
singullas is an exception to this rule, J
, being
written with a iresra ; Like jwhen preceding
the article j T i t causes the latter to drop its 7,
".G3b-J
as
for u . J Y " To the ~ o r d i It
" is fre;',
quently used as 3. conjunction with ail ellipse
ofT ; and then means so that, in order that;
D. 8. Gr. T, 1, p, 477.
c/
,9 / /
2
#...L'He owes me; thus also &L L aC. 2 v. f Not, no ; when followed by the aorist conditional it serves as a negative Imperative,*
216, "What is past sllall be credited to him,"
P/ PC49
i.e. he shall be pardoned ; aiJei, see 8.v. 39 ;
thus L;+
' 55 f 2 v. 256, C C Do not punish 11s;"
When used to deny the existence of a thing
when prefixed to the aorist conditional it gives
(equivalent to
it generally goverus the
it the force of anbImpcrative, as ,+?k)
4
accus. which then loses its tanween, as irz the
u,L5,a\
1 12 v. 67, " And on him let those who

4,:

u,

4
.%

uL

$//A/

b/.-4

A)

PUN,'

17
*

a\

4 s

Angelic Glory, or the Heavenly Mission.

words ~ k l !l\
f " There is no Deity but
5
LUzj n.a. Confusion. vJ aor. a. To wear,
God;" for the exceptions to this rnle see D. S.
S
Qr. T. 2, p.63 et sep.; is so~netimesredundant
put on; be clothed in. >\*$
A' garment,
P
4 9
'
35 v- 20 ; so also when
or ~leonastic;
4 16 v. 113, "The extreme
olotlling ;
\
colnlnencing n form of oath ; Examples of this
of hunger ;" a hunger which closes them in
occur at 56 v. 74 and at 75 vv. 1and 2, where
on every side like n vesture.
A coat of
9 LS
the words ?,l U must be translated "I swear ;"
mail.
on the other hand an ellipse of the negative is
T~ eat nzllch,. and
yo
id
. g,c
3
to be observed at 12 v. 85, see W and ji for
in milk. ufj
Nilk,
//Ti
> I \ ; D. S. Gr. T.1, pp. 167 and 516, also T. 2, 'G
-1 aor. 8. and i. To 6e obstinately litjious, to perpp. 413, 452, 400,2nd 563.
Neither, nor.
%
sist obstinately (wit11 u$)). A great body
,Ls,.
S 9
see LL-.
of water.
Vast and deep (sea).
-.c '
+1
see c+.c.
d aor. a. T o f i e to. F , ,~ n.a. A place of refuge.
fl%~S
To send; this verb is not fonnd in the prirnia receptacle~or
a corpse in the
BOr. a, To
./S
/,%
tive form. ~7iL
spelt also L
tG,Plur. L<~L
IV, To deviate from
side of a
An angel, see
that which is lawful and right, to put to a
9s

l./

t,d
/

42

,,

3'

&
'

//

aliouid

$lx

(,9//~13/

NH

68,

$82,
]I U

id

2929

To glitter, shine. d
,
$
gneric noun, Pearls,
perverted use, sot profanely towards (with
large pearls,
s5) ; at 16 v. 105 it may be rendered " They
s /CE
3
1102. 0. TO?'e??lailzi7'2 a ph~13. -14
\ pll.lr. of
wickedly incline towardsJ' (with ;\),
:&\&
'
s p
&I The heart, understanding, intellect.
n.a. Profanity,-&b
noun of place VIII. f.
aor. a. To delay, tarry, sojourn (with 2 or
A place of refuge; D. 8. Gr. T. 1, p. 305.
9
'with Gf of following verb).
part. act.
&or. a. To cover with a c l o a h . - ~ l r ~n.a.
~
G/c
,
f'. I m ~ o n u n i t ~ e
One who tarries.-clli;.
V. To tarry, remain
aor. 8. TO overtake, reach, nttaiu unto (with
in a place (wit11 u).
c
JIJ aor. o. To remain in aplaee. +I Much (wealth).
+).--dl
IT. To join to or unite with an,
50
e-plfir, of
That which is close paded
other (with acc. and uof pers.).
lihe a lio?z's mcone, and hence A dense crowd,
aoa. o. To estahlishf;r~&; and nor. a. 5%feed
2i L/
5
V"+ aor. i. To cover, cloak, obscure (with ace. and
mithJEesA.
n.a. Plur.
Flesh.
U) ; to mystify (with double acc.) ; to fender
aor. a. IZ,incline t o ~ o r d sany one.
n.a.
,
a thiug obscure and conft~sedto anotl~er(wit11
A vicious pronullciation.
aco. of thing and
of pers.) ; this appears
LS
aor.' a. D. C1. Gr. T. 1, p, 250, To h a ~ Aa tree.
'
to be the true rnenning of the word at 6 v. 9,
+r!The beard.
w
c
c,:$L
I+b " And w e mould certainly 5al, aor, o. To hold a?$ altercation with a q one.
have obscured for them that which they themijplur. of %f for gdf (2nd declension) Very
selves rendered obscl~reor confused," viz. The
contentious, fond of q~iarrelliug.
srrc. g

&'

G$
/

.--f J

%q

dd

/"

1 &+

s/9

4%

F~

ff

&

+
~r r

2'

<r

z be//

c I/

u ~ I 30 6e soft and dencjele,.. ,AC! 9.' altllougll properly

a nonn, is always employed as a preposition,
P/
L
At, iear;.-with ; ud U? Prolll before, from
the presence of, from ; D. 8. Gr. T. 2, p. 154.
L5$ and ; \
Prepositions said by De Sncp to be
only different forms of z i j q.v. ; their meanc. ? /
ing is the same, but whereas ,&in the Iioriill
. is always found preceded by ?:, rvitll and
this is not the case.
C,

Hell-fire ; This ~voriiappears to be of the ~econd

declension as being s proper nome and o f tho
feminine gender, otllernise the G'l~eing rudict~l
it would llnve been mrittcu iSLi!,
indeed the
noun of action of the verb is so written, see D.
S. Gr. T.1, p. 404 ; or it lnay be, that couling
at the end of s verse at $0 r. 15 it is put by
,
poetic license for G k l . - L 5 ~ ~V. TO blaze
fiercely,
aor. s. To slaver, ns an i~fant;and -51 %no.a.

is

Lss

.
I
.

ij nor. a. To find agreeable, take pleasure in. lsG,

/,+

EL!Pleasure,

GYj aor.
.-

0.

delight.
To stick closely.

l o play, sport, trifle (with $).

S

+XU

s t . act.

Playing, play, sport.

+?Y

"

.
I

k r J n.a.

pwt. net. Rport-

ing, one who jests.

1 n.a. 3d Pcrhnps, one of those particles which are3said
3
i " ~
by gmmmarialis to reselnble serbs ; like &\ it
111. f. Death, the day of Judgment, as ensuing
governs the noun follo\ving in the accus, ; it is
of necessity ; at 20 v. 129, and at 25 v, 77,
frecpentlg used with ;he attisod
as
we have instances of the nonn of action used
5,
,
2 2 , &<.LA P&haps I, perllaps thou, eto.
acljectively 1
29 for
D. 8. Gr. T.2, p.
.see Ms.
280 ; I t may also be translated an abiding

Adhesive.
nor. 3. To be assid~oz~s,
sticW close to.-

/-

\'

a//

Gj$,

punishment.--;$F
IV. To a ~ firmly
x
(wiih
do~lbleace.) ; to compel one to do a thing, as
/pP P
\+;-El
11v. 30, ( I DO we conipel yoa to
L

/ 3aor. a. To clrize spay, curse. 3 n.a. and

&kj A ourre. > j part. act. One who curses.
,c P L / .
uj& p a ~ t pass.
.
ACCLI~S~~.

LS

(accept) i t ?"
aor , o. Yo seize one C-y the tollgzse. !
,I;

,*

+R!

.-.-

see

aor. a. and o. To Bc grcat2y fcbtiyztecl. GJJ

n.3. Weariness.
gend. Plur. +J \ A tongue, language, speech ; I
.2
0
'
.
a. To p a e vain
j
& L;&!
19 v. 51, Lit." A lofty tongue 14 aor. o. To speak; and &.J
;
i n.a. Vain discourse, 3 trifling nrord
words. ,
. of truth," i.e. " High and trntllf~~l
praise ;" a
d- - '
or inconside~ntcIanngnage, A,+% Vain or obscene
similar expression is found at 26 v. 84.
3%or.O. TO dram near ; and &g aor. 0. 2% GH (discourse).
o. To be $hie& and cntct~2yled (trees).
fie thin, f i e . d&j Gracious, kind, sllarp- u;J aor,
5
d U \ Trees thickly planted and vith intersigllted, acute, one who understands mysteries;
.-a//
A mingled crowd.lacing Boughs.
L&~PA
name of G O ~ . - ~ L V.
L TO act
-5. VIII. To bc joined-one
thing to anmrit11 courtesy and gentleness ; at 18 v. IS it
other (vith (9.
wotzld seem to mean Wit11 cleverness, see
aar. i. To ~ C ~ Z L Eturn
,
aside (with ncc. and
&Ij.
~ ~ ) . - -VIII.
~id
To jturn or look (bnclr).
' t ~ jaor, a. TO 61age.
f m . (2nd declension)
L r
*
9,

comm.

-&

c.%

//

SL'

ded

a\

f&.,

//b

p n o r . a. To bum, scorch.

&z

7'o castjorih, utter.

To diminish.--$fl IV. To find.
Plur. uk.ji A liickname ; no verbal root in
the arirnitive form.
CLOT, i.

-d

5 , C - E

,$-I
C

d\?j
9"

To impregnate (the fcmale PnZm-tree).

zf

/ /

(2nd declension) plur. of

part. act. That
wl~icll renders pregnan t or fecundates ; an
epithek applied to tlie winds, as by their instrumct~tnlitytllc clouds nresaid to be rendered
pregnant with min, and tElc female Palm-tree
is imp~egnntedwith pollen from the male.
Shakspeare puts the idea in a so~nervhatdifferent form.
'L
When wc h n ~ e1,z~zgIicclto see the sails conceire,
Ancl grow big-bclliccl pith tho wanton mind."
iVid~z~rnt~zcr
ATight'8 B ~ ~ e a n z .

G' To grrtkei..-!iZj'i

VIII.
hnppen on, light
upon, also to pick up.
d$aor. a. To c a t d 2cp hjo.rietlZy; in the &ol&n
it may be tTnnslnted to swallorv up quickly.
9

/C.P

aor. o. To obstrzdet (a path). u \ ~ j(2nd declension) LoLrmdn, an Arab sage, to whom the
<.-L.
origin of &sop's fables is a s c ~ i b e d . - - ~ ~VIII.
!
To swallow a mouthful.
aor; rt, To meet, meet with, see; to suffer
/

i?). g q

from, experience (with acc. and

n,n.a.
s
see iii. f.
9 for C5$U part. act. One who
meets with. g@
n.a. A meeting; 3@q To4 : -4.
wards;
'W;' ~2 10 v. 16, "Of my own
accord."--2 11. To cast upon, shed over (with
C-G?
3/9,
double aec.); u\2.di # 27 v. 6, "Verily
thou nrt gifted with the Ko~tin,"or "it is shed
t~poilthee from above ;" D. S. Gr. T. 2, p.
124 ; somemhnt s i m i l ~ rendering
s
ia required
fl

4*f

L.

-9

iii/p

at 25 v. 76 and in other places; iakk;, \";, 41

v. 35, "And no one shall be granted it," viz.

such a disposition ; BeicJhwee aupplies the
J
,,*
ellipse by the sords i?f+
* ~~+.->$III,
To meet witli. 3% n.a. of both 1st and 3rd
forms, A meeting, a11 occurring ; the words
d-4 33 v. 23 are variously understood ;
they may refer to the giving of the Lnw to
Moses, the giving the Ei;or&uto Nohammad, 01%
to tlle meeting between &Iosesand Mobammad,
fal~leclto hare taken plnce on the oct:asion of
the famous night journey to the 6th Eenven,
..i;for S2. ,L. part. act. One
meets;
c/p%;z
, ! \3- pJI 2 v. 43, " That they are about
to meet their Lord;" &:;\
is here put for
P / g
:
as being the antecedent to $
; D. S.
Gr. T. 1, p. 416.-G%? IV. To throw, cast,
throw down, send down, shed (with acc. and
/.+,u?;9J.G, or j:,or with nee, and of
pers.); to cast forth, utter, throw out a, sng- gestion, aa at 22 v. 51 ; to offer, lnnlre an offer,
as yW\ rS+l,W! $7 ;
;
!4 v. 96, '(To him who
offers yon the salutation ;" used also with JL

i2

/C

a,",

ax4

j
l

/L/

'

'$

49,'L3

62

of pem. and L) of t l l i ~ ~as

g , at 60 V. 1; 41,
.
l 50 V. 36, '' Or who gives ear ;" +U
27 v. 25, "And throw it," for +j-Yfi D. S. Gr.
T.1, p. 460; The dun1 1 3 7 at 50 v. 23 is
probably addressed to "the driver and the
/..
witness" spoken of at v. 20;
\:8L' 3
,
I
2 v. 191, " Neither ~nalreyour own
hands accessory to your destruction ;"
/La

tGJ
/

b-,

(C

-0

y;d

LJ'

,,,FL$

~13.-

YCl9

p.4:

CI9 / 9 ~ %

in the passage has the meaning of Cu.S\, the

r"

is sx~perffuous ; D. S. G1.r. T, 2, p. '55.

L+
9

9 L'P

LA,* for u+Lp u t . act. One who i k m w or

s*ends down.--L. V. To meet; t o receive or
, bs 9 < G $ f l # t
leasn (witb acc. and
;
a\

sd*)
(,P

1(1'

f/bG,/

for ~ J i b S24 v. 14, "When ye receive it with

form, it ia used when speaking of past events;
your tongues (one from anotller)" by asking
according to sowe cornulentzltors it is occaqnelabout it ; there are a. variety of
sionally found in the sense of j\ Except, un,,a,
different readings; u L i L ~I u2k?, i\b50 v. 16,
lesa, thus &j\L4&-W y.G f u\ 86 V. 4,
Lit. "When the two learners learn ;" the
where if \, is held to be for u\ and the
meaning is said to be, When the two guardian
of
t o be redundant, the sen,se will be
c
angels note down a man's vorcls or thollghts,
Verily every soul has of a surety a Guardian
I (God) am aware of them beforehand. w&~lj.over it ;" with this reading mould appear
,
,
s ? / / / C
to stand for & jor rather ;1
according
dual part. act. v. sz~prd.-JU for j X >1i.a. VI.
to others, as above mentioned, the construction
f. D. S. Gr. T. 1, p. 111, A meeting one with
4,b/
is the same as if the words were q" 5i L:,Ib
another; at 40 v. 15 g\lsli r2i "The day of
G
4
b/
&j\;
4
.
j
f
U
%
I , the particle \; having here a
Judgment," is for &L!\ ?>;, tlie final 3,not
negative meaning, see
; in the above and
being pronoi~ncedbefore the 2:;nt the end
in severnl otller instnnces, stich ws 3.1 v. 113,
of the verse, is omitted; D. B. Gr. T. 2, p. 496.
36 v. 32, and 43 v. 34, it is undecided whether
-$\
VIII.
To
meet,
meet
one
another.
B
sllould be spelt mith or mithout the teslinor. a. To sysalr bad Ambic.
and
deed, see L; it is Aequently followed by
G
But, still, nevertheless. u$-I in the same way
5
Q
z
AltogetliC, entirely. yJ n.a. That which
as
and\ , takes the affixed pronouns after
93
is near; hence Slnall Fiullts, 8s being tllose
it, as u&J a~$.l But I, but he, etc.; in like
which are near being sins, without being quite
manner also it governs the accus. of the qoon
so ; the word in*this sense may be regarded as
following ; for the exceptions to tllis rule see
a generic noun.
D, 8.Gr. T. 2, p. 62.
, Q%(.
s Q%
aor. a. To give a glance with the eye.
n.a.
ut;\,&j see u\,\,
rt. Clf for 4J.
c,
b
,
The twinkling of an eye.
pi Not, and Not yet, when prefixed to the aorist,
P
/:
nor. o. and i. To miah, defame. a)J A slanderer.
govern
it
in
the
conditional,
and
generally
1
9
aor. o, and i. To feel mith the $and, pry into
give it a past signification ; De Sscy says they
tile secrets of.--&j
111. To tou&, ]lave ingivc to the aorist the s a ~ l value
e
in point of
tercourse
vitll,
as
at
4
V.
4 0 . - - 3 ~VIII. TO
time, as the preterite woulil have had if thc
seek for.
proposition had been affirmative ;
Not yet
C/
&ems to be frequently used indifferently for J Not, by no means, governs the aorist in the
subjunctive and with a future signification.
; i t is evidently composed of and G,the
s
~,/3
+.%J Flaming fl1.e.
r'i?
nor.
a.
T
o
8Zaze.
latter being ~cdnndnut; For \A \ ,
Lb\,
/,//

p 4

xcr,

Q,

G 0

3AP

,
,
'
/

3;

//

"

/bF

r9

:I

&.I

ig :
y

b,

&

Tji

3.

//

r-

/ //

(I/

7.

+\,

//

iT

&.;j Aboo Lahctb, an uncle of J I o ~ a m m a d .

etc. see f ; for i% When v.
,,,a
an &.$ nor. a. To hang out the tongue (a dog).
aor, o. 3'0 assemble, collcck, to be near.
.
/.-L.Z
J nor. n. To yu@ do?rnfoud.-nilverb meaning When or after
tllnt,
tvould
S
r:
' r k,II IV. TOinspire
ouc with (wit11 double acc.).
appear lo bc the noun of action "1ia an advcrbinl 1
/

I0

SL/

am,0. To play. ni n.a. A plaything, toy, sport,

.'
amusement ; +,;d \ $31. v. 5, " The amus
ing story," i.e. a certain amusing story, or the

4/b-

amusingu stoiyv(with'which thou art acquainted).

*
j $ for &j D. S. G-r. T. 1, p. 330, part. act.
LY9
:,
+el .21
i v. 3,
One who sports or jests; +$
U

p y

r"l
"Jesting in their hearts ; for the construction
"

latter by the preterite ; in this sense it is

usually translated Will ye not? or hare they
P
L.9 9,q0</ q , r "
,;y
.
not c etc.
fix.
(CW L U I ~ F M ! .y
27 v. 47, "Will ye not ask pardon of God,
perhaps ye might be graciously accepted."
This and many similar passages could be
easily explained by an ellipse, still retaining
for
its original meaning- of unless; but the
grammarians and cornrnentators prefer the
analysis above given, D. 8, Gr. T. 1, p. 529.
&f aor. o. To give a reply w h i d mas not called
for. &$ It i 8 not ; grammarians are not'
aglSeed on the subject of this word, according
to some it; is an indeclinable verb, whilst others
consider it aa a, kind of feminine form of the
P 6 LS
adverb i; D. 8. Gr. T. 1, p. 262.-uXJ
I (2nd
declension) Allht, a female Idol of the Pagan
Arabs.
aor, o. To u p e a r (a! star); to cause one to
9
5 /(cS
dange colour. I Plm. cI,l \ n.a. A broad table
an

rn

u~-~
/

_P+~CCC

see D. 8. Gr. T. 2, pp. 79, 197, and 270.dbs

&\.I\ IV. To occupy, amuse
; to divert from
$//
(with acc. and u~).-Gd$~ V. TObe unmindful
of, or careless of (with.);;
'; for tho difference between ;
jand \; see
when immediately followed by a noun the
particle is interposed as at 7 v. 94, D. S.
Gs. T. X, pp. 131 and 561; w i t h 2 at the
hnxd of a sentence y e have sometimes an
ellipse of tlie correlative proposition called by
. ,.G
,
grammarians bjA\ 1 u \ ~an,instance occurs
at 21 v. 40, where the sense map be well
CJ
rendered in English by g. similar ellipse, " If
Oar plank.
verbal adjective of intensity,
they did hut know the time," etc. 2 ; ~ l t h o u ~ h .
, .+//
9',
D. 8. Gr. T-1, p. 322, Darkening the colour
Unless, as d i i ~ ~ ~ ~L l B11 T.~93,
(with J of pers.).
" Had it not (beeu for) thy family surely we
aor. o. To seek the protection of. $
: ;?.a. The
had stoned thee;" in this ae in numerous
act of flying for shelter.
other in~jtstncesthe predicate is nnderstood,
b]l mr'. 0. and i. To 6e jxed2in the ufictions.
indeed this ellipse is customary in
proper name*
mr1iere\oeconfusion .is likely to arise in conSPS9
*
302,
sequence ; someti~nesalso there is an ellipse J-YA pearl, see 1
of the correlative proposition, as for extlmple >iaor. a. To blame a peHon for anything (i~rith
S
at 24/</v. 10, w h r e we rnayunderctand the word
of pers, and
of tiling),
~l~~~~
G9
5
reproof. r'+il part. act. One who finds fault.
C"& "Verily he -would have exposed your
wickedness ;" another instance may be found
adjective
of intensity,
" - D. Ei. Gr. T. 1
-, p.
-.
I J
"
at 48 v. 25, see
322, One who is constantly blaming others,
.,
,
or accusing himself; the words F1,A 1 p.ir;l I
is ale0 used as a particle of instigation oT repriln~nd,being followed in the forat 75 v. 2 m e among other intespretationa ra3 9 ,
~ C cme
F by n v e ~ bin the ztoraist, and in the
,fe~redto the soul of Adam. p,Ln D. 8. Gr.
La

;I;

z?

- -

L0

cg

/b,

c]

/ /

&3

fl

$*)

2;.

Yj

/ ;lr

(
1w
w

f.,,
- w

vY

135 )

Jfor & 1t wag

1.) P*3299 part- Pass*Blamed, reprehensible,

part. act. IT. f. Deserving of blame.--

--9:

=
-\%

/LS

/ /

Or

4IL);

Ls

~'4'
)4
'"
u vgY2,
x

L-r)

c, F / r

J.

9c~/

%g

((

They pervert the Scripture wit11 their

tongues ;" this word is by some spelt
or
,9Lp
b
.

&;

2,-

The act of twisting or perverting.--$J

11. To turn aside.
aor. i. Yo hinder.-A; or
\; is called by
grammarians a particle of desire, and may be
rendered I wish, would that, or woulcl to God !
731
i t is one of those particles which, like wI, req ~ ~ i rthe
e noun following to be in the accus. ;
it takes the affixed pronouns as
etc.;
it saema probable that this word is of Hebrew
origin ; D. 8. Gr. T.1, p. 536, ~zote.
C51 n.a.

not, is n i t ; a degative
used only in the pieterite, D. 8. Gr. T.1, p.
262 ;
is one of those verbs known as
,-'
F ,-/S
I
or sisteq of ;\i, which govern
the attribute in the accusative ; D. S. Gr. T,
2, p. 60.
comrn. gend. generic noun, Night, also the
civil day from sunset to sunset; Plur. x~om.
and gen. JUfor
and
act,
By nigll D, 8, Gr, T,1, pp, 402 and 410 ;
5
see also , t
noun of unity, A
5'
night
L E
Lest, for B u\J ; at 57 v, 29 the $ of
iis
73s
said to be redundant,
must therefore be
translated "That they may know ;" D. S. Gr.
v
T. 2, p. 490, note.,
,,
aor. i. To be oy become soft ; to be mild tow~sds
,-

(;;\&lr~,
-!I
blame
&one another.
5 rc.Z
P l ~ r wb-l\
.
Golour, external fonn, species ; no
I?
/c.
verbal root; aj5.U \*
16 v. 13, " Of different colours;" D. S. Gr. T. 2, pp. 79, 197,
and 270.
dJaor. i. To twist, pervert, turn baolr (with acc.

2,

13

,a

2~2,

is

F,4

,-,b

s -r

(with J). g?.. A hind of Palm-tree.

,
Soft, gentle.-ul I IV. To soften (wit11 J) ;
h3 for
34 %. 10, "We rendered soft."
a+

4%

a?

r.
G

for ;1 q.v.
conjunctive pronoun, That which, which, that,
what, whatsoever, as, in such a manner as, as
9 6 9
much as, as far 8s; G A ~ 5 V. 117, ((As
r
long as I remained ;" \n l
h 2 v. 24, " A
of any kind
;"
does
notasarulerefertoreasonablebeings,but
instances to the contrary sometimes occur,
&9/
,g
L; \,?$b4 v, 3, ( 4 Then marry
thus y~
as may be agreeable to you;"
such
i t is used in the formula of admiration,
Q.-4

bra/

CP

//c3

fyl 2 v. 170, "How great will be their

sufferings ;" it is one of those pa$icles which
in conditional propositions govern the verb in
Gs
the conditional mood ; when affixed to uI,
'
and such like particles, it destroys the effect
which they have of putting the noun following
themintheaccusative; itisfr@quently&
mere expletive, see at when placed between
a preposition and its complement it is in-

>I,

'

.$CON

,,flG/

variably so, Ex. $ l cr?, ,$A=-- & 3 p.. 153,

" For by the mercy of God;" When used

,I'

136 )

,Jh
h

.-e
/

C"

ace.)
V. To enjoy, delight one's-self,
interro~ntivelyafter a prefixed preposition the
\ is gene~nllyomitted, t l ~ u s&? for \&, for
pass one's tilne agreeably
+J or &);
i",
.'
G
G
,./&?
.*
/<
~j or
for \n ur etc.;
an
a
u
i
;
u~
2
v
192,
"A
he
$60
passes
I
- J '
<G
instance of' vhot i$ kuawn as y a m L; see
his time in the delights of visiting the temple
,.
of M o c c a . " - - ~ ~ ;I~;.To enjoy, derive pleac++ ; For its influence on the temporal value
of rerbs see D.8. Gr. T.1, p. 180 et sep., see
sure or advantage from (with +).
'
-;.a 9
*
also p, 537 et seq,
LL flee 'i'.
.
2
'
6
L: is also a negative adverb, Not ; in general @ s e e ? .
.
it dellios a circumstance either present, or if ,P"
S
&z4 To be strong, rolust. u<nStrong, powerful.
IJWL, bti t little remote from the present ; like
L,: ,;orr. o. To lnovs quichly, c5:* inter~ogative
jit governs the attribute in the accus, thus
particle, When ?
'
3
LL+ li; L; 12 v. 31, " This is not a man; "
p93~dsee ,,+A>.
for the exceptions to the above rude see D. S.
'
<
,
,~ls.~ see cij.
Qr. T. 2, pa413.
Similitude, likeness,
& &or, 0. To be lib.
21; see ah for 9.
I
like, similar, eqt~sll,ns much as, the same as ;
+L* see L+\\ for
&.Ji L . In like manner; r72k~23 v. 11,
a 9 ,
p? L* (2nd declension) Mago& a tribe of barLit."Two equivalents of them ;" the meaning
bsrians from the borders of the Caspian Sea ;
is that the Idolaters thougllt the number of
see Rev, ch. ss, v, 8.
their enemies to be twofold that of their own
3
z 4
+J< L* see vJ\.
emen ; so also at v. 159, where
refers to
P
P )
CA~L* (2nd declension) &Idroot, name of a rethe advantage obtained by the true believers
at Bedr Being eq1xt1 to double their loss at
bellious angel, who for his disobedience is said
S /tS
Ol~od. &.* Plur. jhl Like, a likeness,
to be suspended by the heels at Babel.
'Ye,
ecpivalent, similitude, comparison, parable,
u,~Ld see ,,p~.
/;,
JZ
figure of ~peeeli; an example as at 43 v. 56 ;
~3jh
see &,\.
4 ~ 5 9/ 4
9
.
'
.
'
S ,
s2
&
d
1.!d3 30 v. 26, "And His is the
dL nor. E. To eztend,
5
or $
b
: for Gy A
most exalted si~~$litude,"i.e. H e is above all
hundred.
/ , /'
comparison;
2 a. 24, "Any kind of
-*.
see jL for;j.
c.5
parable ;" D. S. Gr. T.1, p. 539. ,k.\
Fein.
u,z,*
see Lj9.
9
L (2nd declension) Most distinguished,
S /'P
L5
+LA-* part. act. vi. f.
q,v.
thus JdI
f 20 V. 66, " Your most dis'/,
3 ' 4
nor. a. To 6~ adaalzced (fAe day). tbHousetinguished nobility," see
A puui~hhold stuff, utensils, gaods,
chattels,
provision,
ment to be talren as an example.
(2nd
t:.,~5 0 6
convenience ; PInr.
11. To suffer
declension) plur, of
An image, statue.'C /.to live; tq permit one to enjoy (vitli ace. of
,JL
Y.
j. TO seem like to any one (with ace.
pers. and L+) ; to bestow freely (with double
and of pere.).

<&

& '

or

$ x,

Id

/ G /

I
/
/
/
/

B,,

,r

'J

-/

/ /

$*//

/ < Z

C /

Sy

/ / /

&,IC

CI

7.1

5
'

H Z /

L ,

&b

G/CI

<sb

I,

&..,'<?

3,

/C,'L

of's

'L,

er

/C,P&P3/

.-e

J\&z

,-

&I.
k

Jtgz

/C.

'5
a l , ~fur q.9,. D. 5.Gr. T. 1, p. 118, see df.

56

/ / /

aos. O. TO excel in glory. ++; Glorious,

g~oi*8ed. .
9 ? /
yuJe (2nd declension) collective noun of Persian
o$gin, Magi or fire-worshippers.
ps" aor. a. To Tun srjij?ftly ( a cleer).-wr*
11.
To prove, try.
iizdaor. a. To destroy utterly, deprive of blessing,
as a t 2 v, 277.
&$To inform against any ona 8eJore the Iiing.
yG-7 n.a. Iirazcd, power.

+
&

/ / /

.
1

;R part. act. One who assists.

5 ; ~
9

/ /

u-b

/<L Y

i;&C part, xi. f, OE

'

flt9" see @IS-for

5 / G 9
d

Jk

aee

*". ,
//

IC

J
for J+.
\i

>\s
s+.\i
5

nor. a. i. and o. To churn.

c,olleotive
notul, The pains of child-birth.
a
h aor. o. To stretch forth, extend, stretch, draw
out (with ncc. or u
and J of pers. or
of
,
'
place); to cause to increase or abound (with
5
acc. of pere. and I_Sj,)) as at 2 v. 14.
n.a.
P I c.6 4 9 /
The act of extending, ete. ; e..\
al JA.++
\k19 9, 76, "To him let the
Merciful grant
s//
An additional
an extension (of dys),77
/

,,Q

0
,,

-.

.-.

sion ;" i> adverbidly, Once ; cJ$>

or vb>
Twice, as f6'
T jL!1 2 v. 229, " Divorce (is
permitted you) rtmice."
Gall, under-

,,

1
Pz /

$'GI

standing, as at 53 v. 6. r\
(2nd dedension)
2' ,', 9
comp. form, More bitter.---+-+ part. act.
X. f. That which is transient, also powerful ;
either interpretation may be employed st 54
v. 2 ; at v. 19 it is by some rendered bitter,
b y others grave or heavy ((misfo8une).
nba.A
aor. a. Tos Zle wllolesome (food).
man.
Easy of digestion, wholesome,
",
salutary ;
GT, or With easy diges5
\ A&.
,!;:\
D. S. Gr.
tion. 2!.PL Gen*
A woman, a wife;
T.I , p. 398, A man.
both this and the preceding word are written
with Wtt[ila when not commencing a sentence.

.
S
.a

9 G N

A space of
part. pass.

//

\p,

q>

Slt.

G P G 0 6 1

help, auxiliary. J\A? Ink, a*

d
time, an ttllottecl period. +A-

zi

>

-9

Jl

fl

q.v.

$,

a. T'o plozb.qh tAe rvuues.

(2nd
B
declension) plur. of
fern. part. act. That
which ploughs the waves with a dashing noise.

/ / 0

r /0

>;

// 0

ZOP.

>J"

A*

,/

08-

Jd

.-

see 5.

-/

for d,$.
nor. o. To pass by (with J
,s
.
or y);
pass on,
6
go
- (with 4').
n.a. The act of possing away.
/.;a
One lime, turn; a f . j
:
\At first, themfirst
*"
,,Q/
65
time ; &,$ JS >,6 V. 58, On every occa-

and a. To obliterate, blot out, totally

abolish.
Q

LG
aor. a.
F G .

z\.-

(2nd declension) A city, Medina.

Fern.
~t.2h
Of or belonging to BIedina, revenled at
? fb'
Medioa.
u ! ~ (2nd
*
declension) Midian,
name of a city nnci tribe of Isejhz,
5
..+
,

ueaor. a. 3'0 ~trike.--~d.*! QIII. To try ; to

s

*21

0'6

dispose (with aec. and J). ue.*

part. pass.
One who is tried or examined.

&,?G ??lui*.

To ~ e m a i ni ~ za place.

ui+tsee w\d
0

NC/

J:h
see >d.

/ ' /

Extended, extensive,-JGY part. pass. 11. f.

FVidely extended.--$:?
IT. To bestow, assist,
cause to abound (with ace. of pers. and c~ or

~
/

/0

/fA?

'

//

LSee e
J iJ!
for
, +ij*
aor, o. To smd (cattle) to pastzdre, to let loose.

(L

18
C
I

( 138 )

rn .n)

kJ

Fiw free from smoke.

fl

c2
:&:SSmall
i
pearls;
U

Conftlsed.

&&

'

touch.--,,Ln
n.8. 111. f. Mntud contact;
$20 O, 07, "Touch me not," D. S. Gr.
T. 2, p. G3.-v*1*j VI. To toucll o d another.
/ L P
..part. act. s. f. ofJk f o ~ ~ b .

&\&
or it may be coral.
8 ,/
am. 8. To bc joyful, elated. , Insolence ; 5
rp LpH.-y In a sancy,'insolcnt manner.
CJ
*
tJ,G"*
p a y t o llMsa*
s*f. of "L3
J,~W
am. 0. To wtoislen (61*cird)i~aordm to soften
"
,- ,
aor. a. To nipc, pass the hand o r e s anything
it: to be obstinate (with &).
$,
J ~ ;pnrt. set. dhCl*
C
S
One vrho is obstinntcly rebellious. ~ \ ~ ~ inu o~derto wipe it (with u of thing) ; to
S L Y
66/ 9
snzitc with a S I ~ O P ~ . -* n.a. The act of*
Obstinate in rebellion.-by psrt, pass. 11. f.
f9
smiting with a smurtl. e,4jif
The Nessiab,
~endesedsmooth.
s
Lit.Tlle Anointed.
n.a. Illness, siokncss, dis, G ~To be ill. w+,
bP
4
9
c
ease, infirmity. Li;Je Plgr. &I. Sicl:, ill. P** nor. n. To change, traiisfoym ; &z P I=
C,
,LZ
rL$i.Cq 36 v. 07, "T'eril we could have transn generic noun, Flint-sto~zes. G2in!\ El BLnmws,
dl
formed tliem in their places; " so that they
name of a mountain near Mecca.
L
should ]lave remained without power of motion.
31. mrr.i. To press the tents in nzillring. 4i/,
g / /
aor. 0, TO twist (a rope) stro?zy&. h
.A do~ht.-~;L: 111. To dispute with one concoir.
ceining a thing (with ncc. of pers. and u l ~ Twisted fibres of the Palm-tree,
3 L
comm. gend.
or i, of thing). ST> n.;. The act of disput- L<- To take/ 3hold of.
.-,~ ~ ~ s h . - - ~ 11.
< - TO hold fast (with I).ing, n d i s p n t n t i o PI.
~ To doubt conL2
L<...-\
IV. To hold, take, catch hold of, hold
cerning s thing (rrith L + ) ~ - - ~ ~ :VIII.
L
To
,"
P
fast, withhold, keep baclr, hoid up, retain.
doubt of (with ,j or uof thing). <&
;
for
6 / " Y
11 .a. Tlle act of retaining, etc.
d~
part. act. One who doobts.
'
'
part, act. One who -withholds, e t c . - k !
$J* (2nd declension) Mary.
27 .X. To take hold on, hold fast (wit11 v ) .
That which is mixed
E3nor, a. To nzk. E$;-?
C+u fd P part. act. One who holds fast.
with rpirze,
9 ,lip
a camel, to
nor. o. To vipe out tAe tltenls
i h ? * ~ e c I+-.
LE
g . t / P
'
come in the eoening.---\
IT. To be or do
part. net. of "cj3.j9,.'
"zTJ
angthing in the evening, as L,w 30 v.
/t P
XJ~" part. pnsa. viii. f. o f ~ q.v.
j
16, "At eventide." Note. L..or cs"n is one
-3
d> aor. i.To iea?*.--~> TI. To scatter, disperse,
p
.-/z
SQ0 P
of those verbs know11as ij)\S u\,bl, D. S. Gr.
tear in pieces. G>M Time or place of scatT.2, p. 60.
tering, etc.
-13 P
s~L'P
mMd
seeJ'"
L.
J2
see
j.LGj.
,n"
s
L.s
s
To mingle. ,\A.~\
plur.
of
u3To go i?z the same direction as another. kO+L
C
- Mingled.
Cs
Cloud.
~Ls.+ see t < i .
0
Q
am. 8. and o. To touch, befall.
".a, A GiLn aar. i. To walk, go, proceed (with & or cs2
r

4
.,

/'/ /

$/t/L

/ P

/C

!lav*

f r

<L

fl

/,

/--

5b

'&

,.Ad

/,,

/C,

/
./

H ,

/ /

/,

Rfd

a\;)

,+

&z

/L/L

P/G/

fdr

c;

/L,

?fd{

// /

/ / r

,--d

,-0/

+*du

,
(
,

\IJ /

..'(

Ls"

!Aq*

139 )

* .
S

of place). u&d n.a. The act of wallii~~g,

wallc.
-a
5 \ ~
one
4 wllo goes about with lying slanders.
//.7aOr*
milh with tie t$s of t l e $?zgers.
9
i r 7 (Ist and 2nd
co'llma genda A
large city, Egypt, D. 8.Gr. T. 1, p. 405.
L

&LZ
5-

FL

/.-

/C

S c,/

,a, Eatred, anger ; at4 r,

26 it lnennj an odious bn,-J
thing*
v.
s %9
.-.'
for Q,LU, see
&LU

,-+.

/.
A,$*
see u\ifor my.
P

6.

d //

9,

a:

'

pl~lur.of d.*
see.r;,

z,:
yo fiate.

.'-/

:,

PL 9

Up& see &,

for yS
,..
see+.

/ 9

u+

LC,<.;
3

plur. of ~JL,
rteY q.v.'To sz~chdry.
(2nd declension) RIecea.
S ur
'/
,
di=;.aor. a* and o. To d e w .
Fern.
Of or belonging to Mecca,
A morsel of
flesh.
revealed at Mecca.
uA "0'. i. To pass by, pass away, go away. LC* nor, o. To dely, tnrrj, abide, remain (with
S '49
S
9
*+u
n.a. Tlle act of going away.
n.a, Tile act of tarrying, etc. ;
) , &"-51*
L5'
/
,
p
sc/
//b 5
lC
y delibe17 7 . 1 , S l o ~ ~ land
JLd zor. o. To ~ a i nupon. Jhd n.a. Rain.--L,~\
+.',
/f.,,(Az/
mtely." *L;
part, act. One rifho tarries or
IV. To cause to rain ; Lbd
\$L1
7)
V.
remains*
82, " And v e rained down 1.1~01; them s. shower
against
(of stones) ;" see also 11 84,
park. 3.uaor. 0. TO contrive a plot; to Splot
L
(with +) ; to act dgceitfully. JLq A plot, a
act. That which causes or bsings pain,
$a/ P
4 3 ~ 0
deceitfil triolj, contrivance.
part. act.
, ;.&.
cf,A see W \ ~ bst.
6
One who lays plots,
aor. O. TOtravel at a q ~ i c & p a c e . - ~ h i 'V . T o ,,,
3
,.
aL
To hold ligh rank or autfiority. wlLsee
walk in a haughty, conceited manner.
;$
&
.;
Firmly fixed, one whose rmlr is
SulH
e
u:ti.
, $ .E,LA ~ e e for i_$.
firmly establi~hed,--~L~
11. To estal~tisli
p r o ~ e r an
l ~ indeclinable noun wed as Prefinnl-y, strengthen, give autl~orityto any one
position, With, together or in company with.
(with ace. or J of yers. and G? of oflsce, or
,
.iLi see i\ifor i;.L
wit11 acc. of thing and J of pers.); at 18
,'
9
& ; ~ t rsee
~
\AS.
v. 94
is for L.d.,*, D. 8. Gr. T. 1, p.
,.-La/
//b%
.,4,'
6
458, note.--&-+\ IT. To give paver, as ,.LU
p9 and a/w,
see y.
Icl+ 8 v. 72, "And he hath given thee power
j~ ~ O P O.. TOseparate tAe goats f ~ tha
o sheep.
~
over them;" D. 8.Gs. T, 2, p. 454.
generic noun, Goats.
//.'
s p /
,,p&or.
d a, To traueljust anclfar. u)sL~ House- , =;are 0. TOnrhistle. $Ti:n.a. ~11iatIing..
<G
- A religion,
hold stuff, whatever is of comlnon and neces- Ji TObaste a garment, ~ ~ l z g e r t bl?
form of worship.-&? IV. To dictate.
sary use, also alms.
/

:aw,

(A9

/ /

' /

C # /

(A

(A/--

&,"

r.'

31.;

(A

/ /

$L

/ /

/(A

:
i
,

$.(A

tYb

,-+-.

\c

>

comm. gend, Plus,

verbal root.

2
8

/.-/

eee
~ ,
.
~J
c for o r .
P

u;k4 eee;G
a

<-/

b9

Intestines ; no

aor. a. TOfill, as

1 7 Y. 17, "verily I will fill"

(7vivithaec,andL). ~&fos~+~,D.S.Gr.T.l,
p. 62, A quantity that fills ~liything,as s&
2~8
q?J3 3 v. 85, " The Earth fulll." L A band,
b- -0

fo.r:;

g S/L%C

,,//<b

/."

CLSUA
see &ad.
company, assembly ; also chief men, princes,
P
#L%&
u~~ Obliqoe plur. part. act, viii. faof +--& q.v.
tile nobility; L&2\
1 35 v. 69, '' The ex5 '
ailed Chiefs," i.e, the Angels; for the changes
see
Lwhich this word undergoes rvllen follorved by
fop ue &?,
an affixed pronoun see D. S. Gr. T. 1, pp. 95 ,
S
cJ.* an illdeclinable conjunctive pronoun meaning
117*
for fjL;
Gr* '7 ??' 97?
He she or they who, one who, some who,
part. act. One who fills.-?cil B VIII. to be full.
; also
Who ? In.

9:

0b

's,
G /

;L2

G\G

''

Da

+?-L.port. act, iii. f. of Ld

~cx' gee &'$?
for
8 9

q.v.

$
a o ~ a.
. and i. To salt.
C
//

>:i
C

fern. Salt.

-7 '6

To mipfi ~~L~B-J'L!
n.n. IV. P Q V ~ Pwant*
~Y,
fe

L
C
&aor. i. To possesa, hare power or dominion /
> a.

over; to be capable of, able to obtain (with

acc. of thing and J of pers.), as La,,
i ~ rG
1,hjJ l 07 yU 48 F. 11, "For who hat11 any
L,/

b / /

power to prevail for you ~ ~ iGod?"

t l ~
n.a. That vhich is in any one's power;

a:
G,&!

42,

P C /

&;

r ,

conditional propositions i t governs the aorist '

in tlle conditional mood, D. 8. Gr. T.2, p, 32;
for its influence on the tempornlvt~lueof verbs
see D. 8.Gr, T. 1, p. 186, et seq.; although
generallyused to designate reasonable beings,
instances iuay occasiona~,llybe noted to the
contrary, as far example at 24 v. 44, but in
these cases the irrational creatures are to some
estent, by a figure of speech, assimilated to
reasonable beings; D. S. Gr, T. 2, p. 356.
LGi
G ,c.3
Llin\and ,
c, for ud ,,+\ and
u?.
s preposition signifying origin, composition, explanation, commciicement, or separation; in its ordinsry acceptation it is equivalent to of, from, or out of; or, when following
n ~omparutive,than ; but it inay occasionally
be rendered on, by, by reaaon of, some or a
portion of, of the same kind as, afterthe
manner of, etc. It is frequently employed in
negative propositions with the sense of any, as
9Gi 4 4
, cr
4\ 11b, ; : 1 3 v. 55, "Nor is there any
Deity but God," or it may be regarded as an
expletive, " There is no Deity," D. S. Gr. T.1,
p. 490;
23 v. 5, "At their hands," i.e.
",4t the hands of the Children of Israel;"
Lfl 3 v. 121, " Of a sudden,l," or " on
$6:
,- Ltheir arrival," see JY ; +I!,+
~2 5 V. 37,
69
t / Ltr
On opposite sides ;" pS+?-) @ 65 v, 6,
CI
According to your means;" It is found
~

i9

'

d<Z

20 v. 90, "As fur ss lay in our pomer."

Dominion, power, kiog8om. LX5sinw. 2nd
,2r
plus. An angel, angels ; see also Uii l for
'i..
~ 5 3 . 23.;Onewho possesses, a king ; Plus.
LqL;part. act. One who is lord over,
a posjessor ; BIillec, nnme of the angel who
s F,/
has ellarge over Hell. uJL Dominion,
s
kingflo&. dk&A monaroh. d
+ part.
pass, Possessed, onned.
&: aaor. o. To p u n viohzthj. & For a considerable
time.--&!
IV. To prolong one's life, grant
s, respite (with J of pers.); at 47 v. 27 the
,
word lnny be rendered "he has continued to
buoy them up with false hopes;" t o dictate
(with aoc. of thing and
of pers.).
0
v and i;? forb;&,

uL see LL;.

;&

G,'

eP

141 )

L-S/

0b+

.-a

L/<

bp

%
,

4
,
.

.
Q ,

a0

9L'

3 s

..

/b

r&
5 /r.

c;c

One who hinders or obstsacts ;

,
E.Isr 50
v. 24, " One who hinders lnen from following
5
the right path." ~ ; *part,
n
pass. Forbidden.
c
9
u&, ~ e e

9 V. 38, $+Y\ ,?4.\11

ye c6ntent wit11 this present life in preference
Q
to that which .is to come ?" al!\ u2
$>i
& 3 v. 27, "He has nothing to look to
froln (the friendship of) Ciod," D. 8. Gr. T. 1,
p. 492, note. .
aor. o. TO fatiy~le; to be gracious towards
(wit11
of pers.); to reproach (with ug of
pew), as at 49 v. 17 ; to be liberal, as f;
Y
cr 9 b /
J;hd u-;Cj 74 v. 6, "And be not liberal in
/ /

ty*

J~&?

GL, tl~usat
.-a
i ~ k "Are
~l

. oecasion~l.llywith the meaning of

/

4d

,
~2.
.F

see

!/'

aor. i. To try. .a;i

(2nd declension) Mantit,
a11 idol worshipped by the Pagan Arabs.
5
a:
GT
$ , ,E
,
-+
Bpermn genitale.
&.+*I P l i ~ r u4\,g\
.

g/L/

(2nd declension) A wish, desire ; dj,d+ l

a
5
r
LS,jL\ Y u l $ Y 2 v. 73, "They lrnow not the
Scripture, but according to their own vain
hope of receiving more ;" at 26 V. 21 i t is
imaginations or desires ; see next verse, also
used tra~~sitively,
to bestow-a favour--on any
verse
11. T~
desires in my
one (tvith ~ C C . of thillg and ub of ~ c r s * ) * one (with acc. of
thus at 4 v. 118,
5
n.a. Thc act of reproaching, and especially
1pC@.. / S F / l c And vesily I mill excite in them
,
by reminding any one of benefits conferred ;
vain
desire~."--~~N"\
IV. To emit (see?d).c, a ,
fils0 liberality,
at 47 T. 5, ~ l x ? L*!i
V. To &sire, read ; at 28 v. 51 a passage
'
.-"And either (show) liberality after-b
g\ ~i lniJ
occurs where this word is by some rendered
G rL&
wards, or (exact) a ransom." ud 1 Manna.
according to the former of these meanings,
3 9 /
9/ 4
b/
while others h ~ v efollowed the latter ; see
Time ; u,;rl \
52 v. 30, "Adverse
Sale's $or&n, vol. 2, p. 168, yzote; to long for,
fortune," by soine interpreted to mean Death.
s P ~ Y
D. S.
covet; at 3 v. 137 l ; l is
~ for
u , part.
~ pass
~ Diminished, broken off;
Gr. T. 1, p, 221.
9
gbr
PHb,
9~lie41 v. 7,"An uninterrupted reward." ,,,
li
i)un nor, n. To spread open n bed ; C), J ~ A Jrz,+
,
>G acc d \ j for , y j j
30 v. 43, " Verily they shdl spread for them/rlr Y
<
n.a. A
selves a couch (in Paradise).';
b
p
SeG &A*
6
bed, cradle. JL& part. act. One who spreads
A couch, a place of wide
x. couch.
/Gi ,e x t e n t . - - ~ ~11. To make (thing~)smooth
rce
aor. a. To rof~~sc
; to prohibit, hinder, forbid,
and agreeable. .
n.a. The act of making
prcvcnt (with ~ C C .and
oll f followod by I
n vorb) ; t o dofend as at 21 v. 44 and at 4 v. J
; Todo a thing
and
~~~~d
PC40 -a Si
,P
140 (wit11
; bW I C",
V' G3, "The
brass, the dregs of oil,-&
11. To grant
0/6B
monr;~~re~acnt
(of any corn] is forbidden us."
delay, bear with for a time.--&+&\ IV. To act
E
D P r
t3L; part. not. That which dofohds. c** One
quietly and gently towards.
5
see &iI
who holda back (his hand), niggmrfly. Lb

GAc,c

/ 0

>..

t~

I.,+,

><

uwJ5&
/

,-.G*

6 r

0 b%

sf

pL,

08

4
;

f4$/0/

L,

S G ,

2
6

bf

5;:

4;;

q45?J7hatsoevcr or whensocvel*, see D. S, Gr. ;G

..,,,

Sb

ubr

T.3, p. 194.
/ P f

nos. o. To be moved l o and fro. JY n.n.

Agitation, fluctuation,

xor. a. and o. 30 scree; and UJ,Y@ li~fit desee ~ J J .

5
spicable. u%r.
. Despicable, conteniptible ; i t ey., ,(2nd declension) Moses.
may d e o be derived fromG; for d p q.v.
//IsP
,/a
9
.r
,~i..ibdb. see bl.
*,A
me
rt.. eC
E_
' 'C
-7,P
r
G 4 r J r l * see -3j.
fib*
plur, of
rt.+ q.v.
S
/ I
'....
,."
J L I I ~ ~ see
~ U &
u;.
,+

//

/ ' /

3-

G d 9

,LI

j r

/ P

I I

,"
/

"

*,

/,-

Libr
*.
plur. of uke,?, see ~
I

,.

5 ~ .

rich, especially h cattle. QG

Plur. JIj.,\
Richer, wealth, substance, possessions, and especially Books and herds ; <l6
09 v. 28, for &L;
" My mealth ;" the is'
a ~ s e because
d
followed by a pallse, and is
-a
hence named 4'1g b D.S. Gr. T. 1, p. 459.

1 JL;aor.

LJ,~;noc. piur. of J y , rt. >, qnv.

d b ,

S t r

L,:J

&L;

* , . " ' < d '

&>.

't \*' see

,&fy*

C*

,
4

see :;>,

A$;

for
aor, 0. TO die; this is the uaud
firm, but others are mentioned by lesico./
..
..- ..-/
graphers, as uy*
or t . s + nor. a, and +1
rtor, i, ; i~istxncesof the preterite pith the first
&ttor kesrated 8r.e fomd in inlost copies of the
-&
porkn, as
23 v. 37, an&1% 23 v. 84 ; so
also w e have 9in tho 19th and &? in the
2lst chapter; see D. 8. GF. T. 2, pp. 114 and
c, ,
243. uy*
and A G ~ e a t h , c;x.Plar.
,,L.P
w5.l Dead. d I... Pluss. pl c and C;i3n

C/

'bfl

jy* see
4p

LL

(r

I'

.'r

Z/SL.

1.

/f/

adJy* see db.

'5,

3;; see Jb*

/. .'

&;

~ l ksee. ~
nor. i. To be moved ;
cr\ 16 v. 15,
" Lest it dould move with you ;" for the
-,
ellipse of the negative see
Sc\; \n A table,

p>

jc

hast Emsed us to die twice," in allusion to the

second death which the body ia said to undergo
after i t s examination in the sepulchre by the
two angels Mz~nlcarand Nstlreer.

To l e fall of water (a well).

gi,; for
Water, liquor. Note. The hamsa
wlien followed by a~ affixed pronoun and
3
moveable by Qmlnllnsis changed into ), a8
++-,
-,
+,L for +iln D. S. Gr. T. 1, p. 118.

's

L./4-s

,+,-

;Gaor. a. o. and i.

c,H

Dead, mortal, aboot to die. 6

~
;' noun of
5
unity, One ~ingledeath.
A deild body,
tint ~ ~ b i cishdead or dies of itself.--&LT IV.
/$..-5
To cause to die; # \
L\
40 v. 11, "Thon

-4

Jj.

see

&
M
,

-&#

o. 5li,
,GZ be

6%

C P

$'

when set out with food.

aor. i. To provide food for.
Bee
jL. sop. i. To separate, discriminate, distinguish
r$i/
LL;
aor. o. To he agitated with waues (the sea) );
(with ace. and >:).--j,+ V. To burst, as
(t
b / d /
to press tumx~ltoouslylike waves (with ~5j;;).
+j
Jl(j87 v, 8, u It mill sllnost
li-ij
,
,.
pal,F
.
,wo
n,n.
A
wave,
the
snpge;
u
~
e
d
also
as
o
burst vitb fury"9 ,(f~r+),--jLl VIII. To
k'
Lr b e
eol'eotire
J Q.' CS EY & V* 44,
be separated; b j b 36 v. 59, " And be ye
..If On t~aves
like mountains,"
separated" (from the rigliteous).

dq;,; deT

fl

5C

9%i/Mp

# /

t-9'

:/,-c,/

,-//

seeI+,,
.see AC,.
5
-.
L/
o
. , 1 'see -2.
Jkr, (2nd declension) Michael the Archangel.
JL; aor. i. To iscline, turn away from, turn aside

from the right way (with n.a. in acc.); to

SL,
turn against (mith ) , ,b#* n.a. The act of

bJ-$&

;G,

/,'

is"

turning aside. & noun of unity, A single

,
,act of toyning, as i;&!, 4 . 3 4 r. 103, "At
once," u?zdvice.
r/

*,,b 1

,Initial letter of the 68th chapter, see rJ i

(with u).
u\G 11.2. The germinating or
\j an incleclinable affixed pronoun meaning Our
springing up of plants ; when used collectively,
when following nouns, and Us ~vhenfollowing (
Plants, that rnhiol~is prodt~cedhorn the ground;
verbs or prepositions; when affised to the
at 3 v. 32 it is figuratively applied to the
6I
\
:
or
>?
and
written
\2!
or
particles
fruit, of the wonlb."--L+
! IV. To produce,
,
5
or c-'l,although representing an accusative,
put forth, to cause to grow or spring up (with
/GI%
b ,n
y, or ui;,.),.
it must be rendered We, as
+A ,\ ,- ace. and d,,
5 s. 111," And bear thou vi&ess that iz ~ o r .i. TO thlqrv (with aco. and L+ or c$of
we are Moslems," or "resigned unto thee."
sv. 9 i , "And I
place); to reject ; <j20
C
U J \ ~ 3rd pers. sing. fern. of &L' iii, f. of
threv it (into the rnoutli of the czllf),"which
thereupon became alive ; The handful of dust
q .v.
3
to
which this miracul~onspower is attributed
%or,a, To retire, 38 ,3\&
.- .' 3cj 17 V. 85, u ~ l l d was supposed to have been taken from the
he goes aside ;" to go far away (withSuc).
footsteps of the liorse ridden by the angel
3
s/d
Plur,
\tj aor. a. To he exalted, to an~zozmee.
t
,
GL9r
-,L%
ijwe must
Gabriel ; at S v. 60 after 41 i+
5 L j \ News, an announcement, message, account
C 9P
a,- ,
under~tnnd the nccua. ?a+,
" Then throw
or stolag-, a prophecy, as at 6 v, 66,
A
/ % . LZ
back to them their covenant ;" ?or %e ellipse
prophet, Plurs. u,.+ and S1-j \ (?lid declenS~~~
-, ,of the accusative or i~nmeditzteobjective corn~ion). i+ Prophecy.-L+ 11. To announce,
plmment see D. 8. Gr. T. 2, p. 451.--:$~
VIII.
t o make acquainted with, declare or relate a
To go aside (with
circumstance to mother (with L+ of thing, or
with ace, of pers. and +,
or
also ,jijaor. i. yb defame.--9\2 VI. TOcd1 One another
' Z,LE
names (with u).
with acc. of pers. and u\).--Cj\ IV. To make 1j
to inform (with donble +!J aor. i, and 0. TUg26sh 0 2 l t a - - W ! X. TO elicit
one
s/C,/ 6
or discover (the truth) in matters of diEculty.
X, To seek
nee, or with ace,
S Pb.'
P
5
tG nor.%-i. and 0. To gushforth.
Plur*t$b.
information fro111 (with aco. of pers. and 1).
(2nd declension) A fountain, spring of water.
& $or, 0. TOgemni?zate, to produce-as z treeIC

,-LC

'V

-C

G\,
elf

/LS

L.?

b-9,

&&
;,:

\z

/ / -

dc

C,

c0

C.

>'

C,

/b

.'

-/

F I ~/J

s?, 3,
/

C S

i?).

I/ / /

/,'/

.'

u),-+l

4,-

//fa/

//

cd nor. o. To slinlcc.
He

.+*

(6

VI.

This 1.ansom " being understood.-21;

To holcl n private disconrse one with atlothe'

(rvitli u of ~l~lllitte~))~
/<
s LC
n.8. A VOW,
as
nor. o. TO 2 ~ 0 1 ~ .
P..L/
+& 33 v. 23, " Ee lins fulfilled his vown by
off'cri~lgup his life for the Faith.
r
~e*3;r.
aor. i. and o. To scrape, came, prepare by
scraping (mith doub!e ace. or mith ace. and d).
Filth, unclclinncss.
",
P
:t4
"I*'. L To injure the jz~yular mill, to sacrifice
3$
nor. i. To tii~oii-. , J , q 2 -5 \ (common gender)
by cntting the jugular vein.
Tire Gospel, from the Greek ~ 3 a f i i ~ Q ~ ~ o v .
POP. 8, TOtxm; and
To ire unlehy .
5L.C
$ 9
Plor. rj+' i\ star, or
S '
U O 0.
~ . 2b npiicay,
i
Bnil luclc.
Unlucky. L;.
eullcciircly, Btnn, as nt 16 T. 10 and 53 v. 1 ;
Smoke withoUt flame, also .molten brass, both
a pla11f;growing close to the earth with little
of which meanings have been assigned nt 55
or 110 stalk, as grass.
v* 35.
&; nor. o. To escape, go free (nit11
C,CL part. &s? aor. 2. To mak&one a present; nnd j+!aor. a.
l b he thin. t& comm gend. generic noun,
n.a. ~ i l r s i i o n .
set. ~ i l evho esenph.
S
r
S/
'LC
Bees. >k
A free
flgift, especially one given
$
; h secret; <$P~ivRtelj~. dl+-n.8.
'
as dowry.
(2nd declension) forg+- D. S. Gr. T. 1, pp. /
9
f 05 nriJ 102, h private eonf2i*er1ce, clandestine &i.personal pronoun of comm. gender used both
in the dual and plur. We. .
disconrsc ; st 17 r. 50 ii appeal's to be used
5 LC
nor. a. To 6s w o n l f i ~ l oJ
l Boles. ;
$ Torn,
" And wlien tiley
adrcrbinlly d2j:r
\
$3
rotten (3 bone),
confcr in prirnte ;" but G e i ~ h G einclines to
, ! To sgt. @
: comm. !gend. plus. , ..!,- generic
the opiniorl that this word bot11 here nnd4'at
S
'
now, A date-palm; or collectively, Palms
BS r.S is a plural of L_; ~n-iththe sense of
9 r r r
trees. id& noun of unity, A (single) PdmLc
L9?-k*%
vir. Tl~osewho confer priratety
rr
tree.
27
togetller."--,q
11. To deliver, set free (with
s ..cs
3
Door. i. I b j e , ran away. 4 Plur. a\&\ Like,
nee. nnli
Jl,
os +) ; to raise up, as at 10
equal, a match, an image or idol.
# P
g w r ?
?
P,CP
8
Plor. LtJq+*
for Lb%p,
r. 9% d . 9 for
I,,.+ aor. a. To ire rqe?~iant,repent. ?jlj' part.
%
.S
D. 8. Gr. T. 1, p. 113, part. act. One who
act. One nho repents, x penitent. ( t Y l ~n.a.
deliver~.-~&_;rd 111. To hold a discourse with
Reuentance,
m q one in prioate (with ncc. of pers.).-To call, .' hP
A COUnDi~.J
;I
,IV.
To
delirer
(wit11
ace.
and
>?)
;
c
A c ~ u n c i l . - - ~ ~III.
b To call to, call upon,
$+4ri
70
T. 14, '' Then (he rrislles tbnt this)
invoke, cry aloud ; t o make a proelalnation
s
\
L
might deliver him ;" the nominative A$! 1
(wit11 j
;)
; to call, or invite (with JL
or J ),

+"**

5 F t -

part. pass.
di,p>i*se. >j;.r
~ c ntcretl.-~~G!
t
VIII, To bc scattered.
:
; 6 .'
,i+ a o ~ o.
, T:,o i b o * c o ~ ~ e . \za, tin open highvny ; at 90 r. 10 it is to be utideratood of tlro
tmo highlv;~ysof good and e ~ i l .
3 8 .
b ~ +
am. 8 . 2% be di1.4 n?zd i~~pzlw.& n.a.
$ 801~. o,

I.

natl i.

Xi

# / + '

r'

&'

d'<

(r

// /

&

,,e

&g
U"+

H,f

5 L r

Lwy).
A'G

S b

sG

S/L<

ri,

>*,t,

ir/

2'

ir

.'.

/ /"'

W''

L '

10

+
,

- 7
2

1,;

---

s-6

"

/-

( 1.45 )

\A
0s

'

(rYG0,

as !>hll di f'? . ~ \ j\ijJ 5 Q* 63, "And when

ye call to prayer ;" (also mith
as &+1;?/P
0

v,>
;,L
0 0

0 9

Jj
j

angels) who tenr out (tile sbuls of the wicked)

s
with riolenec." QAj acljljecti~eof intensity,
Pluclcing forcibly or continuously, D. 8. Gr.
T.I , p. 329.-GG 111:. To dispute with any
one (with acc.1.-u_j\;; TI. To dispute one mith
anotlier (with d;of matter, or with ncc. and
; at 52 v. 23 it is used mith occ. of thing
and 2, of place, and is tllcre to be interpreted
II
They ,shall present to one another."

s?),

~ + \ A1A50 V. 40, The crier

shall call from' a near place ;" add to be
from Mount Moriah at Jerusalem, whence the
angel Gabriel is to make a proclamation to all
flesh to come to judgment ; the meaning is
that it fhall be a proclamation to be heard by
all ; see also 41 v. 44, where the words d j ~ \ %
!k?9iLn u? are interpreted " Tlley shaU be
aor. a. To slasder, sow dissensions (myit11 d)
;
(lilce) those who are called to from afar," i.e.
to incite to evil, as at 7 v. 1.99.
n.a. An
s- '
They shall not h e a ~ . $ 1 J! for >\$n.a. A
evil suggestion, incitement to evil.
cry, act of calling. CGfor 2~6.:
part. act. d2 a o ~ i.. ~o exbanst ( a well) ; iu
Pass. it
One who mzlcea a proclamation, a crier, a
means to be exhausted or inebpiatcd from drink
preacl~er.--,&iG VI. To call one to another.
(with u~).
s P
$12ffor S3Lffor 3 ~ \ ~D. , 8.Gr.T. 1,p. Ill,
&or. i. To descend (w*vith 4, into, or+; f ~ o m ,
-a
n.a. The act of calling one to another ; gW \
a place). s J * ~ h o t whici is prcpared foY ix
'
-n
S
40 v* 34 is for L S & - ~ \ the 3 being omitted
guest, entertainment, an abode, a gift. ~9
by poetic license at the end of the verse to
bf unity, Litelfilk, One descent;
G 3 :
, PC/
preserve the rhyme.
s,?1 53 v. 13, "He ssm him
Once,as +A\
;i6 aor, o. and i. To vow, devote (with ace, and J).
once ngtliu." JjG (2nd declension) $ur. of
s y0
s
s g p 0
J j , Plur. J j ~ j n.a. A vow.
JiJ or J& A
JpA mansion,,' station, as of the moon nC
3: P
menacing, or warning ; J ~ iej also plur, of
10 v. 5 and 36 v. 39.--J?
II. To cause to
5 ,'
.J!,& A Warner or preacher.--& 1 IV. To warn,
descend, send down, especially from Eeaven
s
admonish, preach to (with ace. of pers, a11.d +,
,
(with
aco.
and
&,
JL,
,
e
,
and
"1.
.
,
or with 1 u\)
; to theatenwibh, give
n,a, A sending down (from nenTell)l),a divine
2
act. A
of (with double ace.). ~ $ part.
revelation, n a m e given to the J$or&nas having
preacher, One who warns, admonishes, or
been sent down from Hemen. bb fy i0~Y npart.
S (r9
S G 0 P
threatens.
part. pass. Warned.
act. One who sends down. Jjsr part. pass.
9
~ ) \ ~11st
j jpers. plur. aor. viii. f. of
for i
zq . ~ . Sent
IV. To cause to descend,
'(

/ 2.0

0.
6

A(,/

0 /

0 p

62

(r

C'

?_$'

/ //

J2

00

-$

.,'G

33

s b p

?9

$ b y

C,

L~

&+.

b . C 9

55

/I.,/.

i. To pluck out, bring out, snatch away,

i3 aor.
extract, withdraw, or draw out sornewl~at

ii))

sl~arplg(with acc. and

; to strip off (with
5
acc. and us).
?art. act. One who plucks
(rr

uF*

Ti y \ GI,- \ A
0

4'

,\

79 v. 1, " By (the

damn.-~7

send down, mahe to come down Cvith RCC, arid

J) md L#. J,h9 palat. act.

&, &, J!,

GP

One tvho causes to descend; n recei~er of

O/GP
guests, one who provides hospitality. jjs.
part. posa. Bent down ; At 23 T. 30
may

j
F
19

I
I

1
I

I
I

1I
II

be considered as the noun of time or place of

coming down ; it is $so wrilten
v. sup?-&;
in the form.mer case it mBy be rendered " Cause
my descent to be l~lessed;" in the Zntter,
IC
Make me to inhabit a blessed abode,"J;s;
V. To descend gently and gradually
(with .I&,
W .or. a. 53% chido ( C I I I I ~ ~ F ) .
The prtting
off a sacred month till a later month. i-c+
A staff.
~
- mr.
~ 0. and
j
i. 2% rnaka nlantio~zof any one's
9
3
liwage. .LA Plur. ubl n.a. Consan+/,
guinity ; at h 5 v . 56 the iords
must
E r /
be taken adverbially as though tlie phrase were W
.iie3
ti Capable of consanguinity and
affinity ;" meaning perhaps male and female.

5;:

/@//

C4
9

$2

r;,'.

v.

//

rb'i

//

he,
/

.5

fl<

'C

&
'%or. a. To abolish, ;estroy,
L
2,

abrogate, nullify ;
ta transc~ibeor copy,
A copy or exemplar
G
(of a book).--'TI
X. To transcribe or copy
b#

'L./

out,

a
1

$5

aor. o. and i. To renzove, tear with the 6eah.

id n.8. An eagle or vulture ; Nasr, name of
an idol worsliipped by the Pagans both before
and after the Flood.
dLi aor. i. To destroy from the foundations, uproot,
~educeto powder and scatter abroad, to
e
winnov as chaff.
The act of reducing to powder and winaowiug, etc.
S6/

&
;

/?A,%

s/

G P

ULA
part. act. One vho produces.
s
S
I / G P
'b9
P l ~ r CJ
. k~d
for W\ L!LU ~ a v i nlofty
i ssaila,
or it may be the part. pass. Raised on high
(by the waves).
QOT. O. TO unfold, spread abroad (with ace. s;od
5 Pi'
J).
*.a. A apreadiug abr0,rond. ijAj n.a.
A bringing to life, resurrection, resuscitation
(from sleep), as at 22 5. 49. >6 p a ~ t .act.
u,
One who spreads abroad; the worda
1>

cs&d

0,

---1
-

-,o

//,

,56 v. 34, "Verily we have

E \i%
ylaL \Aj\
\
aB
created them by a ( ~ 0 v eOr
l peculiay) C~eation."

lead a re,?igiozdslye,to sncrgce,

S
Religious service, a victim cr
part. act. One who is devoted
sacrifice. &\;
t o religious observances,
A cerp +j
menial. &6:
(2nd declension) p l u , of
Places for sacrifice, rites and cerenlonies.
aor. o. To beget or bring forth (an animal) ;
, ,a

get (with double acc.) ; at 2 v. 100

may
/
be talien to signify "We cauae it to be forgotten ;" there are also other readings.
aor, a. To grow, increase, to 60 raised up.
5Z&ii The first hour or early portion of the day
or night ; various in terprctations are given of
73 v* 6 ~vherethis word occurs ; according to
one it ie the part. not. and agrees with \undcl*stood, I c The peyson who rises by night
(to prayer) ;" others hold it to be a form of
the noun of action, and trandate it " To rise
s,
11. To
by nigfhht.)l 2 1 s ~roduotion.--'&
bring up, educate (with ace. and >,).--\~j\
IV. To produce, raise, create (with ace. and
'--/ 9
?; or d
;). n.a. Production, creation;
5/6S

$9

- -

aor, i, and o. To hmten (with

n.a.
Progeny, stock; at 2 v. 201 it would seem to
be understood of the young of flocks-and other
domestic animals,
s t,
Aforgotten
aor, a. To forget, neglect.
5
thing.
Forgetful. ;i:&and
; sl&~omen;
The sing. of these wo~dsis wanting, but ins ~,.,/
stead of it the word 6
pn
ij is employed, see
S
b 4
u+,~part. pass. Forgotten, neglected, D. 8.
bS
Gr, T. 1,p. 108.-pjl
IV. To cause to for-

-.'by

yGb

0
,

71 v. 3 lney refer either to the Angels

5 v, 92, -,+
h part, portion.
who spread abroad God's decrees, or to t11c
-;d
payh, act, Labouring, m.enry*
winch which s p w ~ drain over the eartii ; some , '
i d nor. i. Y
o be siZcnf.--L&\
IV,Idem,
ng.dn 1 1 %undzrstood
~
the passage to refer to ,<,
s
+
G nor.
~
~
a. To admonish, cotinsel, give good advice,
the verses of the i(orBn, etc. J j ~part.
h pass,
53
be sincere and fkitllful (witli J of pers.).
spread open.-J~~. part. pass. 11. f. Unfolded,
n.a. Counsel, advice.
part'. act. One mho
erpanded.---k:T IV. To resuscitate (with act.
S.'
9
counsels or advises, one who acts as a sincere
and +=J); to mist the dead. J ~ ~part.
- . pass.
s
/c,
friend to (with J).
True and sincere
naised from the dead.-Jda\ b VIII. To be
(repentance).
spread abroad, disperse tliemselvcs (with ,j).
aor. o. To aid, assist, snccour, protect; to deliver
J + ~ ~ d
part, act. That which spreads itself
PP
S Q
xbroacl.
(with ace. and
; by.^, u*&L\ \ L+j
22
..
%or.0 . 311d i. TOrise up, to liehave ill--a mootaf2
v. 41., And verily God will succour those
who aid him," i.e. his religion; to grant a
torvarcls her hztsbcclzd, or u hzcsband to~tiarcls
5
victory to (~vitbaco. and >;), thus at 9 v* 14,
his 7zVee. jjA; n.8. I1l-eonclnct or perverse66
ness on the palit of a husband or wife towards
et;L +j+,3
And he will give you the victory
9s
G
one another.-j*~ \ IV. To raise.
over them." y 1n.a. Aid, assistance, victory.
5
LkJ aor. i. To go out from n place, draw up a
part. sctY~lurs.&,>G
and )La\ One vlio
s
,- ~ 6 5
6zbcAct at onepull. L?lfjj n.a. Theact of drslw' Plur.;h\
A
aids, etc., a protector.
9
ing U p qlli~klyand easily. &\;part. act. One
helper, defenderi protector; the n a m e J b M i \
'
who dmws up easily; the mords ~$+\3 ,\
"The helpers or allies," was given as an
which occur at 79 V. 2 are by some
honorary distinction to those of the inhabitants
refeu~ed to the Angels who dram forth tile
of &fedin&
were the first to take part with
souls of the blessed i11 a smooth and gentle
(2nd declension) plnr. of
Mo~ammnd. uJL
rrnnnner ; but as with tlie coi.lzmencemeat of
252 ASChristian, so called sfrom upNaza~
of the whole
the '77th ohapter, t h explanations
,,the uipCllristian, J3T
payt. pass.
S
pnssage vary greatly, scc 21;.
Aided, assisted.-,&is
,
ITI.To aid on; another;
9 / f,
/.,'
-A nor. O. To place, fix, erect, czoliet; and ~-4
,t 37 v, 25 dJy\s
is for u3r.& D. 8. Gr,
"k
aor. a. To use diligence, as at 94 v. 7 , \;$
T.
1, P. 2 2 l . - - \ VIII. To avenge oue's&
s,
self, take vengeance (with ~5 of' pers.) ; to
+,4\.,3
-5.i '(And when thou hast finished
8
P
defend one's-self, deliver one's-self. J y # ~
(thy relaxation) be instant (in pmger, or in
s
part. act. One who is able to defend Minself.
thanks to Gocl)."
n . ~ . Calamity.
5
G PP
->&a\
,X. To ask assistance of any one (with
-4 n.a. Labour, fatigue. +A Plur.
+\A \ A standarcl, as at 10 v. 43 ; a stone used
act. of pers.),
aor. 0. TO r c c ~ hilie nliddze, 01. take
of
by the
Arabs on which they made
a72yfkin$n.
222
Tbe
half.
~lacrifices,as at 5 v, 4; na idol, image, or statue,
as

/
,

.-Gz

U G r ,

2G

dz

/ /

cr,

,/

>?

A)

4,

96,

9 5

/.r'L/r.,.

(I

Q 9

b/.'

b?L.?b//

//

fi

5-

/c=

, S L /

/bS

-4,'

/I(,/

/ /

.r

PG

NL.4

/ C /

,/

fl.

(,

/$-Of

b N

'U

Lt

0,

/LB

/L/G

seize by the foreloch. &d Plur.

&)
(211d
,i declension) A forelocli.
"
3 nor. a. To be ~ $ 3 6 ,done enough in eooking.

+);

CI

8,

(vith acc.), ss at 57 v. 13 ; to regard, as PI,

r P
't9
u,&,
2 T. 157, " They shall not be regarded,"
or it may be "Neither shall they -be waited
,
.
.
for," i.e. time shall not- be given them for
, *'
q,
o r a,
i
i ta
.
Pouring
repentance. Jkn.n. A look. :$\; part. act.
forth copiously a11d continuously.
One who looks st, beholds, observes, or waita
s
30s. i. TO sp~eud(ca)ycts) onc over anotfle~.
for, a spectator. i+ A ~ingleglance. 2 3 .
S
D
9b
part.
Piled one over nnothcr. d+
A respite.---?! IV. To grnnt one a respite ;
P
pass. Sprcncl over one another, piled up in
to put off, as uj+ \lj Poetic6 for &
@
,
6 b'
,
onler ; sJ&r *&; 56 G. 28, And the peacia
I
7 v. 104, And do not put me OR (by any
k
9
orer~prelzilwith piles o f flamers."
delay)."
part. pass. ~ e s ~ i t e d . - F \
,
'
nor. 0. 35, mclu?v mith 6rillinivcy U P Zdecmi?/,
~
to'
YIII. To expect, wfiit, await.
part. act.
shizc. i p Brightness, refulgence, J ~ b
One mho wits or expects.
.-.
part, act. Bllining.
axor, a, and o. To go quicirly ( a ca?neZ); aor. o.
s
s/c,<
&or. a. To Bztft at with $fie hmns. GJd
,, .I That
yo 6, ueyy
&pplur. ;I.$ A* ewe
wliicli is g o d to death. Note. The i is corn-B1leep,
/p
.'nlonly added to adje"cives when cl~nngedinto / / ? sop. a. To de mea&, ssonznolent. wlj
n.a.
nouns substnnti~eby what is callled &l
Drowsiness, sleepiness.
D,1-3. Gr, T. 2, p, 279, zofe.
+ aor. a, and i. To call aloud to (with
pro5
.
&Ld aor. o. and i.
chop. L ~6perms
G genitale.
deep,
croa&as a
per@, yo
,.G L ~,or. i. To speak artictilhtely- and clearly, to
aor, a. To giue shoes to alzy o,ze. 52 fern. .A
9
s ~ ~ e a k ( ~ ~ i t h & ,-a n d ~ ) , s s,
; s ! ~ ~ C j , & + shoe.
aor. a. o. and i. TOe@oy tkd comforts and con45
23) '' It speaks concernixlg you with
//LQ
,- ,
'
i*, in3 53 v. 3, " Neither
veniemcs oS lye, to btojoyoySu2.
Yea ; For
truth ;" &-,,I l
the difference between i G and
see
doth lie speak
his
mill." ;
&&n,s,
LG-0
F9 an isregular verb found in the p o r h only
W 27 v.
Sgeeclz, language, as + \
i n the maac. 3rd -pers.
0 ' 9 ~ sing., it is called by
16, "me have been taught the language of
grammarians CJA!1 3 -or verb of praise, its
birds."--;&?
IV. To cauee to utter articulate
, .
.-.
sounds.
meaning is To be excellent, thus ul$
\
8
J kj nor. 0. TO look, behold (with
or 2); t o
v, 41, " He is, an excellent master ;" i t may.
look on, look at (rvith ace.) ; to loolr for, expect
generally be rendered How excellent ! as
9 /Q
(with ncc, or with
as at 2 v. 206,3S v. 14,
\ ?
; 18 7, 30, " HOW excellent R, reetc.; to see, consider (sometimes with
a180
ward ! v ~t is used alike with both sing. and
,p
P
c.
plur., tlluus u,+lni\
with ,"6,
OF 4 )u
;
3)i)
L&
f" 51 v. 48, Lit. "How
83 v. 23,' "Seated upon couches they sha'll
illexcellent (me we) who spread it out;"
P
eanteinplntc (objects o f delight);" t o wait for
u,- ,- \ 37 y. 73, "Verily hov excellenta

1 2 aor. o.

TO

I 0

9 r /

#
.

S/L',

bP

Y b /

' F

'

L r

SF L,

;G9 *.

+'/

L,

sN

+
.

a>.

9LQt.4

f/f

pr4vei,

.+//

+'

.,

4 bOL0Z

w /

&'

r 0 f

&/

L'F

/
,

of

fl

0 L,

L /

Gr

/I,

Jl

C/rr

;I),

27,
I

+\4

4 / b

/L/

3Lr

J,
G?(JBI
c8S-O

r./

$4

r rO/CI

&.

,*;
&

r+
/O

graciou~,---were those who answered," i.e,

We returned a gracious answer."
for

flying from the truth.

A 'company or
number of men taking part lvith any one, ne '
IJ
s
\n p or \n p,BS
yL& ih 4 V* 61,
in war.-,+M
part, act. X. f. One who takes
to fliighllt, fugitive.
" How excellent is the admonition which he I
s
gives you ;" it is also written &i. ?xj Plur. &' To injure by casting ai2 evil eye zqon a72y one.
S
8
p fern. Plur. $27 and
6
part. act. Rejoicing, joyA soul, n
5
living soul or person ; as in Arabic there are
ful.
Comfort and convenience of life.
5
no reflective personal pronouns, their place is
&$ Plur. (C Grace, Irindnesa, favoui; bene5
partly supplied by the words
u 2 ~etc.,
,
Gcel~ce; this word is sometimes spelt LAM;,
5
<
see D. S. Gr. T,2, p. 28G, et seg,; in this
see D. S. Gr. T.1, p. 276, note. j+ Happisense U ,i y ~ mid
~ l the rest must be trans.
ness, delight, pleasure. Slhxj (2nd declension)
/ax
lated himself, itself, themselves, etc. ; q.G4+?
Grace, favour.-- xj 11. To provide good things
?
5 v. 35, "Without (his having slain) a soul,"-for any one (wit11 aec. of pers.).-p!
IV. To
unless in case of retaliation or ns a puuislrment
be gracious towards (with Ji of pers.) ; to
for murder; 1 3 mhen used adverbially, as
of
confer (benefits) upon (with acc. and
at 4 v. 3, means willingly, see ob, rt. CiG for
pers.),
vc
=
L&;&
~~~10~.16,(~0frn~own
$2. aor. o, and i. To shake-the head.-$7
IV.
/a/,accord, at my own pleasure."-bw&' T. To
To mag the head at any one (with aec. of
,G,,
'
-a/
shine (the damn) ; &L;
\Ij\ 2 13 81 v. 18,
$ ; and of pers.).
OF
(6

&;

0 0

G,

C?

8 /

C,/-bf

0/

/L'

SzT

Sb,

$6,

/E,

P P b 0

L99P,$Z

- 0 L Z

b/

G<

&'

/ 0

s c

L-

a/

a a o r . i . a n d o . To blow. b \ h i ~newhoblows,
" By the dawn when it ,clears
away the darky
,
as +&I 1 LSj; u\jE\1 113 v. 4, " The woken
ness by its breath.)'-&\;;
VI. To long for,
g
9
who blow on Imots," a kind of incantation.
part. act. One who longs
aspire after. U"i\a
aor, a. Y'o dwuse an odour, t o blom (tho wind).
or aspiyes after.
3
kf
aor. o. To pick or tease wool; to atrag for food
igUOne single breath.
5
by night (with $
,).
&,LA part. ppasa. Teased,
aor, o. To blow with the mouth, breathe (with
carded.
bka A single blast.
aor, 8. TObbe useful to, to pSOfit. to mnil (with
fail, to be exJlausted, sG
i,&or,
$
a, To
s $(
)
n.a. Use, ntility, usefulness,profii.
5
n.a, A failure, failing*
&G (2nd declensioa) plur. of d n An~
aor. o. To penetrate (as an arrow), to pass beadvantage, that wl~iellis useful or profitable.
yo114 or out of (with ;).
0,and i. TOptln away ~ ~ ~ ~ h f toi go
i g ~ tTo, be saleudb; aor. a. and 0. To come out of
$
'
its hole (aje~boa).
n.a. A hole, properly,
forth to any business, as to war, at 9 v. 123
in z place from whence there is another,exit;
(with ,$),
Is People, a compally of men
the word occurs at 6 V. 35, and the meaning
not cxceoding ton nor leiis than three.
of the passage is as follows, " If thou art able
n.8. The act of running away, or being a
to seek out for thyself a hole, so that thou
fugitive; in the p o ~ b nit tneans the act of
09.-

0---/10

0,-

80

/ C

&

PC,,

S'Qf

/L

a,.-,G

$.--.-

5z,

(L

mayest' enter into the bomcla of the earth, Is

aor. o. To be d@cient, to diminish, lessen; to
etc., and bring tllern a sign (then clo so) ;" tlie
cause a loss or deficiency as at 50 v. 4, L;
9 /c
cP C
P LS
9 ye&;:
eorrelntire proposition lrnovn as the u\*
yz;?
$,,Ill
L~
"Whfit part of *hem the
GG
I or answer to the condition being underearth consumes,"viz. their bodies ; to fall
stood ; D. S. Gr. 'T. 2, p. 611.
Expendiabort, fail or be wnnting in anything (with
double aec.), as at 9 v. 4.
n.a. Loss,
ture, that vhich any one espends.-$G
111.
f PCC
diminution. ,-p3b part. pass. Diminished.
To erzter into its hole, to TV Aich there ccre generally to%or a dozew elztranccs ( a jerboa), and
aor, o. and i. To ntuhe a crushifzy noise, to-.
. hence, as it is said, to be a hypocrite in relibreak or violate (a trenty), to untwist, as at
gion, professing to beliere first one thing and
16 v. 34.
n.a. The act of violating (a
//bZ
5 <*
covenant).-@\
IV. To wring, as a load
then another, 2 4 n,a. Hypocrisy.
from getting loose on the back.
part, act. One who is B hypocrite in religion.s kf
IV. To spond, expend one's substance
aor, a,. To soak, paise a sound. . p n.a. Dust
(with aec, and A, or
also with &L of
rising and floating in the air.
pers.) ; this word is frequently used in the 1
3 To &vozcr; aor. i. To dislike, dieapprove ;
pa 4 P r r
G
p//
/.I$orbn to signify to expend one's substance in '
d I pL\ uI !il \pi2 L, 9 v. 76, "And their
g11ns or other good%orks, and in this sense
only reason for disliking (the plot to destroy
the accus, is occasionally understood, as at 2
Mo1;lamnlad) was that God had enriched them,
s
Q. 2. G+J part. act. One who expads his
etc. ;" to reject, take vengeance on (with
substance in almsgiving and other good works.
of per~).F-'?$
VIII. TO take vengeance on
5
zI(Ejhr\n.2. The act of spmding:
. a (with
of
pers.1.
?Li$! n.a. Vengeance.
5 /LP
s
C'. I
3 T5o give booty. $ P11w. Jlhj l Booty3 spoils,
part. act. One who takes vengeance, an
&G A gift, a work of supererogation, as I avenger.
prayers over and above -dint are commandecl, -G %or. O. TO turn aside (with
or a gift over and above what is asked.
(2nd
part; act. One who turns aside. L&$:
aor. o. To remove, expel (with &).
declension) plur. of
A shoulder, a tract
<f
LI-JU
ao~m0. (i'o dig through (a mall).
n.8,
of country.
The act of digging through, &.& A captain
1st pers. plur, aor. cond, viii, f. of ,jg for
or l e a d e r . - - 3 11.To pass or wander through,
q.Q,
to search out (mith i4).
aor. o. and i. To untwist (a rope), break (a
covenant), violate an oath; used both with
To liberate.--?% IT. To set free, deliver (with
s
and without an accusative. c
f Plur, okl
scc. and
A k a \ X. To seek to deliver
The untwisted S ~ ~ ~ of
I Ia ~rope.
S
(with ace. and
/r
9 aor. o. To strike; ass.;$ To be blown (8 aor. a. and i. To perforate; to marry a husband
trumpet).
The groove in a date-stone;
or wife, s l j , n,a. Marriage.-1v. To
s t *
In the smallest matter. ) ~ \ Aj trumpet.
g i ~ in
e marriage (with am. @fpera. given, as
4

&

sg

/3
I

22:

i2,

rC /

/r;E

L B

L 9

i9

0-

Ia

k%

/L%

' ~ b /0

id>).

/--

$4

3:

pi
*,

.
1

\+

151 )

at 24 v* 32, also of pers- to whom given, as

Q'

//ct/L

aor. o. and i. To spread cnk~mnies.

~$9
Calumny, slander.

at 2 v. 220)~-&=dl X. To wish to marry.

;i;' aor. o: To croaH with aB his might (a irapen) ; 02 (2nd declension) plw. of
A ceuahion,
and
aor. a. 'To 68 wretchad and miserable
prop. n. pad placed upon a saddle ; no verbal
(Zi$e).
Niggardly.
root.
To be ignorant of, to ignore, disavom,
%or, 0 , T~ malign,
generic noun, ~ ~
5(.P
to feel a repugnance towards. fja n d y
lnoun of unity, A single
ant. ~ ? i ; f(2nd
3~6%
Iniquitous, horrible, unknown, unheard of, as
declension) plur, of
tips of the
B
at 18v. 86. JgDenial, reprobation, change ;
fingers.
5; L S
5
IJ d$22 v. 43, "How great was the "'
aor. a. To point ozd tAe way. E& A clear
change which I made in their condition;"
and open way.
is here put Poetic6 for tSJ.&j
D. 8. Gr. <, ,
Jv soy. a. To cause (astream) to $on,, to repulse,
T. 2, p. 497.
(2nd decGnsion) cornp.
S ,LF
reproach. J&jl plur. ofJ4j A river.
A
f o m , Most disagreeable.-- 11. To transriver.
A day from damn or from sunrise
form (a tl~ing)so that it cannot be recogllized
till sunset as opposed to night.
(with ace. and J of pers.).---~~~
IV. To Be 'f
s
aor, a. D. 8. Gr. T.1, p. 250, To forbid, interignoraat of, deny. & part. act. One who &L.
s/(, P
dict, prohibib hinder (with ace. or with acc.
Icnows not, disavows, or denies.
part.
/Ye
and
;
alao
9
aor. o. To 6e intelligent;
paes, Unknown, disallowed, ~inwarmntable,
z\G
6 Pk/
4I 79 v. 40, "He restrdned his soul ;"
unla~vful,the opposite to d,]w, see 3 v. 100;
GZ
r f o s 63 p
uqj is also used with
as A&\
deTlialfas at 22 v. 71.
. LJI i,*45 kF''\!&
u..Sj aor. o. To turn down or upside down, as
6 7. 56, " 1am forbidden to worship," (gee
6
w,jl, 9 LSg
21 v. 66, Lit. "They were turned
&Understanding.
'/ f
g~for&6pa~t.act.0ne

' \z

iG

$3

Jz

/6

$6

Jq

4.

G 9

/ /

b
s

C'/

upside down upon their heads," lneaning that

they relapsed into idolatry.
part. act.
Ono who bends down.-$11.
To cause one
to bend or bow down.
nor. i.To ihll beck, retreat, as
oii
8 v. 50, Lit, 0"'
retreated upon Ids two
heels,"
3~ O P .O. TOendur~a snorver of rain to the e ~ d ,

who forbida,-ui$

G$b

,&;

&

to ~vlflletearsfro~nof

,a
X / #

//c,/c,

YI. To forbid one another

> I , - ~ \ VIII, yorefi$n

oneps-self,

G;).

to abstain, deeist (used occasio~allywith

@/v P
.*.
~n;;"
noun of time or place, A fixed term, o.
terminna or limit ; is+d \ aj+ 53 vv. 14,
" The Lote-tree
s
beyond which there is no pass9
i?
pb
for L+ part. act.
ing," see

&

tfie f a c e . - d z d \

GT),

~LJP,,~

//bP

G&.

X.

' G ?

we

One who desists; Plur. u f9 l# ,bz~for

~
'5
To disdain (with or.);;
D.S. Gr. T. 1, p. 113,
TO taRd
&or,0. and i , I'o retire; and
sb ~ O P O.. YOrise with crlz@%~Zty;to weigh down4. /-.%
ezapjqjle. &; Plur. J&\ A fetter. JG An
ii
a load (with *& of pers.).
example, a -punishment.--&$
n.a. 11, f. !J?he
plur, o f &$, st* $T.
act of punishing or malriuf; an example.

-/

br

&&&'

S'

CbP

pGA

1 $G a@. o. To clean tBe Jesl from fat.

2). she-camel.

&IS aor. O. TOsuppZy the place gf another.-+b

IT. To repent and turn to God (with
9

/P

&

part. act. One who turns vith repent- j\i nor, o. To 6estom ; and aor. a. for &j D. 8.
*
ance to God.
Gr. T. 1, p. 242, to granl (iwith acc. of pers.
5 1
\ j aor. O. To lament.
proper
name,
Noali.
and L+ of thing), see $ for j*J
c
LC
iii, f. of ?ljaor. o. To win a sle~pinymatch. 0p~
3rd pers. plur. pret. pass, of
n.a. Sleep.
S
5
is5 q.v.
5
S p
P; I j part. act. One who sleeps. ?\;n Time or
;daor, o. To shi?ze. Jb fern. Pipe. JY Light.place of sleeping, a dream.
5
9 f
C
part. act. IV, f. H e or that which gives u~
T'e letter u, a fish ; u$ \ ,S The Lord of the
light, enlightening.
F i ~ h name
,
of the Prophet Jonah,
aor, o. To 6e shahan to and JY-o (anything
S'
Ianging). w \ j for
Men, people; a 3,;aor, i. 2'0 intend. d.;Intention, a date-stone:
S
collective noun regarded as tllc plus. of u\+.d! j\j'aor, i. and a. D.S. Gr. T. 1,p. 243, To obtain,
%
get (with
to attain, reach, be acceptable
A man, liuman being, rt.
q . ~ . I t is said
to (with acc. of pers.), as at 22 v. 38 ; i t may
to embrace also the Genii and evil spirits, but
occasionally be rendered by the Passive It
I can recall no passage in the Kortin where it
9 9
< f.,Y?/.is so employed.
e
is given, as +\4J\
yurtq
$4 7 v. 35,
$G aor, o. To taBe, seize.--u;&;s9 *.a. TI. f. The
" Their portion (of the good things of this life)
act of taking or receiving, reception;
shall be given them from (that which is'written
Y?
4 P P Y
in) the Book of God's decreea."
n.a. That
$.& 9
r(~ 3 4 v . 5 1 , " A n d h o w
should they receive (the faith) from a far dis*which any one gets or receives ; at 9 v. 121,
tant place 1" i.e. beyond the grave.
the only place where it occurs, i t must be
taken in a bad sense, meaning death, imprison$6 nor. o. To retreat, remain dehind,$y.
meat, or other injury.
Time or place of retreat.
L.,GA
a*/

.'

.'//

4539

' /

f-.'

>;

//

/ L

in);
0

be.'

(I

//

35
A/

c;Cfl?~J~~

;and

q3u
P

5 nod'"/

and hence called -]rsTi

or
I 5b;
when preceded by kesra or by
either j
quiescent after kesra or jazmated after fat$&,
see instances in the 69th chapter, at the 19th
5, an indeclinable affixed personal or possessive
and some following verses.
pronoun of 3rd pers. sing. rnasc. ; when affixed 6 indeclinable affixed peYsonal or possessive pronoun of 3rd pers. sing. fern. Rer, it, its, see
to a verb or preposition as a personal pronoun
6 is likewise an interjection, Lo ! behold I ;
it means him or it, and when to a noun as a
it is occasionally prefixed to other words, as
possessive, his or its ; This particle muat not
G\i written. also
Here, l ; ~ or more
be confounded with i, which is occasiolidly
found at the end of words in case of pause,
commonl~\ i d This, and other words, without

I
/

;.

qi

<

5
'9
apparently adding much to their signification ;
in the path of Cfod'a religion." J7Lp part*
~3 -,
D. 8. Gr. T. 1, pp. 441 alld 536. ?,b Talre
act. One who flies from his country, a refugee ;
P
4 P - a
ye ! for +\b, the dbeing changed into hamza;
u31T4j
Those who fled from Mecca to avoid
" when t'hus
the affixed Pronolln
per&aution
on acconntgf their religion.
d has the sense of Take! the word occurs ,
tFb aor. a. To sleep.
at 69 v. 19; see D. S. Gr. T. 1, p. 579.
S
a
&M aor. O. TO break, de?;rzoZisA,
n.3. DemoliBring! produce! Some doubt exists as to
/r
tion ; \ L i In utter ruin.
tile derivation of this wovd ; according to
#G'
De fincy i t stands for tile ~ l ~Imperat,
~ - , of r-\m 30'. i. TOoverturn.- f a& II. TO demolish.
/Z
P G P
the iii. f. of d
1To come, but it bears a mean- ~ o s mTo coo (as a dove). 2~ia.ua
A Hoopoe.
ing more in col~fo~mity
with the iv. f. of that &
;;
&or. is To lead in the right way, direct aright
verb q.v. See also D. S. Or. T. 1, p. 256.
(with double ncc, or witii acc. and J or j k ) ;
GM ,
&'lm oblique fern. dual of I& q.v.
to follo?u a righi course; ,\;i 6 v. SO, " H e
L P

,--

G\i

*
.
)

/ / /

/ / b /

,P ,

has directed me," for J

;
; D. 8. Gr. T. 1,
5 c,
b
A~ictirn
p.118, andT. 2, p. 497. ~ i \ n.a.
P 9
for sacrifice, an offering. CJAB 11.a. C O I Z ? ~ ,
gend. A direction, !hat which indicates' the
S
66
Ilg11t way. q + b A gift, offering. $\; part.
..bS
act. One who directs, a director, guide. u-i)i-aT

o J J b(2nd dcclonsion) Hhroot, n a ~ n eof a re9

bellious angel, see ujJ\&.

r, lm see 6.
6;aor, i. and o. To fall down, descend, come down
c,-J-/

(with
; to go down into (with ace.), as at
2 v. 58.
aor. o. Yb be raised 80 as to loa at in the
(d26st). 3-6 Dust floating in tbe air.

/ C'

AF~

(2nd declension)e comp. form, One who is s,

better guide, or who f012ows B better direction.
VIII. To be directed al*ight(with J
2
gv
p a r t act. having like tlie verb
or J\).
,,
a pass, signification, Guided aright, led into
the right vay.

--&is!

,a

To sleep, i~atch.--~\+t~V . To watch (with +).

G
;a

tior" a. To separate one's-self from, break off

an acquaintai~cewith, leave off, abstain from,
quit, leave alone; to rave deliriously, to talk
nonsense.
n.a. The act of separating
5 Ib'
one's-self from another. Jj+yfl
part. pass.
,Spoken in a wild and delirious manner.-,J?-b111. To migrate (with GI~,
also with 3)
;
to fly one'x country, emigrate, become a refugee
(with &),as &TJ: \,>(bi
&gP10v. 43,
G -o , r
i.e, idJ 1
& " Those who have fled their
country ill pursuance of their duty to God, or
for his sake," so also ,d%P&G
'
ii
4 v. 101, "He who flies his country (walking)

',

or \

Ae

0#

; Dual q\Am Fern, w\= and

L
'J:'
?
-f
oblique Fern. d b or u,~im ; Plnr. 3 3 9 This,
these; s compound word consisting of the
particle d Lo ! behold ! and the demonstrative
prononn lj, iibte. According to the system
of the Arab grammzriantns all the above vords
are considered indeclinable nouns, and totally
independent of each other, see

r/

#
,

/ #

fl

0tJ

\;.

&,J7\;i C + ~ B oor. o. To$y,

/

/0

Tzln

away.

+>

n.a. Fligl~t.

//

~2To malk mith qtcick and trevnbling gait.-20

"

~yipIT.
l TO make to go hastily (with j

/ /L

b or

and last two or three nights; at other times

the moon is c a l l e d > ~ . - - ~ IV.
~ ~ To invoke
L&)
P ?0
the name of God upon an animal inalaughter,.,. A 12nd declension) Aaron.
u//
G 3
GI./
ing it, as pi!l24y J+l14, 2 v. 168, .Lit.
,b nor. o. To nzove, s11qk.lre(with,W D of perg. and+,
i
I
.
.,..I .
v/c
"
Elas been made to
'l'hat on wh~chlnvocatlon
as at 19 v. 25).-j18\ B VIII. TO stir one's-self,
any other than God;" since the only flesh
to be stirred or set in motion,
30
z .
that can be lawfully used for food is that on
aor. a. To 6reuh; and d;b aor. n. To m o d ,
s _
-71.;nL
?f slaughter the words*
1 l I ~ l l all +LA
~ i c l i c ~ ~ lJ,he . n.a. A moclrer-y, derision, ridiQ -0
B/b c,
,
d\ 1
!have been pronounced,
cule, jest, Inugl~ing-stoclr.-)?,r(~~~
X. To mock, ,
.' . S f 0 Very impatient.
& To be veyy ifizpntzena.
Q A ~
scoff, ridicule, laugh any one to scorn (with t;,
-5
d h aor. a, and i. To perish, die, fall; it is someu).
LS;+AM
part. act. One who scoffs.
times found with
as L & ~ Jfl
jji nor. o. 2% be thin ; and Jjb aor. a. To johe.
L ,
+! &G 8 v. 44, " That he who perishes may
Ji n.o. A joke.
perish in spite of clear evidence ;" Lgfi
/cc
'B aor. i, To squeeze with the Aand, to put to
P
*.:iL\ fiQ
-.-"" n 99, " My power has fallen away
Bight. p,;p
, -- . p a s t pass. Routed, put to flight. /
rrom me:
A JPart,
~act. One who perishes.
&or. O. and i. TO beat down leaves from a tree,
:
,, ,
Time or place of
6% Yeralnor 1.
as LS.Z
20 x. 19,'" ~y means
/bs
d e s t r u c t i o n . - a \ IT. To destroy, waste,
of it I beat down the leaves (as food) for my
cause to aerish (with acc. and u).
a 2
-cattle,"
//.-aor. i. To 6reaJb, especielly a?zything dry or
part.
p a r t act. One who destroys.
' pass. Destroyed.
dP
hollow. +S
Dry sticks or stubble.
Im Come! bring! an anomalous verb, D. S. Gr.
p mr. i. TObreah, ilzjure, withhold that wBid is (* T. 1, p. 546; it is found in the &orin only
d?c
due ;and ';4 aoy. a. To be tiliyz and gracfli~l.
in the above form, as \+Jjlb r).B 33 v. 18,
s
t9 'i5?
~8 n.x. The withholding of that whieli is
I6
Come to us ;" + I \ A+ iJ.D 6 v. 151, " Bring
5
due. i.+Thin and smooth, as the spathe
forward your witnesses."
.of tJe Pdln when distended with flowers.
6 9
p or after Besra, eta. '@, see Pa, an indeclinaile@ ?pronor. a. To run formarcl with tlre eyes $xed in
noun of 3rd pers. masc. plnr.; F e ~ n (. t l ~
or
5
6 9
l o r r o ~ . - p~a~~ t~. act.
~ 1V. f. One who
They ; D u d & or
They two ; when
llnstens with fixed gaze or extended neclr.
used as an affix after a verb or preposition
G P
16
Thus, a word compounded of the particles
ia etc. must bo rendered Them, and when
("
6 Behold, d As, and ld This.
after a noun, Their. All tho above words are
& particle of interrogation, Wllether? 1s there
properly speaking distinct and illdeolinable;
Does h e ? etc.
D. S. Gr. T. 1, p. 455.
sa c,
GIN
~ . To
b aPPcap.
~ l u r of
.
A new moon,
aor. o. To ponder anything in the mind, to
or aceording to some the moon during the first '
meditate, think about, design, to be anxious

/..

'

i!

Q-ol-0

//

I ( - ,

'-

0.

n+

YV

SIP

&:,mn
l~lLllG I

bi1C

LA

L/L

&,

/ / /

I.

wc

.#"-'A'

L/

-8

&

",

7 " .

/b

1 .

J9

-.

3 4:;&J

CI

2 +

&A
-

A,

w:

4.

#'

/G/

bC

LP - / 0

/A

&

/ C

L.

gi+

.\

about (with
c

'P

3,also with L+)

; to plot against,
'

*,$3

59

G ffi//

as (++3"d
*,d 1 \5 LZ~~CB,40 v. 5, .''And. every
natioh has laid plots against their prophet."-@ / rs
p1 IV. To makk anxious.

2.

LL or L,)see
Gi nor. o. To 6e extinguished) ZfeZess.

part.
act, Barren and lifeless.
"+aor. i. and o. To impel, p o u ~ f o r t5h ct. - ~part.
~~
act. VII. f. Pouring forth.
jhm aoh i. and o. To squeeze in the hand, to bite.
.-

C/.'

8
'

..

y&

$2;

comm. gend. A back-biter.

A
g
slanderer. w b Evil suggestions of the
Devil.
w m TOdreak, march all night without Ialting.
$ n.a. A shuffling sound, properly, of
camels' feet.
ra
Y~ no primitive form, To pvt anything ifa the
girdle catled ;I&+. L;I1*lB (2nd declension)
proper name, Haman,
;
;or They, them, their; an indeclinable pro*
noun of the 3rd pers. fern, plur., see
Z/ r
r"
b aor, a, o. and i. To anoint a camel with pitch,
to 6c ivAolesowe. & May it be wholesome
or profitable, much good may it do yo11 ; the
Wholeaccusative or adverbial form of
/ / /

C Z

&

//

4
F

//

,9

some, digestible, as k f l ni ;\
3U2 4 v. 3,
Literally, "Then eat it with easy digeation
and wholesomeness," a figurative expression
meaning "Take it and make use of it to your
profit and advantage."
&G There, in tba t place, composed of ere,
with the affix &,,
in the same way as from
the pronoun
is formed the word &
,: ar
/

dl;
DD.
;
X.,
Gr. T. 1, p. 513.
for E d Here, composed of 6 Behold! and
\:B Here, in this place.
0

He, it, an indeclinable personal pronoun of the

third pers. sing. masc.
;6 nor. o. To retuxan to one's duty (with
; to
become n. Jew. $$ H$pd, name of n prophet
aid to have been sent tb the tribe of ' i d ; the
5 9 1
Jews, generic noun, same 3s 2,+ q . ~ .
Jb aor. o. To fall to ruin. ;
d
infirm,
tottering.---$:\
VII. To fall in ruin, tumble
to pieces (with L+).
$fl; These; an iinieilinable pronoun used as the
',
.--/ :i
plural of \&A, and composed of d and 6 3 1 q.v.
26 aor. o. To 6e light, vile, despicc~ble, quiet.
s L,
5 P
u,b
n .a. illeelmess, quietness, modesty. L9ia
s",,
~
easy.
n.a. Contempt, ignominy. f l Light,
P ZGZ
u,~l (2nd declension) comp. form, &tore or
,S
most e a ~ y . - ~ l b \IV. To despise, render cons
temptible. (Si$qdpaPt. act. That which reiiders
contemptible, *i&oominions, shameful. LCf,<
part. pass. Despised, rendered contemptible.
~
5
;;
aor. i. To fall, to stoop as a bird to its prey,
aor. a. To love, desire;
also to rise;
' LQ
\ a\ (*,*d J ,\ 53 V. I, by some interpreted
" By the stars when they set," and by others
.(J
P,s~'i
4 .44
when they rise;" w\A l
SAA\ C,kq-Li
/

4r'

4,

CJ

,dl &,;j',
bA

14 v. 40,

L r C

'

Make the' hearts of

some men to be well inclined toyards them;"
to blow away as the wind (with " i ; see 22
srcLB
v. 32. d,ia Plus. s\,a\ Desire, mill, lust,
inclination. 2
7
s Void.
The lowest pit
~2
of Hell.--*\
IV. To o v e r t b r o ~ . - ~ Z;~X., \
To infatuate.
Bhe, it, an indeclinable peisonal pronoun of the
3rd pers, fern. sing.
s/
Form,
BOP. a. aud i. To Be pre~~ared,
SG/
figure.--@ IT. To dispose aright (with acc.
and J of pers.).
(">.

9r/

\J

; ; \

~b

~ - 1

&

HlrC

is

&&

,
'0 6 0

an a&malous verb ueed with the preposition

j,as L O &+a 12 v. 23, I : Come ! " It is
P
spelt in a variety of ways, as %,a, I"-$,
etc., D. S.':Gr. T.1, p. 546.
fl

L./

LF

\1?1,,:

4,

L / ?

' 6 aor. i. 3'0 be raised or excited, as dust, angeT,

E
etc,, to wither.

~
d

j6 aor. i. Topoz~rozt.

[;&

quadriliteral verb, To say Arne?$! to Keep

b/ 9
anythifzy safe. MA
part. act. That which
preserves anything safe (with &),*
2s
LG
,.. 5 v. 52, " Preserving it (the Soriptu~*e)
9
safe from change or corruption ;" u%A.j \
The Ganrdian, a nnme of God.
k , +211 auomalous verb9 used
like giwith the
1
,
preposition 3, as u , ~ 2W
?
23 V. 38, 58,
.-/
.(6
Away with that which ye we threatened
'P
mitla;" it is equivalent to LF, the Pwterite
being used for the Optative, D. S. Gr. T: 1, p.
545, but there are suildry ways of spelling it.

&,++

/Lk

nor, i. To be cqtiuated by Zoz?e, t o wander

27
abroad like one distracted (with &.

~114~~)
0Gfl

-/Id,

plur. of sb.+
A fernale camel raging with
thirst from disease.

'

rl.

;an*inseparable prefixed coiljunction, And, also, 1

/,G%

A place of d e s t r u c t i ~ n . - ~ ~IV.
l To destroy,
cause to perish.
but, wbilfit; when meaninq; together with it
is said to govern the accus., thus it is that J
pouf*forth yai%
; aor, & yopursue
J
C
I
S
P
some nt 2 v. 33 read ;+! J LAT-jJL Z ~&&I
\
large d ~ o ~ and
s ; J
; %or.0. To be lieavy and
" DO thou inhabit the garden together with e unmholesome, as a i r , ~ o o d ,etc, $!: A heavy
'
thy wife;" however the nominative k
j
, shower of rain. J\i; Gravity, grievousness,
both here and in similar passages would seem
heinousness. &; A heavy blow, chestiseto be preferred : ;is also used in forms of
".
ment,
oatl~s,and then governs the genitive, as uJ>,,,
s ~~3
GS-C/
-,a
~,aor.~?:bclriveinastake. ~ \ + \ p l n s . o ~ $ ;
@JY ,\ 8 LJ\ 51 v. 23, "Then by the Lord
,b~ao < 9 ,
'
/
&
A stake ; +b,1\ ,3 u,~,
38 V' 11) ' l Pl~araoh
ofd~eavchand earth," Elor the difference belord of the stakes," either because his kingtween; and d see D. S. Gr. T. 1, p. 555.
9
0,s
dona was firmly established, as a tent when
>;+b s e e y \
s
,
,
~
S
C
/S*
secured by stakes and pegs, or because he mas
J!, aor.
To b u y aliue. a* fern.
pass.
in the habit of fastening the hmds and feet of
(A clamael) buried alive.
his victims to piclreta driven into the bround.
JJ aoor. i. 30fifor refuge. J; A refuge.
P
,Jj
9,
9% hate, defraud
one
a
aor.
i.
To
stmd
still
;
a
n
d
;
!
;
To
haw
m
z
~
d
hair
33
SCIX
4,s
(with double ace;). jjJ n.a. Single ; for the
or rcool, J ~ 3 \
soft camea's-hair
r, 6
meaning of the words
1> T;a;i 89 v. 2,
or felt,

..Q/

/ (J/I

t,c9

(J

'

/
.
'
.
'

-3

&'

/F0

8,')

~4
4
'0

//#

d2

3;
~lld
4)
LOT. i4$ TOperish.
i
9,

"

FAG,

ejd
5 6 ,

C G/

,\

.-Q/

-04

see tAh,
b

d j aor. ~ ;Toii?ljzo-eany o m
r

"

"

thc uf:j 01- aortn,

the large artery which rises fionl the upper
partsf the heart.
z:
9,'
G;~aor. c+ To conjicle or trust in ally o,w. SG;
A 'ooi~d,that with which anything is tied or
F
bound. 2,
fern, of
comp, form, very
S.
5 ,
firm. ~4~ A compact, bond. j ! ~
A?
,
.
covenant, tl*eatr.-,2\i
111. TO enter into 8
compact or treaty with any one (with ncc. of
,,Us
pgra. and u).-;d,l
IV. To bind, dmw tight.
s </
s +z
L&'Plur. ub3\An idol; tile r e h n l root is not
fcnnd in the primitice form.
.-.
-7, aor. % l'o be i t e c ~ s s ( t ? y ,to fill1 donrn
/

JJ

,b

c,

+,

'C

/+,

. / 22 v* 37)

, 9 9 9

\-i,=r "7,
when they- Lit. tlleir sides-have

dead,

i,

,*,"L

?'

'+

'

/,&
substn~ice,ns
~14 ~ \q/ Si51
a L>S< 23 r.
88," Everything sliall perish except ilimscli;"
Lit. his esaclkce ; sce 1). P. Gr. T.2, p. b&?)-l;
a ,",
, ,S
,
so 3150 nt o lr.
106, i2~
6b,T2
',L\.*,
ubmits llililsClf to God ; Gk L - r .ib~ \
t .

- #

turned upon himscl f ;" s ~ c5k

. 111%~
nlso i,ercndercd
to
iaauuer or
t' . . $

iiJ

.,

'e-

Honournlle, held
..
in high rep~te.--~?~ 11. To turn, direct (with
3
nee, and J).-r;r:~
T. To proceed (with 3-@
3 ~ nalsle
~ 1 of place),
M

/*:

.'

6 ~ oize,
'

? ; t r

rclolte, ~ o 2 i q i l r ' . LC-->

11.a.

i,

A?,

fallen dead."

when h11~~iv~lie;f
by an aEsed
psonoun is to be ~egwdecl,as a11 ad~et'bigl
esprcssiou qld indeclinable, D. 8. @T. T. 1,
p. 512, 2nd T. 2, p. 291, notd.
One,
s
z
5
*
k ~ ~11
~. f. The
single. +?.A l ~ n e . - - ~ Den.
worship of oneaod, belief' in bhc Unity of the

9 Com;
To find, perceive. i ~ n.a.
petence, means, as ?%+,c).? 65 6, Acs L 9

aor.

L P

<I

V.

cording to your means."

e.,z
V T - To ontertni~2f e r r ~ . - ~ ~IB.
~ lT o conceive
in the mind (with ~ C C . and ;.w), as w 3 b
0

-'//

A /

%s

<>

LZd

:<
b'j

L P G

pjt 11v. 73, "And he conceived a fcar

of them."
5
-.
nor,
To be agitated. LA^^ part. act.
/LP
P~1~itating.-+.\ IT. To m~~lce
s horse or
camel move brislrly with n bonnding pace.
G
Afraid, smitten
&; ROT. bY k TO fear. ,\?-

4
0

'o throju nlr~xy(ur)ias, etc,) izt

8 G #
ht. Gjp3plm. of &s-. Wild beasts.
s

fl

C,

. ,..: 2b

+-/

.4

/"

L.3

/ /

CL3

C S

tlley sllould bear testimony in aecordauce ~ i t h

or intention ;" egsence, being,
its true

4
'

" And he made ,sp

i.
n
a
to

4 / C ,

21,

6 0

<+F,

P"-E

G;,

+,

*>

revelation, &3J
&b 11V. 39, Under our
ectiou, a i d according to bur rwelntion."
(with ace, m d J, J),
to make signs
or
also with G;and
(with ,jb of pers, and
thus at 19 T. 12,

&;

imlicatc, ~t.i.cal. c ; . 3 n.s.

b

with fear.
5
aor. :$ To strike in tde face. t q j Plus.
5 P P
8
, A face, countenance, Wronr, honour,
G-Q
sake, ns p!J \ , j J 76 v, 9, "For the sxke of
05
va 05,
God ;" 3. beginnin%
iLil
II
In the eady part of the d q ;"intention, 2s
e.,
,$
v2.r
L~ + L ~ L ! @\pS
& \ 5 V - 107, "That

B Y

them (as thougll he woilld say) praise God ;"

G a
,,e o\; t o inspire, speak by inspiration or
to suggest (with
revelation (vith
nnd
acc. and
as at O v. 112 ; dso nith j~
of
pers. and J vith subjtmetive, as at G Y. 121.

J!

J!),

d2

G'

b C

:a//

Arabs. 2; n.a. Love. 5,;; Loving, a J y

n.a. Love, affection, friendship.--5s III. TO
love.
/'
pj aor* tq,
To place, leave, used only in the aor.
and imperat. ; imperat. p Lewe alone, permit, take no notice of.-$;
TI. To leave.-S
9
t d w noun of time and place X, f. A place
of deposit, as the womb or the pave.
P
b
j~,
aor. g* To drop rain, dq n.a. Rain.
/r

S b

$4

Ldr

water, to drink thereof; to go down into,

dl! A place of descent, an approach, especially
to water for the purpose of drinkhg, thus
/6/
' 09 9 . P y
19 v. 89, "And
m, I

aor. a. Ib'love, desire, vish (with ace. or with

bs
s
, o \ or \
q n.a. Wadd, name of
an Idol worshipped originally by the mtediluvians, and su)sequently by the Pagan

/ L A G

b.'

'//

-0

Jl

J*,

we will drive the wicked into Hell, as cattle

are driven lo mater*"

d4$

part, act,. One who

goes down (with J); one who goes before n

caravan to draw water, one who is present at.
27
s
fern. of ,J, A rose, rosy. %p The
jugular vein. J , J ~ part. pass. Destended
into, arrived d.-$f IT. To lead h e into
(with double acc.),
J
collective
d j aor.
~ 29 To put forth leaves. ;Jsr/
/

SC,N

N / /

9b

9 r

aor. G& To pay a $fie as expiationfor mannoun, Leaves. 2; A single leaf. d2, Noney.
,.slazcgh~tw. $$ for ;+\;, and with the article N, aaor. s> To eat away tAe interior the body
& f r ~ o e t i for
c~
see D. 8. Gr. T. 2,
(matte;)). s b, That which is beilind. ;
q
5
p. 497; Plur. %+I,' A vdley, channel of a
Behind, before, beyond, beside or exceph is
5
never found in the Korbn without a compleriver, a river. 49 A fine to be paid for man9
,/G
9 5
ment either expressed or understood, see D. 8.
slaughter, as
q~ 4 v. 94, "Then let a
4 v. 28, "What,as. T. 2, p. 152;
37'';
fine be given."
9
ever is beside this," or " all with this excepJ;;r
aor.;& Tofall upon, wound; n ~ r . ~ Anot
: used
b p/'
t <
tion;" (+.,(~,IJJ fl 45 v. 9, may be rendered
in the preterite; I m ~ e r a t To
. ~ ~leave, let,
or u
or
i, either '"efore them," or "behind them."-n"F
forsake, let go (with acc. and
&-\; 111. To hide (with acc. and
with acc. and J followed by the aorist aub$
9
t ,.c,<
IV.
To
strike
fire.
&>jn fern. part. act. One
junctive) ; it is also used with as ~ d ,bd
,

32;

of

ii+'$c

.,r

g-4'

bS

;Q;

gHr

/ r r

&

ii)-cJj\

I&;u d d - 74 v. 11, " Let me alone with

%"

TI. To be hidden,
who strikes
s t 38 v. 31
hide one's-self (with u or
him whom I have created ;" a,$.i
12 v. 47,
6
the word uJ\,?
I' Leave it."
-9 is used with an ellipse of the
nominative,
1 being understood ; D.S.
To be heir to any one (with aoc. of
&-4J
' aor.
0/
G
Gr. T. 2, p. 451.
pers. or0;?) ; to inherit. u J b Plur.
9
sy
j j j &Or-jj!Tobear,CatrY(aburthen)* j j ~ p l u r .
part. act. One who inherits, an@heir.
0 '
/a
G /bS '
and &b9 Inheritance.--L>,\
IV. To conJ ) j , l n.s. A burthen, heavy weight, load ; at
stitute one heir of anything, to give for an
47 v. 5 it means "Arms, or other burthens
,, s//
inheritance (with double acc,),
imposed by war. ~j,
An inaccessible rnound ,
aor. 9,
To be present, arrive at, proper&, at
tain, and hence R @ace of refuge.
part.
9

P Y /

bQ

&G;
&p

r / /

A);

P-/

P-

5;

Jj$

( 159 )

act* One

bears a burthen* >jj A coun-

sellor or minister who bears the burthen of

stat% c o m m o n l ~spelt and pronounced Vizier.
9
back, keep (men) in tlleir
U9 'Or* k=.?.
,0 b S
'ankg while m a r c h i n g * - ~_j,\ IV. TO incite,
put 3 the mind, instigate, inspire (with ace.
and ,\).

//

//

,.

--/

.,

,(

Imperat# uj weigh (with u)

; to
out for any one (with act. of per#.).
LC
uj3 n.a. A weighing, weight. u j j j r part.
pass. Evenly and equally balanced, that which

~jj
'Or*

L$

fj

.?i

9L.C

u4J
S

&$Devout,

religious. &; ~ l proxiInity

~ ~ ;e
no verbal root in the pri~oitiveform.
9
B"."
9
p aor, To byand (with ace, and L$),-M.q
i,
'
part. act. Y.f. One wlloknoms n thing By ita
outwalld signs, intelligent,
Y
aOls, f13T~ be 6ulied in slEcp,
sleep,
slumbey, drowsiness.
9
d J d , quadrili teral ; aor. u"t~,i TO vl~isperevil,
make evil suggestions (vitll J, J
!,or + of

v,

C //

rq,

/ CI/

Gd?

//b/

,Id,.

pers. or wit11 &). w\jd$ I The Tempter,

Platan,
has its weights even1y adjusted. :$$9 Plur. 2,aor. &; To pailzt cloth. S&+An admixture
(2nd declension) A balance ; st 101
G,of colonr (in an animal) ; thus Gcj $4 .t 2 av.
vv. 5 and G
may be rendered " The
66 means " She is of a whole colon^."
mcastlre of his good W O T ~ B . "
,,.P
,
5
aor. WJ To 6e perpetual.
part.
L;aor. ,* To be in the midst, penetrate into the act. Lasting ; For ever.
e
4,.
~ $ 3
midst of'.
The middle, middle ; \Ldj an\ ,
5
b, aor.
To weave.
A tl~resllold.
2 v. 137mugt, a,ccording to the commentators,
9
qbf
-wj aor.
TO describe, assert.
n.a.
be rendered "A nation who have hit the golden
Description, act of attributing or ascribing.
mean orjr~stemilieu." kdjl Fern.
cornp. ,,,
To joia; to come to, arrive at, reach,
form, The middle, tlie more worthy, as a! 68 Jd3 aor.
%# ,
9
.
'
L
%
6
dL4,
Waseela, a she
attain
unto
(with
u9 55'. 91, "Of
v. 28; +.$f
L92@
camel or ewe; concerning which the P a g m
the middling or ordinary kind of food which
Arabs were wont to observe certain superstiye provide for your families."
,.
9
tions in honour of their idols; see Sale's
TO be ample, to take in, embmce,
WJaor.
0 b9
Korkn, Preliminary Discourse, p. 172.-$;
comprehend. y y Means, ability to perform
11.To cause to reach (with acc. &d J of pers.).
a thing. $\;One mho or that which is
,
,
:G
,'
,a;
To
join
together.
,-c
A mandate,
,
j
ample, extensive, one who comprehends ; as d
command, teetament, legacy ; the accusative
an attribnte of God it lneans tlie Omnipresent
fa
at 2 v. 241 and 4 v. 16 must be regarded
or Omniscient, He whose mercy is over all his
s'
5
9
88 SQ elliptical expression equivalent to i&
works. iG n.a. Plenty, opulence.--cp
.:d.:".o..0;
,
This is a Law; " D*
83 ;
part, act, IT. f. one who enlarges, or makes of
f ,,G
6
LS;
$ 9 3 J"! &
, 4 ~12,
.
paylarge extent, one wllo is in easy circumstances.
J /

;!,JIG

z$p

-,

&\;

L;

-+4

,,, 4
+:

~ $ ~ i

/+

WJ

p ,G%

&

CI

41).

44

e,
,/

*+

*,
#

*'

+,
/ //

& TO gather togetller (in one herd). 3~

~111,To be complete or in perfect
aor.

order, as the maon at the fi~ll.

3

L/

2j

ment of) any legacy

which he may 6 3 ~ bee
6
queathed."--d3
11. To enjoin, ~ ~ t ~ ~ m a n d
(with aoo, of pers. and L+, or 114th aces and
/

-7"

G"r

Gf

down
.-all impure and unbecoming thoughts."
w\). + j n.a. A testamentary disposition-.+(,%
%/,
of
IT. To order, command
A step.-&\, 111. To mulie to agree, or
; to bequeath
render equal-in number, etc.
(with aac. of pers, and u or 2,)
S
P
' 8
3
(with u).
*y f o ~My part, act. A Jbj A thing necessary to be done; no vei.bnl root.
nor.
li?;bremain in a place. &\;i
(2nd
VI. To give one another a
declension) plm. of A battle-field.
command, to enjoin or recommend to one
P
another (with L+).
aor. A?; To predict, promise, tlireaten (with
I c/
"
double aoc. or with ace. of pers. and jfol- '
rjnor.
To put, place, lay domn, lay aside,
lowed by energetic aorist, also with acc. of
fix, bring forth a child; to pnt off, remove
G z
pers. and ,\);
to make any one a promise
(vith acc. and
to appoint (mith J) ;
4, P C
(with ace. of pe~s.). 5;. n.a. A promise, threat,
;j
18V. 47, "And the Book (of the
6
a
@ \ ~i\, 4 v. 121, The ellipse
prediction;
account of each man's actions) shall be put
is thus explained by Beidlwee, \~s, us,
(into his hands);" at 39 v. 69 these words
see D. S. Gr. T. 2, p. 85.
IS
would seem rather to refer to the Book of God's
S
:/
s
decrees, which " shall be laid open" on the
A+, Threatening, a threat. ~ 5 ~ a+,d,
4 , or
S
day of Judgment.
(2nd declension)
A promise; time or place of the fulfils
ilur. of $
,
d
A plale ; at 4 V. 45 y;\rmay
ment of a prediction, promise, or threat; an
5 Pb.+
appointment for a meeting. +c,d part. pass.
be rendered " The true meanings (of mods)."
3 Y G c
cLS
Predicted, promised.-ii$ 111. To appoint a
~9~
part.4pass. Pla~ed.--~i,I IV. To drive
P /L%,
fixed tiine or place for ally one (with donble
(a camel) quickly, as
l,~+l, 9 v. 47,
iI
" ace.) ; to, plight faihh to any one (with BCC. of
And they would h w e driven about you^
per~.)--~\s\;j VI. To make a mutual appointcamels,"-worrying them by constantly passmen t.
ing in and out among them.
</
aor. i%,Irnperat. To warn, admoi~ish(with
nor.
30plait or fold a thing flit& one
S
< G /
acc. of pew. and L+ of tiling, or with u\ meanpart over anotlier. C , ~ C O part,
~
pass. Intering Lest or that not) ; to advise (with acc. of
woven (mith gold and precious stones).
pers., ", of thing, :,ad
that). Lee_\; part;.
nor.
To! tread, trample on, as rrt 45 v. 25;

2;

c/

e.

3; &

//9

z;

3);
4% eJj

3;;

ro.+G/

4l.c

9 . + / 0

//

L,

'

&sn

& /

G ,

.+O

G 9 f /

&, 3

f /

\&

(8%

2; 'q

on referring to thiis passage the reader will

observe a. notable instance o f the ellipse of the
b8
P
correlative proposition. or ~ A I u$?after
G.j3D. S. Glr. T.2, p. 420; the hiatus is snp~n
plied by Beidas& as followa,
1

LY

+.
J/

act. One who warns.

A warning, an ,
admonition,
I
d,nor. Le: To collect, retain in the memory,
S
.,z b E
s-f
.Is, Pluy. a&\, A locker, box, vessel0 or bag,
where anything is stowed away.
fern.
5 c..+
Y b
IY~S,see v. 24. bJ n.a. properly, The act of
part. act. That which retains in the memory.
Tb,+
trampling on; a t 73 v. 6 the words tb2 1;J
-us,\
IIV. To be miserly, to secrete or hoard
may perhaps be translated " More capable of,
--p~upe~ly,
in a 9G2 ; at 84 v. 23 it means to
II
o r fitted for earnest devotion," or "for keeping
aecrete in the breast."
4

b3/

/ A

a\r

0.4

i&s

4-

4%

.
4
G

- -

I*

3; aor. $ To eomq

"

as an nm6assndb~illto the
Sb.'

pwsence of a Ainy. A$ 11.2. Tho act of coming

into )he presence of Eognlty.
/</
s 8'.
3,-a 0 r . S To fie plcwtfi~l. ~ ~ part.
3 pnss.
~
Full,
.
ample,
/<
+J
%or.
TOT U % . - - @ J ~ ! IT. To hasten (mith
/

&

<<L.CT

jp.
aor. cgToPoJSln tAily to le$ting.-,&,

/G/

11.
To cause an agreement or reooncili~tionbes
tween two parties (vith
+j,; n,n. Re-

2).

6
.

one rvlio dics; to take. the 1%; of any one

(with acc.) ; In the Passive, 970 be received
9
by Gody an eupl~cmismfor to die, L.+A for
part, act. IIe tvbo receives the aoul, or
takes away the life.--,&z\
X. To take full
measure, demand fall parment.
' <.'
9 '
v3
aor, 4,To e ~ t e to
~ .overspread,--na darkness,-to be cclipsecl (the moon).
5
in.a. Time;
LL&To nppoiat a %firedtime. d
7 v. 186, "To define its fixed time."
.* ,
&&+Plur. c&;/:.* (2nd declension) B fired
or stated time or period, time or place of
appointment. csbYy. part. pass. That of
which the time is defined.
.-4 s IV. To set
nor. A+, 2b 6zrrn. 5ddSJ Fuel.--LG2\
fire to, kindle (with ncc. nud J or >);also
S
*
d 4
P-P
.,
wc,

6,

,*a

C r

conzilintion, success, prosperity, accornplishS

ment of one's wishes.--gbj n.8. 111. f. The

,,. 7s v. 26,

&/,

act of suiting, becoming ; U\$ :,I>

P

.,'
,
,
,j;,
aor.
L
&
,
To 21c?foron a promise.
L
comp. for~n,Most complete or perfect, more
strict in the performalice of a covenant.11. To f111fil an engagement, pay or repay
(8 debt) in full ( ~ i t h
double acc.) ; to recom-

2;

pense fully for anything (mith JL

of pers,and
ace, of thing, or with double

surely give the full reward of his works ;"

there are several mays of explaining the pleonasms with which this sentence appears to be
encumbered ; sceo~dingto one
should be

?t*

o r

+. ,

N b f l P ,

..

,+

with
9 PC. J;,
thus +j .?LA 2
\ ,
dj+, bJ
&? 13 v, 1.8, "And from thot (ore) which
they ignite in the fire
there comes a scum
"< 3
like unto it," i.e. like froth. JJ,~ pmt, pnsa.
,/L- d
Kindled.-bG,a\ & S. To light (8 fire).
9 ,
aor.
To strihe aiolently, 6eat t o dcati3.
S
e'-JY,. part. pass. Killed by 3 blow from a club.
a o r . 2 To neigA down, ?,iaBcd e g ; to sit quiet
'
(mitli >); & , Sit quiet ! fern. plur. imperst. ;
G:
$ 2 ~
s!:
see 3. y3 n,a. Deafness. * 2; A heary

...

++

L*.,

//

blirthen. Jb, Kindness and long-suffering.JS,

2j
11. To rwere.
.'
To fall, befall, fa11 upon (with & and
nor.
; to be incumbent upon (with &); to
come to pass, t o be confirmed, ns at '7 v. 115 ;
27 ,, '
??art*act.
$0 fall ~~~n into (with
Falling upon (with u or J of pers.) ; that
l*

s.?)

act, One who pays in full.

to give fill1 lnexs
9
5
9
for GrZ1
part. act, One vho fulpers.). uY'
4');
/

fils (his covenant).-,>j;

take t o one's-self, as

8 /r

V. To receive or

J)* e!,

*'

:/
which comes to pass; &f!J I That which will
surely come t o pass, the illwitable D q r of
-"4

)*

Near, n friend, patron, benefactor, helper,

p~otector;at 2 v. 282 ?A; would seem to
9
h a ~ enearly t11e same meaning as 9LtLfSj
q.v.;
at 27 v., 50 it'refers to the avenger of blood,
who, as mentioned at 17 v. 35, is to be the heir
or next of lcin ; at 19 v. 5 ~1; may be rendered
Heir apparent," or " next of kin," so also at
S v. 73 ; the passage at 1.7 v. I l l is explained
2?
5
under the word JJ q.v. <$ n.a. IIelp, the
act of taking as a friend, or appointing as
heir, as
s ' L; S v. 73,
~5 p+Y,;j
~9 L+J
where the meaning would seein to be, " I t is
in no wise right for you to appoint them 3s
your heirs." J
,?for
(2nd declension) ;
Dual
comp. form, Nearer, more or most

//

4.4?
0

,
I
.
$

/ / / C I

3
7

.lq4

;>

near of kin, more worthy, more proper, nearest

(with
and J)
; ~6>J, flee iVQ
f,
,
4

A,'

6
'
;

C,

\n

,&,:

Jz.$ 4 v. 115, "TSe

will put it
* into his power to follow tlze bent of his in5 ."/
Y
clination."
for L.JWt
palat. act. H e who
,
'
causes one to turn ho~v;vnrdsa thing; th~is,
."/p
JB 2 v. 143, ('It is Ee-God-who
turns
,,a3 G
(them) towards it ;" the other ace. $-"\
" Every notion," being understood.--ubl
IV.
.- ,Cd
To cause to draw nigh ; i(ll J,\ 75 v. 34,
"Woe unto thee ! " Lit. " hfay He-Godcause (evil) to draw nigh unto thee," or " 2Iay
it-evil-drd~a.vv nigh unto thee," the preterite
being here used for the optative ; D. S. Gr.
T. 1,p. l~9.--J2 V. To turn back, t ~ w none's
back; to retire (with J\
); to turn away (with
r,
&) ; to adopt or choose any one-as a friend
-(vith acc. of pers.), ns at 5 v. 61 ; to take
upon one's-self, as'
;1!;?
24*v. 11,
('And he #ho hnth taken upon himself to
aggravate i t ;" to be put in a~zthority,as at
47 v, 24; Instances ape not uncommon in
which the &'of the second
aorist is
omitted, as
for
11v. 3, see D. S. Gr.
T,1, p. 221.
,,,,,
b3g, And verily he shall be, see i,g.
<,
To be slack or negligent (with &).
G'J 'Or*

J+a x ,

act.);

'

&/;:

dgT;

Plur.
(2nd declension) A lord, oompanion, protector, a patron or client; a
master or servant; at 44 v. 41 it is found
@
with both these meanings, or it may in
both instances be rendered partner; one
nearly related by blood, as at 4 v. 37, OF a
b9
,
nephew, as at 19 v. 5 ; ySUjd u+57 v. 14,
cc
I t is the proper place for you," or " a place * ,,
9
.'
%Or* %r',,
Imperat* +b T: give, bestow;
nigh unto you," dY being here considered -3
to restore, as at 38 v. 42 (wit11 ace. and J).
a0 n noun of place, D, 8. Gr. T,1, p. 302..+
5 a/
+\hj
A
free
and
liberal
giver
;
L&GJ
\
An
the back (with 0 or
11, To retreat,
P
of tlie Deity.
or with the words J 4 d U1 or
jg); ,, epithet
Brigl'tly burninge
';Or* @: To 6urn*
it is gometimes found with a double acc., thus
6/99
c ~ r c9
TO be weak, faint, infirm, languid,
5;3$ 9 ~ 2wlj; ~2 8 V. 16, "And he who 3,aor.
remiss (with ).,.,
Weakness, faintness ;
turns his back unto them on that day ;" to
Bc,,
Ic
& ILB: 31 V. 13, Witli weakness upon
cause to turn towards (with double acc.); to
Lg;
3'
Y ~ L S
6
weakness." ub,l (2nd declension) oomp. form,
turn away (wit11 ace. and us) ; to tom-one's

g7 g&f

,C,,

>

L/++

--/

9b /

Ji

fd

=,rg

j\

i9,

A A b 3 - Q

i"1421

(I

c;./
-

,I./b/

/--

b:,,

3;

//

face-towards (with double aeo.) ; to set one

ovey, or give one authority over (with double I

17

W e ~ k e s t . - - ~part,
~ ~ act. IT. f. One who
makes weak

..-

dj

+[TO6e torn.

L,

$5Fern, +!,pwt. act.

4

Torn, ~eiit.

&;

.,
6 6r

an interjection reguded by some as an ahbrevis- b!,J

tion of
q,vo; i+ takes the affix dOf
the
second person, and may then be translated
8 d.,bfl
Woe unto thee! In some copies we find u\.b3
as one word, in which case it may be considered as composed of the interjection 2; Oh !
or Ah! and :%AS
if; according to some
6x6
is equivalent to (ji! Know, an interpretation I

s;

which it may well bear at 28 v. 82, vhere it

occurs; see D. S. Gr. T. 1, p. 580.
A great misfortune, voe ; no verbal mot ; this
word is c o ~ m o n l yemployed as an interjection
L P 0 SLY/
73, '(!Then woe t o
with
8s (*i L,~Y2
them," or with an affixed pronoun as
~r.'47 46 v. -16, " (They say) Alas for thee ! .
Believe."
Shame, as 3 ,,3 ,, (for L$',) ,>
11 v. '75, "Alas my shame ! " D. S. Or. T. 2,
p. 90, note.

4,

'c'

2.;

I$
I

0 ..-..-/

so

/ /

aor. cond. v, f. of \AC q.v.

is,affix of the first person singular, Me, my, fre-.
,
qpently spelt and pronpuoced 2,; when affixed
v. f, of SGfor
q.v.
..p lL..
to a yerb it is written J,;it is not unfre+
:,:
and p, aor. +J, To 6e an orphan. ?+; Plur,
.
r
*
pa
I"
quently omitted as +J for &J,
fir
$\$ (2nd declension) An orphan.
Ls;'$d! etc., D. 5.
1, p. 457 et seq.
c 9'
..-i
uyfe% see AJ.
I; 0 ! a vocative particle goverping the nominative ? (.+,
u
*
(2nd
, declension) Yatbreb, the original name
and accus. cases, D. f3. Qr, T,2,p. 89.
'
3
Ic=' see
of Medina,
,J\,
siii, f, of )I 1.
6 P 6
,
9
9 ,
Black smoke>said to derived
q*v*
' (Snd declension) Gag, llame of
tribe of

'
q

5:;;

-/

~r.5.

0
.
-

,j~l

~2;

rm

z)"f

..- /

sr

A; see GJ;,.
barbarians near the Caspian Sen, v, ,
?L,
ctJ
PBG.."or.
D*So T.1,p. 240, TO de~pair +v, aor. V, f. o f J ! ~q.v.
..- t9
at l3 vm 30 it is used with
(with
ct,+i .3rdpem. fern. plur, nor. iv. f. of d j q.v.
and is there generally ~lnderstoodto mean to
iSG TO t o u d or injure in the Wand. for >$
,3Wr
how.
De~pai~ing,
de~perate.-~bJ
n.a. feminine, A hand ; Dual y ~ A i , oblique
X. To reject all hope, despair (with
s p /
$,+,, and when in connexion with n complecollective noun, Rubies; a, word of Persian
..-x
27 YLS.
ment
\
y
and
Plur.
, for &J;\ D.8.
origin.
L ..s
..-%
.
T. 1,p 1 1; the phrase 8 ;l~
9 v. 29
4,
"or, oond. of & 1 q.v.
%'
admits of divers interpretations ; according
p .%..sHM
LP$ "Or' M+Tolie dry'
"'*
D'~ness, 'lay'
to one it means that
should be
is dry or withered*
part*
by the halld of the parties thefnselvea withollt
q.,'
i++, aor. ~ i i if. of
q.~.
the iutervention of a lllird person ;*or it may

e, &g,
C4/

// /

3,

&;

A).

t,x.'

oj4

>G;

41
I

'

G?';

ki-7

*
90
mean willingly, or by a ready money payment, ~;zL,
(2nd declensioil) Ps'oo!~, name of an Idol
or in token of subjection;
cf+Before him,
worshipped originally before tile Flood, and
in his presence ; Lit.between his two hands ;
c,
1\ d&3Td3j3s V. 45, Med of power
LLW
see u\i for L.++,&!
5
and prudence,') Lit. "Gifted with hands and 9 .v/
'agl~ooth, name of an Idol of tho Psgan
&. 7 v. 148, an idiomatic qfi
eyes ;"
9 90
Arabs) see 2,~;.
expression meaning " They repented bitterly;"
4'
the idea seems to be that they bit their fingeri
in grief and contrition, but it is rather hinted
A gourd, probably d e ~ i r e dfrom
To
at-than expressed ; see g.
inhabit.
PC/
.
/<,
.s
* J+ aor. ofJ+ q . ~ .
k6
/'. aor. a. ; also && To 6e ziigila~zt. bik1 plur. of
@ ~TatcAjkl,awnlie.
9,aor. cond, iv. f. of J.'/
!, q.v.
5
&,
aor.
a.
T
o
be
cotain.
@&,
Certain, a certainty,
k'i seen, initial letters of the 36th chapter, see
that which is certain, as death at 15 v. 99,
r
and 74 v. 48; G& Surely, of a certduty.fi,a ~ r9 ' . ~ T"o~play
, at dice, to be easy. /+ n.a.
P
&,\IV. aor. d;3i'Ro know foYcertdn, firmly
Facility, ease, that which is easy.
Small,
9
believe, feel !lp certainty about (nit11 +) ; to
easy;
33 v. 14, A little mlaile. dJ+
pert, act. One
form 3 riglit judgment.
(2nd declension) Prosperity ; it may also be
who believes firmly, or forms s right judgthe fern, of the comp, form, Tllore or most easy;
s ,,C/ Y
'
men t.--Ji.+!
8.To believe firmly. &+*
~55&.+,
87 v. 8, "And we mill faciltiate
part. act, One who is firmly assured.
for thee-or prepaye thee for-the easiest (may
&; see ,\i.
in matters of faith)," or "the way of happi5
s
or
see
uess." iDrawing lots.
part, pass.
4i.4
3
Facilitated;
bj- 13i 17 v. 30, "A kind 4 pass, for p, no active soice, To he t h r o ~ ninto
.I A time of ease or convenience. \ the sea. 2, A sen, flood ; a riyer, as st 20 v.
word.55 5u
0.5
$
rJ
-H,
11. To facilitate, make easy (with acc.
39.-+
V. To aim at getting fos one's-self,
and J or u,
or with double acc.) ; to second
choosk for one's-self.
9 G/
any one or help ,one forward (with acc. of pers.
aor. s-,
,.,,. To place ( a co~pse)on its ~Zjhtside
rrJ
S
s ,i"3
and J ) . - - V.To be easy.-/id!
X. To be
Plur. u&\ fern. The right
in the grave.
37 v. 25,
hand, nn oatll, power; "
.easy.
'
P
9
\
Lit. " From the right hand," meaning wit& a
- (2nd declension) and with the article y+
Eli~ha,
good omen, or witll force, or with zn oath, etc.
/ P /
5
... r.
P
uA
, +t
3rd pers. masc. pl~lur.nor. of
q.v.
&,\ (2nd declension) The right (hand). c;w
s
a c
The sight hand.
G+, see &.
S
9
plm. of GJ+,
c A fountain, ~ t . cl.~.
up+ (%id declension) Jacob.
9

L C

G/

L P 4,

0i./

/ r

hGi &

ze&&

Lg

A,"

&

PT.

G/

//

5i.P

cLS

XG

3;

L5T~

,L/L

91/90

&
;

Pi,/

'
.
6

J
-

fl

//

P L /

J c / b /

//

//

e,

/b/i.

e,

r+rJ

X /

///

/G

rc%

&J

2L'.

&?G
J

9i.r

+
/

CF-

0
/ R ,

nor.

e,
To l e

pipe.

e,
n.a. Ripeness, the /

e-6..

L,

fl

9 9

3rd pers. plur. nor, iv. f. of

I/

d,q*vg

act of coming to maturity.

.- 9, p
ufiir
3rd pers, plur. aor. iv. f. of
qq.v.
94
.
'
s(./
1 3n7: generic noun, Jews*
>&i Of the Jewish 'W' &or.
?,$ To be or ezistfor a clay. ~3Plur.
s/+
nation.
3
A day, the civil day of -24hours ; a day
I
P
$J.., &or. iv. f. of q . ~ .
of battle, thus at 45 v. 13, where the words
a
8%
9\ pl+,lmean those days when it might
please God to bestow victory on the Moslems ;
aor. conditional ii. f. of dGT q.v.
On that day, on rt certain day ; ?$\ To1
'#<,"I.
.=
,
$
,
d
:
u
3rd pers. fern, plur. aor. pass. iv, f. of is+\
day, on this dayy. 9 ~ Then,
2 on thet day, a
" ' .
1
q.v.
word composed of
and $! or 3!,.D. S. Gr.
1
s3y
HsH
~,,,Y~?.Seep$a
T. 1, p. 521.
(2nd declension) Jonah.
(2n d declension) Joseph.
I

* 9,

pg

1 ~2
/

4/

t./

&cL.-O

%/(./

Fz

dg

Gi

(I

d A G P OOL. LINE
q.L-0

9 2 23for 48Pread d -\

13 1 24 for;; read,;.

PAQE

25 1 6 lines from bottom for tesohdeed read

112
teshdeed,

.-

<&.

28 2 12for I.,&&- rgad

70 2 21for Sohechinah read Shechinah,
/(*

COL.

91 2 5 lines from bottomfor Those who purify,

etc., read One who purifies himself,
or is clean, pure.
7 for o. and i. read a.
0

last line but one

should come after
JG p. 113:
5, /'P
8 for p l d . of Gldn, rt, read part. act.
iii, f, of.